Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 12, 2014
Registration No. 333-198410
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
DERMIRA, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
2834
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number) |
27-3267680
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number) |
2055 Woodside Road
Redwood City, California 94061
(650) 421-7200
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
Thomas G. Wiggans
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
2055 Woodside Road
Redwood City, California 94061
(650) 421-7200
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to: | ||||
Douglas Cogen, Esq. Michael A. Brown, Esq. Robert A. Freedman, Esq. Fenwick & West LLP 801 California Street Mountain View, CA 94041 (650) 988-8500 |
|
Andrew L. Guggenhime Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer 2055 Woodside Road Redwood City, California 94061 (650) 421-7200 |
|
Andrew S. Williamson, Esq. David G. Peinsipp, Esq. Charles S. Kim, Esq. Cooley LLP 101 California Street, 5 th Floor San Francisco, CA 94111 (415) 693-2000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o | Accelerated filer o |
Non-accelerated filer
ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Smaller reporting company o |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED SEPTEMBER 12, 2014
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
Shares
Dermira, Inc.
Common Stock
$ per share
This is an initial public offering of shares of our common stock. We are selling shares of common stock in this offering. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $ and $ per share of common stock. Concurrently with the closing of this offering, entities affiliated with UCB Pharma S.A. will purchase from us in a private placement shares of our common stock with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $7.5 million, at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price.
We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.
We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "DERM."
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13.
We are an "emerging growth company" under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be eligible for reduced public company disclosure requirements. See "SummaryImplications of Being an Emerging Growth Company."
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
Per Share | Total | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
Public Offering Price | $ | $ | ||
Underwriting Discount(1) | $ | $ | ||
Proceeds to Dermira (before expenses) | $ | $ |
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about , 2014 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.
Citigroup | Leerink Partners | |
Guggenheim Securities |
|
Needham & Company |
, 2014
We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any applicable free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.
i
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock, you should read this summary together with the more detailed information, including our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, provided elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully consider, among other things, the matters discussed in the sections entitled "Risk Factors," "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in each case included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."
We are a specialty biopharmaceutical company focused on bringing innovative and differentiated medical dermatology products to dermatologists and their patients. Our management team has extensive experience in product development and commercialization, having served in leadership roles at several leading dermatology companies. Our strategy is to leverage this experience to in-license, acquire, develop and commercialize products that we believe can be successful in the dermatology marketplace. Our portfolio of five product candidates targets significant market opportunities and includes three late-stage product candidates, Cimzia (certolizumab pegol), which we are developing in collaboration with UCB Pharma S.A. for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, DRM04, which we are developing for the treatment of hyperhidrosis, or excessive sweating, and DRM01, which we are developing for the treatment of acne.
Medical dermatology focuses on therapeutic solutions to treat serious skin conditions, such as psoriasis, acne, atopic dermatitis, commonly known as eczema, and hyperhidrosis. These diseases impact millions of people worldwide and can have significant, multidimensional effects on patients' quality of life, including their physical, functional and emotional well-being. Furthermore, according to multiple published studies, patients report that medical dermatology conditions affect quality of life in ways comparable to other serious diseases, such as cancer, heart disease, diabetes, epilepsy, asthma and arthritis.
We believe that medical dermatology represents a particularly attractive segment of the biopharmaceutical industry for multiple reasons:
We believe that these industry dynamics present an opportunity for us to establish our company as a leader in dermatology product development and commercialization, and we plan to capitalize on that opportunity for the benefit of patients and dermatologists.
Dermira was founded by Thomas G. Wiggans, Eugene A. Bauer, M.D., Christopher M. Griffith and Luis C. Peña with the vision of building a leading dermatology company. Several members of our management team, including Mr. Wiggans, Dr. Bauer and Mr. Peña, have extensive experience within the dermatology field, including having served in executive roles at leading dermatology companies such
1
as Connetics Corporation, Peplin, Inc. and Stiefel Laboratories, Inc., a GlaxoSmithKline LLC Company, or Stiefel. This experience brings us significant insight into product and commercial opportunities, as well as a broad network of relationships with leaders within the industry and medical community.
Our three late-stage product candidates are:
2
symptoms of acne. Based on the results of this Phase 2a clinical trial, we intend to file an IND with the FDA and commence a Phase 2b clinical program, which would include one or more clinical trials, in the first half of 2015.
In addition, we have two early-stage programs in preclinical development for the treatment of inflammatory skin diseases and acne.
Our strategy is to in-license, acquire, develop and commercialize innovative and differentiated medical dermatology products that we believe can be successful in the dermatology marketplace. The key components of our strategy are to:
3
exceptional opportunity to build relationships with opinion leaders, advocacy groups and medical practitioners. We intend to take advantage of this opportunity in order to accelerate the identification, in-licensing, acquisition, development and commercialization of product candidates and products that we believe can be successful in the dermatology marketplace.
Key Markets for Our Product Candidates
The Moderate-to-Severe Plaque Psoriasis Market
Psoriasis is a chronic, complex, immune-mediated disease that requires long-term treatment. It is commonly considered the most prevalent autoimmune disease in the world. According to Decision Resources, the diagnosed prevalence of psoriasis in the United States was approximately 9.3 million people, or approximately 2.8% of the population, in 2012.
According to Decision Resources, U.S. sales of psoriasis prescriptions accounted for $3.6 billion in 2012. In the same year, U.S. sales of biologic therapies for moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis were $2.9 billion, of which $2.3 billion were from TNF inhibitors. According to data provided by IMS Health National Prescription Audit and National Sales Perspectives, between 2009 and 2012, sales of biologic therapies attributable to U.S. dermatologists grew at an average annual rate of 20% and sales of TNF inhibitors attributable to U.S. dermatologists grew at an average annual rate of 9%.
We believe that there is a substantial opportunity for continued expansion of the market for biologic psoriasis therapies. Even with the significant recent growth in the market, penetration of biologics into the addressable population of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis patients remains relatively low, particularly in comparison to other large biologics markets. We believe that penetration into the psoriasis patient population may continue to increase as dermatologists become more familiar with available biologic therapies, particularly, the established safety record of TNF inhibitors, and as new biologic products reach the market. Decision Resources projects that U.S. sales of branded, systemic psoriasis therapies will increase from approximately $3.1 billion in 2012 to $5.7 billion by 2022.
The Hyperhidrosis Market
Hyperhidrosis is a condition of excessive sweating beyond what is physiologically required to maintain normal thermal regulation. Primary hyperhidrosis, which is excessive sweating without a known cause, can affect the underarms, palms of the hands, soles of the feet, face and other areas. Several studies have demonstrated that excessive sweating often impedes normal daily activities and can result in occupational, emotional, psychological, social and physical impairment. In the United States, based on the most recent data available, the prevalence of hyperhidrosis was estimated in 2003 to be 2.8% of the population, or roughly 7.8 million people. According to published studies, approximately half of hyperhidrosis sufferers have axillary hyperhidrosis.
The market for products to control sweating is large and highly underpenetrated by prescription pharmaceutical products. Despite the limited efficacy of over-the-counter, or OTC, antiperspirants for the alleviation of hyperhidrosis symptoms, according to a 2003 survey, only 38% of hyperhidrosis patients had discussed their condition with a healthcare professional. We believe that this is largely a result of the lack of effective, well-tolerated, convenient prescription treatment options. Patients who seek treatment from a physician most commonly receive prescription topical antiperspirants. While these topical antiperspirants generate over 500,000 prescriptions annually in the United States, their use is limited by modest efficacy and skin irritation, particularly in patients with more severe disease. We believe that the market opportunity for a new, effective, well-tolerated topical hyperhidrosis treatment is substantially larger than the current market for prescription topical antiperspirants because such a therapy could further penetrate the segment of patients who seek treatment from a physician and encourage more patients to seek treatment.
4
The Acne Market
Acne is one of the most common skin diseases. It is characterized by clogging of the pores and associated local skin lesions. Acne lesions are believed to result from an interaction of multiple pathogenic, or contributing, factors, including excessive sebum production. Acne can significantly impact patients' quality of life, resulting in social, psychological and emotional impairments that are comparable to those reported by patients with epilepsy, asthma, diabetes or arthritis. According to widely-cited data, it is estimated that acne affected more than 85% of teenagers globally in 1994, 150 million people globally as of 2008 and 40 to 50 million Americans as of 1998. Acne is one of the most common reasons for visiting a dermatologist. In 2007, acne represented about one-fourth of U.S. dermatologists' patient volume.
According to VisionGain, acne accounted for approximately $3.7 billion in global pharmaceutical sales in 2012. In the same year, each of the three major prescription pharmaceutical product classes that are predominantly used to treat acne generated between approximately $670 million and $1.9 billion in U.S. sales, according to data provided by Symphony Health Solutions, Pharmaceutical Audit Suite. These three product classes have been available for over 30 years, and we believe that growth in this market recently has been significantly limited by a lack of innovation in new product development.
We believe that there is a substantial unmet need and commercial opportunity for a topical acne therapy that targets sebum production. Acne treatment guidelines published by the Global Alliance to Improve Outcomes in Acne recommend that acne treatment be directed toward as many pathogenic factors as possible. Accordingly, patients are often treated with combination regimens that incorporate agents with complementary mechanisms of action targeting different pathogenic factors. The vast majority of acne patients are treated with topical therapies, and all of the four primary pathogenic factors except for excessive sebum production can be targeted with available topical treatments. While systemic therapies may be used to effectively inhibit sebum production, their use is limited by significant, systemic side effects. As a result, we believe that the introduction of a topical acne treatment that targets sebum production could establish a new product class and expand the acne market.
Selected Risks Associated with Our Business
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section entitled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
5
Concurrently with the closing of this offering, entities affiliated with UCB will purchase from us in a private placement shares of our common stock with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $7.5 million, at a price per share equal to the initial offering price.
We were incorporated in the State of Delaware in August 2010 under the name Skintelligence, Inc. We changed our name to Dermira, Inc. in September 2011. Our principal executive offices are located at 2055 Woodside Road, Redwood City, California 94061, and our telephone number is (650) 421-7200. Our website address is www.dermira.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not a part of this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, as used in this prospectus, the terms "Company," "Dermira," "Registrant," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Dermira, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its sole subsidiary taken as a whole, unless otherwise noted.
6
We have registered the trademark "Dermira" in Australia, the European Union, Japan and Switzerland and have a trademark application for the trademark "Dermira" pending with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and the Canadian Intellectual Property Office. The Dermira logo and all product names are our common law trademarks. All other service marks, trademarks and tradenames appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and tradenames referred to in this prospectus appear without the ® and symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and tradenames.
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company
As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable, in general, to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:
We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. We would cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a "large accelerated filer," with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this offering.
The JOBS Act also permits us, as an emerging growth company, to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies and thereby allows us to delay the adoption of those standards until those standards would apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
7
Shares of common stock offered by us |
shares | |
Over-allotment option to be offered by us |
shares |
|
Shares of common stock sold in the concurrent private placement |
Concurrently with the closing of this offering, entities affiliated with UCB will purchase from us in a private placement shares of our common stock with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $7.5 million, at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. We will receive the full proceeds from the sale and will not pay any underwriting discounts or commissions with respect to the shares that are sold in the private placement. The sale of these shares to entities affiliated with UCB will not be registered in this offering. We refer to the private placement of these shares of common stock as the concurrent private placement. |
|
Shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering and the concurrent private placement |
shares ( shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) |
|
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of our common stock sold in this offering will be approximately $ million, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We also expect to receive $7.5 million from the sale by us of common stock in the concurrent private placement, at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement for external research and development expenses associated with the development of our Cimzia, DRM04 and DRM01 product candidates, with the balance primarily used to fund internal research and development expenses associated with all of our product candidates, working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds." |
|
Risk factors |
You should read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. |
|
Proposed NASDAQ symbol |
"DERM" |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering and the concurrent private placement is based on 64,038,986 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014. This number assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible
8
preferred stock, which will occur automatically in connection with the completion of this offering, and excludes:
Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:
9
Summary Consolidated Financial Data
The following summary consolidated financial data should be read with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data. We derived our summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived our summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and our summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, on the same basis as our audited annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair presentation of our consolidated financial position as of June 30, 2014 and our consolidated results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and the results for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period. You should read the following summary consolidated financial data in conjunction with the sections entitled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.
10
|
As of June 30, 2014 | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Actual | Pro Forma(1) |
Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2) |
|||||||
|
(in thousands, unaudited)
|
|||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 9,774 | $ | 58,587 | ||||||
Working capital |
3,921 | 52,794 | ||||||||
Total assets |
16,530 | 65,343 | ||||||||
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability |
60 | | ||||||||
Bank term loan, current and non-current |
1,931 | 1,931 | ||||||||
Convertible preferred stock |
64,588 | | ||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
1,283 | 114,655 | ||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(68,075 | ) | (68,075 | ) | ||||||
Total stockholders' (deficit) equity |
(66,787 | ) | 46,674 |
11
exercisable for 65,404 shares of common stock in connection with this offering; and (d) the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our restated bylaws, as if our restated certificate of incorporation was filed and our restated bylaws had become effective on June 30, 2014.
12
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements, the notes thereto and the section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of or that we deem immaterial may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.
Risks Related to Development, Regulatory Approval and Commercialization
Our business is dependent on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our product candidates, primarily Cimzia, which we are developing in collaboration with UCB Pharma S.A., DRM04 and DRM01.
Our portfolio of five product candidates includes three late-stage product candidates, Cimzia (certolizumab pegol), an injectable biologic tumor necrosis factor-alpha inhibitor, or TNF inhibitor, for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, DRM04, a topical treatment for hyperhidrosis, or excessive sweating, and DRM01, a topical sebum inhibitor for the treatment of acne. We are also developing DRM02, a topical treatment targeting phosphodiesterase-4 for inflammatory skin diseases, and DRM05, a topical photodynamic therapy for acne. The success of our business, including our ability to finance our company and generate any revenue in the future, will primarily depend on the successful development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our late-stage product candidates. The successful development and commercialization of Cimzia is subject to a number of risks under our development and commercialization agreement with UCB, or the UCB agreement. For more information about these risks, see "Risks Related to Our Collaboration with UCB." In the future, we may also become dependent on one or more of our early-stage product candidates or any future product candidates that we may in-license, acquire or develop. The clinical and commercial success of our product candidates will depend on a number of factors, including the following:
13
If we do not achieve one or more of these factors, many of which are beyond our control, in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to obtain regulatory approvals or commercialize our product candidates. Even if regulatory approvals are obtained, we may never be able to successfully commercialize any of our product candidates. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to generate sufficient revenue through the sale of our product candidates or any future product candidates to continue our business.
We have had significant and increasing operating expenses and we will require substantial additional financing to achieve our goals, which we may not be able to obtain when needed and on acceptable terms, or at all. We have a history of losses and may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability, which could cause our business and operating results to suffer.
We are a clinical-stage specialty biopharmaceutical company with a limited operating history upon which you can evaluate our business and prospects. We are not profitable and have incurred losses in each year since we commenced operations in August 2010. We have incurred net losses of $20.3 million, $22.4 million and $17.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively. As of June 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $68.1 million.
We have financed our operations primarily through the sale of equity securities and convertible debt securities. Since our inception, most of our resources have been dedicated to the preclinical and clinical development of our product candidates. The size of our future net losses will depend, in part, on our future expenses and our ability to generate revenue, if any. Revenue from our current and potential future collaborations is uncertain because milestones or other contingent payments under our agreements may not be achieved or received.
14
As of June 30, 2014, we had capital resources consisting of cash and cash equivalents of $9.8 million and in August 2014, we issued shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock and received related net proceeds of $48.8 million. We will continue to expend substantial cash resources for the foreseeable future for the clinical development of our product candidates and development of any other indications and product candidates we may choose to pursue. These expenditures will include costs associated with research and development, conducting preclinical studies and clinical trials, manufacturing and supply, as well as marketing and selling any products approved for sale. In particular, our Phase 3 clinical programs for our product candidates will require substantial funds to complete. We plan to finance the development and commercialization of Cimzia in part through milestone payments made by UCB under the UCB agreement. In addition, other unanticipated costs may arise. Because the conduct and results of any clinical trial are highly uncertain, we cannot reasonably estimate the actual amounts necessary to successfully complete the development and commercialization of our current and any future product candidates.
We believe that the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement and our existing cash and cash equivalents, together with interest thereon, will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the next 12 months. We have based these estimates, however, on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could spend our available capital resources much faster than we currently expect or require more capital to fund our operations than we currently expect. Our currently anticipated expenditures for the development of our lead product candidates, Cimzia, DRM04 and DRM01, exceed the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement and our existing cash and cash equivalents. We will need to raise additional capital following this offering to fund our operations and continue to support our planned research and development and commercialization activities. We have substantial contractual obligations to UCB. For more information about our collaboration with UCB, see "BusinessCollaborations and License AgreementsCollaboration with UCB." In the event we are unable to raise sufficient capital to fund our development and commercialization obligations to UCB, we will face significant contractual liability.
The amount and timing of our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:
15
We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. Our current loan and security agreement contains negative covenants that restrict our ability to obtain additional debt financing. Any future debt financing into which we enter may impose upon us covenants that restrict our operations, including limitations on our ability to incur liens or additional debt, pay dividends, redeem our stock, make certain investments and engage in certain merger, consolidation or asset sale transactions. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans.
In order to fund the development and potential commercialization of our product candidates, we may also need to enter into collaboration agreements with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. Our ability to establish and maintain these collaborations is highly uncertain and subject to a number of variables. Under these arrangements, we may be responsible for substantial costs in connection with the clinical development, regulatory approval or the commercialization of a partnered product candidate. Furthermore, the payments we could receive from our potential collaboration partners may be subject to numerous conditions and may ultimately be insufficient to cover the cost of this development and commercialization.
If we are unable to raise additional capital when required or on acceptable terms, we may be required to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue one or more of our product development programs or commercialization efforts, or other aspects of our business plan. In addition, our ability to achieve profitability or to respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited.
The UCB agreement requires us to pay substantial development costs in order for UCB to seek approval of Cimzia for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis from the FDA, the European Medicines Agency and the Canadian federal department for health. Our inability to fund our obligations under the UCB agreement would harm our business and operating results.
The UCB agreement requires us to pay all development costs in order for UCB to seek approval of Cimzia for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis from the FDA, the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA, as established by Regulation (EC) 2309/93 and Regulation (EC) 726/2004, and the Canadian federal department for health, or Health Canada, up to a specified amount greater than $75.0 million and less than $95.0 million, with any development costs in excess of this amount to be shared equally by us and UCB. Delays in the commencement, enrollment and completion of clinical trials, including as a result of regulatory requirements, could substantially increase our product development costs. We do not know whether our planned clinical trials will begin on time or will be completed on budget or on schedule, or at all. While UCB is obligated to pay us if certain development and regulatory approval milestones are met, these milestone payments will not increase
16
even if our development costs increase, so we would be required to bear a greater portion of any increased costs, which would adversely impact our financial position. The costs associated with product development can increase for a variety of reasons, including:
In addition, a clinical trial may be suspended or terminated by us, UCB, the FDA, the EMA, Health Canada or other regulatory authorities due to a number of factors, including:
Clinical drug development for our product candidates is very expensive, time-consuming and uncertain. Our clinical trials may fail to adequately demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates, which could prevent or delay regulatory approval and commercialization.
Clinical drug development for our product candidates is very expensive, time-consuming, difficult to design and implement and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Before obtaining regulatory approval for the commercial sale of a product candidate, we must demonstrate through clinical trials that a product candidate is both safe and effective for use in the target indication. Most product candidates that commence clinical trials are never approved by regulatory authorities for commercialization. Our product candidates are in various stages of development. We expect that clinical trials for these product candidates will continue for several years, but may take significantly longer than expected to complete. In addition, we, any partner with which we currently or may in the future collaborate, the FDA, an
17
IRB or other regulatory authorities, including state and local agencies and counterpart agencies in foreign countries, may suspend, delay, require modifications to or terminate our clinical trials at any time, for various reasons, including:
In the case of our topical product candidates, we are seeking to deliver sufficient concentrations of the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, through the skin barrier to the targeted dermal tissue to achieve the intended therapeutic effect. As a result, safety and efficacy can be difficult to establish. The topical route of administration may involve new dosage forms, which can be difficult to develop and manufacture and may raise novel regulatory issues and result in development or review delays. For
18
example, the dosage form for DRM04 is an API-saturated wipe, and we are not aware of previous FDA approvals of prescription drug wipes.
We or any partner with which we may collaborate may suffer significant setbacks in our clinical trials similar to the experience of a number of other companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, even after receiving promising results in earlier trials. In the event that we or our potential partners abandon or are delayed in the clinical development efforts related to our product candidates, we may not be able to execute on our business plan effectively and our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects would be harmed. In particular, for Cimzia, if we experience delays in the completion of, or if we terminate, clinical trials, our ability to receive development-, regulatory- or sales-based milestone payments and royalties under the UCB agreement will be reduced, delayed or prevented.
We may be unable to obtain regulatory approval for Cimzia, DRM04, DRM01 or our early-stage product candidates under applicable regulatory requirements. The FDA and foreign regulatory bodies have substantial discretion in the approval process, including the ability to delay, limit or deny approval of product candidates. The delay, limitation or denial of any regulatory approval would adversely impact commercialization, our potential to generate revenue, our business and our operating results.
We currently have no products approved for sale, and we may never obtain regulatory approval to commercialize any of our current or future product candidates. The research, testing, manufacturing, safety surveillance, efficacy, quality control, recordkeeping, labeling, packaging, storage, approval, sale, marketing, distribution, import, export, and reporting of safety and other post-market information related to our drug products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities in the United States and in foreign countries, and such regulations differ from country to country. We are not permitted to market any of our current product candidates in the United States until we receive approval of a new drug application, or NDA, or biologics license application, or BLA, or other applicable regulatory filing from the FDA. We are also not permitted to market any of our current product candidates in any foreign countries until we receive the requisite approval from the applicable regulatory authorities of such countries.
To gain approval to market a biologic product such as Cimzia or a new drug such as DRM04 or DRM01, the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities must receive preclinical and clinical data that adequately demonstrate the safety, purity, potency, efficacy and compliant manufacturing of the product for the intended indication applied for in an NDA, BLA or other applicable regulatory filing. The development and approval of biologic and new drug products involves a long, expensive and uncertain process, and delay or failure can occur at any stage. A number of companies in the pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical industry have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials, including in Phase 3 clinical development, even after promising results in earlier preclinical studies or clinical trials. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, findings made while clinical trials were underway and safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events. Success in preclinical testing and early clinical trials does not ensure that later clinical trials will be successful, and the results of clinical trials by other parties may not be indicative of the results in trials we or our partners may conduct. For example, in our Phase 2 clinical trial for Cimzia in moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, a six-point physical global assessment, or PGA, scale was used, and we intend to use a five-point PGA scale in the Phase 3 clinical trials. As a result, data from our Phase 2 clinical trial may not accurately predict Phase 3 results. In addition, for DRM04, the results of our Phase 2a and Phase 2b clinical trials may not accurately predict results in our Phase 3 clinical trials that will have larger numbers of patients. Even for a drug such as Cimzia that has been approved for multiple indications, regulatory review processes are lengthy and uncertain.
19
The FDA and foreign regulatory bodies have substantial discretion in the drug approval process, including the ability to delay, limit or deny approval of product candidates for many reasons, including:
Of the large number of drugs, including biologics, in development, only a small percentage successfully complete the FDA or other regulatory approval processes and are commercialized. For example, the FDA may not agree with our Phase 3 clinical trial protocols for Cimzia. In addition, our product candidates may not be approved by the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory agencies even though they meet specified endpoints in our clinical trials. The FDA or applicable foreign regulatory
20
agencies may ask us to conduct additional costly and time-consuming clinical trials in order to obtain marketing approval or approval to enter into an advanced phase of development, or may change the requirements for approval even after such agency has reviewed and commented on the design for the clinical trials. In our collaboration with UCB, we are required to pursue development in support of UCB seeking approval from each of the FDA, the EMA and Health Canada, although we have the right to abandon pursuit of regulatory approval in Canada. If UCB is unable to obtain and retain regulatory approval for the marketing of Cimzia for psoriasis, we could lose our ability to receive royalties and regulatory- and sales-based milestone payments, which would adversely affect our financial position and business.
Any delay in obtaining, or inability to obtain, applicable regulatory approval for any of our product candidates would delay or prevent commercialization of our product candidates and would harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.
UCB substantially controls the governance of our collaboration, and may make decisions regarding product development, regulatory strategy and commercialization that may not be in our best interests.
To oversee the parties' activities in the collaboration, the UCB agreement provides for the establishment of a joint steering committee, joint development team, joint development committee, joint commercialization team and joint commercialization committee on which we each have representation, and while the parties have agreed to make committee decisions by consensus, UCB has final decision-making authority for the overall regulatory, development and commercialization strategy for Cimzia, market access activities, pricing and reimbursement activities, promotion, distribution, packaging, sales and safety and pharmacovigilance.
In exercising its final decision-making authority, UCB may make decisions regarding product development or regulatory strategy based on its determination of how to best preserve and extend regulatory approvals for Cimzia in indications other than psoriasis, which may delay or prevent achieving regulatory approval for Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis.
If Cimzia does receive regulatory approval for the treatment of psoriasis in the United States or Canada, UCB could use its final decision-making authority to direct our market access, promotional or medical affairs activities to dermatologists in ways that would adversely impact sales attributable to dermatologists, including due to a concern that such activities could adversely impact sales of Cimzia attributable to physicians other than dermatologists, for which UCB is not required to pay us royalties or milestone payments. If such limitations resulted in reduced sales of Cimzia to dermatologists, the royalties and sales-based milestone payments we could receive under the UCB agreement would be adversely affected, negatively impacting our financial performance.
We have never conducted a Phase 3 clinical trial before, and may be unable to successfully do so for any of our product candidates.
The conduct of a Phase 3 clinical trial is a complicated process. Although our employees have conducted Phase 3 clinical trials in the past while employed at other companies, we as a company have not conducted a Phase 3 clinical trial before, and as a result may require more time and incur greater costs than we anticipate. For example, we intend to commence Phase 3 clinical trials for Cimzia in the first half of 2015, as more fully described in "BusinessOur Product CandidatesCimzia." Failure to commence or complete, or delays in, our planned clinical trials, would prevent us from or delay us in obtaining regulatory approval of and commercializing our product candidates and could prevent us from or delay us in receiving development- or regulatory-based milestone payments and commercializing Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis, which would adversely impact our financial performance.
21
Even if our current product candidates or any future product candidates obtain regulatory approval, they may fail to achieve the broad degree of physician and patient adoption and use necessary for commercial success.
The commercial success of any of our current or future product candidates, if approved, will depend significantly on the broad adoption and use of the resulting product by physicians and patients for approved indications, and may not be commercially successful. The degree and rate of physician and patient adoption of our current or future product candidates, if approved, will depend on a number of factors, including:
If any of our current or future product candidates are approved for use but fail to achieve the broad degree of physician and patient adoption necessary for commercial success, our operating results and financial condition will be adversely affected, which may delay, prevent or limit our ability to generate revenue and continue our business.
22
Enbrel, Humira and Stelara, injectable biologics for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, achieved aggregate sales of $4.0 billion in 2012 and we are uncertain whether this market, including off-label use of other injectable biologics for the treatment of psoriasis, has peaked or may still grow and whether we could displace any existing market share if Cimzia is approved for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis. In particular, Cimzia's administration schedule may not be perceived as advantageous and its theoretical advantages may not lead to a perception of Cimzia being safer or comparably effective to Humira or Enbrel. Even if approved for moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, we may not be able to utilize directly comparative head-to-head data on the clinical performance of Cimzia relative to other TNF inhibitors or biologics in our marketing materials and may not be able to promote any theoretical advantages that are not in our approved product labeling.
Our product candidates, if approved, will face significant competition and our failure to effectively compete may prevent us from achieving significant market penetration.
The pharmaceutical industry is characterized by rapidly advancing technologies, intense competition and a strong emphasis on developing proprietary therapeutics. Numerous companies are engaged in the development, patenting, manufacturing and marketing of health care products competitive with those that we are developing. We face competition from a number of sources, such as pharmaceutical companies, generic drug companies, biotechnology companies and academic and research institutions, many of which have greater financial resources, marketing capabilities, sales forces, manufacturing capabilities, research and development capabilities, clinical trial expertise, intellectual property portfolios, experience in obtaining patents and regulatory approvals for product candidates and other resources than us. Some of the companies that offer competing products also have a broad range of other product offerings, large direct sales forces and long-term customer relationships with our target physicians, which could inhibit our market penetration efforts. In addition, certain of our product candidates, if approved, may compete with other dermatological products, including over-the-counter treatments, for a share of some patients' discretionary budgets and for physicians' attention within their clinical practices.
Many pharmaceutical companies currently offer products, and continue to develop additional alternative product candidates and technologies, for indications similar to those targeted by our product candidates, including AbbVie Inc., Actavis plc, Allergan, Inc., Amgen Inc., Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Astellas Pharma US, Inc., Bayer HealthCare AG (formerly Intendis, Inc.), Eisai Co., Ltd., Galderma S.A., GlaxoSmithKline LLC, or GSK, Janssen Biotech, Inc., Johnson & Johnson, LEO Pharma A/S, Maruho Co., Ltd., Merck & Co., Inc., Miramar Labs, Inc., Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation, Mylan Inc., Pfizer Inc., Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Revance Therapeutics, Inc., Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited, Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. and Valeant Pharmaceuticals International. The markets for dermatological therapies are competitive and are characterized by significant technological development and new product introduction. We anticipate that, if we obtain regulatory approval of our product candidates, we will face significant competition from other approved therapies. If approved, our product candidates may also compete with unregulated, unapproved and off-label treatments. Certain of our product candidates, if approved, will present novel therapeutic approaches for the approved indications and will have to compete with existing therapies, some of which are widely known and accepted by physicians and patients. To compete successfully in this market, we will have to demonstrate that the relative cost, safety and efficacy of our approved products, if any, provide an attractive alternative to existing and other new therapies. Such competition could lead to reduced market share for our product candidates and contribute to downward pressure on the pricing of our product candidates, which could harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. For more information about the competition we face, see "BusinessCompetition."
23
Due to less stringent regulatory requirements in certain foreign countries, there are many more dermatological products and procedures available for use in those international markets than are approved for use in the United States. In certain international markets, there are also fewer limitations on the claims that our competitors can make about the effectiveness of their products and the manner in which they can market them. As a result, we expect to face more competition in these markets than in the United States.
Cimzia faces intense competition and most of our competitors have significantly greater resources than we do.
If approved for the treatment of psoriasis, Cimzia will face direct competition from numerous other injected products such as Enbrel, Humira, Remicade and Stelara, and the existence of these products may limit the market size for Cimzia. In addition, Cimzia will compete against oral systemic treatments for psoriasis, which include acitretin, methotrexate and cyclosporine, and against a number of approved topical treatments for psoriasis, including branded drugs and generic versions where available. There are a number of other treatments used for psoriasis, including light-based treatments, topical corticosteroids and non-prescription topical treatments. Certain alternative treatments offered by competitors may be available at a lower price and may offer greater efficacy or a better safety profile.
Additional products and treatments, including numerous injectable biological products currently in clinical trials, may also receive regulatory approval in one or more territories in which we compete, and these existing and new products may be more effective, more widely used and less costly than ours, which may reduce the sales on which we receive royalties and sales-based milestone payments under the UCB agreement. Even if a generic product or an over-the-counter product is less effective than our product candidates, a less effective generic or over-the-counter product may be more quickly adopted by health insurers, physicians and patients than our competing product candidates based upon cost or convenience.
Cimzia may face competition from biosimilars, which may have an adverse impact on future sales.
Even if Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis achieves regulatory approval, we may face competition from biosimilars. In the United States, the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, created an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products that are demonstrated to be "highly similar," or "biosimilar," to or "interchangeable" with an FDA-approved biological product. This new pathway could allow competitors to reference the FDA's prior determinations regarding innovative biological products and to obtain approval of a biosimilar application 12 years after the time of approval of the innovative biological product. The 12-year exclusivity period does not prevent another company from developing a product that is highly similar to the innovative product, generating all the data necessary for a full BLA and seeking approval. Exclusivity only assures that another company cannot rely on the FDA's prior determinations in approving a BLA for an innovator's biological product to support the biosimilar product's approval. In his proposed budget for fiscal year 2014, President Obama proposed to reduce this 12-year period of exclusivity to seven years and proposed to prohibit additional periods of exclusivity due to minor changes in product formulations, a practice often referred to as "evergreening." It is possible that Congress may take these or other measures to reduce or eliminate periods of exclusivity. The BPCIA is complex and only beginning to be interpreted and implemented by the FDA. As a result, its ultimate impact, implementation and meaning are subject to uncertainty. While it is uncertain when any such processes may be fully adopted by the FDA, any such processes could have an adverse effect on the future commercial prospects for Cimzia. If competitors are able to obtain marketing approval for biosimilars referencing Cimzia or other branded biologic products against which Cimzia competes, Cimzia may become subject to competition from such biosimilars. Such competition could lead to off-label use of the biosimilar for psoriasis or reduced market share and contribute to downward pressure on pricing and reduced profit margins.
24
We expect to face generic competition for our product candidates, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.
Upon the expiration or loss of any patent protection for any of our product candidates that are approved, or upon the "at-risk" launch, despite pending patent infringement litigation against the generic product, by a generic competitor of a generic version of any of our product candidates that are approved, which may be sold at significantly lower prices than our approved product candidates, we could lose a significant portion of sales of that product in a short period of time, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. In particular, our DRM04 product candidate faces competition from generic oral and compounded topical anticholinergic agents. In addition, we may be subject to additional competition from third parties pursuing topical formulations of other anticholingeric agents for hyperhidrosis.
Use of patient-reported outcome assessments, or PROs, in our DRM04 clinical trials may delay the development of DRM04 or increase our development costs.
Due to the difficulty of objectively measuring the symptoms of hyperhidrosis, PROs will have an important role in the development and regulatory approval of our DRM04 product candidate. PROs involve patients' subjective assessments of efficacy, and this subjectivity increases the uncertainty of determining clinical endpoints. Such assessments can be influenced by factors outside of our control, and can vary widely from day to day for a particular patient, and from patient to patient and site to site within a clinical trial. Furthermore, we intend to use a new PRO in our Phase 2 clinical program and pursue the use of the new PRO to measure efficacy in our planned Phase 3 clinical program for DRM04. It is possible that the FDA will not accept the new PRO or will require changes in the PRO, potentially delaying clinical development of DRM04, increasing our costs and making additional clinical trials necessary.
Any product candidates that we commercialize, or that any partner with which we may collaborate commercializes, will be subject to ongoing and continued regulatory review.
Even after we or our partners achieve U.S. regulatory approval for a product candidate, if any, we or our partners will be subject to continued regulatory review and compliance obligations. For example, with respect to our product candidates, the FDA may impose significant restrictions on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or on the conditions of approval. A product candidate's approval may contain requirements for potentially costly post-approval studies and surveillance, including Phase 4 clinical trials or a REMS, to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product. We will also be subject to ongoing FDA obligations and continued regulatory review with respect to, among other things, the manufacturing, processing, labeling, packaging, distribution, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and recordkeeping for our product candidates. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration, as well as continued compliance with cGMP requirements and with the FDA's good clinical practice, or GCP, requirements and good laboratory practice, or GLP, requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA for all of our product candidates in clinical and preclinical development, and for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval. To the extent that a product candidate is approved for sale in other countries, we may be subject to similar restrictions and requirements imposed by laws and government regulators in those countries.
In addition, manufacturers of drug and biologic products and their facilities are subject to continual review and periodic inspections by the FDA and other regulatory authorities for compliance with cGMP regulations. If we or a regulatory agency discovers previously unknown problems with a product, such as adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or problems with the facility where, or processes by which, the product is manufactured, a regulatory agency may impose restrictions on that product or us, including requesting that we initiate a product recall, or requiring notice to physicians, withdrawal of the product from the market or suspension of manufacturing.
25
If we, our product candidates or the manufacturing facilities for our product candidates fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, a regulatory agency may:
The regulations, policies or guidance of the FDA and other applicable government agencies may change and new or additional statutes or government regulations may be enacted that could prevent or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates or further restrict or regulate post-approval activities. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of adverse government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action, either in the United States or abroad. If we are not able to achieve and maintain regulatory compliance, we may not be permitted to market our product candidates, which would adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability.
We have conducted and may in the future conduct clinical trials for our product candidates outside the United States and the FDA and applicable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept data from such trials.
We have conducted and may in the future choose to conduct one or more of our clinical trials outside the United States, including in Canada and Europe. For example, our Phase 3 clinical trials for Cimzia that we intend to commence in the first half of 2015 will be conducted in multiple countries. Although the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority may accept data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States or the applicable jurisdiction, acceptance of such study data by the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority may be subject to certain conditions. Where data from foreign clinical trials are intended to serve as the basis for marketing approval in the United States, the FDA will not approve the application on the basis of foreign data alone unless those data are applicable to the U.S. population and U.S. medical practice; the studies were performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence; and the data are considered valid without the need for an on-site inspection by the FDA or, if the FDA considers such an inspection to be necessary, the FDA is
26
able to validate the data through an on-site inspection or other appropriate means. Many foreign regulatory bodies have similar requirements. In addition, such foreign studies would be subject to the applicable local laws of the foreign jurisdictions where the studies are conducted. There can be no assurance the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority will accept data from trials conducted outside of the United States or the applicable jurisdiction. If the FDA or applicable foreign regulatory authority does not accept such data, it would likely result in the need for additional trials, which would be costly and time-consuming and delay aspects of our business plan.
Our product candidates may cause undesirable side effects or have other unexpected properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label or result in post-approval regulatory action.
Unforeseen side effects from any of our product candidates could arise either during clinical development or, if approved, after the approved product has been marketed. Undesirable side effects caused by product candidates could cause us, any partners with which we may collaborate or regulatory authorities to interrupt, modify, delay or halt clinical trials and could result in a more restrictive label or the delay or denial of regulatory approval by the FDA or comparable foreign authorities. For example, if we obtain regulatory approval for Cimzia for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, we expect that regulatory authorities will require us to include the same box warning regarding increased risk of serious infections that may lead to hospitalization or death and a potential association with increased cancer risk in TNF inhibitors, of which Cimzia is one, that is currently included in labeling for Cimzia for the treatment of other indications. Results of clinical trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects. In such an event, trials could be suspended or terminated and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us, or our potential partners, to cease further development of or deny approval of product candidates for any or all targeted indications. The drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in product liability claims. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.
Additionally, if we or others identify undesirable side effects, or other previously unknown problems, caused by our product candidates after obtaining U.S. or foreign regulatory approval or other products with the same or related active ingredients, a number of potentially negative consequences could result, including:
27
Any of the above events resulting from undesirable side effects or other previously unknown problems could prevent us or our potential partners from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of the affected product candidate and could substantially increase the costs of commercializing our product candidates.
We may face product liability exposure, and if successful claims are brought against us, we may incur substantial liability if our insurance coverage for those claims is inadequate.
We face an inherent risk of product liability as a result of the clinical testing of our product candidates and will face an even greater risk if we commercialize any products. This risk exists even if a product is approved for commercial sale by the FDA and manufactured in facilities licensed and regulated by the FDA or an applicable foreign regulatory authority. Our products and product candidates are designed to affect important bodily functions and processes. Any side effects, manufacturing defects, misuse or abuse associated with our product candidates could result in injury to a patient or even death. We cannot offer any assurance that we will not face product liability suits in the future, nor can we assure you that our insurance coverage will be sufficient to cover our liability under any such cases.
In addition, a liability claim may be brought against us even if our product candidates merely appear to have caused an injury. Product liability claims may be brought against us by consumers, health care providers, pharmaceutical companies or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with our product candidates, among others. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against product liability claims we will incur substantial liabilities and reputational harm. In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may result in:
We have obtained product liability insurance coverage for clinical trials. Large judgments have been awarded in class action or individual lawsuits based on drugs that had unanticipated side effects. Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all of our product liability related expenses or losses and may not cover us for any expenses or losses we may suffer. Moreover, insurance coverage is becoming increasingly expensive, and, in the future, we may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost, in sufficient amounts or upon adequate terms to protect us against losses due to product liability. We will need to increase our product liability coverage if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval, which will be costly, and we may be unable to obtain this
28
increased product liability insurance on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. A successful product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could cause our stock price to decline and, if judgments exceed our insurance coverage, could decrease our cash and could harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.
If any of our product candidates are approved for marketing and we are found to have improperly promoted off-label uses, or if physicians misuse our products or use our products off-label, we may become subject to prohibitions on the sale or marketing of our products, product liability claims and significant fines, penalties and sanctions, and our brand and reputation could be harmed.
The FDA and other regulatory agencies strictly regulate the marketing and promotional claims that are made about drug and biologic products. In particular, a product may not be promoted for uses or indications that are not approved by the FDA or such other regulatory agencies as reflected in the product's approved labeling and comparative safety or efficacy claims cannot be made without direct comparative clinical data. For example, if Cimzia is approved for use in the United States for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, due to the design of our Phase 3 clinical trial comparing Cimzia to Enbrel, the prescribing information may not include data comparing the clinical performance of Cimzia and Enbrel and we may not be able to utilize directly comparative head-to-head data on the clinical performance of Cimzia to Enbrel in our marketing materials. Similarly, although our DRM04 product candidate, if approved, may appeal to individuals who have not been diagnosed with hyperhidrosis, we will only be able to promote DRM04 for its approved indication. If we are found to have promoted off-label uses of any of our product candidates, we may receive warning or untitled letters and become subject to significant liability, which would materially harm our business. Both federal and state governments have levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and have enjoined several companies from engaging in off-label promotion. If we become the target of such an investigation or prosecution based on our marketing and promotional practices, we could face similar sanctions, which would materially harm our business. In addition, management's attention could be diverted from our business operations, significant legal expenses could be incurred and our brand and reputation could be damaged. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees or permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. If we are deemed by the FDA to have engaged in the promotion of our products for off-label use, we could be subject to FDA regulatory or enforcement actions, including the issuance of an untitled letter, a warning letter, injunction, seizure, civil fine or criminal penalties. It is also possible that other federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take action if they consider our business activities constitute promotion of an off-label use, which could result in significant penalties, including criminal, civil or administrative penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.
We cannot, however, prevent a physician from using our product candidates outside of those indications for use when in the physician's independent professional medical judgment he or she deems appropriate. Physicians may also misuse our product candidates or use improper techniques, potentially leading to adverse results, side effects or injury, which may lead to product liability claims. If our product candidates are misused or used with improper technique, we may become subject to costly litigation by physicians or their patients. Furthermore, the use of our product candidates for indications other than those cleared by the FDA may not effectively treat such conditions, which could harm our reputation among physicians and patients.
29
We may choose not to continue developing or commercializing any of our product candidates other than Cimzia at any time during development or after approval, which would reduce or eliminate our potential return on investment for those product candidates.
At any time, we may decide to discontinue the development of any of our product candidates other than Cimzia or not to continue commercializing one or more of our approved product candidates other than Cimzia for a variety of reasons, including the appearance of new technologies that make our product obsolete, competition from a competing product or changes in or failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements. If we terminate a program in which we have invested significant resources, we will not receive any return on our investment and we will have missed the opportunity to have allocated those resources to potentially more productive uses. We are, however, required to develop and commercialize Cimzia in accordance with our obligations to UCB regardless of our potential return on our investment with respect to Cimzia.
We or our current and prospective partners may be subject to product recalls in the future that could harm our brand and reputation and could negatively affect our business.
We or our current and prospective partners may be subject to product recalls, withdrawals or seizures if any of our product candidates, if approved for marketing, fail to meet specifications or are believed to cause injury or illness or if we are alleged to have violated governmental regulations including those related to the manufacture, labeling, promotion, sale or distribution. Any recall, withdrawal or seizure in the future could materially and adversely affect consumer confidence in our brands and lead to decreased demand for our approved products. In addition, a recall, withdrawal or seizure of any of our approved products would require significant management attention, would likely result in substantial and unexpected expenditures and would harm our business, financial condition and operating results.
If the FDA does not conclude that certain of our product candidates satisfy the requirements under Section 505(b)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or Section 505(b)(2), or if the requirements for such product candidates under Section 505(b)(2) are not as we expect, the approval pathway for those product candidates will likely take significantly longer, cost significantly more and entail significantly greater complications and risks than anticipated, and in either case may not be successful.
We are currently developing one product candidate, DRM04, for which we intend to seek FDA approval through the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway. DRM04 is a topical formulation of an anticholinergic agent that has been approved for systemic administration in other indications. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, also known as the Hatch-Waxman Amendments, added Section 505(b)(2) to the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act. Section 505(b)(2) permits the submission of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies that were not conducted by or for the applicant, and for which the applicant has not received a right of reference. Reliance on safety findings made by the FDA in approving the anticholinergic agent we intend to reference in our NDA could expedite the development program for our product candidates by potentially decreasing the amount of preclinical or clinical data that we would need to generate in order to obtain FDA approval. DRM04 differs from the approved product we intend to reference in chemical structure, route of administration, dosage form and indication, and, as a result, the FDA may not permit us to use this approach to regulatory approval. If the FDA does not allow us to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway as anticipated, if the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway fails to significantly decrease the amount of testing we must conduct, we may need to conduct additional preclinical or clinical trials, provide additional data and information and meet additional standards for regulatory approval. If this was to occur, the time and financial resources required to obtain FDA approval for DRM04, or any other product candidate for which we seek approval pursuant to the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway in the future, and complications and
30
risks associated with these product candidates, would likely substantially increase. Moreover, inability to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway could result in new competitive products reaching the market more quickly than our product candidates, which would likely harm our competitive position and prospects. Even if we are allowed to pursue the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, we cannot assure you that our product candidates will receive the requisite approvals for commercialization.
In addition, notwithstanding the approval of a number of products by the FDA under Section 505(b)(2) over the last few years, certain competitors and others have objected to the FDA's interpretation of Section 505(b)(2). If the FDA's interpretation of Section 505(b)(2) is successfully challenged, the FDA may be required to change its Section 505(b)(2) policies and practices, which could delay or even prevent the FDA from approving any NDA that we submit under Section 505(b)(2). In addition, the pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive, and Section 505(b)(2) NDAs are subject to special requirements designed to protect the patent rights of sponsors of previously approved drugs that are referenced in a Section 505(b)(2) NDA. These requirements may give rise to patent litigation and mandatory delays in approval of our NDAs for up to 30 months depending on the outcome of any litigation. It is not uncommon for a manufacturer of an approved referenced product to file a citizen petition with the FDA seeking to delay approval of, or impose additional approval requirements for, pending competing products. If successful, such petitions can significantly delay, or even prevent, the approval of the new product. However, even if the FDA ultimately denies such a petition, the FDA may substantially delay approval while it considers and responds to the petition. In addition, even if we are able to utilize the Section 505(b)(2) regulatory pathway, there is no guarantee this would ultimately lead to faster product development or earlier approval.
If we or any partners with which we may collaborate are unable to achieve and maintain coverage and adequate levels of reimbursement for any of our product candidates for which we receive regulatory approval, or any future products we may seek to commercialize, their commercial success may be severely hindered.
For any of our product candidates that become available only by prescription, successful sales by us or by any partners with which we may collaborate depend on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from third-party payors. Patients who are prescribed medicine for the treatment of their conditions generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the costs associated with their prescription drugs. The availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from governmental healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and private third-party payors is critical to new product acceptance. Coverage decisions may depend upon clinical and economic standards that disfavor new drug products when more established or lower cost therapeutic alternatives are already available or subsequently become available. If any of our product candidates do not demonstrate attractive efficacy profiles, they may not qualify for coverage and reimbursement. In addition, certain currently approved therapies for the treatment of hyperhidrosis have received limited or no reimbursement coverage by insurers and, accordingly, coverage for DRM04, if approved, may not be available. Even if we obtain coverage for a given product, the resulting reimbursement payment rates might not be adequate or may require co-payments that patients find unacceptably high. Patients are unlikely to use our products unless coverage is provided and reimbursement is adequate to cover a significant portion of the cost of our products.
In addition, the market for our product candidates will depend significantly on access to third-party payors' drug formularies, or lists of medications for which third-party payors provide coverage and reimbursement. The industry competition to be included in such formularies often leads to downward pricing pressures on pharmaceutical companies. Also, third-party payors may refuse to include a particular branded drug in their formularies or otherwise restrict patient access to a branded drug when a less costly generic equivalent or other alternative is available.
31
Third-party payors, whether foreign or domestic, or governmental or commercial, are developing increasingly sophisticated methods of controlling healthcare costs. In addition, in the United States, although private third-party payors tend to follow Medicare, no uniform policy of coverage and reimbursement for drug products exists among third-party payors. Therefore, coverage and reimbursement for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. As a result, the coverage determination process is often a time-consuming and costly process that will require us to provide scientific and clinical support for the use of our product candidates to each payor separately, with no assurance that coverage and adequate reimbursement will be obtained.
Further, we believe that future coverage and reimbursement will likely be subject to increased restrictions both in the United States and in international markets. Third-party coverage and reimbursement for any of our product candidates for which we may receive regulatory approval may not be available or adequate in either the United States or international markets, which could harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.
Healthcare reform measures could hinder or prevent the commercial success of our products and product candidates.
In the United States, there have been, and we expect there will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes to the healthcare system that could affect our future revenue and profitability and the future revenue and profitability of any partner with which we may collaborate. Federal and state lawmakers regularly propose and, at times, enact legislation that results in significant changes to the healthcare system, some of which are intended to contain or reduce the costs of medical products and services. For example, in March 2010, President Obama signed one of the most significant healthcare reform measures in decades, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act, or collectively, the Affordable Care Act. It contains a number of provisions, including those governing enrollment in federal healthcare programs, reimbursement changes and fraud and abuse measures, all of which are expected to impact existing government healthcare programs and result in the development of new programs. The Affordable Care Act, among other things, (1) increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by most manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and extended the rebate program to certain individuals enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations, (2) established annual fees on manufacturers of certain branded prescription drugs and (3) enacted a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer's outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D.
In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with recommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation's automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, which went into effect on April 1, 2013. On January 2, 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals and imaging centers.
More recently, the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014, signed into law in April 2014, provides for a 0.5% change from 2013 federal payment rates under the Medicare Physician Fee Schedule through 2014 and a 0% update from January 1 until April 1, 2015. Congressional failure to intervene to prevent these changes in payment rates may adversely affect our revenue and operating results.
32
We expect that additional state and federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for healthcare products and services, which could result in reduced demand for our products once approved or additional pricing pressures.
We may also be subject to healthcare laws, regulation and enforcement and our failure to comply with those laws could adversely affect our business, operations and financial condition.
Certain federal and state healthcare laws and regulations pertaining to fraud and abuse and patients' rights are and will be applicable to our business. We are subject to regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we or our partners conduct our business. The laws and regulations that may affect our ability to operate include:
33
commercial insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the applicable compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government, or otherwise restrict payments that may be provided to healthcare providers and other potential referral sources; state laws that require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to healthcare providers or marketing expenditures; and state laws governing the privacy and security of health information in certain circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and may not have the same effect, thus complicating compliance efforts.
Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. In addition, recent health care reform legislation has strengthened these laws. For example, the recently enacted Affordable Care Act, among other things, amended the intent requirement of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and certain criminal healthcare fraud statutes. A person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. In addition, the Affordable Care Act provided that the government may assert that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil False Claims Act.
Achieving and sustaining compliance with these laws may prove costly. In addition, any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management's attention from the operation of our business. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of the laws described above or any other governmental laws or regulations that apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including administrative, civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, the exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, individual imprisonment or the curtailment or restructuring of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results.
Our business involves the use of hazardous materials and we and our third-party suppliers and manufacturers must comply with environmental laws and regulations, which can be expensive and restrict how we do business.
The manufacturing activities of our third-party suppliers and manufacturers involve the controlled storage, use and disposal of hazardous materials owned by us, including the components of our product candidates and other hazardous compounds. We and our manufacturers and suppliers are subject to laws and regulations governing the use, manufacture, storage, handling and disposal of these hazardous materials. In some cases, these hazardous materials and various wastes resulting from their use are stored at our suppliers' or manufacturers' facilities pending use and disposal. We and our suppliers and manufacturers cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination, which could cause an interruption of our commercialization efforts, research and development efforts and business operations, injury to our service providers and others and environmental damage resulting in costly clean-up and liabilities under applicable laws and regulations governing the use, storage, handling and disposal of these materials and specified waste products. Although we believe that the safety procedures utilized by our third-party suppliers and manufacturers for handling and disposing of these materials generally comply with the standards prescribed by these laws and regulations, we cannot guarantee that this is the case or eliminate the risk of accidental contamination or injury from these materials. In such an event, we may be held liable for any resulting damages and such liability could exceed our resources. We do not currently carry biological or hazardous waste insurance coverage.
34
Our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants, vendors, CROs and any partners with which we may collaborate may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.
We are exposed to the risk that our employees, independent contractors, principal investigators, consultants, vendors, CROs and any partners with which we may collaborate may engage in fraudulent or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these persons could include intentional, reckless or negligent conduct or unauthorized activity that violates: laws or regulations, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to the FDA or foreign regulatory authorities; manufacturing standards; federal, state and foreign healthcare fraud and abuse laws and data privacy; or laws that require the true, complete and accurate reporting of financial information or data. In particular, sales, marketing and other business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws intended to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws may restrict or prohibit a wide range of business activities, including research, manufacturing, distribution, pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials, or illegal misappropriation of drug product, which could result in regulatory sanctions or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws or regulations, and serious harm to our reputation. In addition, federal procurement laws impose substantial penalties for misconduct in connection with government contracts and require certain contractors to maintain a code of business ethics and conduct. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our operating results.
Risks Related to Our Collaboration with UCB
The UCB agreement is terminable by UCB if we consummate a change of control with a significant number of competitor companies, which may adversely impact the likelihood that we will be acquired.
If we consummate a change of control with a third party that is clinically developing or commercializing a biologic TNF inhibitor, UCB has the right to terminate the UCB agreement. If such termination occurs prior to the grant of regulatory approval for Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis, we would be obligated to pay the remaining costs for which we would be responsible under the agreed development plan reduced by the amount of development milestone payments that would have been payable upon achievement of applicable development milestones if and when such milestones are achieved. This could make an acquisition of us by any such company economically unattractive, potentially prohibitively so. Among the companies that we are aware are currently clinically developing or commercializing biologic TNF inhibitors are AbbVie, Actavis, Amgen, Baxter International Inc., Boehringer Ingelheim, Biogen Idec Inc., Eisai, GSK, Hospira, Inc., Johnson & Johnson, Merck, Mitsubishi Tanabe Pharma Corporation, Mylan, Novartis AG, Pfizer, Ranbaxy Laboratories Limited, Sandoz Inc., Stiefel Laboratories, Inc., a GSK Company, Takeda and Teva. Additional companies may develop or commercialize a biologic TNF inhibitor in the future. The resulting unlikelihood of an acquisition of us by these companies may reduce our future strategic options and the likelihood of our stockholders participating in a company sale transaction that could be financially attractive to them.
35
In addition, UCB has the right to terminate the UCB agreement with the same economic consequences if we consummate a change of control with a company that is not clinically developing or commercializing a biologic TNF inhibitor but that otherwise does not meet all of the following requirements:
It is therefore possible that other potential acquirers, even though not developing or commercializing a biologic TNF inhibitor, would not meet one or more of these criteria, making an acquisition of us by such a company unlikely, further reducing the ability of our stockholders to participate in a transaction that could be financially attractive to them.
We could have significant disputes with UCB over our collaboration, which could adversely impact our ability to obtain any of its intended benefits.
We cannot ensure that UCB will fulfill its obligations under the UCB agreement. We may assert that UCB has not fulfilled its obligations, which UCB may dispute. UCB may assert that we have not fulfilled our obligations under the UCB agreement, which we may dispute. If UCB asserts that we have materially breached the UCB agreement and seeks to terminate the UCB agreement, our ability to realize the anticipated or any benefits from this collaboration would be adversely affected. Any disputes we have with UCB could lead to delays in, or termination of, the development and commercialization of Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis and time-consuming and expensive arbitration. In any such dispute, UCB will have considerably more resources than we will to pursue such dispute, which may make it less likely that we will prevail in any such dispute, regardless of the relative merit of our position.
We are dependent on UCB for product supply.
Under the UCB agreement, UCB is solely responsible for supplying sufficient quantities of Cimzia as well as the comparator drugs and placebo to be used in our planned Phase 3 clinical trials and any post-approval studies that are conducted. We are not permitted to obtain these materials from any other source. If we experience any interruption in product supply, potentially due to UCB's own dependencies on its suppliers, or due to damage to or destruction of its or its suppliers' facilities or equipment or noncompliance with regulatory requirements, or if we incorrectly forecast our product supply requirements or UCB incorrectly plans its manufacturing production, or if UCB were to allocate supplies of Cimzia to its commercial sales rather than to our development program, it could impact our ability to timely supply our clinical sites, and cause potentially serious delays in the timing of our clinical studies and substantially increased costs if studies need to be adjusted or re-performed.
UCB is also solely responsible for and controls all aspects of the manufacture, distribution and supply of Cimzia for commercialization, including providing any product samples that we may use in our marketing and promotion activities as well as the product that will be sold from which we would
36
derive royalties and any sales-based milestone payments. If UCB experiences any interruption in product supply for any of the reasons described in the prior paragraph, or if UCB were to allocate its supplies of Cimzia to commercial sales attributable to physicians other than dermatologists, it could adversely impact the sales from which we derive such royalties and payments, and our financial results.
We have agreed with UCB to a scope of exclusivity that will prevent us from developing and commercializing a material category of products, which could harm our current and future business prospects, including the likelihood that we will be acquired.
We have agreed that, during the term of the UCB agreement, except in limited circumstances, we and our affiliates will not clinically develop, seek regulatory approval for or commercialize a biologic TNF inhibitor other than Cimzia, or promote any other biologic TNF inhibitor to any dermatologist in the United States or Canada. If, during the term of the UCB agreement, we acquire or are acquired by a third party that is clinically developing or commercializing a biologic TNF inhibitor, in addition to UCB's termination rights described above, we have agreed to either cease such clinical development or commercialization or divest such product candidate. These exclusivity obligations may inhibit our business opportunities by excluding an important class of products, TNF inhibitors, from potential development or commercialization by us. In addition, any acquirer of us would also be subject to these exclusivity obligations, which will potentially exclude companies that are or would consider developing or commercializing TNF inhibitors from acquiring us, which may reduce the likelihood of our being acquired in a transaction that could be beneficial to our stockholders.
UCB may determine that further development of Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis poses a significant safety risk and terminate the UCB agreement, which would adversely affect our business.
The UCB agreement is terminable by UCB if it determines that a validated safety signal is established, the magnitude of which UCB determines constitutes a significant patient risk so that the development or commercialization of Cimzia should cease. In such event, while UCB would be obligated to reimburse us for certain costs we have incurred by paying to us royalties on sales of Cimzia in the United States and Canada, such reimbursement will likely take years, and if sales of Cimzia cease in all indications, we will likely never recoup such costs. In any event, if the UCB agreement were to be terminated for safety reasons, we would not be able to develop a dermatology-focused sales force using Cimzia as our initial commercial product or realize any royalties or sales-based milestones, and therefore our principal strategic and financial objectives in pursuing this collaboration would not be achieved.
UCB has made very limited representations, warranties and indemnities to us regarding its ownership of and the validity of the intellectual property related to Cimzia, and that its and our activities in our collaboration will not infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties.
In the UCB agreement, UCB has made very limited representations, warranties and indemnities to us that the development of Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis and the sale and promotion of Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis will not infringe a patent or other intellectual property right of a third party, or that UCB's intellectual property related to Cimzia is valid. If third parties bring claims that the intellectual property relevant to the collaboration and Cimzia infringes the intellectual property rights of such third party, we or UCB could be enjoined from performing our activities under the UCB agreement, exposed to substantial damages or required to pay royalties to such third party, or any combination of these adverse effects. Any third-party royalties that would need to be paid in connection with the activities under our collaboration would be included in our cost of goods and therefore could reduce the financial benefits that we receive from sales of Cimzia. In addition, if a claim is made against us in connection with our collaboration, UCB may control the
37
defense of such claim, and may make different decisions than we would make, potentially exposing us to increased liability.
Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties other than UCB
We have in the past relied and expect to continue to rely on third-party CROs and other third parties to conduct and oversee our clinical trials and other aspects of product development. If these third parties do not meet our requirements or otherwise conduct the trials as required, we may not be able to satisfy our contractual obligations or obtain regulatory approval for, or commercialize, our product candidates when expected or at all.
We have in the past relied and expect to continue to rely on third-party CROs to conduct and oversee our clinical trials and other aspects of product development. We also rely upon various medical institutions, clinical investigators and contract laboratories to conduct our trials in accordance with our clinical protocols and all applicable regulatory requirements, including the FDA's regulations and GCPs, which are an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators and monitors, and state regulations governing the handling, storage, security and recordkeeping for drug and biologic products. These CROs and other third parties play a significant role in the conduct of these trials and the subsequent collection and analysis of data from the clinical trials. We rely heavily on these parties for the execution of our clinical trials and preclinical studies, and control only certain aspects of their activities. We and our CROs and other third-party contractors are required to comply with GCP and GLP requirements, which are regulations and guidelines enforced by the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for products in clinical development. Regulatory authorities enforce these GCP and GLP requirements through periodic inspections of trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we or any of these third parties fail to comply with applicable GCP and GLP requirements, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or other regulatory authority may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our or our partners' marketing applications. We cannot assure you that upon inspection by a given regulatory authority, such regulatory authority will determine that any of our clinical or preclinical trials complies with applicable GCP and GLP requirements. In addition, our clinical trials must generally be conducted with product produced under cGMP regulations. Our failure to comply with these regulations and policies may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process.
If any of our CROs or clinical trial sites terminate their involvement in one of our clinical trials for any reason, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs or clinical trial sites, or do so on commercially reasonable terms. In addition, if our relationship with clinical trial sites is terminated, we may experience the loss of follow-up information on patients enrolled in our ongoing clinical trials unless we are able to transfer the care of those patients to another qualified clinical trial site. In addition, principal investigators for our clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and could receive cash or equity compensation in connection with such services. If these relationships and any related compensation result in perceived or actual conflicts of interest, the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site may be questioned by the FDA.
We rely completely on third-party contractors to supply, manufacture and distribute clinical drug supplies for our product candidates, including certain sole-source suppliers and manufacturers, we intend to rely on third parties for commercial supply, manufacturing and distribution if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval and we expect to rely on third parties for supply, manufacturing and distribution of preclinical, clinical and commercial supplies of any future product candidates.
We do not currently have, nor do we plan to acquire, the infrastructure or capability to supply, manufacture or distribute preclinical, clinical or commercial quantities of drug substances or products.
38
Our ability to develop our product candidates depends and our ability to commercially supply our products will depend, in part, on our ability to successfully obtain the APIs and other substances and materials used in our product candidates from third parties and to have finished products manufactured by third parties in accordance with regulatory requirements and in sufficient quantities for preclinical and clinical testing and commercialization. If we fail to develop and maintain supply relationships with these third parties, we may be unable to continue to develop or commercialize our product candidates.
We do not have direct control over the ability of our contract suppliers and manufacturers to maintain adequate capacity and capabilities to serve our needs, including quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. Although we are ultimately responsible for ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements such as cGMPs, we are dependent on our contract suppliers and manufacturers for day-to-day compliance with cGMPs for production of both APIs and finished products. Facilities used by our contract suppliers and manufacturers to produce the APIs and other substances and materials or finished products for commercial sale must pass inspection and be approved by the FDA and other relevant regulatory authorities. Our contract suppliers and manufacturers must comply with cGMP requirements enforced by the FDA through its facilities inspection program and review of submitted technical information. If the safety of any product or product candidate or component is compromised due to a failure to adhere to applicable laws or for other reasons, we may not be able to successfully commercialize or obtain regulatory approval for the affected product or product candidate, and we may be held liable for injuries sustained as a result. Any of these factors could cause a delay or termination of preclinical studies, clinical trials or regulatory submissions or approvals of our product candidates, and could entail higher costs or result in our being unable to effectively commercialize our approved products on a timely basis, or at all.
We also rely and will continue to rely on certain third parties as the sole source of the materials they supply or the finished products they manufacture. UCB is solely responsible for and controls all aspects of the manufacture, distribution and supply of Cimzia. For more information about risks related to the manufacture of Cimzia, see "Risks Related to Our Collaboration with UCB." Some of the APIs and other substances and materials used in our product candidates are currently available only from one or a limited number of domestic or foreign suppliers and foreign manufacturers and certain of our finished product candidates are manufactured by one or a limited number of contract manufacturers. In the event an existing supplier fails to supply product on a timely basis or in the requested amount, supplies product that fails to meet regulatory requirements, becomes unavailable through business interruption or financial insolvency or loses its regulatory status as an approved source or if we or our manufacturers are unable to renew current supply agreements when such agreements expire and we do not have a second supplier, we likely would incur added costs and delays in identifying or qualifying replacement manufacturers and materials and there can be no assurance that replacements would be available to us on a timely basis, on acceptable terms or at all. We are currently in the process of transitioning the manufacture of certain of our APIs and product candidates to new contract manufacturers, which creates risks of additional cost and delay. In certain cases we may be required to get regulatory approval to use alternative suppliers, and this process of approval could delay production of our products or development of product candidates indefinitely. In particular, we are dependent on our current suppliers of the nonwoven material and foil in our DRM04 product candidate, and any need to find and qualify new suppliers for these materials would adversely affect our business. We and our manufacturers do not currently maintain inventory of these APIs and other substances and materials. Any interruption in the supply of an API or other substance or material or in the manufacture of a finished product could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.
In addition, these contract manufacturers are engaged with other companies to supply and manufacture materials or products for such companies, which also exposes our suppliers and manufacturers to regulatory risks for the production of such materials and products. As a result, failure
39
to meet the regulatory requirements for the production of those materials and products may also affect the regulatory clearance of a contract supplier's or manufacturer's facility. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory agency does not approve these facilities for the supply or manufacture of our product candidates, or if it withdraws its approval in the future, we may need to find alternative supply or manufacturing facilities, which would negatively impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval of or market our product candidates, if approved.
To date, our drug substances and product candidates have been manufactured in small quantities for preclinical studies and early-stage clinical trials. As we prepare for later-stage clinical trials and potential commercialization, we will need to take steps to increase the scale of production of our drug substances and product candidates, which may include transferring production to new third-party suppliers or manufacturers. In order to conduct larger or late-stage scale clinical trials for our product candidates and supply sufficient commercial quantities of the resulting drug product and its components, if that product candidate is approved for sale, our contract manufacturers and suppliers will need to produce our drug substances and product candidates in larger quantities, more cost effectively and, in certain cases, at higher yields than they currently achieve. These third-party contractors may not be able to successfully increase the manufacturing capacity for any of such drug substance and product candidates in a timely or cost-effective manner or at all. Significant scale up of manufacturing may require additional processes, technologies and validation studies, which are costly, may not be successful and which the FDA and foreign regulatory authorities must review and approve. In addition, quality issues may arise during those scale-up activities because of the inherent properties of a product candidate itself or of a product candidate in combination with other components added during the manufacturing and packaging process, or during shipping and storage of the APIs or the finished product. If our third-party contractors are unable to successfully scale up the manufacture of any of our product candidates in sufficient quality and quantity and at commercially reasonable prices, and we are unable to find one or more replacement suppliers or manufacturers capable of production at a substantially equivalent cost in substantially equivalent volumes and quality, and we are unable to successfully transfer the processes on a timely basis, the development of that product candidate and regulatory approval or commercial launch for any resulting products may be delayed, or there may be a shortage in supply, either of which could significantly harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.
We expect to continue to depend on third-party contract suppliers and manufacturers for the foreseeable future. Our supply and manufacturing agreements, if any, do not guarantee that a contract supplier or manufacturer will provide services adequate for our needs. We and our contract suppliers and manufacturers continue to improve production processes, certain aspects of which are complex and unique, and we may encounter difficulties with new or existing processes. While we attempt to build in certain contractual obligations on such third-party suppliers and manufacturers, we may not be able to ensure that such third parties comply with these obligations. Depending on the extent of any difficulties encountered, we could experience an interruption in clinical or commercial supply, with the result that the development, regulatory approval or commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed or interrupted. In addition, third-party suppliers and manufacturers may have the ability to increase the price payable by us for the supply of the APIs and other substances and materials used in our product candidates, in some cases without our consent.
Additionally, any damage to or destruction of our third-party manufacturers' or suppliers' facilities or equipment may significantly impair our ability to have our product candidates manufactured on a timely basis. Furthermore, if a contract manufacturer or supplier becomes financially distressed or insolvent, or discontinues our relationship beyond the term of any existing agreement for any other reason, this could result in substantial management time and expense to identify, qualify and transfer processes to alternative manufacturers or suppliers, and could lead to an interruption in clinical or commercial supply.
40
Our reliance on contract manufacturers and suppliers further exposes us to the possibility that they, or third parties with access to their facilities, will have access to and may misappropriate our trade secrets or other proprietary information.
In addition, the manufacturing facilities of certain of our suppliers are located outside of the United States. This may give rise to difficulties in importing our products or product candidates or their components into the United States or other countries as a result of, among other things, regulatory agency approval requirements or import inspections, incomplete or inaccurate import documentation or defective packaging.
Manufacturing and supply of the APIs and other substances and materials used in our product candidates and finished drug products is a complex and technically challenging undertaking, and there is potential for failure at many points in the manufacturing, testing, quality assurance and distribution supply chain, as well as the potential for latent defects after products have been manufactured and distributed.
Manufacturing and supply of APIs, other substances and materials and finished drug products is technically challenging. Changes beyond our direct control can impact the quality, volume, price and successful delivery of our product candidates and can impede, delay, limit or prevent the successful development and commercialization of our product candidates. Mistakes and mishandling are not uncommon and can affect successful production and supply. Some of these risks include:
Any of these factors could result in delays or higher costs in connection with our clinical trials, regulatory submissions, required approvals or commercialization of our products, which could harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.
If we are not able to establish and maintain collaborations, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.
The development and potential commercialization of our product candidates will require substantial additional cash to fund expenses. In order to fund further development of our product candidates, we may collaborate with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for the development and potential commercialization of those product candidates. We face significant competition in seeking appropriate partners. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the partner's resources and experience, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed partner's evaluation of a number of factors. Those
41
factors may include the design or results of clinical trials; the likelihood of approval by the FDA or other regulatory authorities; the potential market for the subject product candidate; the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients; the potential of competing products; any uncertainty with respect to our ownership of our intellectual property; and industry and market conditions generally. The partner may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available for collaboration and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. We may also be restricted under future license agreements from entering into agreements on certain terms with potential partners. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future partners.
Collaborations typically impose detailed obligations on each party, such as those required under the UCB agreement. If we were to breach our obligations, we may face substantial consequences, including potential termination of the collaboration, and our rights to our partners' product candidates, in which we have invested substantial time and money, would be lost.
We may not be successful in our efforts to implement collaborations or other alternative arrangements for the development of our product candidates. When we partner with a third party for development and commercialization of a product candidate, we can expect to relinquish to the third party some or all of the control over the future success of that product candidate. Our collaboration partner may not devote sufficient resources to the commercialization of our product candidates or may otherwise fail in their commercialization. The terms of any collaboration or other arrangement that we establish may not be favorable to us. In addition, any collaboration that we enter into may be unsuccessful in the development and commercialization of our product candidates. In some cases, we may be responsible for continuing preclinical and initial clinical development of a partnered product candidate or research program, and the payment we receive from our collaboration partner may be insufficient to cover the cost of this development.
We may not be able to negotiate collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.
Risks Related to Our Business and Financial Operations
We will need to further increase the size and complexity of our organization in the future, and we may experience difficulties in executing our growth strategy and managing any growth.
Our management, personnel, systems and facilities currently in place are not adequate to support our business plan and future growth. We will need to further expand our scientific, sales and marketing, managerial, operational, financial and other resources to support our planned research, development and commercialization activities.
Our need to manage our operations, growth and various projects effectively requires that we:
42
In addition, historically, we have utilized and continue to utilize the services of part-time outside consultants to perform a number of tasks for us, including tasks related to preclinical and clinical testing. Our growth strategy may also entail expanding our use of consultants to implement these and other tasks going forward. We rely on consultants for certain functions of our business and will need to effectively manage these consultants to ensure that they successfully carry out their contractual obligations and meet expected deadlines. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our existing consultants or find other competent outside consultants, as needed, on economically reasonable terms, or at all. If we are not able to effectively manage our growth and expand our organization by hiring new employees and expanding our use of consultants, we might be unable to implement successfully the tasks necessary to execute effectively on our planned research, development and commercialization activities and, accordingly, might not achieve our research, development and commercialization goals.
If we fail to attract and retain management and other key personnel, we may be unable to continue to successfully develop or commercialize our product candidates or otherwise implement our business plan.
Our ability to compete in the highly competitive pharmaceuticals industry depends upon our ability to attract and retain highly qualified managerial, scientific, medical, sales and marketing and other personnel. We are highly dependent on our management and scientific personnel, including: our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, Thomas G. Wiggans; our Chief Medical Officer and a member of our board of directors, Eugene A. Bauer, M.D.; our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer, Andrew L. Guggenhime; our Executive Vice President, Product Development, Luis C. Peña; and our Vice President, Corporate Development and Strategy, Christopher M. Griffith. The loss of the services of any of these individuals could impede, delay or prevent the successful development of our product pipeline, completion of our planned clinical trials, commercialization of our product candidates or in-licensing or acquisition of new assets and could negatively impact our ability to successfully implement our business plan. If we lose the services of any of these individuals, we might not be able to find suitable replacements on a timely basis or at all, and our business could be harmed as a result. We do not maintain "key man" insurance policies on the lives of these individuals or the lives of any of our other employees. We employ all of our executive officers and key personnel on an at-will basis and their employment can be terminated by us or them at any time, for any reason and without notice. In order to retain valuable employees at our company, in addition to salary and cash incentives, we provide stock options that vest over time. The value to employees of stock options that vest over time will be significantly affected by movements in our stock price that are beyond our control, and may at any time be insufficient to counteract offers from other companies.
We might not be able to attract or retain qualified management and other key personnel in the future due to the intense competition for qualified personnel among biotechnology, pharmaceutical and other businesses, particularly in the San Francisco Bay Area where we are headquartered. We could have difficulty attracting experienced personnel to our company and may be required to expend
43
significant financial resources in our employee recruitment and retention efforts. Many of the other pharmaceutical companies with whom we compete for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and longer histories in the industry than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities and better chances for career advancement. If we are not able to attract and retain the necessary personnel to accomplish our business objectives, we may experience constraints that will harm our ability to implement our business strategy and achieve our business objectives.
In addition, we have scientific and clinical advisors who assist us in formulating our development and clinical strategies. These advisors are not our employees and may have commitments to, or consulting or advisory contracts with, other entities that may limit their availability to us. In addition, our advisors may have arrangements with other companies to assist those companies in developing products or technologies that may compete with ours.
We currently have limited marketing capabilities and no sales organization. If we are unable to establish sales and marketing capabilities on our own or through third parties, we will be unable to successfully commercialize our product candidates, if approved, or generate product revenue.
We currently have limited marketing capabilities and no sales organization. To commercialize our product candidates, if approved, in the United States, Canada, the European Union and other jurisdictions we seek to enter, we must build our marketing, sales, distribution, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in doing so. Although our employees have experience in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products from prior employment at other companies, we as a company have no prior experience in the marketing, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical products and there are significant risks involved in building and managing a sales organization, including our ability to hire, retain and incentivize qualified individuals, generate sufficient sales leads, provide adequate training to sales and marketing personnel and effectively manage a geographically dispersed sales and marketing team. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of these products. To commercialize Cimzia, we also intend to leverage the commercial infrastructure of our partner UCB in selected areas such as managed care and patient access, which will provide us with resources and expertise in these areas that are greater than we could initially build ourselves. If we are unable to utilize UCB's resources and expertise in this way, the cost, time and complexity involved in developing our own commercial infrastructure will likely increase. We may choose to collaborate with additional third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. The inability to successfully commercialize our product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, would harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.
Our failure to successfully in-license, acquire, develop and market additional product candidates or approved products would impair our ability to grow our business.
We intend to in-license, acquire, develop and market additional products and product candidates. Because our internal research and development capabilities are limited, we may be dependent upon pharmaceutical companies, academic scientists and other researchers to sell or license products or technology to us. The success of this strategy depends partly upon our ability to identify and select promising pharmaceutical product candidates and products, negotiate licensing or acquisition agreements with their current owners and finance these arrangements.
44
The process of proposing, negotiating and implementing a license or acquisition of a product candidate or approved product is lengthy and complex. Other companies, including some with substantially greater financial, marketing, sales and other resources, may compete with us for the license or acquisition of product candidates and approved products. We have limited resources to identify and execute the acquisition or in-licensing of third-party products, businesses and technologies and integrate them into our current infrastructure. Moreover, we may devote resources to potential acquisitions or licensing opportunities that are never completed, or we may fail to realize the anticipated benefits of such efforts. We may not be able to acquire the rights to additional product candidates on terms that we find acceptable, or at all.
Further, any product candidate that we acquire may require additional development efforts prior to commercial sale, including preclinical or clinical testing and approval by the FDA and applicable foreign regulatory authorities. All product candidates are prone to risks of failure typical of pharmaceutical product development, including the possibility that a product candidate will not be shown to be sufficiently safe and effective for approval by regulatory authorities. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that any approved products that we acquire will be manufactured or sold profitably or achieve market acceptance.
We intend to in-license and acquire product candidates and may in-license and acquire commercial-stage products or engage in other strategic transactions, which could impact our liquidity, increase our expenses and present significant distractions to our management.
Our strategy is to in-license and acquire product candidates and we may in-license and acquire commercial-stage products or engage in other strategic transactions. Additional potential transactions that we may consider include a variety of different business arrangements, including spin-offs, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, restructurings, divestitures, business combinations and investments. Any such transaction may require us to incur non-recurring or other charges, may increase our near- and long-term expenditures and may pose significant integration challenges or disrupt our management or business, which could adversely affect our operations and financial results. For example, these transactions entail numerous potential operational and financial risks, including:
Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will undertake or successfully complete any transactions of the nature described above, and any transaction that we do complete could harm our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. We have no current plan, commitment or obligation to enter into any transaction described above.
45
The terms of our credit facility place restrictions on our operating and financial flexibility and if we fail to comply with the covenants and other obligations under our credit facility, the lenders may be able to accelerate amounts owed under the facility and may foreclose upon the assets securing our obligations.
At any time when we have the ability to obtain a term loan or we have outstanding borrowings under our loan and security agreement with Square 1 Bank, we will be required to maintain certain deposit accounts with Square 1 Bank and we will be prohibited from engaging in significant business transactions without the prior consent of Square 1 Bank, including a change of control, the acquisition by us of another company, incurring additional indebtedness or engaging in new business activities other than those reasonably related or incidental to our current business activities. These restrictions could significantly limit our ability to respond to changes in our business or competitive activities or take advantage of business opportunities that may create value for our stockholders. As part of the credit facility, we granted to Square 1 Bank a first priority lien on all our assets other than our intellectual property, subject to certain limited exceptions. In addition, in the event of a default under this agreement, our repayment obligations may be accelerated in full and, in the event that we do not have sufficient capital to repay the amounts then owed, Square 1 Bank may foreclose on the assets securing our obligations under the credit facility. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement restrict our ability to pay dividends. Furthermore, if we raise any additional debt financing, the terms of such additional debt could further restrict our operating and financial flexibility.
Our operating results may fluctuate significantly, which makes our future operating results difficult to predict and could cause our operating results to fall below expectations.
Our operations to date have been primarily limited to researching and developing our product candidates and undertaking preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates. We have not yet obtained regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates. Consequently, any predictions you make about our future success or viability may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history or approved products on the market. From time to time, we may enter into collaboration agreements and license agreements with other companies that include development funding and significant upfront and milestone expenditures and payments, and we expect that amounts earned from or paid pursuant to these agreements will be a significant source of our capital expenditures and an important source of our revenue. Accordingly, our revenue and profitability will depend on development funding and the achievement of development and clinical milestones under the UCB agreement, as well as any potential future collaboration and license agreements and sales of our products, if approved. These upfront and milestone payments may vary significantly from period to period and any such variance could cause a significant fluctuation in our operating results from one period to the next. In addition, we measure compensation cost for stock-based awards made to employees at the grant date of the award, based on the fair value of the award as determined by our board of directors, and recognize the cost as an expense over the employee's requisite service period. As the variables that we use as a basis for valuing these awards change over time, including our underlying stock price and stock price volatility, the magnitude of the expense that we must recognize may vary significantly. Furthermore, our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of other factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including the following:
46
Our operating results and liquidity needs could be negatively affected by market fluctuations and economic downturn.
Our operating results and liquidity could be negatively affected by economic conditions generally, both in the United States and elsewhere around the world. The market for discretionary medical products and procedures may be particularly vulnerable to unfavorable economic conditions. Some patients may consider certain of our product candidates to be discretionary, and if full reimbursement for such products is not available, demand for these products may be tied to the discretionary spending levels of our targeted patient populations. Domestic and international equity and debt markets have experienced and may continue to experience heightened volatility and turmoil based on domestic and international economic conditions and concerns. In the event these economic conditions and concerns continue or worsen and the markets continue to remain volatile, our operating results and liquidity could be adversely affected by those factors in many ways, including weakening demand for certain of our products and making it more difficult for us to raise funds if necessary, and our stock price may
47
decline. Additionally, although we plan to market our products primarily in the United States, our partners have extensive global operations, indirectly exposing us to risk.
The report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our 2013 consolidated financial statements contains an explanatory paragraph regarding going concern, and we will need additional financing to execute our business plan, to fund our operations and to continue as a going concern.
Since inception, we have experienced recurring operating losses and negative cash flows and we expect to continue to generate operating losses and consume significant cash resources in the foreseeable future. These conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern without additional financing. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our 2013 consolidated financial statements with respect to this uncertainty. Substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern may materially and adversely affect the price per share of our common stock and we may have a more difficult time obtaining financing.
We have prepared our consolidated financial statements on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities and commitments in the normal course of business. Our 2013 consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Our ability to utilize our net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards and research and development income tax credit carryforwards may be limited.
As of December 31, 2013, we had NOL carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for federal, California and Canadian income tax purposes of $43.8 million, $43.8 million and $3.0 million, respectively. If not utilized, the federal and California NOL carryforwards will begin expiring during the year ended December 31, 2031 and the Canadian NOL carryforwards will begin expiring during the year ended December 31, 2029. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership change," generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three year period, the corporation's ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change income may be limited. We believe that, with our initial public offering and other transactions that have occurred over the past three years, we may have triggered an "ownership change" limitation. We may also experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change NOL carryforwards to offset U.S. federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us. In addition, at the state level, there may be periods during which the use of NOL carryforwards is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.
We may be adversely affected by natural disasters and other catastrophic events, and by man-made problems such as terrorism, that could disrupt our business operations and our business continuity and disaster recovery plans may not adequately protect us from a serious disaster.
Our corporate headquarters are located in Redwood City, California, near major earthquake and fire zones. If a disaster, power outage or other event occurred that prevented us from using all or a significant portion of our headquarters, that damaged critical infrastructure, such as enterprise financial systems, manufacturing resource planning or enterprise quality systems, or that otherwise disrupted operations, it may be difficult or, in certain cases, impossible for us to continue our business for a substantial period of time. Our contract manufacturers' and suppliers' facilities are located in multiple locations, where other natural disasters or similar events, such as blizzards, tornadoes, fires, explosions or large-scale accidents or power outages, could severely disrupt our operations and have a material
48
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. In addition, acts of terrorism and other geo-political unrest could cause disruptions in our business or the businesses of our partners, manufacturers or the economy as a whole. All of the aforementioned risks may be further increased if we do not implement a disaster recovery plan or our partners' or manufacturers' disaster recovery plans prove to be inadequate. To the extent that any of the above should result in delays in the regulatory approval, manufacture, distribution or commercialization of our product candidates, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects would suffer.
Our business and operations would suffer in the event of failures in our internal computer systems.
Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our current and any future partners, contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. While we have not experienced any such material system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our manufacturing activities, development programs and our business operations. For example, the loss of manufacturing records or clinical trial data from completed or future clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase our costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the further commercialization and development of our products and product candidates could be delayed.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property
We may not be able to obtain or enforce patent rights or other intellectual property rights that cover our product candidates and technologies that are of sufficient breadth to prevent third parties from competing against us.
Our success with respect to our product candidates and technologies will depend in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in both the United States and other countries, to preserve our trade secrets and to prevent third parties from infringing upon our proprietary rights. Our ability to protect any of our product candidates from unauthorized or infringing use by third parties depends in substantial part on our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents.
Our patent portfolio includes patents and patent applications in the United States and foreign jurisdictions where we believe there is a market opportunity for our products. The covered technology and the scope of coverage vary from country to country. For those countries where we do not have granted patents, we may not have any ability to prevent the unauthorized use of our technologies. Any patents that we may obtain may be narrow in scope and thus easily circumvented by competitors. Further, in countries where we do not have granted patents, third parties may be able to make, use or sell products identical to or substantially similar to, our product candidates.
The patent application process, also known as patent prosecution, is expensive and time-consuming, and we and our current or future licensors and licensees may not be able to prepare, file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. It is also possible that we or our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, will fail to identify patentable aspects of inventions made in the course of development and commercialization activities before it is too late to obtain patent protection on them. Therefore, these and any of our patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business. It is possible that defects of form in the preparation or filing of our patents or patent applications may exist, or may arise in the future, such as with respect to proper priority claims, inventorship, claim scope or patent term adjustments. If our current licensors, or any future licensors or licensees, are not fully cooperative or disagree with us as to the prosecution, maintenance or
49
enforcement of any patent rights, such patent rights could be compromised and we might not be able to prevent third parties from making, using and selling competing products. If there are material defects in the form or preparation of our patents or patent applications, such patents or applications may be invalid and unenforceable. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how. Any of these outcomes could impair our ability to prevent competition from third parties, which may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and operating results.
Due to legal standards relating to patentability, validity, enforceability and claim scope of patents covering pharmaceutical inventions, our ability to obtain, maintain and enforce patents is uncertain and involves complex legal and factual questions. Accordingly, rights under any existing patents or any patents we might obtain or license may not cover our product candidates, or may not provide us with sufficient protection for our product candidates to afford a commercial advantage against competitive products or processes, including those from branded and generic pharmaceutical companies. In addition, we cannot guarantee that any patents will issue from any pending or future patent applications owned by or licensed to us. Even if patents have issued or will issue, we cannot guarantee that the claims of these patents are or will be held valid or enforceable by the courts or will provide us with any significant protection against competitive products or otherwise be commercially valuable to us.
Competitors in the field of dermatologic therapeutics have created a substantial amount of prior art, including scientific publications, patents and patent applications. Our ability to obtain and maintain valid and enforceable patents depends on whether the differences between our technology and the prior art allow our technology to be patentable over the prior art. Although we believe that our technology includes certain inventions that are unique and not duplicative of any prior art, we do not have outstanding issued patents covering all of the recent developments in our technology and we are unsure of the patent protection that we will be successful in obtaining, if any. Even if the patents do successfully issue, third parties may design around or challenge the validity, enforceability or scope of such issued patents or any other issued patents we own or license, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. In particular, due to the extensive prior art relating to anticholingeric agents to control hyperhidrosis and because DRM04 is a form of a generic anticholinergic agent, the patent protection available for DRM04 may not prevent competitors from developing and commercializing similar products. If the breadth or strength of protection provided by the patents we hold or pursue with respect to our product candidates is challenged, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to develop, or threaten our ability to commercialize, our product candidates.
The laws of some foreign jurisdictions do not provide intellectual property rights to the same extent as in the United States and many companies have encountered significant difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in foreign jurisdictions. If we encounter such difficulties in protecting or are otherwise precluded from effectively protecting our intellectual property in foreign jurisdictions, our business prospects could be substantially harmed. The patent positions of pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important legal principles remain unresolved. Changes in either the patent laws or in the interpretations of patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third-party patents.
The degree of future protection of our proprietary rights is uncertain. Patent protection may be unavailable or severely limited in some cases and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. For example:
50
Patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States, the natural expiration of a patent is generally 20 years after it is filed. Various extensions may be available; however the life of a patent, and the protection it affords, is limited. Without patent protection for our product candidates, we may be open to competition from generic versions of our product candidates. Further, the extensive period of time between patent filing and regulatory approval for a product candidate limits the time during which we can market a product candidate under patent protection, which may particularly affect the profitability of our early-stage product candidates. The issued U.S. patents relating to DRM04 will expire between 2020 and 2029. The issued U.S. patents relating to Cimzia will expire between 2014 and 2024.
Proprietary trade secrets and unpatented know-how are also very important to our business. Although we have taken steps to protect our trade secrets and unpatented know-how by entering into confidentiality agreements with third parties, and intellectual property protection agreements with certain employees, consultants and advisors, third parties may still obtain this information or we may be unable to protect our rights. We also have limited control over the protection of trade secrets used by our suppliers, manufacturers and other third parties. There can be no assurance that binding agreements will not be breached, that we would have adequate remedies for any breach or that our trade secrets and unpatented know-how will not otherwise become known or be independently discovered by our competitors. If trade secrets are independently discovered, we would not be able to prevent their use. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using our trade secrets or unpatented know-how is expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States may be less willing to protect trade secret information.
Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our product candidates.
The United States has recently enacted and is currently implementing wide-ranging patent reform legislation. Further, recent U.S. Supreme Court rulings have either narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the scope and value of patents, once obtained.
For our U.S. patent applications containing a priority claim after March 16, 2013, there is a greater level of uncertainty in the patent law. In September 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, also known as the America Invents Act, or AIA, was signed into law. The AIA includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law, including provisions that affect the way patent applications will be prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, is currently developing regulations and procedures to govern administration of the AIA, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the AIA. It is not clear what other, if any, impact the AIA will have on the operation of our business. Moreover, the AIA and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business. An important change introduced by the AIA is that, as of March 16, 2013, the United States
51
transitioned to a "first-to-file" system for deciding which party should be granted a patent when two or more patent applications are filed by different parties claiming the same invention. A third party that files a patent application in the USPTO after that date but before us could therefore be awarded a patent covering an invention of ours even if we had made the invention before it was made by the third party. This will require us to be cognizant going forward of the time from invention to filing of a patent application.
Among some of the other changes introduced by the AIA are changes that limit where a patentee may file a patent infringement suit and providing opportunities for third parties to challenge any issued patent in the USPTO. This applies to all of our U.S. patents, even those issued before March 16, 2013. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal court necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action.
Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. federal courts, the USPTO or similar authorities in foreign jurisdictions, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that may weaken our and our licensors' ability to obtain new patents or to enforce existing patents we and our licensors or partners may obtain in the future.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world.
Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive. The requirements for patentability may differ in certain countries, particularly developing countries. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and, further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but enforcement on infringing activities is inadequate. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.
Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to pharmaceuticals, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. In addition, certain countries in Europe and certain developing countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In those countries, we may have limited remedies if our patents are infringed or if we are compelled to grant a license to our patents to a third party, which could materially diminish the value of those patents. This could limit our potential revenue opportunities. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we own or license. Finally, our ability to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights may be adversely affected by unforeseen changes in foreign intellectual property laws.
52
Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.
Periodic maintenance and annuity fees on any issued patent are due to be paid to the USPTO and foreign patent agencies in several stages over the lifetime of the patent. The USPTO and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. While an inadvertent lapse can in many cases be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Non-compliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application include failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. If we or our licensors fail to maintain the patents and patent applications covering our product candidates, our competitors might be able to enter the market, which would have an adverse effect on our business.
If we fail to comply with our obligations under our intellectual property license agreements, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.
We are a party to certain license agreements that impose various diligence, milestone, royalty, insurance and other obligations on us. If we fail to comply with these obligations, the respective licensors may have the right to terminate the license, in which event we may not be able to develop or market the affected product candidate. The loss of such rights could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects. For more information about these license arrangements, see "BusinessCollaborations and License Agreements."
If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, it will be costly and time-consuming, and an unfavorable outcome in that litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our commercial success depends upon our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. We cannot assure you that marketing and selling such candidates and using such technologies will not infringe existing or future patents. Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields relating to our product candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that others may assert that our product candidates, technologies or methods of delivery or use infringe their patent rights. Moreover, it is not always clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various drugs, biologics, drug delivery systems or their methods of use, and which of these patents may be valid and enforceable. Thus, because of the large number of patents issued and patent applications filed in our fields, there may be a risk that third parties may allege they have patent rights encompassing our product candidates, technologies or methods.
In addition, there may be issued patents of third parties that are infringed or are alleged to be infringed by our product candidates or proprietary technologies. Because some patent applications in the United States may be maintained in secrecy until the patents are issued, because patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until eighteen months after filing and because publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications for technology covered by our own and in-licensed issued patents or our pending applications. Our competitors may have filed, and may in the future file, patent applications covering our product candidates or technology similar to ours. Any such patent application may have priority over our own and in-licensed patent applications or patents, which could further require us to obtain rights to issued patents covering such technologies. If
53
another party has filed a U.S. patent application on inventions similar to those owned or in-licensed to us, we or, in the case of in-licensed technology, the licensor may have to participate, in the United States, in an interference proceeding to determine priority of invention.
We may be exposed to, or threatened with, future litigation by third parties having patent or other intellectual property rights alleging that our product candidates or proprietary technologies infringe such third parties' intellectual property rights, including litigation resulting from filing under Paragraph IV of the Hatch-Waxman Act. These lawsuits could claim that there are existing patent rights for such drug and this type of litigation can be costly and could adversely affect our operating results and divert the attention of managerial and technical personnel, even if we do not infringe such patents or the patents asserted against us are ultimately established as invalid. There is a risk that a court would decide that we are infringing the third party's patents and would order us to stop the activities covered by the patents. In addition, there is a risk that a court will order us to pay the other party damages for having violated the other party's patents.
There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patent and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries generally. To date, no litigation asserting infringement claims has ever been brought against us. If a third party claims that we infringe its intellectual property rights, we may face a number of issues, including:
Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could harm our ability to raise additional funds or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.
Because we rely on certain third-party licensors and partners, and will continue to do so in the future, if one of our licensors or partners is sued for infringing a third party's intellectual property rights, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could suffer in the same manner as if we were sued directly. In addition to facing litigation risks, we have agreed to indemnify certain third-party licensors and partners against claims of infringement caused by our proprietary technologies, and we have entered or may enter into cost-sharing agreements with some our licensors and partners that could require us to pay some of the costs of patent litigation brought against those third parties whether or not the alleged infringement is caused by our proprietary technologies. In certain instances, these cost-sharing agreements could also require us to assume greater responsibility for infringement damages than would be assumed just on the basis of our technology.
The occurrence of any of the foregoing could adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results.
54
We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property or the patents of our licensors, which could be expensive and time-consuming.
Competitors may infringe our intellectual property, including our patents or the patents of our licensors. As a result, we may be required to file infringement claims to stop third-party infringement or unauthorized use. This can be expensive, particularly for a company of our size, and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is not valid or is unenforceable, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patent claims do not cover its technology or that the factors necessary to grant an injunction against an infringer are not satisfied. An adverse determination of any litigation or other proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, interpreted narrowly or amended such that they do not cover our product candidates. Moreover, such adverse determinations could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing, or issuing with limited and potentially inadequate scope to cover our product candidates or to prevent others from marketing similar products.
Interference, derivation or other proceedings brought at the USPTO may be necessary to determine the priority or patentability of inventions with respect to our patent applications or those of our licensors or potential partners. Litigation or USPTO proceedings brought by us may fail or may be invoked against us by third parties. Even if we are successful, domestic or foreign litigation or USPTO or foreign patent office proceedings may result in substantial costs and distraction to our management. We may not be able, alone or with our licensors or potential partners, to prevent misappropriation of our proprietary rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect such rights as fully as in the United States.
Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation or other proceedings, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation or other proceedings. In addition, during the course of this kind of litigation or proceedings, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments or public access to related documents. If investors perceive these results to be negative, the market price for our common stock could be significantly harmed.
We may be subject to claims that our employees, consultants or independent contractors have wrongfully used or disclosed to us alleged trade secrets of their former employers or their former or current customers.
As is common in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, certain of our employees were formerly employed by other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Moreover, we engage the services of consultants to assist us in the development of our products and product candidates, many of whom were previously employed at or may have previously been or are currently providing consulting services to, other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. We may be subject to claims that these employees and consultants or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other proprietary information of their former employers or their former or current customers. Although we have no knowledge of any such claims being alleged to date, if such claims were to arise, litigation may be necessary to defend against any such claims. Even if we are successful in defending against any such claims, any such litigation could be protracted, expensive, a distraction to our management team, not viewed favorably by investors and other third parties and may potentially result in an unfavorable outcome.
55
Risks Related to this Offering, the Securities Markets and Ownership of Our Common Stock
There has been no prior public market for our common stock, the stock price of our common stock may be volatile or may decline and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our common stock following this offering. If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the initial public offering price. An active or liquid market in our common stock might not develop upon the closing of this offering or, if it does develop, it might not be sustainable. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:
56
In addition, the stock markets, and in particular The NASDAQ Global Market, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many pharmaceutical companies. Stock prices of many pharmaceutical companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.
If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud. As a result, stockholders could lose confidence in our financial and other public reporting, which would harm our business and the trading price of our common stock.
Effective internal controls over financial reporting are necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports and, together with adequate disclosure controls and procedures, are designed to prevent fraud. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Ineffective internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock. In addition, any future testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our consolidated financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement.
We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2015. However, for as long as we are an "emerging growth company" under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years. An independent assessment of the effectiveness of our internal controls
57
could detect problems that our management's assessment might not. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur the expense of remediation.
We will incur significantly increased costs as a result of and devote substantial management time to operating as a public company.
As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will be required to comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Market, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls, changes in corporate governance practices and required filing of annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. These requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. We will also need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge and will need to establish an internal audit function. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. This could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
Future sales of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock may depress our stock price.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will have outstanding shares of common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding as of , 2014, that may be sold after the expiration of lock-up agreements at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, unless held by an affiliate of ours, as more fully described in the section entitled "Shares Eligible for Future Sale." Moreover, we also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue after this offering under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described above and in the section entitled "Shares Eligible for Future SaleLock-Up/Market Standoff
58
Agreements." If a large number of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock are sold in the public market after they become eligible for sale, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock and impede our ability to raise future capital. Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Leerink Partners LLC, however, may permit our officers, directors and other stockholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell shares prior to the end of the lock-up period.
Our directors, executive officers and principal stockholders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and the concurrent private placement and could delay or prevent a change of corporate control.
Upon completion of this offering and the concurrent private placement, our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these stockholders, acting together, would have the ability to control the management and affairs of our company. Accordingly, this concentration of ownership could harm the market price of our common stock by:
See "Principal Stockholders" below for more information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers, directors and holders of more than 5% of our common stock, together with their affiliates.
Delaware law and provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of our initial public offering could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of our common stock.
Following the closing of our initial public offering, the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of our initial public offering will contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult, including the following:
59
These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing so as to cause us to take certain corporate actions you desire.
We qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act and will be able to avail ourselves of reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies" including certain reduced financial statement reporting obligations, reduced disclosure obligations about our executive compensation arrangements, exemptions from the requirement that we solicit non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements and exemption from the auditor's attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an "emerging growth company." We will remain an "emerging growth company" until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more, (2) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the completion of this offering, (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the previous three years or (4) the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer under the rules of the SEC.
Because management has broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement, you may not agree with how we use them, and such proceeds may not be applied successfully.
Our management will have considerable discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement. We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement for external research and development expenses associated with the development of our Cimzia, DRM04 and DRM01 product candidates, with the balance primarily used to fund internal research and development expenses associated with all of our product candidates, working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. In addition, a portion of the net proceeds may also be used to acquire or in-license, as applicable, product candidates, technologies, compounds, other assets or complementary businesses. However, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not necessarily improve our operating results or enhance the value of our common stock, or that you otherwise do not agree with. You will be relying on the judgment of our management concerning these uses and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used
60
appropriately. The failure of our management to apply these funds effectively could, among other things, result in unfavorable returns and uncertainty about our prospects, each of which could cause the price of our common stock to decline.
If you purchase shares of common stock sold in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.
If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience substantial and immediate dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the concurrent private placement of $ per share as of June 30, 2014, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of the common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased shares of our capital stock. You will experience additional dilution upon exercise of the outstanding warrant and outstanding stock options and other equity awards that may be granted under our equity incentive plans, and when we otherwise issue additional shares of our common stock. For more information, see "Dilution."
The sale of shares to entities affiliated with UCB in the concurrent private placement will reduce the available public float for our shares.
Entities affiliated with UCB have agreed to purchase shares of our common stock with an aggregate purchase price of $7.5 million in the concurrent private placement at the price offered to the public in this offering, or shares based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. As of August 18, 2014, entities affiliated with UCB beneficially owned approximately 8.4% of our outstanding capital stock. The sale of these shares to entities affiliated with UCB will not be registered in this offering. Following this offering and the concurrent private placement, the number of shares beneficially owned by entities affiliated with UCB after this offering will be as set forth in the beneficial ownership table in "Principal Stockholders" elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition, the concurrent private placement will reduce the available public float for our shares because these entities will be restricted from selling the shares pursuant to lock-up agreements they have entered into with the underwriters in this offering and pursuant to restrictions under applicable securities laws. As a result, the sale of shares in the concurrent private placement will reduce the liquidity of our common stock relative to what it would have been had these shares been sold in this offering and been purchased by investors that were not affiliated with us.
We have never paid dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
We have never declared nor paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement currently restrict our ability to pay dividends. Consequently, stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment.
61
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future consolidated results of operations and financial position, our business strategy and plans, market growth, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words "believe," "may," "will," "estimate," "potentially," "continue," "anticipate," "intend," "expect," "could," "would," "project," "plan" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our consolidated financial condition, consolidated results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the "Risk Factors" section. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. We undertake no obligation to update any of these forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations.
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on information from various sources, including independent industry publications. In presenting this information, we have also made assumptions based on such data and other similar sources, and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets for our products. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We believe that the information from these industry publications that is included in this prospectus is reliable. The industry in which we operate is subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in "Risk Factors." These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.
62
We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of shares of our common stock in this offering, excluding the proceeds from the concurrent private placement, at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $ million. If the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive additional net proceeds of $ million. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We also expect to receive $7.5 million from the sale by us of shares of our common stock in the concurrent private placement, at the initial public offering price, for an aggregate amount to be raised by us in this offering and the concurrent private placement of $ million, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. For more information, please see "Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsConcurrent Private Placement."
The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock, obtain additional capital, facilitate our future access to the public equity markets and increase awareness of our company.
As of June 30, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $9.8 million and received an additional $48.8 million in net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock in August 2014. We currently intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering and the concurrent private placement, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, as follows:
Additionally, we may use a portion of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement to expand our current business by in-licensing or acquiring, as the case may be, commercial products, product candidates, technologies, compounds, other assets or complementary businesses, using cash or shares of our common stock. However, we have no current plans, commitments or obligations to do so.
We believe that the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months, including for the initiation of Phase 3 clinical trials for Cimzia and a Phase 2b clinical program for DRM01, and through the receipt of data from our ongoing Phase 2b
63
clinical trial for DRM04. This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses of the net proceeds that we will receive from this offering, or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the ongoing status of and results from clinical trials and other studies, as well as any strategic collaborations that we may enter into with third parties for our product candidates, any in-licensing transactions or acquisitions, any unforeseen cash needs and the performance of our investments.
We will have broad discretion over the uses of the net proceeds of this offering and the concurrent private placement and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds. Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing securities such as money market accounts, certificates of deposit, commercial paper and guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.
64
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings, if any, will be used for the operation and growth of our business. Any future determination to declare cash dividends would be subject to the discretion of our board of directors and would depend upon various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition and capital requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by applicable law and our contracts and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. In addition, the terms of our loan and security agreement with Square 1 Bank currently restrict our ability to pay dividends.
65
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2014 on:
66
You should read this table together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Description of Capital Stock" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
As of June 30, 2014 | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Actual | Pro Forma |
Pro Forma
As Adjusted(1) |
|||||||
|
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(unaudited) |
|||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 9,774 | $ | 58,587 | $ | |||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability |
$ | 60 | $ | | $ | |||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
Bank term loan, current and non-current |
1,931 | 1,931 | ||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value: 62,063,595 shares authorized, 58,775,299 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted |
64,588 | | ||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
Stockholders' deficit |
||||||||||
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value: no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; 10,000,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted |
| | ||||||||
Common stock, $0.001 par value: 139,000,000 shares authorized, 5,263,687 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 500,000,000 shares authorized, 94,761,872 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 500,000,000 shares authorized, shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted |
5 | 94 | ||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
1,283 | 114,655 | ||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(68,075 | ) | (68,075 | ) | ||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
Total stockholders' (deficit) equity |
(66,787 | ) | 46,674 | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
Total capitalization |
$ | (208 | ) | $ | 48,605 | $ | ||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering and the concurrent private placement is based on 64,038,986 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014. This number assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible
67
preferred stock, which will occur automatically in connection with the completion of this offering, and excludes:
68
If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after our initial public offering and the concurrent private placement.
As of June 30, 2014, our pro forma net tangible book value was $42.4 million, or $0.45 per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our tangible assets less our liabilities divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding, after giving effect (1) the issuance of 30,722,886 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock that were issued after June 30, 2014 and receipt of the related net proceeds of $48.8 million, (2) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock effective immediately upon the completion of this offering, (3) the automatic conversion of an outstanding warrant exercisable for 65,404 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock into a warrant exercisable for 65,404 shares of common stock in connection with this offering and (4) the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation and the effectiveness of our restated bylaws, as if our restated certificate of incorporation was filed and our restated bylaws had become effective on June 30, 2014.
Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2014 was $ million, or $ per share of common stock. Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share reflects the pro forma adjustments described above and the sale by us of shares of our common stock in this offering and the concurrent private placement, at our initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $ per share to existing stockholders and immediate dilution of $ per share to new investors purchasing shares in the offering and the concurrent private placement.
The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new investors:
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | ||||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2014 |
$ | 0.45 | |||||
Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering and the concurrent private placement |
|||||||
| | | | | | | |
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering and the concurrent private placement |
|||||||
| | | | | | | |
Dilution per share to new investors in this offering and the concurrent private placement |
$ | ||||||
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering and the concurrent private placement by $ , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of one million shares in the number of shares offered would increase (decrease) the dilution to new investors by $ per share or $ per share, respectively, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
69
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering and the concurrent private placement would be $ per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering and the concurrent private placement would be $ per share of common stock.
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2014, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us by existing stockholders, by investors in the concurrent private placement and by new investors participating in this offering, the total cash consideration and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders, by investors in the concurrent private placement and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, at the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors by $ million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.
If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be reduced to % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent private placement, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering and the concurrent private placement will be further increased to shares, or % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering and the concurrent private placement.
The table and discussion above are based on 64,038,986 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014. This number assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock, which will occur automatically in connection with the completion of this offering, and excludes:
70
71
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial data should be read with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We derived our selected consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived our selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2014 from our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on the same basis as our audited annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal, recurring adjustments, that are necessary for the fair presentation of our consolidated financial position as of June 30, 2014 and our consolidated results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and the results for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year or any other period. You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with the section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and is qualified in its entirety by our consolidated financial statements, the accompanying notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.
72
|
As of
December 31, |
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
As of
June 30, 2014 |
|||||||||
|
2012 | 2013 | ||||||||
|
(in thousands, unaudited)
|
|||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 7,872 | $ | 22,144 | $ | 9,774 | ||||
Working capital |
3,647 | 17,973 | 3,921 | |||||||
Total assets |
12,514 | 26,871 | 16,530 | |||||||
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability |
| 61 | 60 | |||||||
Bank term loan, current and non-current |
| 1,919 | 1,931 | |||||||
Convertible preferred stock |
35,089 | 59,588 | 64,588 | |||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
674 | 966 | 1,283 | |||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(28,424 | ) | (50,774 | ) | (68,075 | ) | ||||
Total stockholders' (deficit) equity |
(27,745 | ) | (49,803 | ) | (66,787 | ) |
73
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section entitled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations, intentions and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include those identified below and those discussed in the section entitled "Risk Factors" included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a specialty biopharmaceutical company focused on bringing innovative and differentiated medical dermatology products to dermatologists and their patients. Our management team has extensive experience in product development and commercialization, having served in leadership roles at several leading dermatology companies. Our strategy is to leverage this experience to in-license, acquire, develop and commercialize products that we believe can be successful in the dermatology marketplace. Our portfolio of five product candidates targets significant market opportunities and includes three late-stage product candidates, Cimzia (certolizumab pegol), which we are developing in collaboration with UCB Pharma S.A., for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, DRM04, which we are developing for the treatment of hyperhidrosis, or excessive sweating, and DRM01, which we are developing for the treatment of acne.
Since our founding in 2010, we have executed three significant transactions resulting in a portfolio of five product candidates. In August 2011, we acquired Valocor Therapeutics, Inc., which gave us rights to a portfolio of intellectual property and product candidates to treat acne and inflammatory skin diseases. In April 2013, we entered into agreements with Rose U LLC and Stiefel Laboratories, Inc., a GlaxoSmithKline LLC Company, or Stiefel, to obtain rights to intellectual property related to DRM04 for the treatment of hyperhidrosis. In March 2014, we entered into an agreement to collaborate with UCB to develop and commercialize Cimzia in dermatology.
Our three late-stage product candidates are:
74
by blocking the action of acetylcholine, a molecule that transmits signals within the nervous system that are responsible for a range of bodily functions, including the activation of sweat glands. DRM04 is a topical formulation of a novel form of an anticholinergic agent that has been approved for systemic administration in other indications, and it is designed to inhibit sweat production by blocking the activation of sweat glands following topical administration. Two randomized, double-blind, vehicle-controlled Phase 2 clinical trials, including a 198-patient, multi-center Phase 2b clinical trial and a 38-patient Phase 2a clinical trial, have demonstrated significant reductions in the signs and symptoms of primary axillary, or underarm, hyperhidrosis in patients treated with a topical formulation of the anticholinergic agent that has been approved for systemic administration in other indications, which we call the topical formulation of the reference agent. In addition, we are currently conducting a Phase 2b clinical trial in patients with primary axillary hyperhidrosis in which we are comparing DRM04 to the topical formulation of the reference agent. We expect data from this trial in the first half of 2015. If successful, we intend to commence a Phase 3 clinical program, which would include one or more Phase 3 clinical trials, in the second half of 2015.
In addition, we have two early-stage programs in preclinical development:
Since our inception, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to developing our product candidates, including conducting preclinical and clinical trials and providing general and administrative support for these operations. We do not have any approved products and have never generated any revenue from product sales or otherwise. We have financed our operations primarily through the sale of equity securities and convertible debt securities, from which we raised $64.6 million of net cash from our inception through June 30, 2014 and raised an additional $48.8 million of net cash in August 2014.
We have never been profitable and, as of June 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $68.1 million. We incurred net losses of $20.3 million and $22.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and $11.0 million and $17.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively. We expect to continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future as we advance our current and potential additional product candidates through clinical development, seek regulatory approval for them and prepare for and proceed to commercialization. We expect to incur significant commercialization costs in advance of any of our product candidates receiving regulatory approval. As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our operating activities. Adequate funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all. We currently anticipate that we will seek to fund our operations through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources, such as potential collaboration agreements. Our failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms as and when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
75
Financial Operations Overview
Revenue
To date, we have not generated any revenue. Under our development and commercialization agreement with UCB, or the UCB agreement, we may generate revenue from development-, regulatory- and sales-based milestone payments and royalties. Under our Right of First Negotiation Agreement with Maruho Co., Ltd., or Maruho, if we enter into an exclusive license to develop and commercialize any of our product candidates with Maruho, we may generate license revenue. Other than the revenue we may generate in connection with these agreements, we do not expect to generate any revenue from any product candidates that we develop unless and until we obtain regulatory approval and commercialize our products or enter into other collaborative agreements with third parties.
Research and Development Expenses
We expense both internal and external research and development expenses to operations as they are incurred. We track the external research and development costs incurred for each of our product candidates. We do not track our internal research and development costs by product candidate, as these costs are typically spread across multiple product candidates.
External research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for the development of our product candidates and include:
Internal research and development costs include:
During the year ended December 31, 2012, development work was ongoing for DRM01, DRM02 and DRM05. During this period, external costs associated with DRM05 totaled $8.2 million, or 48% of our total research and development expenses, and external costs associated with DRM01 and DRM02, combined, totaled $4.9 million, or 29% of our total research and development expenses.
During the year ended December 31, 2013, external costs associated with DRM05 totaled $3.7 million, or 21% of our total research and development expenses, a decrease of $4.5 million from the prior year. During the year ended December 31, 2013, external costs associated with DRM01 and DRM02, combined, totaled $5.7 million, or 32% of our total research and development expenses, an increase of $0.8 million from the prior year. This increase was due to both product candidates moving forward to Phase 2a clinical trials. The addition of our DRM04 product candidate in April 2013, which we obtained through our licensing agreement with Rose U, and subsequent research and development activities, resulted in external costs of $3.8 million, or 21% of our total research and development expenses, during the year ended December 31, 2013.
76
For the six months ended June 30, 2013, external costs associated with DRM05 were $2.9 million, or 33% of our total research and development expenses. External costs associated with DRM01 and DRM02, combined, were $3.0 million, or 34% of our total research and development expenses.
For the six months ended June 30, 2014, external costs associated with DRM04 were $5.8 million, or 43% of our total research and development expenses, reflecting the advancement of DRM04 into Phase 2b clinical trials. Total external costs associated with DRM01 and DRM02, combined, were $3.8 million, or 27% of our total research and development expenses, and reflected the continuation of the Phase 2a clinical trials.
For each of the above periods, the balance of our research and development expenses were comprised primarily of internal costs.
We expect that our future research and development efforts will be focused on our late-stage clinical programs, Cimzia, DRM04 and DRM01. UCB filed an IND for Cimzia in September 2014, and we and UCB intend to commence Phase 3 clinical trials in the first half of 2015. For DRM04, we are currently conducting a Phase 2b clinical trial and expect data from this trial in the first half of 2015. If successful, we intend to initiate a Phase 3 clinical program in the second half of 2015. For DRM01, we have completed a Phase 2a clinical trial that demonstrated significant reductions in the signs and symptoms of acne. Based on the results of this clinical trial, we intend to file an IND and commence a Phase 2b clinical program, which would include one or more clinical trials, in the first half of 2015. We also expect to continue to evaluate our early-stage product candidates, DRM02 and DRM05, to determine which, if any, we would advance into later stages of development.
We expect our research and development expenses to increase substantially in the future as we continue development of our product candidates. In particular, we expect to incur substantial research and development expenses associated with Cimzia beginning in the second half of 2014 to prepare for Phase 3 clinical trials that we intend to initiate in the first half of 2015.
General and Administrative Expenses
Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation and travel expenses, for personnel in our executive, finance, corporate development and other administrative functions. Other general and administrative expenses include allocated depreciation and facility-related costs, legal costs of pursuing patent protection of our intellectual property, and professional services fees for auditing, tax and general legal services.
We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase substantially in the future as we expand our operating activities and prepare for potential commercialization of our product candidates, increase our headcount, and support our operations as a public company, including increased expenses related to legal, accounting, regulatory and tax-related services associated with maintaining compliance with exchange listing and SEC requirements, directors' and officers' liability insurance premiums and investor relations activities.
Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net
Interest income consists primarily of interest received or earned on our cash and cash equivalents balances. Other income (expense) primarily includes gains and losses from the remeasurement of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability and gains and losses on our foreign currency transactions.
We will continue to record adjustments to the estimated fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability until such time as the instrument is exercised, expires or converts into a warrant to purchase shares of our common stock. At that time, our convertible preferred stock warrant liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders' (deficit) equity, and we
77
will no longer record any related periodic fair value adjustments. See also "Critical Accounting Policies and Significant EstimatesEstimated Fair Value of Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant."
Interest Expense
Interest expense consists of cash and non-cash interest costs related to our bank term loan. The non-cash interest costs consist of the amortization of the fair value of the warrant that was issued to the lender in connection with our bank term loan, with the initial fair value of the warrant being amortized to interest expense over the term of the governing agreement.
Results of Operations
Comparison of the Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2014
|
Six Months
Ended June 30, |
Change | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2013 | 2014 | $ | % | |||||||||
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
(in thousands, except percentages)
|
||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||
Research and development |
$ | 8,778 | $ | 13,648 | $ | 4,870 | 55 | % | |||||
General and administrative |
2,205 | 3,552 | 1,347 | 61 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total operating expenses |
10,983 | 17,200 | 6,217 | 57 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Loss from operations |
(10,983 | ) | (17,200 | ) | (6,217 | ) | 57 | ||||||
Interest and other income (expense), net |
12 | (34 | ) | (46 | ) | 383 | |||||||
Interest expense |
| (67 | ) | (67 | ) | * | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net loss |
$ | (10,971 | ) | $ | (17,301 | ) | $ | (6,330 | ) | 58 | |||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased $4.9 million, or 55%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase was due to a $5.2 million increase in external costs related to our DRM04 product candidate, a $1.2 million increase in internal costs related primarily to headcount growth and additional consulting fees and a $0.7 million increase in external costs related to our DRM01 and DRM02 product candidates. These increases in research and development expenses were partially offset by a $2.3 million decrease in external costs associated with our DRM05 product candidate.
General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased $1.3 million, or 61%, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2013. This increase reflects $0.8 million of legal and consulting services incurred in the evaluation, due diligence and negotiations associated with the UCB collaboration transaction in the first quarter of 2014, a $0.6 million increase in personnel expenses and a $0.4 million increase in audit and accounting consultation expenses, which were partially offset by a transaction advisory fee of $0.5 million incurred in the first quarter of 2013 in connection with the agreement we entered into with Maruho.
Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net. Amounts recorded in interest and other income (expense), net for both periods were primarily related to foreign currency exchange gains relating to our Canadian subsidiary and payments made to non-U.S. third-party service providers.
Interest Expense. The increase in interest expense was due to interest incurred on borrowings of $2.0 million under the bank term loan we entered into in December 2013.
78
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013
|
Year Ended
December 31, |
Change | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2012 | 2013 | $ | % | |||||||||
|
(in thousands, except percentages)
|
||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||
Research and development |
$ | 17,055 | $ | 17,937 | $ | 882 | 5 | % | |||||
General and administrative |
3,148 | 4,366 | 1,218 | 39 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total operating expenses |
20,203 | 22,303 | 2,100 | 10 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Loss from operations |
(20,203 | ) | (22,303 | ) | (2,100 | ) | 10 | ||||||
Interest and other income (expense), net |
(51 | ) | (38 | ) | 13 | (25 | ) | ||||||
Interest expense |
| (9 | ) | (9 | ) | * | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net loss |
$ | (20,254 | ) | $ | (22,350 | ) | $ | (2,096 | ) | 10 | |||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased $0.9 million, or 5%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was due to increases in external costs of $3.6 million related to our DRM04 product candidate and $0.8 million related to our DRM01 and DRM02 product candidates, and internal costs of $1.0 million, partially offset by a decrease in external costs of $4.5 million related to our DRM05 product candidate.
The increase in external costs of $3.6 million related to our DRM04 product candidate was primarily due to our preparation for, and commencement of, one Phase 2b clinical trial that we initiated for this product candidate in the fourth quarter of 2013. The increase in external costs of $0.8 million related to our DRM01 and DRM02 product candidates was primarily due to our commencement of Phase 2a clinical trials in 2013. The increase in internal costs of $1.0 million was primarily due to an increase in headcount. The decrease in external costs of $4.5 million related to our DRM05 product candidate was primarily due to the completion of clinical trials in mid-2013, a decrease in costs associated with the development and manufacture of the device used as part of the photodynamic therapy, and $1.0 million in milestone-related expenses related to a licensing agreement with QLT, Inc. that were incurred in 2012 but not in 2013.
General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses increased $1.2 million, or 39%, for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily due to the transaction advisory fee of $0.5 million incurred in the first quarter of 2013 related to the Maruho agreement we entered into in March 2013, professional services fees of $0.5 million related to higher audit and legal fees, and increases in consulting and legal expenses of $0.2 million related to the evaluation, due diligence and negotiations associated with the UCB agreement.
Interest and Other Income (Expense), Net. The $13,000 decrease in interest and other income (expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 was due primarily to lower foreign currency exchange losses incurred by us in 2013 relating to our Canadian subsidiary and lower payments made to our non-U.S. third-party service providers.
Interest Expense. The increase in interest expense was due to interest incurred on borrowings of $2.0 million under the bank term loan we entered into in December 2013.
79
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Since our inception through June 30, 2014, we have financed our operations primarily with $64.6 million in net proceeds from the issuance and sale of equity securities and convertible debt securities. In addition, we received $10.0 million related to our agreement with Maruho entered into in March 2013, and $2.0 million in bank financing under a $7.5 million bank loan agreement entered into in December 2013. As of June 30, 2014, we had $9.8 million of cash and cash equivalents. Our cash and cash equivalents are held in a variety of interest-bearing instruments, including money market accounts and obligations of U.S. government agencies. Cash in excess of immediate requirements is invested with a view toward liquidity and capital preservation, and we seek to minimize the potential effects of concentration and degrees of risk.
Our primary use of cash is to fund our operating expenses, which consist principally of research and development expenditures. As of March 31, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $59.3 million and there was substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern if we did not secure additional financing. As a result, our independent registered public accounting firm included an explanatory paragraph in its report on our 2013 consolidated financial statements with respect to this uncertainty.
As of June 30, 2014, we had an accumulated deficit of $68.1 million. In August 2014, we issued 30,722,886 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock at a price of $1.66 per share for aggregate net proceeds of $48.8 million. In addition, we are entitled to borrow $5.5 million under our Term Loan B as more fully described in "Loan and Security Agreement." We expect to incur additional losses in the future as we conduct research and development and pre-commercialization activities, and potential commercialization and marketing activities, and to support the administrative and reporting requirements of a public company. Therefore, we will need to raise additional capital to fund our operations. We cannot ensure that additional financing will be available to us in the amounts we need or that such financing will be available on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when required or on acceptable terms, we may be required to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue one or more of our product development programs or other aspects of our business plan. We also may be required to relinquish, license or otherwise dispose of rights to products or product candidates that we would otherwise seek to commercialize or develop ourselves on terms that are less favorable than might otherwise be available.
We believe that our estimated net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement of our common stock, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months.
Cash Flows
The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for each of the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 (in thousands):
|
Year Ended
December 31, |
Six Months Ended
June 30, |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2012 | 2013 | 2013 | 2014 | |||||||||
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
||||||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by: |
|||||||||||||
Operating activities |
$ | (17,253 | ) | $ | (12,157 | ) | $ | (2,388 | ) | $ | (17,340 | ) | |
Investing activities |
(36 | ) | (50 | ) | (24 | ) | (37 | ) | |||||
Financing activities |
12,064 | 26,479 | 24,499 | 5,007 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents |
$ | (5,225 | ) | $ | 14,272 | $ | 22,087 | $ | (12,370 | ) | |||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
80
Operating Activities. Net cash used in operating activities was $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and consisted primarily of our net loss of $11.0 million and a $1.5 million decrease in accounts payable and accrued liabilities primarily due to higher disbursements, partially offset by a $10 million increase in deferred revenue related to our agreement with Maruho. Net cash used in operating activities was $17.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and consisted primarily of our net loss of $17.3 million and a $0.6 million decrease in accounts payable due to higher disbursements, partially offset by a $0.9 million increase in accrued liabilities related primarily to higher research and development accruals.
Net cash used in operating activities was $17.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and consisted primarily of our net loss of $20.3 million, partially offset by increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $1.2 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The increases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities were primarily due to higher clinical trial expenses. Net cash used in operating activities was $12.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and consisted primarily of our net loss of $22.4 million, partially offset by a $10.0 million increase in deferred revenue related to our agreement with Maruho.
Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 was $24,000 and $37,000, respectively. The amounts were for purchases of property and equipment.
Net cash used in investing activities for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was $36,000 and $50,000, respectively. The amounts were for purchases of property and equipment.
Financing Activities. Net cash provided by financing activities was $24.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and consisted of the net proceeds from the sale of our Series B convertible preferred stock in March 2013. Net cash provided by financing activities was $5.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and related primarily to the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in April 2014.
Net cash provided by financing activities was $12.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 and consisted of the net proceeds from the sale of our Series A convertible preferred stock in August 2012. Net cash provided by financing activities was $26.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 and consisted primarily of the net proceeds of $24.5 million from the sale of our Series B convertible preferred stock in March 2013 and borrowings of $2.0 million under our bank term loan.
Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements
We have incurred losses since our inception. We anticipate that we will continue to generate losses for the foreseeable future, and we expect the losses to increase as we continue the development of, and seek regulatory approvals for, our product candidates, and begin to commercialize any approved products. Additionally, as a public company, we will incur significant audit, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We believe that our estimated net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement of our common stock, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, we will need to raise substantial additional financing in the future to fund our operations. In order to meet these additional cash requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or convertible debt securities that may result in dilution to our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of convertible debt securities, these securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional equity or debt financing on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Our failure to obtain sufficient funds on acceptable terms when needed could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
Please see "Risk Factors" for additional risks associated with our substantial capital requirements.
81
Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments
The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2013:
|
Payments Due by Period | |||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Total |
|
Less than
One Year |
1 - 3 Years | 3 - 5 Years |
More than
5 Years |
|||||||||||
|
(in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||
Debt obligations(1) |
$ | 2,055 | $ | 133 | $ | 1,600 | $ | 322 | $ | | ||||||
Interest expense payments(2) |
255 | 123 | 129 | 3 | | |||||||||||
Operating lease obligations(3) |
168 | 168 | | | | |||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total contractual obligations |
$ | 2,478 | $ | 424 | $ | 1,729 | $ | 325 | $ | | ||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
In March 2014 and May 2014, we entered into sublease agreements for additional office space at our current location in Redwood City, California. The sublease agreements terminate in November 2014 and the total estimated cost for this space is $165,000 over the full term of the subleases. These amounts are not included in the table above.
We entered into a lease agreement in July 2014 and an amendment in September 2014 for a facility totaling approximately 18,651 square feet in Menlo Park, California and intend to relocate our corporate headquarters to this facility in the fourth quarter of 2014. The term of the lease commences December 2014 and terminates November 2019. The total estimated lease payments for this facility over the five-year term of the lease are approximately $8 million. This amount is not included in the table above.
Pursuant to the UCB agreement, we are responsible for paying all development costs specified under the UCB agreement and incurred in connection with the development plan up to a specified amount greater than $75.0 million and less than $95.0 million, plus our internal development costs. Any development costs in excess of this amount or for any required clinical trials in pediatric patients will be shared equally. Development costs for any EMA-specific post-approval studies will be borne solely by UCB. UCB is obligated to pay us up to an aggregate of $36.0 million if certain development milestones are met, and up to an additional aggregate of $13.5 million upon the grant of regulatory approval, including pricing and reimbursement approval, in certain European countries. These amounts are not included in the table above.
In addition to the amounts set forth in the table above, we have certain obligations under licensing agreements with third parties contingent upon achieving various development, regulatory and commercial milestones. Pursuant to our license agreement with Rose U and related agreement with Stiefel with respect to our DRM04 product candidate, we are required to pay additional amounts totaling up to $4.6 million upon the achievement of specified development, commercialization and other milestones under these agreements. In addition, we are obligated to pay Rose U low-to-mid single-digit royalties on net product sales and low double-digit royalties on sublicense fees and certain milestone, royalty and other contingent payments received from sublicensees, to the extent such amounts are in excess of the milestone and royalty payments we are obligated to pay Rose U directly upon the events or sales triggering such payments. In the future, we may owe milestone- and royalty-based payments under our license agreements for two of our early-stage product candidates, DRM02 and DRM05.
82
Loan and Security Agreement
In December 2013, we entered into a loan and security agreement, or the Loan Agreement, with Square 1 Bank, or the Bank, which provides for two term loans available to us of $2.0 million and $5.5 million, respectively. Borrowings under the term loans bear interest at the greater of: (1) 5.10% above the treasury rate in effect on the date that a term loan is funded; or (2) 5.50%, which rate will be fixed on the date of funding of the term loan. Upon final repayment of the amounts borrowed, we are required to pay the Bank a fee equal to 2.75% of the original principal amount borrowed. We may prepay borrowings without paying a penalty or premium.
On the closing date of the Loan Agreement, we borrowed $2.0 million under the first term loan, or Term Loan A. Borrowings under Term Loan A mature in April 2017 and are secured by all of our assets other than our intellectual property, subject to certain limited exceptions, and bear interest at a rate of 5.77% per annum. Borrowings under Term Loan A are to be repaid over a period of 40 months as follows: (1) commencing on January 11, 2014, 10 monthly payments of interest only; and (2) commencing on November 1, 2014, 30 equal monthly payments of $66,666.67, plus interest. Upon final repayment of Term Loan A, we are required to pay the Bank a fee of $55,000. We are accruing this fee monthly over the loan term on a straight-line basis and are recording it as interest expense in our consolidated statement of operations.
The second term loan, or Term Loan B, of $5.5 million is available to us any time between the date on which our board of directors determines that we have achieved certain positive top-line Phase 2 clinical trial results and October 31, 2014. As of June 30, 2014, we had no borrowings under Term Loan B and were not entitled to borrow funds under Term Loan B. Subsequent to June 30, 2014, our board of directors has determined that we achieved positive top-line Phase 2 clinical trial results from two of our Phase 2 programs, which satisfied the condition to our ability to borrow funds under Term Loan B. As a result, we are now entitled to borrow funds under Term Loan B. Borrowings, if any, under Term Loan B would be repaid over a period of months as follows: (1) commencing on the 11 th day following the date of Term Loan B, monthly payments of interest only to the earlier of (a) December 31, 2014 or (b) six months following the date of Term Loan B; and (2) commencing on the last day of the month immediately following the interest only end date, equal monthly payments of principal, plus interest, to the maturity date of June 30, 2017. Upon final repayment of Term Loan B, we would be required to pay the Bank a fee equal to 2.75% of the original principal amount borrowed under Term Loan B.
The Loan Agreement is subject to certain representations and warranties, certain affirmative and negative covenants, certain conditions and events of default that are customarily required for similar financings. As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants.
In connection with the Loan Agreement, we agreed to issue the Bank a warrant to purchase up to 103,270 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock, with an exercise price of $1.4525 per share. The number of shares issuable pursuant to the warrant at any date is 51,635 shares plus 1% of the amount drawn through that date under the Loan Agreement divided by 1.4525. Following the entry into the Loan Agreement and the concurrent funding of Term Loan A, and as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, the warrant was exercisable for 65,404 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, consisting of the 51,635 initial shares related to the Loan Agreement and an additional 13,769 shares related to the draw-down of Term Loan A.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements and do not have any holdings in variable interest entities.
83
JOBS Act
In April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, was enacted. The JOBS Act permits us, as an emerging growth company, to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies and thereby allows us to delay the adoption of those standards until those standards would apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate and foreign exchange sensitivities as follows:
Interest Rate Risk
As of June 30, 2014, we had cash and cash equivalents of $9.8 million, which consisted of bank deposits, money market funds and obligations of U.S. government agencies. These interest-earning instruments carry a degree of interest rate risk; however, historical fluctuations in interest income have not been significant. All of our outstanding debt obligations carry fixed interest rates.
We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. We have not been exposed nor do we anticipate being exposed to material risks due to changes in interest rates. A hypothetical 10% change in interest rates during any of the periods presented would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Foreign Exchange Risk
Our operations are primarily conducted in the United States using the U.S. dollar. However, we conduct operations in Canada, primarily to fund our Canadian subsidiary, and engage in contracts with third-party clinical and regulatory suppliers that are denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars, whereby settlement of our obligations for these activities are denominated in the local currency. Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the transaction with the resulting assets and liabilities being translated into the U.S. dollar at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. The resulting foreign exchange (gains) losses, which were $57,000, $43,000, $(7,000) and $40,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014, respectively, are included in interest and other income (expense), net in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. We do not use currency forward exchange contracts to offset the related effect on the underlying transactions denominated in a foreign currency.
A hypothetical 10% change in foreign exchange rates during any of the preceding periods presented would have had an insignificant effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Critical Accounting Polices and Significant Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses and related disclosures. We base our estimates on our historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. In many instances, we could have reasonably used different accounting estimates, and in other instances changes in the accounting estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period. Accordingly, actual results
84
could differ significantly from management's estimates. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our future consolidated financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.
While our significant accounting policies are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, we believe that the following critical accounting policies are most important to understanding and evaluating our reported consolidated financial results, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management's judgments and estimates.
Accrued Research and Development Expenses
We record accruals for estimated costs of research, preclinical and clinical studies, and drug and process manufacturing development, which are a significant component of our research and development expenses. A substantial portion of our ongoing research and development activities is conducted by third-party service providers, including CROs. Our contracts with CROs generally include pass-through fees for regulatory expenses, investigator fees, travel costs and other miscellaneous costs, including shipping and printing fees. The financial terms of these contracts are subject to negotiations, which vary from contract to contract and may result in payment flows that do not match the periods over which materials or services are provided to us under such contracts. We accrue the costs incurred under our agreements with these third parties based on actual work completed in accordance with the respective agreements. In the event we make advance payments, the payments are recorded as a prepaid asset and recognized as the services are performed. We determine the estimated costs through discussions with internal personnel and external service providers as to the progress or stage of completion of the services and the agreed-upon fees to be paid for such services.
We make significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrual balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, we adjust our accruals. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and could result in us reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. Our accrual is dependent, in part, upon the receipt of timely and accurate reporting from CROs and other third-party vendors. To date, there have been no material differences from our accrued estimated expenses to the actual expenses. However, variations in the assumptions used to estimate accruals, including variations in the number of patients enrolled, the rate of patient enrollment and the actual services performed, may vary from our estimates, resulting in adjustments to research and development expenses in future periods. Changes in these estimates that result in material changes to our accruals could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Common Stock Valuation and Stock-Based Compensation
We maintain an equity incentive plan to provide long-term incentive for employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors. The plan allows for the issuance of incentive stock options to employees and nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights to employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors.
We are required to determine the fair value of equity incentive awards and recognize compensation expense for all equity incentive awards made to employees and directors, including employee stock options. We recognize this expense over the requisite service period. In addition, we recognize stock-based compensation expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on awards expected to vest and, therefore, the amount of expense has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. We use the straight-line method for expense attribution.
Under the applicable accounting guidance for equity incentive awards granted to non-employees, the measurement date at which the fair value of the equity incentive awards is measured is equal to the earlier of (1) the date at which a commitment for performance by the counterparty to earn the equity
85
instrument is reached and (2) the date at which the counterparty's performance is complete. We recognize stock-based compensation expense for the fair value of the vested portion of the equity incentive awards in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. We remeasure the fair value of options granted to consultants as the options vest.
The valuation model we used for calculating the fair value of awards for stock-based compensation expense is the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, or the Black-Scholes model. The Black-Scholes model requires us to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation, including the expected term weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding, the volatility of our common stock, an assumed risk-free interest rate and an estimated forfeiture rate. We use the "simplified method" to determine the expected term of the stock option. Volatility is based on an average of the historical volatilities of the common stock of publicly traded companies with characteristics similar to us. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods corresponding with the expected term of the option. Potential forfeitures of awards are estimated based on our historical forfeiture experience and an analysis of similar companies. The estimate of forfeitures will be adjusted over the service period to the extent that actual forfeitures differ, or are expected to differ, from prior estimates.
The following table summarizes the assumptions we used to determine the fair value of employee stock options:
|
Year Ended
December 31, 2013 |
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2014 |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|||||
Expected term (years) |
6.1 | 6.0 | |||||
Expected volatility |
76.0 | % | 76.0 | % | |||
Risk-free interest rate |
1.3 | % | 1.9 | % | |||
Expected dividend rate |
0.0 | % | 0.0 | % |
Fair Value of Common Stock. As discussed below, the fair value of the shares of our common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by our board of directors. Because there has been no public market for our common stock, our board of directors has determined the fair value of our common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuations of comparable companies, sales of our convertible preferred stock, our operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of our convertible preferred stock, and general and industry-specific economic outlooks.
Expected Term. The expected term of stock options represents the weighted-average period that our stock options are expected to remain outstanding. Since we have insufficient historical information regarding our stock options to provide a basis for estimate of expected term, we use the simplified method, which is the average of the weighted-average vesting period and contractual term of the option, to estimate the expected life of our stock option awards.
Expected Volatility. Since there has been no public market for our common stock and lack of company specific historical volatility, we have determined the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of the volatility of a peer group of publicly traded companies. In evaluating similarity, we consider factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.
Risk-free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the options.
86
Expected Dividend Rate. We assumed the expected dividend to be zero as we have never paid dividends and have no current plans to do so.
Estimated Forfeitures. We are required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We use historical data and the experience of other companies in the same industry to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record share-based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, we record the difference as a cumulative adjustment in the period that the estimates are revised.
Service Period. We amortize all stock-based compensation over the requisite service period of the awards, which is generally the same as the vesting period of the awards. We amortize the fair value cost on a straight-line basis over the expected service periods. We estimate when and if performance-based grants will be earned. If we consider the award to be probable, we recognize expense over the estimated service period, which would be the estimated period of performance. If we do not consider the awards probable of achievement, we recognize no amount of stock-based compensation.
If factors change and we employ different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the past. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested securities, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense. We currently estimate when and if performance-based grants will be earned. If we do not consider the awards probable of achievement, we recognize no amount of stock-based compensation. If we consider the award to be probable, we record expense over the estimated service period. To the extent that our assumptions are incorrect, the amount of stock-based compensation recorded will change.
Our intent has been to grant all options with an exercise price not less than the fair value of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. We have determined the estimated fair value of our common stock at each valuation date in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation . Our board of directors, with the assistance of management, developed these valuations using significant judgment and taking into account numerous factors, including developments at our company, market conditions and contemporaneous independent third-party valuations.
For all option grant dates through June 30, 2014, our board determined the enterprise value based on the Market Approach using the Option Pricing Method, or OPM, and the Income Approach using the Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, or PWERM.
Under the Market Approach, we estimate the value based upon analysis of similar companies. We then apply these derived multiples or values to our financial metrics to estimate our market value. The Income Approach, or Discounted Cash Flow Method, estimates value based on the expectation of future net cash flows, which are then discounted back to the present using a rate of return derived from companies of similar type and risk profile. The allocation of these enterprise values to each part of our capital structure, including our common stock, was done under the Market Approach based on OPM. OPM treats the rights of the holders of preferred and common stock as equivalent to call options on any value of the enterprise above certain break points of value based upon the liquidation preferences of the holders of preferred stock, as well as their rights to participation and conversion. Thus, the estimated value of the common stock can be determined by estimating the value of its portion of each of these call option rights. OPM derives the implied equity value of a company from a recent transaction involving the company's own securities issued on an arms-length basis. Under the PWERM, the value is estimated based upon analysis of future values for the enterprise under varying scenarios, and probabilities are ascribed to these scenarios based on expected future outcomes.
87
For valuations completed following the closing of this initial public offering, the fair value of our common stock will be determined based on the closing price of our common stock as reported on The NASDAQ Global Market on the date of grant.
The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of common stock subject to options granted from January 1, 2013 through August 25, 2014, the per share exercise price of the award, the fair value of our common stock on each grant date:
Grant Date
|
Number of
Shares Granted |
Exercise
Price Per Share |
Estimated
Fair Value Per Share of Common Stock |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
January 4, 2013 |
2,946,778 | $ | 0.21 | $ | 0.21 | |||||
July 11, 2013 |
1,683,241 | 0.30 | 0.30 | |||||||
October 3, 2013 |
10,000 | 0.30 | 0.30 | |||||||
December 10, 2013 |
135,000 | 0.30 | 0.30 | |||||||
January 13, 2014 |
75,000 | 0.30 | 0.30 | |||||||
February 7, 2014 |
95,000 | 0.30 | 0.30 | |||||||
June 5, 2014 |
2,926,979 | 0.95 | 0.95 |
We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and to the extent that we do, our actual stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods likely will increase.
Estimated Fair Value of Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant
Our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrant is classified as a liability on our consolidated balance sheets at fair value as it is contingently redeemable because it may obligate us to transfer assets to the holders at a future date under certain circumstances, such as a deemed liquidation event. We remeasure our convertible preferred stock warrant to fair value at each balance sheet date and record the corresponding gain or loss from the adjustment in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss as interest income and other income (expense), net. We will continue to record adjustments to the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant until it is exercised, converted into a warrant to purchase common stock or expires, at which time the warrant will no longer require remeasurement.
We estimate the fair values of our convertible preferred stock warrant using an option-pricing model or a hybrid of the option-pricing model and the probability-weighted expected return method. The option-pricing model is based on inputs as of the valuation measurement dates, including our estimates regarding the equity value at the valuation measurement dates, the volatility of the price of our convertible preferred stock, the remaining contractual term of the warrant, and the risk-free interest rates. The hybrid methodology is applied to various exit scenarios and each scenario is weighted based on our estimate of the probability of the scenario occurring.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
We assess changes in the performance of our product candidates in relation to our expectations, and industry, economic, and regulatory conditions and make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows in evaluating the value of our property and equipment, goodwill and in-process research and development, or IPR&D.
We periodically evaluate whether current facts or circumstances indicate that the carrying values of our long-lived assets to be held and used may not be recoverable. If such circumstances are determined to exist, an estimate of the undiscounted future cash flows of these assets is compared to the carrying value to determine whether impairment exists. If the asset is determined to be impaired, the loss is measured based on the difference between the asset's fair value and its carrying value. If quoted
88
market prices are not available, we will estimate fair value using a discounted value of estimated future cash flows approach.
Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired in connection with the acquisition of Valocor. We test goodwill for impairment on at least an annual basis, or more frequently if impairment indicators exist, by first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the goodwill is less than its carrying amount. Some of the factors considered in the assessment include general macro-economic conditions, conditions specific to the industry and market, and the successful development of our product candidates. If we conclude it is more likely than not that the fair value of the goodwill is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative fair value test is performed.
IPR&D represents the fair value assigned to incomplete research projects that we acquired through the acquisition of Valocor which, at the time of acquisition, had not reached technological feasibility. The amount was capitalized and accounted for as indefinite-lived intangible assets, subject to impairment testing until completion or abandonment of the project. We test IPR&D for impairment at least annually, or more frequently, if impairment indicators exist, by first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the IPR&D intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If we conclude it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying amount, a quantitative test that compares the fair value of the IPR&D intangible asset with its carrying value is performed.
We have not recorded any impairment of our long-lived assets to date.
Net Operating Loss Carryforwards
We use the liability method to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We establish a valuation allowance when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount we expect to be realizeable. Financial statement effects of uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits of the position, that they will be sustained upon examination. If the tax positions are not more likely than not to be sustained upon examination, we record reserves against those positions. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included within our provision for income tax.
As of December 31, 2013, we had net operating loss, or NOL, carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for federal, California and Canadian income tax purposes of $43.8 million, $43.8 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The federal and California NOL carryforwards will begin expiring during the year ended December 31, 2031 and the Canadian NOL carryforwards will begin expiring during the year ended December 31, 2029. The NOL carryforwards related to deferred tax assets do not include excess tax benefits from employee stock option exercises.
As of December 31, 2013, we also had research and development credit carryforwards of $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.5 million available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for federal, California and Canadian income tax purposes, respectively. The federal and Canadian credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2032 and the California state credit carryforwards have no expiration date.
Our future utilization of our NOL carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to an annual limitation, pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 382, as a result of ownership changes that may have occurred previously or that could occur in the future.
89
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists, or ASU 2013-11, that provides for disclosure requirements related to unrecognized tax benefits in certain situations. We adopted ASU 2013-11 in the first quarter of 2014 and adoption of this standard did not have material impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial position.
In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers , or ASU 2014-09, which converges the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board standards on revenue recognition. Areas of revenue recognition that will be affected include, but are not limited to, transfer of control, variable consideration, allocation of transfer pricing, licenses, time value of money, contract costs and disclosures. This guidance is effective for the fiscal years and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. We are currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
On June 10, 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-10, Elimination of Certain Financial Reporting Requirements, Including an Amendment to Variable Interest Entities Guidance in Topic 810, Consolidation, or ASU 2014-10, which eliminates the definition of a development stage entity, eliminates the development stage presentation and disclosure requirements under Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, 915 Development Stage Entities , or ASC 915, and amends provisions of existing variable interest entity guidance under ASC 810 Consolidation . As a result of the changes, entities which meet the former definition of a development stage entity will no longer be required to: (1) present inception-to-date information in the statements of income, cash flows, and stockholder equity; (2) label the financial statements as those of a development stage entity; (3) disclose a description of the development stage activities in which the entity is engaged; and (4) disclose in the first year in which the entity is no longer a development stage entity that in prior years it had been in the development stage. Furthermore, ASU 2014-10 clarifies disclosures about risks and uncertainties under ASC Topic 275, Risks and Uncertainties, that apply to companies that have not commenced planned principal operations. Finally, variable interest entity rules no longer contain an exception for development stage entities and, as a result, development stage entities will have to be evaluated for consolidation in the same manner as non-development stage entities.
Under ASU 2014-10, entities are no longer required to apply the presentation and disclosure provisions of ASC 915 during annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. In addition, the revisions to the consolidation standards are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 for public entities and are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 for nonpublic entities. Early adoption is permitted for any annual reporting period or interim period for which the entity's financial statements have not yet been issued (public business entities) or made available for issuance (other entities).
We have adopted ASU 2014-10 effective as of its issuance date. Adoption of this standard had no impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows; however, the presentation of the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in the notes to the consolidated financial statements has been changed to eliminate the disclosures that are no longer required.
We have reviewed other recent accounting pronouncements and concluded they are either not applicable to the business, or no material effect is expected on the consolidated financial statements as a result of future adoption.
90
Overview
We are a specialty biopharmaceutical company focused on bringing innovative and differentiated medical dermatology products to dermatologists and their patients. Our management team has extensive experience in product development and commercialization, having served in leadership roles at several leading dermatology companies. Our strategy is to leverage this experience to in-license, acquire, develop and commercialize products that we believe can be successful in the dermatology marketplace. Our portfolio of five product candidates targets significant market opportunities and includes three late-stage product candidates, Cimzia (certolizumab pegol), which we are developing in collaboration with UCB Pharma S.A. for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, DRM04, which we are developing for the treatment of hyperhidrosis, or excessive sweating, and DRM01, which we are developing for the treatment of acne.
Medical dermatology focuses on therapeutic solutions to treat serious skin conditions, such as psoriasis, acne, atopic dermatitis, commonly known as eczema, and hyperhidrosis. These diseases impact millions of people worldwide and can have significant, multidimensional effects on patients' quality of life, including their physical, functional and emotional well-being. Furthermore, according to multiple published studies, patients report that medical dermatology conditions affect quality of life in ways comparable to other serious diseases, such as cancer, heart disease, diabetes, epilepsy, asthma and arthritis.
We believe that medical dermatology represents a particularly attractive segment of the biopharmaceutical industry for multiple reasons:
91
sizes, patients can be rapidly enrolled in clinical trials and the cost of monitoring study populations treated with topical, as opposed to systemic, therapies can be relatively low. In many dermatology indications, product development is further streamlined by well-established regulatory pathways. In addition, the same or similar efficacy endpoints can often be used to measure success in early- and late-stage clinical trials, which increases the predictability of late-stage clinical trial outcomes based on early-stage results. We believe that the development of our product candidates may benefit from one or more of these efficiencies.
We believe that these industry dynamics present an opportunity for us to establish our company as a leader in dermatology product development and commercialization, and we plan to capitalize on that opportunity for the benefit of patients and dermatologists.
Dermira was founded by Thomas G. Wiggans, Eugene A. Bauer, M.D., Christopher M. Griffith and Luis C. Peña with the vision of building a leading dermatology company. Several members of our management team, including Mr. Wiggans, Dr. Bauer and Mr. Peña, have extensive experience within the dermatology field, including having served in executive roles at leading dermatology companies such as Connetics Corporation, Peplin, Inc. and Stiefel Laboratories, Inc., a GSK Company, or Stiefel. This experience brings us significant insight into product and commercial opportunities, as well as a broad network of relationships with leaders within the industry and medical community. Our team has extensive experience with products representing a variety of therapeutic modalities, including biologics and small molecules, and routes of administration, including systemic and topical products. At Connetics, members of our senior management team secured five marketing approvals for new dermatology products from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, within seven years and successfully built a new product category across a number of highly competitive markets characterized by extensive branded and generic competition. For more information on our management, see "ManagementExecutive Officers and Directors."
Since our founding in 2010, we have executed three significant transactions resulting in a portfolio of five product candidates. In August 2011, we acquired Valocor Therapeutics, Inc., which gave us rights to a portfolio of intellectual property and product candidates to treat acne and inflammatory skin diseases. In April 2013, we entered into agreements with Rose U LLC and Stiefel to obtain rights to intellectual property related to DRM04 for the treatment of hyperhidrosis. In March 2014, we entered into an agreement to collaborate with UCB to develop and commercialize Cimzia in dermatology.
92
Our three late-stage product candidates are:
In addition, we have two early-stage programs in preclinical development:
Our Strategy
Our strategy is to in-license, acquire, develop and commercialize innovative and differentiated medical dermatology products that we believe can be successful in the dermatology marketplace. The key components of our strategy are to:
93
and Stiefel. We produced positive Phase 2a clinical trial results within one year of initiating our first clinical trial of DRM01 and intend to commence a Phase 2b clinical program in the first half of 2015. We believe that our team's expertise in designing and executing product development programs in dermatology, combined with the relative efficiencies of dermatology product development, will enable us to rapidly develop our late-stage product candidates.
94
Canada following regulatory approval of Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis in these countries. We plan to leverage the infrastructure of our partner, UCB, to support our marketing of Cimzia in the United States and Canada.
Overview of the Dermatology Market
Skin is the largest and fastest-growing organ in the human body. There are over 3,000 different skin conditions and diseases, many of which have profound effects on patients' lives. Dermatologists work with patients to find solutions for their skin concerns. These solutions fall broadly into either medical dermatology, which focuses on the treatment of diseases such as psoriasis, atopic dermatitis, hyperhidrosis and acne, or aesthetics, which focuses on improving the patient's appearance, most frequently the signs of aging.
We focus on the medical dermatology market, which addresses many highly prevalent conditions. These conditions can have significant, multidimensional effects on patients' quality of life, including their physical, functional and emotional well-being. For example, psoriasis has been shown to affect a patient's quality of life to an extent similar to that seen in other chronic diseases such as cancer, arthritis, hypertension, heart disease, diabetes and depression. Acne patients have equated their condition as comparable to other serious diseases, such as diabetes, epilepsy, asthma and arthritis. Studies have found hyperhidrosis impedes normal daily activities and can result in occupational, emotional, psychological, social and physical impairment.
According to VisionGain, the medical dermatology market was valued at over $21 billion in global pharmaceutical sales in 2012. According to the 2010 National Ambulatory Medical Care Survey, there are 56 million annual office visits for medical dermatology conditions in the United States alone. In 2009, there were an estimated 34 million office visits to U.S. dermatologists. Inflammatory skin diseases and acne account for a significant proportion of the market for prescription medical dermatology products. Inflammatory skin diseases, such as psoriasis, an autoimmune disease that can be associated with a wide range of skin symptoms, atopic dermatitis, a disorder involving disruption in the skin's ability to insulate the body from exposure to external substances, and rosacea, a condition characterized by redness and often disfiguration of the central face, collectively represent the largest market in medical dermatology, accounting for over $9.5 billion in global pharmaceutical sales in 2012. Acne accounted for approximately $3.7 billion of global pharmaceutical sales in 2012. According to widely-cited data, it is estimated that acne affected more than 85% of teenagers globally in 1994, 150 million people globally as of 2008 and 40 to 50 million Americans as of 1998.
In light of the overall lack of innovation in the research and development of new dermatology treatments, the medical dermatology market includes a large number of marginally differentiated products with relatively modest sales. However, there are a number of examples of truly innovative topical, oral and injectable products that have created large markets. These include Elidel and Protopic, topical calcineurin inhibitors for the treatment of atopic dermatitis that achieved aggregate peak sales of over $500 million in 2004, Accutane, an oral retinoid for the treatment of acne that achieved peak sales of approximately $760 million in 2000, and Enbrel, Humira and Stelara, injectable biologics that
95
achieved aggregate sales of $4.0 billion in 2012 for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis.
There were approximately 10,800 dermatologists practicing in the United States in 2012. We believe that dermatologists generally share three characteristics that are relevant to the marketing of dermatology products. First, dermatologists, as a specialty, tend to be particularly focused on the safety of pharmaceutical products because, while skin diseases can have profound effects on patients' quality of life, few are life-threatening. As a result, dermatologists, as well as their patients, often prefer to use topical treatments when possible to limit the risk of systemic side effects. If systemic treatments are required, many dermatologists favor products with well-established safety profiles relative to newer treatments with less safety experience, even if newer treatments may be more effective. Second, dermatologists, who are in relatively short supply in comparison with the demand from patients in the United States, tend to place a high level of emphasis on products that are easy to use because they often manage high volumes of patients. This contributes to their general preference for topical treatments, as well as systemic treatments with well-established safety profiles and limited monitoring requirements. Third, dermatologists tend to engage with sales and medical affairs personnel from the biopharmaceutical industry regarding the scientific evidence supporting dermatology products and the challenges experienced by physicians and patients in the use of these products. Dermatologists often rely on trusted relationships with scientifically competent, customer-focused sales representatives who can provide them with the necessary information to support their use of appropriate treatments.
Our Product Candidates
Our portfolio of product candidates is summarized in the following table:
96
Cimzia
Cimzia is our late-stage product candidate for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis. Moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis is a chronic, inflammatory skin disease characterized by excessive growth of certain skin cells and a wide range of symptoms, including redness, scaling, itching and burning. Cimzia is an injectable biologic TNF inhibitor that was launched by UCB in 2008 and has been used in tens of thousands of patients. It is approved for numerous indications spanning multiple medical specialties, including rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis and Crohn's disease, in multiple countries, including the United States. In 2013, Cimzia generated worldwide sales of over $800 million, an increase of 27% compared to 2012. In March 2014, we entered into an agreement to collaborate with UCB to develop Cimzia for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis in the United States, Canada and the European Union and, upon regulatory approval for marketing of the psoriasis indication, to market Cimzia to dermatologists in the United States and Canada.
UCB has conducted two Phase 2 clinical trials, including a 176-patient, randomized, multi-center, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial, that demonstrated significant reductions in the signs and symptoms of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis. As the Phase 2 psoriasis clinical trials were conducted in France and Germany, they were not covered by an IND. In June 2014, we and UCB conducted an end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA during which we requested and received feedback from the FDA regarding certain elements of our proposed clinical development plan for Cimzia in psoriasis, including the design and size of Phase 3 clinical trials. UCB filed an IND for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis with the FDA in September 2014, and we and UCB intend to commence Phase 3 clinical trials in the first half of 2015. If the results of the Phase 3 clinical trials are positive, we plan to work with UCB to secure approval of Cimzia for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis and market the product to dermatologists in the United States and Canada.
The Moderate-to-Severe Plaque Psoriasis Market
Psoriasis is a chronic, complex, immune-mediated disease that requires long-term treatment. It is commonly considered the most prevalent autoimmune disease in the world. According to Decision Resources, the diagnosed prevalence of psoriasis in the United States was approximately 9.3 million people, or approximately 2.8% of the population, in 2012. In the same year, U.S. sales of psoriasis prescriptions accounted for $3.6 billion, of which $2.9 billion were from biologic therapies and $2.3 billion were from biologic TNF inhibitors alone.
Approximately 80% of psoriasis patients have plaque psoriasis. These patients typically have symmetrically distributed plaques of thickened, inflamed, red skin covered with silvery scales located on portions of the body including the elbows, knees, scalp or back. Approximately 20% of plaque psoriasis patients have moderate-to-severe disease. The National Psoriasis Foundation classifies moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis as affecting at least 3% of the body surface area, although other factors, such as the location of lesions and their impact on quality of life, are also considered in assessing disease severity.
97
BIOPHOTO ASSOCIATES/Photo Researchers/Getty Images
Moderate-to-Severe Plaque Psoriasis
The symptoms of psoriasis are not limited to the skin, and evidence increasingly suggests that skin symptoms of psoriasis are a dermal manifestation of a systemic autoimmune disorder. Psoriasis often presents with one or more comorbidities associated with inflammatory etiology, such as joint disease or cardiovascular disease. Psoriatic arthritis, which is psoriasis with concomitant joint disease, develops in up to 40% of psoriasis patients, according to the International Federation of Psoriasis Associations. Recent studies have found that psoriasis is also associated with a significantly increased risk of major adverse cardiovascular events, including heart attack, stroke and cardiovascular mortality. A population-based study conducted from 1987 to 2002 of approximately 18,000 patients concluded that patients with psoriasis requiring systemic or light-based therapy had an average lifespan six years shorter than that of the control population. As a result, there is increasing interest in treating psoriasis with products that can address the systemic manifestations of the disease.
Moderate-to-Severe Plaque Psoriasis Treatments: Options and Limitations
Psoriasis treatments are chosen based on factors including disease severity, comorbidities, patient preference and insurance coverage. Topical treatments, such as steroids, vitamin D derivatives and retinoids, are typically insufficient for patients with moderate-to-severe disease. For decades, moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis has been treated with traditional light-based or systemic therapies, which are moderately effective and have significant limitations. Light-based therapies are time-consuming and inconvenient and have been associated with accelerated damaging of the skin and increased risk of cancer. Traditional systemic therapies, such as oral and injectable methotrexate, oral cyclosporine and oral acitretin, have well-documented side effects, such as liver and kidney toxicity, increases in blood fats and birth defects, that require intensive monitoring by the prescribing physician.
The treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis has been transformed by the introduction of biologic TNF inhibitors over the past decade. TNF is a naturally occurring molecule that promotes inflammation in the body. In psoriasis and many other inflammatory diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis and psoriatic arthritis, TNF promotes inflammation in certain areas of the body that leads to clinical manifestations of the disease, such as excessive growth of skin cells in psoriasis, damage to joint tissue in rheumatoid arthritis and both of these manifestations in psoriatic arthritis. Consistent with its role in a number of inflammatory conditions that involve organs other than the skin, it is thought that
98
TNF may play a role in comorbidities of psoriasis that are associated with inflammatory etiology, such as rheumatoid arthritis and psoriatic arthritis, joint disease and cardiovascular disease. TNF inhibitors treat psoriasis and other inflammatory conditions by binding to and suppressing the biological activity of TNF.
In psoriasis and many other inflammatory diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis and psoriatic arthritis, TNF inhibitors offer improved efficacy over traditional systemic therapies that have more frequent side effects and require more intensive monitoring. Since their launch into the rheumatology market in the late 1990s, TNF inhibitors have grown to become one of the largest-selling product classes in the pharmaceutical industry. According to published sources, U.S. sales of TNF inhibitors were approximately $14.6 billion in 2012. In the same year, U.S. sales of TNF inhibitors for the treatment of psoriasis were $2.3 billion, according to Decision Resources.
The TNF inhibitor class has become established as the most frequently used biologic therapy for moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis. The two self-administered TNF inhibitors approved for marketing in psoriasis are Enbrel and Humira.
The only other TNF inhibitor approved for psoriasis in the United States and Canada is Remicade, which is an intravenously administered TNF-binding antibody. According to Decision Resources, U.S. sales of Remicade for the treatment of psoriasis were approximately $110 million in 2012.
While most moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis patients are initially treated with traditional systemic therapies, according to Decision Resources, dermatologists increasingly express a preference to use TNF inhibitors as first-line systemic therapy because of their efficacy, especially in the presence of concomitant psoriatic arthritis, and improved safety profile relative to conventional systemic agents.
Based on the significant therapeutic and commercial success of TNF inhibitors, new systemic therapies for psoriasis have been and are in the process of being developed. Stelara, a biologic product that inhibits two other important inflammatory molecules called interleukin 12 and interleukin 23, was launched in 2009. Notwithstanding its efficacy and convenient administration profile, we believe that Stelara is currently being used primarily as an alternative option for patients who have previously received TNF inhibitors because of its more limited long-term safety data and insurance coverage. According to Decision Resources, U.S. sales of Stelara for the treatment of psoriasis were approximately $630 million in 2012.
99
While these approved biologics have become useful therapeutic options for dermatologists and their psoriasis patients, they suffer from limitations, including the fact that some patients fail to respond, experience reduced response over time or experience side effects. Accordingly, patients treated with TNF inhibitors and other biologics may rotate between different products, including multiple TNF inhibitors. According to an analysis of survey data collected by the National Psoriasis Foundation published in JAMA Dermatology, roughly half of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis patients remain unsatisfied with their treatment options.
The Cimzia Solution
Cimzia is a product comprising the TNF-binding portion, or fragment, of an antibody linked to a polymer called polyethylene glycol, or PEG. Attachment of PEG to pharmaceuticals, a process termed pegylation, improves the stability of the pharmaceutical product in the systemic circulation, resulting in more sustained pharmacological activity following administration to the patient. Cimzia is typically injected by the patient every two to four weeks. It is the only pegylated antibody fragment approved for marketing within the TNF inhibitor class.
We believe that Cimzia's molecular structure may offer pharmacological advantages relative to other TNF inhibitors. From an efficacy standpoint, it has been shown in animal studies that Cimzia preferentially accumulates in inflamed tissue to a greater extent than Humira. It is also thought that pegylation may reduce the immunogenicity of Cimzia, which could lead to more durable efficacy. From a safety standpoint, because Cimzia is not a complete antibody, it, like Enbrel, lacks certain biological activities that could potentially lead to toxicity. We believe that these characteristics support a clinical safety and efficacy profile that would be attractive to dermatologists.
Cimzia has demonstrated an attractive efficacy, safety, tolerability and convenience profile across a range of indications, including psoriasis. Based on a cross-study comparison of efficacy data we have compiled from the placebo-controlled Phase 2 clinical trial of Cimzia and published reports regarding the largest pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials conducted with Enbrel and Humira, we believe that Cimzia has an attractive efficacy profile in comparison to these market-leading TNF inhibitors in psoriasis. A comparison of efficacy across these three separate clinical trials on the basis of the most widely accepted efficacy endpoints is shown below.
Cross-study comparison of Cimzia, Enbrel and Humira
100
In each of these studies, patients with moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis received at least 12 weeks of therapy. In the Cimzia Phase 2 clinical trial, 176 patients were randomized to receive either (1) an initial dose of 400 milligrams, or mg, of Cimzia, followed by Cimzia at a dose of 200 mg once every two weeks, or q2w, (2) Cimzia at a dose of 400 mg q2w, or (3) placebo. In the Enbrel Phase 3 clinical trial, 407 patients were randomized to receive either (1) Enbrel at a dose of 50 mg twice weekly, or biw, which is the recommended dose for the first three months of treatment in the U.S. prescribing information, or (2) placebo. In the Humira Phase 3 clinical trial, 1,212 patients were randomized to receive either (1) Humira at an initial dose of 80 mg, followed by Humira at a dose of 40 mg q2w starting one week later, which is the recommended dosing regimen in the U.S. prescribing information, or (2) placebo.
Response rates were reported in terms of the proportion of treated patients who achieved a 75% improvement in the clinical grading scale called the Psoriasis Area and Severity Index, or PASI 75, the endpoint most widely used to measure treatment success in clinical psoriasis trials, and the proportion of patients who achieved clearing or near clearing of psoriasis, as rated by the investigator on a scale called the Physician's Global Assessment, or PGA, 12 weeks following the start of therapy. While there were some differences in the patient populations, particularly in terms of sample size, disease severity, weight and the proportions who had previously used biologic therapies, as well as the PGA scales used to assess efficacy, that make it difficult to draw conclusions from this cross-study comparison, and while this cross-study comparison will not be used to support regulatory filings for Cimzia, we believe that this comparison suggests that Cimzia will have an attractive efficacy profile in comparison to the leading TNF inhibitors in the psoriasis market today. We believe that the efficacy of Cimzia will be particularly attractive to dermatologists as they continue to become more comfortable with the safety profile of the TNF inhibitor class and more interested in improved efficacy.
In addition to efficacy, we believe that Cimzia has other attributes that will be attractive to dermatologists and their patients. Based on accumulated experience in psoriasis and other indications, we believe that the safety profile of Cimzia is consistent with that of other TNF inhibitors. The most frequent adverse events associated with Cimzia are upper respiratory infections, rash and urinary tract infections. As observed with other TNF inhibitors, the most serious adverse reactions are serious infections, heart failure and, possibly, cancer. In addition, we believe that administration every two weeks would be a more convenient dosing regimen for patients than once or twice weekly dosing of Enbrel.
The Market Opportunity
The market for systemic psoriasis therapies is large and growing, and we expect this market growth to continue as dermatologists continue to increase their use of biologic therapies and new products reach the market. We believe that the TNF inhibitor class will continue to represent a significant segment of this market and that Cimzia will be positioned to compete effectively within the market for systemic psoriasis therapies.
According to Decision Resources, U.S. sales of psoriasis prescriptions accounted for $3.6 billion in 2012. In the same year, U.S. sales of biologic therapies for moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis were $2.9 billion, of which $2.3 billion were from TNF inhibitors. We believe that dermatologists write a significant majority of the prescriptions for biologics in psoriasis. While the same data are not available for sales of TNF inhibitors in psoriasis, data provided by IMS Health National Prescription Audit and National Sales Perspectives indicate that dermatologists accounted for 75% of U.S. sales of Stelara in the first half of 2013, when Stelara was only approved for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis.
Since the launch of Stelara in 2009 and through 2012, sales of biologic treatments attributable to U.S. dermatologists grew at an average annual rate of 20%. Over the same period, sales of TNF
101
inhibitors attributable to U.S. dermatologists grew at an average annual rate of 9%. This indicates that, since the introduction of Stelara, the market for biologics in psoriasis has been expanding beyond that attributable to the continuing growth of the TNF inhibitor class.
We believe that there is a substantial opportunity for continued expansion of the market for biologic psoriasis therapies. Even with the significant recent growth in the market, penetration of biologics into the addressable population of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis patients remains relatively low, particularly in comparison to other large biologics markets. In the United States in 2012, according to Decision Resources, only 10.5% of treated moderate-to-severe psoriasis patients received biologics, and 21.7% of treated rheumatoid arthritis patients received biologics. We believe that penetration into the psoriasis patient population may continue to increase as dermatologists become more familiar with available biologic therapies, particularly, the established safety record of TNF inhibitors, and as new biologic products reach the market. Decision Resources projects that U.S. sales of branded, systemic psoriasis therapies will increase from approximately $3.1 billion in 2012 to $5.7 billion by 2022.
We believe that the TNF inhibitor class is, and will continue to be, well positioned within the psoriasis market for a number of reasons:
102
Stelara and other potential competing non-TNF inhibitor therapies that target fewer indications and smaller aggregate patient populations.
Accordingly, while there are a number of other systemic products under development for psoriasis by large pharmaceutical companies, including late-stage product candidates representing biologic and oral therapies with alternative mechanisms of action, as well as biosimilar versions of TNF inhibitors, we believe that the branded TNF inhibitor class is well positioned within the psoriasis market because of its longstanding role in the treatment of the disease, its established safety record within the safety-oriented dermatology specialty, its strong efficacy profile in skin symptoms and systemic aspects of the disease and preferred access accorded to products in the class by insurance companies in light of their widespread use across numerous indications. Many of the products and product candidates under late-stage development in psoriasis suffer from one or more potential limitations, such as relatively unproven safety profiles, limited or unproven activity in systemic aspects of the disease, and limited or unproven utility in other indications, that could represent significant disadvantages relative to TNF inhibitors. As a result, we expect the market for TNF inhibitors in psoriasis to remain substantial over the long-term.
In light of its molecular properties and clinical profile, we believe that if successfully developed in psoriasis, Cimzia presents an opportunity to offer dermatologists a product that delivers the strong efficacy of a TNF-binding antibody product such as Humira with the potential safety advantages of a non-antibody product such as Enbrel. We believe that this is a compelling proposition that can be communicated particularly effectively by a dermatology-focused company like ours that is committed to providing the highest level of scientific expertise to dermatologists. In addition, our collaboration with UCB will enable us to utilize the substantial infrastructure UCB has developed to support commercialization of Cimzia in other indications and markets, including established manufacturing and distribution capabilities. We also believe that Cimzia's significant commercial business in other indications will contribute to contracting leverage with insurers that represents a potential advantage relative to competing products with other mechanisms of action that may experience more limited use outside of psoriasis. Within the context of the advantages of the TNF inhibitor class relative to other available and potentially emerging new therapies, we believe that Cimzia, if successfully developed in psoriasis, will be well positioned to compete in the large, growing market for branded, systemic psoriasis therapies.
Clinical Development
Phase 2 Clinical Trials. Clinical development of Cimzia to date has been conducted by UCB. In addition to a number of studies in other indications, UCB has completed two Phase 2 clinical trials evaluating Cimzia in adults with moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis. The first Phase 2 clinical trial demonstrated that Cimzia improved the signs and symptoms of psoriasis, with up to 82.8% of patients achieving a PASI 75 response. The second Phase 2 clinical trial demonstrated that patients who relapsed after withdrawal of Cimzia therapy achieved a similar response after subsequent treatment with Cimzia.
The first Phase 2 clinical trial was a multi-center, double-blind, placebo-controlled study in which 176 patients were randomized to receive 12 weeks of therapy in accordance with one of three regimens: (1) an initial loading dose of 400 mg of Cimzia, followed by Cimzia at a dose of 200 mg q2w, or Cimzia 200 mg; (2) Cimzia at a dose of 400 mg q2w, or Cimzia 400 mg; or (3) placebo. At the end of the 12-week treatment period, patients entered a follow-up period of 12 to 24 weeks. The co-primary efficacy endpoints were the proportion of patients achieving a PASI 75 response and the proportion of patients achieving a score of "clear" or "almost clear" on a six-point PGA scale 12 weeks after the start of therapy. Results for these endpoints are presented below.
103
Primary Endpoint: PASI 75 at Week 12
Adapted from Reich K et al. Br J Dermatol. 2012; 167(1): 180-90. Intention to treat (ITT) population shown = all randomized patients (n=176).
104
Primary Endpoint: PGA at Week 12
Adapted from Reich K et al. Br J Dermatol. 2012; 167(1): 180-90. Intention to treat (ITT) population shown = all randomized patients (n=176).
At week 12, a PASI 75 response was observed in 6.8% of patients (4/59) who received placebo, 74.6% of patients (44/59) who received Cimzia 200 mg and 82.8% of patients (48/58) who received Cimzia 400 mg. A PGA response was observed in 1.7% of patients (1/59) who received placebo, 52.5% of patients (31/59) who received Cimzia 200 mg and 72.4% of patients (42/58) who received Cimzia 400 mg. Both Cimzia dosing regimens demonstrated meaningful and statistically significant improvements relative to placebo for both co-primary efficacy endpoints.
The second Phase 2 clinical trial was a re-treatment extension study, in which patients who achieved a PASI 75 response 12 weeks after the start of therapy in the first Phase 2 clinical trial and subsequently relapsed during the follow-up period began receiving the same treatment as they did in the first Phase 2 clinical trial. Relapse was defined as a loss of more than 50% of the maximum PASI improvement achieved in the first Phase 2 clinical trial. The primary efficacy endpoint was a comparison between the median PASI score achieved 12 weeks after the start of therapy in the first Phase 2 clinical trial and the median PASI score achieved 12 weeks after the start of re-treatment in the second Phase 2 clinical trial. At the end of the 12-week re-treatment period, improvements in PASI score were once again observed for both Cimzia treatment regimens. No significant difference was observed between the median PASI score achieved 12 weeks after the start of therapy in the first Phase 2 clinical trial and the median PASI score achieved 12 weeks after the start of re-treatment in the second Phase 2 clinical trial. According to the authors who published the results, efficacy observed
105
during the second Phase 2 clinical trial was similar to that observed during the first Phase 2 clinical trial. Efficacy results are presented below.
Adapted from Reich K et al. Br J Dermatol. 2012; 167(1): 180-90. Actual values taken from UCB (Study C87040 CSR 2008. Table 14.2.2:7).
According to the authors who published the results of these Phase 2 clinical trials in the British Journal of Dermatology, the safety profile of Cimzia in these Phase 2 clinical trials in psoriasis was consistent with that observed in previous Cimzia clinical trials in other indications, as well as in clinical trials of other TNF inhibitors. A summary of treatment-emergent adverse events, or TEAEs, is presented in the following table.
|
First treatment study |
|
Re-treatment study(a) | |||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Patients, n (% of patients)
|
Placebo
(n = 58) |
Cimzia
200 mg (n = 60) |
Cimzia
400 mg (n = 57) |
All
(n = 175) |
Cimzia
200 mg (n = 34) |
Cimzia
400 mg (n = 37) |
All
(n = 71) |
|||||||||||||||
Total AEs, n |
133 | 156 | 125 | 414 | 36 | 36 | 72 | |||||||||||||||
Any AE |
41 (71% | ) | 43 (72% | ) | 40 (70% | ) | 124 (71% | ) | 14 (41% | ) | 18 (49% | ) | 32 (45% | ) | ||||||||
Led to permanent discontinuation |
3 (5% | ) | 2 (3% | ) | 2 (4% | )(b) | 7 (4% | )(b) | 0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||
Serious AEs |
1 (2% | ) | 2 (3% | ) | 3 (5% | )(c) | 6 (3% | )(c) | 0 | 0 | 0 | |||||||||||
Infections |
0 | 1 (2% | ) | 2 (4% | ) | 3 (2% | ) | 0 | 0 | 0 |
Adapted from Reich K et al. Br J Dermatol. 2012; 167(1): 180-90.
106
Most adverse events were mild or moderate. In the first Phase 2 clinical trial, which was placebo-controlled, no meaningful differences in the incidence of TEAEs were observed among treatment groups. The most frequently reported TEAEs were nasal congestion, headache and itching. Excluding pregnancies reported as serious adverse events leading to permanent discontinuation of treatment in two patients receiving Cimzia 400 mg, serious adverse events were reported in six patients, including (1) one patient who received placebo and experienced hemorrhagic diarrhea, (2) two patients who received Cimzia 200 mg, comprising one who experienced a contusion related to a motor vehicle accident and one who experienced a urinary tract infection and gastroenteritis, and (3) three patients who received Cimzia 400 mg, comprising one who experienced disseminated tuberculosis, one with anxiety and gastroenteritis and one with psoriasis. The patient who developed tuberculosis had previously received an attenuated, live tuberculosis vaccine and had good resolution of tuberculosis following treatment with anti-tuberculosis medication. In the second Phase 2 clinical trial, a lower proportion of patients reported TEAEs in comparison to the first Phase 2 clinical trial, and there were no serious adverse events or permanent discontinuations from treatment due to adverse events.
Phase 3 Clinical Program. Based on the results of these two Phase 2 clinical trials, we and UCB conducted an end-of-Phase 2 meeting with the FDA and a scientific advice procedure with the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA, in June 2014 during which we requested and received feedback from the FDA and EMA regarding certain elements of our proposed clinical development plan for Cimzia in psoriasis, including the design and size of Phase 3 clinical trials. As the Phase 2 psoriasis clinical trials were conducted in France and Germany, they were not covered by an IND. UCB filed an IND for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis with the FDA in September 2014, and we and UCB intend to commence Phase 3 clinical trials in the first half of 2015.
Our planned Phase 3 clinical program consists of three randomized, multi-center, blinded Phase 3 clinical trials that will be conducted in multiple countries. In these trials, we plan to enroll a total of approximately 1,000 moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis patients, including patients who have and patients who have not previously been treated with biologic products, such as TNF inhibitors. The program comprises two clinical trials designed to demonstrate the superiority of treatment with Cimzia relative to placebo, which we call the placebo-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials, and one clinical trial designed to demonstrate the superiority of treatment with Cimzia relative to placebo and relative to treatment with Enbrel, which we call the active-controlled Phase 3 clinical trial. We expect that these trials will be designed as follows:
107
12 weeks: (1) a loading dose of Cimzia, followed by Cimzia at a dose of 200 mg q2w for 8 weeks; (2) Cimzia at a dose of 400 mg q2w for 12 weeks; (3) placebo; or (4) Enbrel at a dose of 50 mg twice weekly for 12 weeks, which is the recommended initial dose in the U.S. prescribing information. In this trial, the primary efficacy endpoint will be the proportion of patients achieving a PASI 75 response 12 weeks after the start of treatment. Following the initial 12-week period, patients will be assigned to receive the same or different regimens for up to an additional 36 weeks in order to assess secondary endpoints and other measures pertaining to the safety and efficacy of longer-term treatment, including evaluation of the optimal regimen for maintenance therapy, as well as the effect of Cimzia treatment in patients who were initially treated with Enbrel. Thereafter, some patients will receive Cimzia on an open-label basis for up to an additional 96 weeks in order to gather additional data on the long-term use of Cimzia in moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis.
We and UCB anticipate that marketing applications for Cimzia in moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis will be based on the data collected through 48 weeks after the start of treatment in each of the three Phase 3 clinical trials, including the results of the primary endpoints at either 12 or 16 weeks and additional results collected during this 48-week period. We believe that if these results are positive, data on 48 weeks of treatment would be sufficient to support an initial marketing application for the treatment of a chronic disease such as moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis. For the purpose of seeking FDA approval of Cimzia for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, we intend to use the results of the initial 16-week treatment period in the placebo-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to establish efficacy. In addition, we intend to submit the results obtained from weeks 16 through 48 of the active-controlled Phase 3 clinical trial in order to support dosing recommendations for long-term use.
If the results of the Phase 3 clinical trials are positive, we plan to work with UCB to secure approval of Cimzia for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis and market the product to dermatologists in the United States and Canada.
DRM04
DRM04 is our late-stage product candidate for the treatment of hyperhidrosis, or excessive sweating. DRM04, a topical formulation of a novel form of a small-molecule anticholinergic agent that has been approved for systemic administration in other indications, is designed to inhibit sweat production by blocking the activation of sweat glands following topical administration. The products currently approved for the treatment of hyperhidrosis suffer from limitations such as moderate efficacy, significant side effects or cumbersome or invasive administration regimens. We believe that, if approved, DRM04 would be a convenient, effective and well-tolerated topical prescription therapy for this disease. In light of the limitations of available hyperhidrosis therapies, we believe that the introduction of such a product could expand the hyperhidrosis market by further penetrating the segment of patients who seek treatment from physicians and encouraging more patients to seek treatment.
Two randomized, double-blind, vehicle-controlled Phase 2 clinical trials, including a 198-patient, multi-center Phase 2b clinical trial and a 38-patient Phase 2a clinical trial, have demonstrated significant reductions in the signs and symptoms of primary axillary, or underarm, hyperhidrosis in patients treated with a topical formulation of the anticholinergic agent that has been approved for systemic administration in other indications, which we call the topical formulation of the reference agent. In addition, we are currently conducting a Phase 2b clinical trial in patients with primary axillary hyperhidrosis in which we are comparing DRM04 to the topical formulation of the reference agent. We have conducted the two Phase 2b clinical trials under an IND that was originally filed by Stiefel and that we reactivated in November 2013. We expect data from our ongoing Phase 2b clinical trial in the
108
first half of 2015. If successful, we intend to commence a Phase 3 clinical program, which would include one or more Phase 3 clinical trials, in the second half of 2015.
The Hyperhidrosis Market
Hyperhidrosis is a condition of excessive sweating beyond what is physiologically required to maintain normal thermal regulation. Sweat is produced by glands in the skin and released to the skin surface through ducts. Sweat gland activity is controlled by the nervous system. The nervous system transmits signals to the sweat glands through acetylcholine, which is known as a neurotransmitter. Primary hyperhidrosis, which is excessive sweating without a known cause, is localized and characteristically symmetric. It can affect the underarms, palms of the hands, soles of the feet, face and other areas. Several studies have demonstrated that excessive sweating often impedes normal daily activities and can result in occupational, emotional, psychological, social and physical impairment.
In the United States, based on the most recent data available, the prevalence of hyperhidrosis was estimated in 2003 to be 2.8% of the population, or roughly 7.8 million people. According to published studies, approximately half of hyperhidrosis sufferers have axillary hyperhidrosis, and approximately one third of axillary hyperhidrosis sufferers, or 1.3 million Americans, have severe disease that is barely tolerable and frequently interferes or is intolerable and always interferes with daily activities.
The market for products to control sweating is large and highly underpenetrated by prescription pharmaceutical products. Despite the limited efficacy of over-the-counter, or OTC, antiperspirants for the alleviation of hyperhidrosis symptoms, according to a 2003 survey, only 38% of hyperhidrosis patients had discussed their condition with a healthcare professional. In addition, patients may suffer from excessive sweating for years before seeking treatment. One study analyzing data from 1993-2005 indicated that patients experienced an average duration of untreated symptoms of 8.9 years. We believe that this is largely a result of the lack of effective, well-tolerated, convenient prescription treatment options. Patients who seek treatment from a physician most commonly receive prescription topical antiperspirants. While these topical antiperspirants generate over 500,000 prescriptions annually in the United States, their use is limited by modest efficacy and skin irritation, particularly in patients with more severe disease. We believe that the market opportunity for a new, effective, well-tolerated topical hyperhidrosis treatment is substantially larger than the current market for prescription topical antiperspirants because such a therapy could further penetrate the segment of patients who seek treatment from a physician, as well as encourage more patients to seek treatment.
Current Hyperhidrosis Treatments: Options and Limitations
Current treatment options for hyperhidrosis generally fall into one of three categories:
Use of these treatments is determined by factors that include affected area and severity of disease.
For decades, topical antiperspirants containing metal salts have been the most widely-used treatment option for hyperhidrosis. OTC antiperspirants contain low concentrations of metal salts and are generally well-tolerated but limited in efficacy. Prescription antiperspirants containing higher concentrations of metal salts are typically recommended as the treatment of choice when OTC antiperspirants are not effective. However, these prescription antiperspirants are only moderately more effective, and their tolerability is limited by skin irritation associated with increased metal salt concentrations, which react with water to form irritating hydrochloric acid.
109
Therapeutic options for patients who are unsatisfied with topical antiperspirants are largely limited to more cumbersome or invasive treatment strategies directed to blocking the activation of, destroying or removing the sweat glands. Intradermal injections of botulinum toxin, or Botox, a neurotoxin that blocks the release of acetylcholine, are effective but can be painful and must be administered by a physician, on average through 20 to 30 injections every six to nine months. A microwave device designed to overheat and destroy sweat glands is an alternative option, but treatment can be painful, requires multiple physician visits and is generally not covered by insurance. These treatments are time-consuming and require a significant investment of training and administration time and, in the case of microwave treatment, capital investment by the treating physician, limiting their potential reach to physicians. They are also not approved or well suited for application to the hands or feet. Iontophoresis, which involves soaking the hands or feet in water through which an electrical current is passed, can be performed in a physician's office or at home but requires repeated, time-consuming treatments, is irritating and is not well suited to treatment of the axillae. Patients with severe disease may be treated with surgical techniques that involve removal of sweat glands or destruction of nerves that transmit activating signals to the glands. Surgery is a significant undertaking that can be associated with a number of severe side effects, including increased sweat production in other body areas. As a result of the shortcomings of these treatment options, they are used much less frequently than topical treatments.
Oral anticholinergics, which block the interaction of acetylcholine with cholinergic receptors responsible for sweat gland activation, have demonstrated efficacy in small clinical hyperhidrosis studies. Although they are not currently approved by the FDA for the treatment of hyperhidrosis, they are sometimes used off-label. However, well-known systemic side effects, such as dry mouth, blurred vision, urinary retention and increased heart rate, often limit their use at doses required for efficacy in hyperhidrosis.
As a result of the limitations of available treatments, we believe that there is a significant unmet need for a new, effective, well-tolerated, self-administered, topical hyperhidrosis therapy that can be used across the range of body areas that can be affected by the disease.
The DRM04 Solution
DRM04 is a topical formulation of a novel form of a small-molecule anticholinergic agent that has been approved for systemic administration in other indications. Our initial target indication is the treatment of primary axillary hyperhidrosis. We believe that, if approved, DRM04 would be a convenient, effective and well-tolerated topical prescription therapy for this disease.
DRM04 is designed to block sweat production by inhibiting the interaction between acetylcholine and the cholinergic receptors responsible for sweat gland activation. The concept of inhibiting sweat production by blocking acetylcholine neurotransmission has been clinically validated in studies of Botox and anticholinergics for the treatment of hyperhidrosis. We believe that local, topical administration of DRM04 may offer advantages over oral administration of an anticholinergic by limiting uptake into the systemic circulation and thereby reducing the likelihood and severity of systemic side effects. We believe that it may also offer advantages over the injectable administration of Botox by providing a self-administered, non-invasive, more convenient alternative.
Clinical Development
Our initial target indication for DRM04 is primary axillary hyperhidrosis. Our development strategy involves two parts. First, we have assessed the safety, efficacy and tolerability of a topical formulation of the reference agent. Based on the results of this evaluation, we are currently assessing the profile of DRM04 compared to that of the topical formulation of the reference agent. We intend to develop DRM04 under Section 505(b)(2) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the
110
505(b)(2) pathway. Under the 505(b)(2) pathway, the FDA may allow us to leverage findings made by the FDA with regard to safety in approving the systemic administration of the reference agent in other indications and thereby reduce the amount of additional data we need to generate to support marketing approval of DRM04. The degree to which we can leverage such findings will be dependent upon the similarity between DRM04 in hyperhidrosis and the reference agent in its approved dosage forms and indications. Key differences, such as chemical form, route of administration, dosage form and indication, may affect the amount of additional data we will be required to generate. Our Phase 2 development program includes two completed Phase 2 clinical trials of the topical formulation of the reference agent and one ongoing Phase 2b clinical trial comparing DRM04 to the topical formulation of the reference agent.
Phase 2a Clinical Trial. The completed Phase 2a clinical trial was a randomized, double-blind study in 38 patients with severe primary axillary hyperhidrosis. In six cohorts of six to seven patients each, two concentrations of the reference agent (2% and 4%) in each of two topical formulations (A and B) were compared with their respective vehicles, which contain no active ingredient. These cohorts are summarized below.
|
Formulation A | Formulation B | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Concentration of reference agent |
4% | 2% | 0% (vehicle) | 4% | 2% | 0% (vehicle) | ||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Number of patients enrolled |
6 | 6 | 7 | 6 | 6 | 7 |
Patients were instructed to apply the study product once daily for four weeks using wipes saturated with either the topical formulation of the reference agent or vehicle only. Efficacy was evaluated based on axillary sweat production and disease severity. Assessments were conducted approximately weekly during the four-week treatment period and two weeks after the end of this treatment period. Disease severity was measured using a widely-used patient-reported outcome tool called the Hyperhidrosis Disease Severity Scale, or HDSS, wherein patients rate the severity of their disease on a four-point scale. Patients who rate the severity of their disease as a three or a four on the HDSS are considered to have severe disease, while those who rate it as a one or a two are considered to have mild or moderate disease. All 38 patients enrolled in the clinical trial rated the severity of their disease as a three or a four on the HDSS prior to the start of treatment. Trial inclusion criteria required that, prior to the start of treatment, all patients produce at least 50 mg of sweat in each axilla over a five-minute period.
Overall, more patients in the groups treated with the topical formulations of the reference agent than in the vehicle-only groups experienced a reduction in axillary sweating and a reduction in disease severity over the four-week treatment period. Of the 38 patients enrolled in the study, 19 patients received one of the two formulations and 19 patients received the other formulation. Of the 19 who received the formulation selected for further development, which we refer to as Formulation A, all completed at least two weeks of treatment with the exception of one who received vehicle only. This patient withdrew due to an adverse event of dry mouth after one day of treatment with vehicle only and was excluded from the efficacy analysis.
111
Presented below are efficacy data for the 18 patients in whom the efficacy of Formulation A was assessed, including 12 who received the reference agent and six who received the vehicle only.
Nine of 12 patients treated with the reference agent reported an improvement in their perception of disease severity, as assessed using the HDSS, from severe to mild or moderate at the first on-treatment assessment, which was conducted approximately one week after the start of therapy. By the second weekly assessment, all 12 severe hyperhidrosis patients treated with the reference agent reported their disease severity as mild or moderate, in comparison with one of six patients who received the vehicle only. In weeks three and four, five out of six patients in each of the 2% and 4% treatment groups reported on their disease severity. Of those patients who reported assessments, patients treated with the reference agent continued to report disease severity as mild or moderate in all reported assessments through the end of the four-week treatment period, except one patient who discontinued treatment after two weeks at the 4% dose who was therefore counted as a non-responder at weeks three and four.
112
Among the 14 patients treated with Formulation A whose sweat production was measured at the end of the four-week treatment period, sweat production in the nine patients treated with the reference agent was on average 61% lower than at the start of therapy, in comparison with an average 1% increase in sweat production in the five patients who received vehicle only. The effect of the reference agent on sweating and disease severity appeared to be reversible, as a trend toward a return to levels reported at the start of therapy was observed two weeks following cessation of therapy.
Adverse events observed across all 38 patients enrolled in the trial are summarized below. The proportions of patients enrolled in each cohort in which selected types of adverse events were reported are shown in parentheses.
|
Formulation A | Formulation B | ||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Concentration of reference agent |
4% | 2% |
0%
(vehicle) |
4% | 2% |
0%
(vehicle) |
||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | |
Number of patients enrolled |
6 | 6 | 7 | 6 | 6 | 7 | ||||||
Number of patients reporting any adverse event (% of patients enrolled) |
4 (67%) | 4 (67%) | 5 (71%) | 5 (83%) | 3 (50%) | 4 (57%) | ||||||
Number of patients reporting any treatment-related adverse event (% of patients enrolled) |
2 (33%) | 3 (50%) | 5 (71%) | 3 (50%) | 3 (50%) | 3 (43%) | ||||||
Number of treatment-related adverse events |
6 | 4 | 6 | 9 | 4 | 3 |
Across all 38 patients enrolled in the trial, the most common TEAEs were dry mouth and upper respiratory tract infection. No serious adverse events were reported. The occurrence of systemic adverse events appeared to be dependent on dose, regardless of the formulation used.
This Phase 2a clinical trial was designed to demonstrate proof-of-concept for the treatment of hyperhidrosis with the topical formulation of the reference agent and was not powered to demonstrate the statistical significance of any of the results. While we believe that the results demonstrated proof-of-concept for the treatment of hyperhidrosis with the topical formulation of the reference agent, the absence of any demonstration of statistical significance increases the possibility that the observations occurred by chance.
Phase 2b Clinical Program. Based on the Phase 2a data, we are conducting a Phase 2b clinical program in patients with primary axillary hyperhidrosis. Our Phase 2b clinical program comprises two Phase 2b clinical trials:
Both are randomized, multi-center, double-blind, vehicle-controlled trials in which the topical formulation of the reference agent, DRM04 or vehicle only, as applicable, is administered once daily for four weeks and efficacy is evaluated based on the HDSS and assessments of sweat production. In addition to the HDSS, in Study DRM04-HH02 we are using a patient-reported outcome assessment we have developed that we believe may enable a more specific assessment of disease severity relative to the HDSS.
Study DRM04-HH01. In Study DRM04-HH01, 198 patients with severe primary axillary hyperhidrosis were randomized to receive a topical formulation containing one of four concentrations of the reference agent (1%, 2%, 3% or 4%) or vehicle only. As in the Phase 2a clinical trial, patients were instructed to apply the study product once daily for four weeks using wipes saturated with either
113
the topical formulation of the reference agent or vehicle only, and efficacy was evaluated based on axillary sweat production and the HDSS. Assessments were conducted approximately weekly during the four-week treatment period and the two-week period after the end of this treatment period. All 198 patients enrolled in the clinical trial rated the severity of their disease as a three or a four on the four-point HDSS prior to the start of treatment. Trial inclusion criteria required that prior to the start of treatment, all patients produce at least 50 mg of sweat in each axilla over a five-minute period.
The two primary efficacy endpoints evaluated in this trial were (1) the proportion of patients achieving an improvement of at least two points from baseline in HDSS score and (2) the average absolute change from baseline in sweat production, each as measured at the end of the four-week treatment period. For the purpose of the primary endpoint pertaining to sweat production, sweat production was assessed in each patient as the average of the amounts of sweat produced in each axilla during a five-minute period.
As outlined below, the topical formulation of the reference agent demonstrated dose-dependent and, at certain doses, statistically significant improvements relative to vehicle in both primary efficacy endpoints. The following chart summarizes the impact of the reference agent on disease severity, assessed as the proportion of patients achieving an improvement of at least two points in HDSS score from baseline to the end of the four-week treatment period.
Primary Endpoint: HDSS Response Rate at Week Four
P-values are an indication of statistical significance reflecting the probability of an observation occurring due to chance alone. A clinical trial result is statistically significant if it is unlikely to have occurred by chance. The statistical significance of clinical trial results is determined by a widely used statistical method that establishes the p-value of the results. Under this method, a p-value of 0.05 or less typically represents a statistically significant result.
114
ITT population shown = all randomized patients dispensed study product (n = 198). Patients with missing data points were considered non-responders.
At the end of the four-week treatment period, 36.8% to 52.5% of patients in each cohort treated with the reference agent achieved an improvement of at least two points in HDSS score, in comparison with 22.5% of patients who received the vehicle only. Based on these results, patients treated with the reference agent were between 63% and 133% more likely, depending on the concentration of the reference agent they received, to achieve an improvement of at least two points in HDSS score than patients who received the vehicle only.
The following chart summarizes the impact of the reference agent on sweat production, assessed as the average absolute change in sweat production from baseline to the end of the four-week treatment period.
Primary Endpoint: Average Absolute Change in Sweat Production at Week Four
P-values are an indication of statistical significance reflecting the probability of an observation occurring due to chance alone. A clinical trial result is statistically significant if it is unlikely to have occurred by chance. The statistical significance of clinical trial results is determined by a widely used statistical method that establishes the p-value of the results. Under this method, a p-value of 0.05 or less typically represents a statistically significant result.
ITT population shown = all randomized patients dispensed study product (n = 198). The last available on-treatment observation was used to estimate missing data points.
115
The following table summarizes one of several non-primary efficacy analyses we conducted: the impact of the reference agent on sweat production, assessed as the percent change in sweat production from baseline to the end of the four-week treatment period.
Concentration of reference agent
|
Vehicle (0%) | 1% | 2% | 3% | 4% | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
N |
40 | 38 | 40 | 40 | 40 | |||||
Average percent reduction sweat production from baseline |
43.2% | 54.4% | 60.2% | 73.4% | 71.7% | |||||
P-value(a) |
0.3378 | 0.1534 | 0.0045 | 0.0055 |
ITT population shown = all randomized patients dispensed study product (n = 198). The last available on-treatment observation was used to estimate missing data points.
From baseline to week four, patients in each cohort treated with the reference agent achieved an average reduction in sweat production of 56.6 to 91.4 mg, or 54.4% to 73.4%, in comparison with a reduction of 55.8 mg, or 43.2%, in patients who received the vehicle only.
In this trial, the most common adverse events were dry mouth, upper respiratory tract infection, dry skin and blurred vision. Dry mouth, dry skin and blurred vision are well-known, reversible side effects of anticholinergic agents and were generally observed more frequently in patients who received higher concentrations of the reference agent. Upper respiratory tract infections were observed at similar frequencies in patients receiving the reference agent and patients receiving the vehicle only. Patients treated with the reference agent withdrew from the study due to adverse events rates of 2.6% (1/38) in the 1% cohort, 5.0% (2/40) in the 2% cohort, 2.5% (1/40) in the 3% cohort and 20.0% (8/40) in the 4% cohort. None of the patients who received the vehicle only withdrew due to an adverse event. No treatment-related serious adverse events were reported.
Study DRM04-HH02. In our ongoing Study DRM04-HH02, which is designed to facilitate the development of DRM04 based on data available to characterize the reference agent, we are comparing the topical formulation of the reference agent to DRM04. In this trial, we are randomizing approximately 100 patients with severe primary axillary hyperhidrosis into five cohorts of approximately 20 patients each. Each of the five cohorts is assigned to receive one of the following: a topical formulation containing one of two concentrations of the reference agent, DRM04 containing one of two concentrations of the novel form of the reference agent, or vehicle only. The vehicle in the topical formulation of the reference agent is the same as in DRM04.
Patients are instructed to apply the study product once daily for four weeks using wipes saturated with the topical formulation of the reference agent, DRM04 or vehicle only. We are evaluating efficacy based on axillary sweat production, the HDSS and the patient-reported outcome assessment we have developed that we believe may enable a more specific assessment of disease severity relative to the HDSS. As in Study DRM04-HH01, assessments are to be scheduled approximately weekly during the four-week treatment period and the two-week period after the end of this treatment period. As in the Phase 2a clinical trial and Study DRM04-HH01, we are enrolling patients in Study DRM04-HH02 who,
116
prior to the start of treatment, rate the severity of their disease as a three or a four on the HDSS and produce at least 50 mg of sweat in each axilla over a five-minute period.
We began enrolling patients in Study DRM04-HH02 in April 2014 and expect to complete enrollment and obtain the results of this clinical trial in the first half of 2015. Data from all three of our Phase 2 clinical trials will be used to support dose selection for potential Phase 3 clinical trials. We intend to pursue the use of our patient-reported outcome assessment as a measurement of efficacy in our Phase 3 clinical program. Subject to discussions with the FDA, we currently anticipate that the design of potential Phase 3 clinical trials to evaluate the efficacy and safety of DRM04 would be generally similar to the design of Study DRM04-HH02, except that in potential Phase 3 clinical trials, DRM04 would be the only study product evaluated, the dose(s) evaluated would be selected based on the results of our Phase 2 clinical trials and trials would be sized in order to meet patient exposure requirements for regulatory approval.
DRM01
DRM01 is our late-stage product candidate for the treatment of acne. It is a novel, small-molecule prodrug designed to inhibit the production of sebum by delivering a widely-studied lipid synthesis inhibitor to the skin following topical administration. If approved for marketing, DRM01 could add an attractive new mechanism of action to the set of treatment strategies available to dermatologists and their acne patients. We believe that the introduction of such a product could establish a new product class and expand the acne market.
In June 2014, we completed a 108-patient, randomized, multi-center, double-blind, vehicle-controlled Phase 2a clinical trial that demonstrated significant reductions in the signs and symptoms of acne. As this Phase 2a clinical trial was conducted in Canada, it was not covered by an IND. Based on the results of this trial, we intend to file an IND with the FDA and commence a Phase 2b clinical program, which would include one or more clinical trials, in the first half of 2015.
The Acne Market
Acne is a common skin disease characterized by clogging of the pores and associated local skin lesions that usually appear on the face, chest or back. Acne lesions are believed to result from an interaction of four primary pathogenic factors:
Clogged pores can become enlarged and inflamed as sebum and its breakdown products accumulate, resulting in visible lesions that can be unsightly and cause permanent scarring. Acne can significantly impact patients' quality of life, resulting in social, psychological and emotional impairments
117
that are comparable to those reported by patients with epilepsy, asthma, diabetes or arthritis. Effective treatment can dramatically improve acne patients' quality of life.
|
|
Acne
Acne is one of the most common skin diseases. According to widely-cited data, it is estimated that acne affected more than 85% of teenagers globally in 1994, 150 million people globally as of 2008 and 40 to 50 million Americans as of 1998. Acne is one of the most common reasons for visiting a dermatologist. In 2007, acne represented about one-fourth of U.S. dermatologists' patient volume.
According to VisionGain, acne accounted for approximately $3.7 billion in global pharmaceutical sales in 2012. In the same year, each of the three major prescription pharmaceutical product classes that are predominantly used to treat acne generated between approximately $670 million and $1.9 billion in U.S. sales, according to data provided by Symphony Health Solutions, Pharmaceutical Audit Suite. These three product classes have been available for over 30 years, and we believe that growth in this market recently has been significantly limited by a lack of innovation in new product development. While the acne market includes a large number of marginally differentiated products with relatively modest sales, which we believe is a result of the lack of innovation in new product development, there are examples of products that have created large markets in acne. These include Accutane, an oral retinoid that achieved peak sales of approximately $760 million in 2000, and Solodyn, an oral antibiotic that achieved peak sales of approximately $400 million in 2010. We believe that the introduction of a topical treatment with a new mechanism of action could establish a new product class and expand the acne market.
Current Acne Treatments: Options and Limitations
Acne is commonly treated with topical and oral therapies, often in combination. As for many other skin diseases, dermatologists and their patients often prefer to use topical products that can act locally in the skin while limiting the risk of systemic side effects. As a result, the vast majority of acne patients are treated with topical therapies. For patients with more severe disease, oral treatments are used, usually in combination with topical products. Many patients receive combination therapies comprising two or more topical agents with or without an oral agent.
Acne treatment guidelines published by the Global Alliance to Improve Outcomes in Acne recommend that acne treatment be directed toward as many of the four primary pathogenic factors as possible. Accordingly, patients are often treated with combination regimens that incorporate multiple agents with complementary mechanisms of action targeting different pathogenic factors. All of the four primary pathogenic factors except for excessive sebum production can be targeted with available topical treatments. While systemic therapies may be used to effectively inhibit sebum production, their use is
118
limited by significant, systemic side effects. As a result, we believe that there is an unmet need for a topical treatment that targets excessive sebum production.
For decades, the same four prescription pharmaceutical product classes have been used to treat acne:
While these available acne treatments are effective in many patients, an unmet need remains for effective therapies that are not associated with antibiotic resistance or treatment-limiting side effects, particularly therapies with novel mechanisms of action. In the context of guidelines recommending that acne therapy be directed to as many of the four primary pathogenic factors as possible, the absence of an available topical treatment that targets excessive sebum production, the systemic side effects associated with oral treatments that target this pathogenic factor and the overall preference for topical products in dermatology, we believe that there is a substantial unmet need and commercial opportunity for a new product class that targets sebum production following topical administration.
119
The DRM01 Solution
DRM01 is a novel, small-molecule prodrug designed to inhibit the production of sebum by delivering a well-characterized lipid synthesis inhibitor to the skin following topical administration. A prodrug is a medication designed to be converted to its active form in the body, often in order to enhance delivery of the active form to the site of action by improving the pharmaceutical properties of the molecule administered to the patient. DRM01 is designed to be converted in the body to a lipid synthesis inhibitor that was originally discovered and evaluated in preclinical studies as a potential systemic lipid-lowering treatment and was later found to inhibit sebum production in sebum-producing cells. The lipid synthesis inhibitor targets acetyl coenzyme-A carboxylase, an enzyme that plays an important role in the synthesis of fatty acids, a type of lipid that represents an essential component of the majority of sebum lipids. While systemic administration of the lipid synthesis inhibitor to animals was found to effectively reduce systemic lipid levels and enabled characterization of its preclinical safety profile, the molecule did not reduce sebum production in animals following topical administration. DRM01 is the result of a drug discovery program directed to leveraging the well-characterized nature of the lipid synthesis inhibitor by identifying a prodrug that effectively reduces sebum production when administered topically.
We have completed a 108-patient, randomized, multi-center, double-blind, vehicle-controlled Phase 2a clinical trial that was designed in accordance with published FDA draft guidance regarding the development of acne drugs. In this trial, patients treated with DRM01 achieved significant improvements relative to baseline and relative to patients who received vehicle only in the measures of acne severity that are most widely accepted by clinicians and the FDA as primary endpoints supporting the approval, labeling and use of prescription acne products. We believe that the overall efficacy, safety and tolerability profile observed in our Phase 2a clinical trial of DRM01 compares favorably to the profiles of the leading products in the acne market today, including topical and systemic therapies. This attractive clinical profile is supported by preclinical studies demonstrating that DRM01 inhibits, in a dose-dependent manner, the production of key sebum components in sebum-producing cells and reduces sebaceous gland size in animals.
Clinical Development
We are developing DRM01 in accordance with published FDA draft guidance regarding the development of acne drugs. This draft guidance sets forth the FDA's recommendations regarding the design, conduct and analysis of clinical trials intended to support marketing approval for new acne products. We believe that this published draft guidance streamlines the process of acne drug development by defining the FDA's expectations regarding the design, conduct and analysis of clinical trials. This presents an opportunity to design initial clinical trials that are similar in design to the Phase 3 clinical trials that would be conducted to support regulatory approval if the initial clinical trials are successful, which we believe enhances the predictability of late-stage clinical trial outcomes based on earlier-stage results. In addition, we believe that the principles set forth in the published FDA draft guidance can be used, in the context of guidance obtained from foreign regulatory authorities, to inform the design of a development program that can support marketing approval of a new acne product in jurisdictions outside the United States.
We have completed a Phase 1 clinical trial and a Phase 2a clinical trial to assess the efficacy, safety and tolerability of DRM01. Both trials were conducted in Canada.
Phase 1 Clinical Trial. In the Phase 1 clinical trial, six healthy volunteers applied topical DRM01 gel to the face for seven days. All subjects completed dosing, and no adverse events were reported.
Phase 2a Clinical Trial. The FDA recommends that the principal clinical trials used to demonstrate safety and efficacy in support of marketing approval be randomized, multi-center, blinded trials designed to demonstrate superiority of the investigational product relative to a vehicle or placebo
120
control following a treatment duration of at least 12 weeks. Our Phase 2a clinical trial was a randomized, multi-center, double-blind, vehicle-controlled study designed in accordance with the published FDA draft guidance. In this trial, 108 patients with moderate or severe acne were instructed to apply either DRM01 gel or vehicle gel to the face twice daily for 12 weeks. DRM01 gel was formulated at a concentration of 7.5%. Of the 108 patients enrolled in the trial, 53 were randomized to receive DRM01, and the other 55 were randomized to receive vehicle only.
Three primary efficacy endpoints recommended in the published FDA draft guidance were used as primary efficacy endpoints in this trial:
In our trial, lesions were counted by the investigators, and a successful improvement in IGA score was defined as a reduction from baseline of at least two points on the IGA scale. As is standard practice in acne clinical trials, the primary efficacy endpoints were assessed at the end of the 12-week treatment period.
As outlined below, DRM01 demonstrated statistically significant improvements relative to vehicle in all three primary efficacy endpoints. The following chart summarizes the impact of DRM01 on acne lesion counts.
121
Primary Endpoints: Absolute Changes in Lesion Counts at Week 12
P-values are an indication of statistical significance reflecting the probability of an observation occurring due to chance alone. A clinical trial result is statistically significant if it is unlikely to have occurred by chance. The statistical significance of clinical trial results is determined by a widely used statistical method that establishes the p-value of the results. Under this method, a p-value of 0.05 or less typically represents a statistically significant result.
As recommended in the published FDA draft guidance regarding the development of acne drugs, data are presented from the ITT population, defined as all randomized patients who were dispensed study product, and the last available on-treatment observation is used to estimate missing data points. The average lesion count at baseline includes all 108 patients in the ITT population. Missing data for one patient in the vehicle cohort for whom no on-treatment efficacy assessment was available are excluded from the patient population observed the end of the 12-week treatment period.
122
The following table summarizes two of several secondary analyses we conducted: the percent reductions in inflammatory and non-inflammatory lesion counts from baseline to the end of the 12-week treatment period.
|
Inflammatory lesion count |
Non-inflammatory
lesion count |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Vehicle | DRM01 | Vehicle | DRM01 | ||||
N |
54 | 53 | 54 | 53 | ||||
Average percent reduction in lesion count from baseline |
45.9% | 63.9% | 28.8% | 48.1% | ||||
P-value(a) |
0.0006 | 0.0025 |
As recommended in the published FDA draft guidance regarding the development of acne drugs, data are presented from the ITT population, defined as all randomized patients who were dispensed study product, and the last available on-treatment observation is used to estimate missing data points. Missing data for one patient in the vehicle cohort for whom no on-treatment efficacy assessment was available are excluded from the patient population observed at the end of the 12-week treatment period.
From baseline to week 12, the number of inflammatory lesions in patients treated with DRM01 was reduced by an average of 19.3, or 63.9%, in comparison with 13.3, or 45.9%, in patients who received the vehicle only. Over the same time period, the number of non-inflammatory lesions in patients treated with DRM01 was reduced by an average of 19.9, or 48.1%, in comparison with 11.2, or 28.8%, in patients who received the vehicle only. Based on these results, patients treated with DRM01 achieved a 45% greater average absolute reduction in inflammatory lesion count and a 78% greater average absolute reduction in non-inflammatory lesion count than patients who received vehicle only.
The following chart summarizes the impact of DRM01 on the third primary efficacy endpoint: the proportion of patients who achieved a successful improvement the severity of their disease, as assessed using the IGA.
123
Primary Endpoint: IGA Response Rate at Week 12
P-values are an indication of statistical significance reflecting the probability of an observation occurring due to chance alone. A clinical trial result is statistically significant if it is unlikely to have occurred by chance. The statistical significance of clinical trial results is determined by a widely used statistical method that establishes the p-value of the results. Under this method, a p-value of 0.05 or less typically represents a statistically significant result.
As recommended in the published FDA draft guidance regarding the development of acne drugs, data are presented from the ITT population, defined as all randomized patients who were dispensed study product. In this analysis, patients with missing data points were considered non-responders.
At the end of the 12-week treatment period, 24.5% of patients (13/53) who received DRM01 achieved a successful improvement in the IGA score, in comparison with 7.3% of patients (4/55) who received the vehicle only. Based on these results, patients treated with DRM01 were more than three times more likely than patients who received vehicle only to achieve a successful improvement in IGA score.
When analyzing the Phase 2a study data looking at per-protocol patients, a population that is smaller in size and thus has lower statistical power, although the IGA and inflammatory lesion count results are statistically significant (p = 0.0314 and p = 0.0048, respectively), the non-inflammatory lesion count results do not reach statistical significance (p = 0.0566).
124
Adverse events observed in this clinical trial are summarized below. The proportion of patients enrolled in each of the two cohorts in which selected types of adverse events were reported are shown in parentheses.
Cohort
|
DRM01 | Vehicle | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Number of patients enrolled |
53 | 55 | |||||
Number of patients reporting any adverse event (% of patients enrolled) |
35 (66.0% | ) | 38 (69.1% | ) | |||
Number of patients reporting any treatment-related adverse event (% of patients enrolled) |
12 (22.6% | ) | 8 (14.5% | ) |
The most common adverse events were upper respiratory tract infections, which were considered unrelated to treatment, and application-site conditions, which are frequently observed in most clinical trials of topical products. No treatment-related serious adverse events were reported.
Phase 2b Clinical Program. Based on the attractive efficacy, safety and tolerability profile observed in the Phase 2a clinical trial, including significant improvements in the measures of acne severity that are most widely accepted by clinicians and the FDA as primary endpoints supporting the approval, labeling and use of prescription acne products, we intend to file an IND and commence a Phase 2b clinical program, which would include one or more clinical trials, in the first half of 2015. We expect that our Phase 2b clinical program will include a dose-ranging Phase 2b clinical trial comparing multiple DRM01 administration regimens to vehicle only. If the results of these trial(s) are positive, we intend to use them to support dose selection for Phase 3 development. As with our completed Phase 2a clinical trial, we intend to design our Phase 2b clinical program and any Phase 3 clinical trials in accordance with the published FDA draft guidance regarding the development of acne drugs.
The Market Opportunity
According to VisionGain, acne accounted for approximately $3.7 billion in global pharmaceutical sales in 2012. In the same year, each of the three major prescription pharmaceutical product classes that are predominantly used to treat acne generated between approximately $670 million and $1.9 billion in U.S. sales, according to data provided by Symphony Health Solutions, Pharmaceutical Audit Suite. These three product classes have been available for over 30 years, and we believe that growth in this market recently has been significantly limited by a lack of innovation in new product development. We believe that the introduction of a topical treatment with a new mechanism of action could establish a new product class and expand the acne market.
We believe that the profile of DRM01, including its novel mechanism of action and the overall efficacy, safety and tolerability profile observed in our Phase 2a clinical trial, compares favorably to the profiles of the leading products in the acne market today, including topical and systemic therapies. Based on a cross-study comparison of efficacy data we have compiled from the Phase 2a clinical trial of DRM01 and the U.S. prescribing information describing the largest pivotal Phase 3 clinical trials conducted with the leading products in the U.S. market, as measured by annual U.S. sales in 2012, across the four principal prescription pharmaceutical product classes labeled to treat acne with the exception of oral isotretinoin, which is only indicated for severe, recalcitrant, nodular acne, we believe that DRM01 may have an attractive efficacy profile in comparison to these leading products. A comparison of efficacy across these six separate clinical trials on the basis of the measures of acne severity that are most widely accepted by clinicians and the FDA as primary endpoints supporting the approval, labeling and use of prescription acne products is shown below.
125
Cross-study comparison of DRM01 and leading acne products in the U.S. market
In each of these studies, acne patients received at least 12 weeks of therapy. In the DRM01 Phase 2a clinical trial, 108 patients were randomized to receive either topical treatment with DRM01 gel twice daily or vehicle gel. In the Aczone Phase 3 clinical trial, 1,525 patients were randomized to receive either topical treatment with Aczone gel twice daily, which is the labeled administration regimen in the United States, or vehicle gel. In the Differin Phase 3 clinical trial, 392 patients were randomized to receive either topical treatment with Differin gel once daily, which is the labeled administration regimen in the United States, or vehicle gel. In the Epiduo Phase 3 clinical trial, 833 patients were randomized to receive either topical treatment with Epiduo gel once daily, which is the labeled administration regimen in the United States, or vehicle gel. In the Solodyn Phase 3 clinical trial, 473 patients were randomized to receive either oral treatment with Solodyn once daily or placebo. In this clinical trial, Solodyn was administered in accordance with the labeled administration regimen in the United States, except that the dose range of 0.76 to 1.5 mg per kilogram of body weight was wider than the labeled dose range of 0.92 to 1.11 mg per kilogram of body weight. In the Yaz Phase 3 clinical trial, 458 patients were randomized to receive either oral treatment with Yaz once daily, which is the labeled administration frequency in the United States, or placebo.
Efficacy data are presented in terms of the average reductions in the numbers of inflammatory and non-inflammatory acne lesions from baseline, expressed as a percentage of the corresponding numbers of lesions present at baseline, as well as the proportions of patients who achieved a successful improvement in the severity of their acne, as rated by the investigator, or PGA success. Data are reported at 12 weeks following the start of therapy except in the case of Yaz, for which data are reported in the U.S. prescribing information at 155 days, or approximately 22 weeks, following the start of therapy. As Solodyn is only approved for the treatment of inflammatory acne, reductions in non-inflammatory lesion counts are not reported in the U.S. prescribing information for this product. While there were some differences in the patient populations, particularly in terms of sample size, disease severity, age and sex, as well as differences in each of the scales and definitions used to assess PGA success, that make it difficult to draw conclusions from this cross-study comparison, and while this
126
cross-study comparison will not be used to support regulatory filings for DRM01, we believe that DRM01 may have an attractive efficacy profile in comparison to these leading products in the U.S. acne market today, though without direct comparative efficacy data, we will not be able to make comparative efficacy claims.
In addition to its efficacy, we believe that DRM01 has other attributes that would be attractive to dermatologists and their patients. If the safety and tolerability profile observed in our Phase 2a clinical trial is confirmed in Phase 3 clinical trials, we believe that topical administration of DRM01 would offer physicians an attractive avenue to incorporate targeting of sebum production into acne treatment without the risk of the systemic side effects associated with oral isotretinoin and hormonal therapies, which are currently the only approved pharmaceutical products that effectively inhibit sebum production. In the context of guidelines published by the Global Alliance to Improve Outcomes in Acne recommending that acne treatment be directed toward as many pathogenic factors as possible and the overall preference for topical products in dermatology, we believe that as a topical sebum inhibitor with a mechanism of action that we believe is complementary to all available topical acne treatments, DRM01 would be well-positioned in the acne market.
Early-Stage Development Programs
We are developing one product candidate, DRM02, for the topical treatment of inflammatory skin diseases, and one product candidate, DRM05, for the topical treatment of acne.
DRM02
DRM02 is a novel, topical PDE4 inhibitor under preclinical development for the treatment of inflammatory skin diseases. PDE4 is an enzyme that plays an important role in promoting inflammation. Both systemically and topically administered PDE4 inhibitors have demonstrated efficacy in the treatment of psoriasis and atopic dermatitis in clinical trials. However, systemic treatment has resulted in dose-limiting side effects, including nausea, vomiting and gastric acid production. We believe that a topical PDE4 inhibitor such as DRM02 may offer the advantage of local anti-inflammatory action within the skin, while limiting uptake into the systemic circulation, thereby reducing the risk of systemic side effects observed with oral PDE4 inhibitors.
Preclinical studies have demonstrated that in animal models, DRM02 inhibits the response to a variety of inflammatory stimuli, as well as the production of a range of inflammatory mediators implicated in inflammatory skin diseases. We have completed a Phase 1 clinical trial and a Phase 2a proof-of-concept clinical program exploring the preliminary safety, tolerability and efficacy of DRM02 in patients with inflammatory skin diseases. Initial clinical efficacy data indicate that DRM02 gel was not more effective than vehicle-only gel. We are determining next steps for this product candidate.
DRM05
DRM05 is a novel, topical PDT under preclinical development for the treatment of acne. PDT is an approach to selectively eliminate target tissue by administering a photosensitizing agent to the target tissue, then exposing the tissue to light to activate the photosensitizing agent. PDT is performed in a physician's office and has been approved for the treatment of other skin conditions, such as actinic keratosis. Topical PDT has shown promising efficacy in acne, but has been limited by painful, visible side effects. We believe that there is currently no approved PDT for the treatment of acne.
DRM05 is designed to treat acne by selectively ablating sebaceous glands. We believe that if we are able to selectively target the distribution of our novel photosensitizer to the sebaceous glands and limit distribution to surrounding tissues, DRM05 could be associated with fewer side effects than available topical PDT. Our development program is focused on demonstrating proof-of-concept for DRM05 in animals. If we are successful, we intend to advance DRM05 into clinical development.
127
Competition
Our industry is highly competitive and subject to rapid and significant change. While we believe that our development and commercialization experience, scientific knowledge and industry relationships provide us with competitive advantages, we face competition from pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including specialty pharmaceutical companies, and generic drug companies, academic institutions, government agencies and research institutions.
Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and human resources than we have. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop or market products or other novel therapies that are more effective, safer or less costly than our current or future product candidates, or obtain regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for our product candidates. Our success will be based in part on our ability to identify, develop and manage a portfolio of product candidates that are safer and more effective than competing products.
Moderate-to-Severe Plaque Psoriasis
If approved for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, we anticipate that Cimzia would compete with other approved psoriasis therapeutics, including:
In addition to approved moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis treatments, there are also several pharmaceutical product candidates under development that could potentially be used to treat psoriasis and compete with Cimzia. Products for which applications for marketing in psoriasis are under review by the FDA include Otezla, which is marketed by Celgene Corporation in psoriatic arthritis, and secukinumab, which is being developed by Novartis. In addition, product candidates in Phase 3 clinical trials include Xeljanz, which is marketed in rheumatoid arthritis by Pfizer, ixekizumab from Eli Lilly and Company, brodalumab from Amgen and tildrakizumab from Merck. There are multiple biosimilar versions of TNF inhibitors under development, including late-stage biosimilar versions of Humira from Amgen, Sandoz and Boehringer Ingelheim and other biosimilar versions of TNF inhibitors in development by companies, including Baxter International Inc. and Hospira, Inc.
128
Hyperhidrosis
If approved for the treatment of primary axillary hyperhidrosis, we anticipate that DRM04 would compete with other therapies used for hyperhidrosis, including:
In addition to approved hyperhidrosis treatments, there are also several treatments under development that could potentially be used to treat hyperhidrosis and compete with DRM04, including a laser-based procedure from Cynosure, Inc., an ultrasound device from Ulthera, Inc., topical forms of botulinum toxin A from Revance Therapeutics, Inc. and Anterios, Inc., and topical anticholinergic product candidates from Brickell Biotech, Inc. and GlaxoSmithKline LLC, or GSK.
Acne
If approved for the treatment of acne, we anticipate that DRM01 and DRM05 would compete with other approved prescription acne products, including:
129
norgestimate and ethinyl estradiol, such as Ortho Tri-Cyclen, marketed by Janssen, TriNessa, marketed by Actavis, and Tri-Sprintec, marketed by Teva.
In addition to approved prescription acne therapies, a number of prescription products are used off-label for the treatment of acne, including branded and generic products containing the oral hormonal therapy spironolactone, such as Aldactone, marketed by G.D. Searle LLC, a division of Pfizer.
In addition to prescription acne therapies, a wide range of OTC and device products are used to treat acne, including OTC benzoyl peroxide products and skin cleansers, such as Proactiv, marketed by Guthy-Renker LLC, as well as light-based therapies, such as Blu-U, marketed by Dusa Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a division of Sun Pharmaceutical Industries, Inc.
In addition to commercially available products, there are several product candidates in development that could potentially be used to treat acne and compete with DRM01 or DRM05. Late-stage product candidates include topical antimicrobials in development by Galderma, Valeant and Maruho Co., Ltd., and light-based therapies in development by Photocure ASA, LEO Pharma and KLOX Technologies, Inc. Early-stage product candidates are in development by Androscience Corporation, Valeant, Galderma, Braintree Laboratories, Inc., Novan, Inc., Anterios and Foamix, Ltd.
Inflammatory Skin Diseases
If approved for the treatment for one or more inflammatory skin diseases, we anticipate that DRM02 would compete with other therapies approved for the same or similar indications, as well as potential product candidates for such indications. Currently approved therapies include topical corticosteroids, which are widely available and mostly generic; topical calcineurin inhibitors, antimicrobials, vasoconstrictors, vitamin D derivatives, and retinoids; oral antihistamines, antibiotics and retinoids; and injectable biologics. There are several product candidates in development for the potential treatment of inflammatory skin diseases from competitors including Allergan, Anacor Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Astellas Pharma US, Inc., Bayer, Pfizer, Galderma, GSK, LEO Pharma, McNeil-PPC, Inc., Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Sanofi and Valeant.
Commercial Operations
We intend to build a commercial infrastructure in the United States and Canada to support the commercialization of our product candidates, if and when we believe that a regulatory approval of the first of such product candidates appears likely in the near term. We intend to build a targeted sales force to establish relationships with dermatologists. We expect that our sales force will be supported by sales management, internal sales support, an internal marketing group and distribution support. To develop the appropriate commercial infrastructure, we will have to invest significant financial and management resources, some of which will be committed prior to any confirmation that our product candidates will be approved, and we could invest resources and then later learn that a particular product candidate is not being approved. To commercialize Cimzia, we also intend to leverage the commercial infrastructure of our partner, UCB, in selected areas, such as manufacturing, distribution, managed care and patient access, which would provide us with additional resources and expertise in these areas. We may also partner with third parties to help us reach other geographic markets or therapeutic specialties.
Intellectual Property
Our success depends in large part upon our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our products and technologies, and to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others. We seek to avoid the latter by monitoring patents and publications that may affect our business, and to the extent we identify such developments, evaluate and take appropriate courses of action. With respect to the former, our policy is to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing for
130
patent applications on inventions that are important to the development and conduct of our business with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, and its foreign counterparts.
As of August 19, 2014, we own or have an exclusive license to 23 issued U.S. patents and 88 issued foreign patents, which include granted European patent rights that have been validated in various EU member states, and 10 pending U.S. patent applications and 37 pending foreign patent applications. Of these patents and patent applications:
In addition, we have patents and patent applications not included in the figures noted above related to Cimzia licensed to us under the UCB agreement, including six issued U.S. patents and two issued Canadian patents. These patents cover the Cimzia TNF inhibitor and related molecules for making them, and will expire between 2014 and 2024.
Altogether, our issued U.S. and foreign patents and pending U.S. and foreign patent applications, if issued, for our lead product candidates, Cimzia, DRM04 and DRM01, will expire between 2014 and 2034.
We also use other forms of protection, such as trademark, copyright, and trade secret protection, to protect our intellectual property, particularly where we do not believe patent protection is appropriate or obtainable. We aim to take advantage of all of the intellectual property rights that are available to us and believe that this comprehensive approach will provide us with proprietary positions for our product candidates, where available.
Patents extend for varying periods according to the date of patent filing or grant and the legal term of patents in various countries where patent protection is obtained. The actual protection afforded by a patent, which can vary from country to country, depends on the type of patent, the scope of its coverage and the availability of legal remedies in the country.
We also protect our proprietary information by requiring our employees, consultants, contractors and other advisors to execute nondisclosure and assignment of invention agreements upon
131
commencement of their respective employment or engagement. Agreements with our employees also prevent them from bringing the proprietary rights of third parties to us. In addition, we also require confidentiality or service agreements from third parties that receive our confidential information or materials.
Collaborations and License Agreements
Collaboration with UCB
In March 2014, we entered into a development and commercialization agreement with UCB, or the UCB agreement, which provides that we will develop Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis in order for UCB to seek regulatory approval from the FDA, the European Medicines Agency, or the EMA, and the Canadian federal department for health, or Health Canada, and upon the grant of regulatory approval in the United States and Canada, that we will promote sales of Cimzia to dermatologists and conduct related medical affairs activities in the United States and Canada. Unless earlier terminated, the term of the UCB agreement is 12.5 years following the first commercial launch following regulatory approval of Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis in the United States and Canada. In connection with the UCB agreement, UCB purchased $5.0 million of shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in April 2014, purchased $7.5 million of shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock in August 2014 and concurrently with this offering will purchase from us in a private placement shares of our common stock with an aggregate purchase price of approximately $7.5 million, at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price.
We have agreed with UCB on a development plan to obtain regulatory approval from the FDA, EMA and Health Canada, which may be amended as necessary to meet the requirements of these regulatory authorities for approval. We are responsible for paying all development costs specified under the UCB agreement and incurred in connection with the development plan up to a specified amount greater than $75.0 million and less than $95.0 million, plus our internal development costs. Any development costs in excess of this amount or for any required clinical trials in pediatric patients will be shared equally. Development costs for any EMA-specific post-approval studies will be borne solely by UCB. UCB is obligated to pay us up to an aggregate of $36.0 million if certain development milestones are met, and up to an additional aggregate of $13.5 million upon the grant of regulatory approval, including pricing and reimbursement approval, in certain European countries.
Under the terms of the UCB agreement, we will have the exclusive rights upon regulatory approval of the psoriasis indication to promote Cimzia to dermatologists in the United States and Canada. Following such regulatory approval, UCB will book sales and is obligated to pay us royalties representing a percentage of the annual gross margin (after subtracting the costs of certain commercialization support services to be provided by UCB) from Cimzia sales attributed to dermatologists for all indications in the United States and Canada. In each year, the royalties will be payable quarterly and are tiered based upon increasing levels of annual net sales attributed to dermatologists in such year, with UCB retaining between 10% and, above $150.0 million of such annual net sales in such year, 50%, and Dermira receiving the balance, of such annual gross margin. In addition, UCB is obligated to pay us up to an aggregate of $40.0 million upon the achievement of tiered milestones based on annual net sales of Cimzia attributed to dermatologists in the United States and Canada.
We have decision-making authority for the level of commercial and medical affairs activities we conduct and are responsible for the costs and expenses that we incur in connection with such activities. We have agreed to make minimum annual numbers of promotional presentations to dermatologists in the United States or that a minimum portion of the incentive compensation paid to our sales force will be based on sales of Cimzia attributable to dermatologists in the United States.
The UCB agreement provides for the establishment of a joint steering committee, joint development committee and joint commercialization committee to oversee and coordinate the parties'
132
activities under the UCB agreement. We and UCB have agreed to make committee decisions by consensus and although UCB has final decision-making authority for development, regulatory and commercialization strategy (including product pricing), except as required by regulatory authorities, UCB cannot amend the agreed development plan or increase the development budget without our approval.
We have agreed that, during the term of the UCB agreement, except in limited circumstances, we and our affiliates will not clinically develop, seek regulatory approval for or commercialize a biologic TNF inhibitor other than Cimzia, or promote any other biologic TNF inhibitor to any dermatologist in the United States or Canada. UCB has agreed that during the term of the UCB agreement, except in limited circumstances, it and its affiliates will not clinically develop, seek regulatory approval for or commercialize a biologic TNF inhibitor other than Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis or psoriatic arthritis in the United States or Canada, or promote any other biologic TNF inhibitor to any dermatologist in the United States or Canada.
If during the term of the UCB agreement, we acquire or are acquired by a third party that is clinically developing or commercializing a biologic TNF inhibitor, UCB has the right to terminate the agreement if we do not either cease such clinical development or commercialization or divest such product. If we consummate a change of control with a third party that is clinically developing or commercializing a biologic TNF inhibitor, UCB has the right to terminate the UCB agreement. The sale, transfer, exclusive license or other disposition of our assets will be considered a change of control only if it constitutes all or substantially all of our assets and includes our rights to develop and/or commercialize Cimzia under the UCB agreement.
UCB does not have the right to terminate the UCB agreement if we consummate a change of control with a third party that is not clinically developing or commercializing a biologic TNF inhibitor, which we refer to as a non-competitor company, so long as (1) the non-competitor company either (a) is engaged in the development or commercialization of a pharmaceutical product or (b) will maintain us as an operating entity and will maintain at least 50% of our executive management team for at least 12 months, (2) the non-competitor company has sufficient working capital to continue and complete our development obligations under the UCB agreement (taking into consideration any milestone payments to be made by UCB) and has the ability to obtain sufficient funding to perform the commercial and medical affairs activities and other obligations for which we are responsible under the UCB agreement and (3) if the change of control occurs prior to the date of the grant of first regulatory approval for Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis in the United States, Canada or the European Union, the non-competitor company agrees in writing to complete such development obligations. If we consummate a change of control with a non-competitor company that does not meet all of these requirements, then UCB has the right to terminate the UCB agreement.
Without the prior written consent of UCB, we are not permitted to assign or transfer our rights or obligations under the UCB agreement other than to our affiliates or a non-competitor company that meets the requirements described in the prior paragraph or in the event UCB elects not to terminate the UCB agreement in connection with a change of control having had the right to do so.
If during the term of the UCB agreement UCB acquires or is acquired by, a third party that is clinically developing or commercializing a biologic TNF inhibitor for the treatment of psoriasis or targeting dermatologists for the treatment of psoriatic arthritis, in either case, in the United States or Canada, we have the right to terminate the agreement if UCB does not either cease such clinical development or commercialization or divest such product.
The UCB agreement is terminable by UCB if we commit an uncured material breach of the UCB agreement, in the event of our insolvency, or following our change of control with a competitor company or with a non-competitor company that does not meet the requirements described above. In these events, we are obligated to transition to UCB at our expense our activities under the UCB
133
agreement and if such termination occurs prior to the grant of regulatory approval for Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis, we are obligated to pay the remaining costs for which we would be responsible under the agreed development plan reduced by the amount of development milestone payments that would have been payable upon achievement of applicable development milestones when such milestones are achieved. UCB will remain responsible for its share of the development costs above the agreed amount and for pediatric clinical studies and its sole responsibility to fund any EMA-specific post-approval studies. If we comply with these development funding obligations, UCB is obligated to reimburse us for the development costs we incur less any applicable development milestone deductions, and if the termination occurs following regulatory approval, less any royalty payments and sales-based milestone payments made, by paying to us a low single-digit royalty on the net sales received by UCB from the sale of Cimzia in the United States and Canada in all indications until all such costs we have incurred have been reimbursed.
The UCB agreement is also terminable by UCB if it determines that a validated safety signal is established the magnitude of which UCB determines constitutes a significant patient risk so that the development or commercialization of Cimzia should cease. In this event, UCB is obligated to reimburse us for the development, commercial and medical affairs costs we have incurred in accordance with the UCB agreement by paying to us a low single-digit royalty on the net sales received by UCB from the sale of Cimzia in the United States and Canada in all indications until all costs have been reimbursed. Upon such a termination, UCB is obligated to no longer develop or commercialize Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis anywhere in the world.
The UCB agreement is terminable by us if UCB commits an uncured material breach of the UCB agreement or in the event of UCB's insolvency. In such events, UCB is obligated to pay us an amount equal to the fair market value of the UCB agreement to us subject, if termination occurs before we and UCB have received the complete data set used to assess the primary efficacy endpoint of the first Phase 3 clinical trial of Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis, to a minimum amount equal to a multiple of more than one time but less than two times the sum of the development, commercial and medical affairs costs we have incurred, the costs we incur transitioning development and commercialization to UCB and the costs, which we refer to as disruption and transition costs, that we incur as a result of termination, including terminating employees, reducing or disposing facilities and equipment and terminating or modifying agreements with third parties. The fair market value of the UCB agreement is the amount that a willing buyer would pay to a willing seller in an arm's length transaction for all of our rights under the UCB agreement, plus the disruption and transition costs. UCB is obligated to increase the payments to be made to us described in this paragraph by a tax gross-up equal to the income and other taxes incurred by us with respect to the receipt of such payments and the receipt of such gross-up amount, and if the payment to us is based on the minimum amount calculated above, instead of the determination of the fair market value of the UCB agreement, UCB may offset such payment by the aggregate amount of all development milestone payments that UCB previously paid to us. We and UCB have agreed to cooperate to minimize the amount of such taxes and if the resulting transaction structure results in taxation either to us, our affiliates or our stockholders, then the tax gross-up payment will also include an amount to be paid to such persons sufficient to cause their net tax costs to be no greater than the taxes they would have paid had the consideration received in such transaction been taxed net of basis at the long-term capital gains rate.
The UCB agreement is also terminable by us after we and UCB have received the complete data set used to assess the primary efficacy endpoint of the first Phase 3 clinical trial of Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis. In this event, we are obligated to pay the costs of winding down all then-ongoing clinical studies or, if UCB elects to continue the development and commercialization of Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis, continue to pay the costs for which we would have been responsible under the agreed development plan up to the completion, or the date of termination by UCB, of all then-ongoing clinical studies, reduced by the amount of development milestone payments that would have been payable upon achievement of applicable development milestones when such milestones are achieved.
134
UCB will remain responsible for its share of development costs above the agreed amount and for pediatric clinical studies and its sole responsibility to fund any EMA-specific post-approval studies. If we comply with these development funding obligations and Cimzia is approved for the treatment of psoriasis, UCB is obligated to reimburse us for the net development costs we incur by paying to us a low single-digit royalty on the net sales received by UCB from the sale of Cimzia in the United States and Canada in all indications until all such costs we have incurred have been reimbursed.
Agreements with Rose U and Stiefel
In April 2013, we entered into an exclusive license agreement with Rose U pursuant to which we obtained a worldwide exclusive license within a field of use including hyperhidrosis to practice, enforce and otherwise exploit certain patent rights, know-how and data related to DRM04. The license agreement with Rose U included a sublicense of certain data and an assignment of certain regulatory filings which Rose U had obtained from Stiefel. In connection with the license agreement we entered into a letter agreement with Stiefel pursuant to which we assumed Rose U's obligation to pay Stiefel approximately $2.5 million in connection with the commercialization of products developed using the licensed data and to indemnify Stiefel for claims arising from the use, development or commercialization of products developed using the Stiefel data. The agreements require us to use commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize products using the licensed patent rights, know-how and data.
Pursuant to these agreements with Rose U and the related agreement with Stiefel with respect to our DRM04 product candidate, we are required to pay additional amounts totaling up to $4.6 million upon the achievement of specified development, commercialization and other milestones under these agreements. In addition, we are obligated to pay Rose U low-to-mid single-digit royalties on net product sales and low double-digit royalties on sublicense fees and certain milestone, royalty and other contingent payments received from sublicensees, to the extent such amounts are in excess of the milestone and royalty payments we are obligated to pay Rose U directly upon the events or sales triggering such payments.
We are permitted to grant sublicenses to the licensed rights and may assign the agreements upon an acquisition of us or our assets that relate to the license agreement, provided that in the event of an acquisition of our assets we must first pay to Stiefel the commercialization payment we are obligated to make on behalf of Rose U, if such amount has not already been paid. We may terminate the license agreement if Rose U experiences certain insolvency events or if Rose U commits a material breach of the license agreement, subject to applicable cure provisions, and we may terminate the license agreement if we determine that development results or market dynamics do not justify further development or commercialization of licensed products. Rose U may terminate the license in certain circumstances if we experience certain insolvency events or if we commit a material breach of the license agreement or if we cause Rose U to be in material breach of its license agreement with Stiefel, subject in each case to applicable cure provisions. Subject to earlier termination, the license agreement remains in effect until 15 years following the first commercial sale of a licensed product have elapsed or, if later, the date that the last patent or patent application in the licensed patent rights has expired or been revoked, invalidated or abandoned. As of July 25, 2014, the last-to-expire issued patent relating to DRM04 that we license under the license agreement with Rose U expires in 2029.
Government Regulation
FDA Drug Approval Process
In the United States, pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA. The Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDC Act, and other federal and state statutes and regulations, govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and
135
reporting, sampling and import and export of pharmaceutical products. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as FDA refusal to approve pending new drug applications, or NDAs, warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties and criminal prosecution.
Pharmaceutical product development for a new product or certain changes to an approved product in the United States typically involves preclinical laboratory and animal tests, the submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before clinical testing may commence, and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and effectiveness of the drug for each indication for which FDA approval is sought. Satisfaction of FDA pre-market approval requirements typically takes many years and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product or disease.
Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, formulation and toxicity, as well as animal trials to assess the characteristics and potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the preclinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including good laboratory practices. The results of preclinical testing are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND along with other information, including information about product chemistry, manufacturing and controls and a proposed clinical trial protocol. Long term preclinical tests, such as animal tests of reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.
A 30-day waiting period after the submission of each IND is required prior to the commencement of clinical testing in humans. If the FDA has neither commented on nor questioned the IND within this 30-day period, the clinical trial proposed in the IND may begin.
Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of a qualified investigator. Clinical trials must be conducted: (1) in compliance with federal regulations; (2) in compliance with good clinical practice, or GCP, an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators and monitors; and (3) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol involving testing on U.S. patients and subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND.
The FDA may order the temporary, or permanent, discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time, or impose other sanctions, if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. The study protocol and informed consent information for patients in clinical trials must also be submitted to an institutional review board, or IRB, for approval at each site at which the clinical trial will be conducted. An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the IRB's requirements, or may impose other conditions.
Clinical trials to support NDAs for marketing approval are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap. In Phase 1, the initial introduction of the drug into healthy human subjects or patients, the drug is tested to assess pharmacological actions, side effects associated with increasing doses and, if possible, early evidence on effectiveness. For dermatology products, Phase 2 usually involves trials in a limited patient population to determine metabolism, pharmacokinetics, the effectiveness of the drug for a particular indication, dosage tolerance and optimum dosage, and to identify common adverse effects and safety risks. If a compound demonstrates evidence of effectiveness and an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 evaluations, Phase 3 clinical trials are undertaken to obtain the additional information about clinical efficacy and safety in a larger number of patients, typically at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, to permit the FDA to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of the drug and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the drug. In most
136
cases the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials with statistically significant results to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug. A single Phase 3 clinical trial with other confirmatory evidence may be sufficient in rare instances where the study is a large multicenter trial demonstrating internal consistency and a statistically very persuasive finding of an effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity or prevention of a disease with a potentially serious outcome and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible.
After completion of the required clinical testing, an NDA is prepared and submitted to the FDA. FDA approval of the NDA is required before marketing of the product may begin in the United States. The NDA must include the results of all preclinical, clinical and other testing and a compilation of data relating to the product's pharmacology, chemistry, manufacture and controls. The cost of preparing and submitting an NDA is substantial. The submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to a substantial application user fee, and the manufacturer and sponsor under an approved new drug application are also subject to annual product and establishment user fees. These fees are typically increased annually.
The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency's threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of new drug applications. Priority review can be applied to drugs that the FDA determines offer major advances in treatment, or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists. For biologics, priority review is further limited only for drugs intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease relative to the currently approved products. The review process for both standard and priority review may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider certain late-submitted information, or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission.
The FDA may also refer applications for novel drug products, or drug products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy, to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. Before approving an NDA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. Additionally, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the drug is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the product unless compliance with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, is satisfactory and the NDA contains data that provide substantial evidence that the drug is safe and effective in the indication studied.
After the FDA evaluates the NDA and the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA's satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included.
An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. As a condition of NDA approval, the FDA may require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, to help ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for healthcare professionals and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring and the use of patient registries. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the drug. Moreover, product approval may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the drug's safety or efficacy. Once granted, product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.
137
Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement before the change can be implemented. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs.
The Hatch-Waxman Act
Orange Book Listing
In seeking approval for a drug through an NDA, applicants are required to list with the FDA each patent whose claims cover the applicant's product. Upon approval of a drug, each of the patents listed in the application for the drug is then published in the FDA's Approved Drug Products with Therapeutic Equivalence Evaluations, commonly known as the Orange Book. Drugs listed in the Orange Book can, in turn, be cited by potential generic competitors in support of approval of an abbreviated new drug application, or ANDA. An ANDA provides for marketing of a drug product that has the same active ingredients in the same strengths and dosage form as the listed drug and has been shown through bioequivalence testing to be therapeutically equivalent to the listed drug. Other than the requirement for bioequivalence testing, ANDA applicants are not required to conduct, or submit results of, preclinical or clinical tests to prove the safety or effectiveness of their drug product. Drugs approved in this way are commonly referred to as "generic equivalents" to the listed drug, and can often be substituted by pharmacists under prescriptions written for the original listed drug.
The ANDA applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the FDA's Orange Book. Specifically, the applicant must certify that: (1) the required patent information has not been filed; (2) the listed patent has expired; (3) the listed patent has not expired, but will expire on a particular date and approval is sought after patent expiration; or (4) the listed patent is invalid or will not be infringed by the new product. The ANDA applicant may also elect to submit a section viii statement certifying that its proposed ANDA label does not contain (or carves out) any language regarding the patented method-of-use rather than certify to a listed method-of-use patent. If the applicant does not challenge the listed patents, the ANDA will not be approved until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired.
A certification that the new product will not infringe the already approved product's listed patents, or that such patents are invalid, is called a Paragraph IV certification. If the ANDA applicant has provided a Paragraph IV certification to the FDA, the applicant must also send notice of the Paragraph IV certification to the NDA and patent holders once the ANDA has been accepted for filing by the FDA. The NDA and patent holders may then commence a patent infringement lawsuit in response to the notice of the Paragraph IV certification. The filing of a patent infringement lawsuit within 45 days of the receipt of a Paragraph IV certification automatically prevents the FDA from approving the ANDA until the earlier of 30 months, expiration of the patent, settlement of the lawsuit, or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the ANDA applicant.
The ANDA also will not be approved until any applicable non-patent exclusivity listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired.
Exclusivity
Upon NDA approval of a new chemical entity or NCE, which is a drug that contains no active moiety that has been approved by the FDA in any other NDA, that drug receives five years of marketing exclusivity during which the FDA cannot receive any ANDA seeking approval of a generic version of that drug. Certain changes to a drug, such as the addition of a new indication to the package insert, are associated with a three-year period of exclusivity during which the FDA cannot approval an ANDA for a generic drug that includes the change.
138
An ANDA may be submitted one year before NCE exclusivity expires if a Paragraph IV certification is filed. If there is no listed patent in the Orange Book, there may not be a Paragraph IV certification and, thus, no ANDA may be filed before the expiration of the exclusivity period.
Section 505(b)(2) New Drug Applications
Most drug products obtain FDA marketing approval pursuant to an NDA or an ANDA. A third alternative is a special type of NDA, commonly referred to as a Section 505(b)(2), or 505(b)(2), NDA, which enables the applicant to rely, in part, on the FDA's previous approval of a similar product, or published literature, in support of its application.
505(b)(2) NDAs often provide an alternate path to FDA approval for new or improved formulations or new uses of previously approved products. Section 505(b)(2) permits the filing of an NDA where at least some of the information required for approval comes from studies not conducted by, or for, the applicant and for which the applicant has not obtained a right of reference. If the 505(b)(2) applicant can establish that reliance on the FDA's previous approval is scientifically appropriate, it may eliminate the need to conduct certain preclinical or clinical studies of the new product. The FDA may also require companies to perform additional studies or measurements to support the change from the approved product. The FDA may then approve the new product candidate for all, or some, of the label indications for which the referenced product has been approved, as well as for any new indication sought by the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.
To the extent that the Section 505(b)(2) applicant is relying on studies conducted for an already approved product, the applicant is required to certify to the FDA concerning any patents listed for the approved product in the Orange Book to the same extent that an ANDA applicant would. Thus approval of a 505(b)(2) NDA can be stalled until all the listed patents claiming the referenced product have expired, until any non-patent exclusivity, such as exclusivity for obtaining approval of a new chemical entity, listed in the Orange Book for the referenced product has expired, and, in the case of a Paragraph IV certification and subsequent patent infringement suit, until the earlier of 30 months, settlement of the lawsuit or a decision in the infringement case that is favorable to the Section 505(b)(2) applicant.
Biologics
Cimzia is a biological product. Biological products used for the prevention, treatment or cure of a disease or condition of a human being are subject to regulation under the FDC Act, except the section of the FDC Act which governs the approval of NDAs. Biological products are approved for marketing under provisions of the Public Health Service Act, or PHSA, via a Biologics License Application, or BLA. However, the application process and requirements for approval of BLAs and BLA supplements, including review timelines, are very similar to those for NDAs and NDA supplements, and biologics are associated with similar approval risks and costs as drugs. To help reduce the increased risk of the introduction of adventitious agents, the PHSA emphasizes the importance of manufacturing controls for products whose attributes cannot be precisely defined. The PHSA also provides authority to the FDA to immediately suspend licenses in situations where there exists a danger to public health, to prepare or procure products in the event of shortages and critical public health needs and to authorize the creation and enforcement of regulations to prevent the introduction or spread of communicable diseases in the United States and between states.
After a BLA is approved, the product may also be subject to official lot release as a condition of approval. As part of the manufacturing process, the manufacturer is required to perform certain tests on each lot of the product before it is released for distribution. If the product is subject to official release by the FDA, the manufacturer submits samples of each lot of product to the FDA together with a release protocol showing a summary of the history of manufacture of the lot and the results of all of
139
the manufacturer's tests performed on the lot. The FDA may also perform certain confirmatory tests on lots of some products, such as viral vaccines, before releasing the lots for distribution by the manufacturer. In addition, the FDA conducts laboratory research related to the regulatory standards on the safety, purity, potency and effectiveness of biological products. As with drugs, after approval of biologics, manufacturers must address any safety issues that arise, are subject to recalls or a halt in manufacturing and are subject to periodic inspection after approval.
The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, creates an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be highly similar to or interchangeable with an FDA-licensed reference biological product. Biosimilarity sufficient to reference a prior FDA-approved product requires that there be no differences in conditions of use, route of administration, dosage form and strength, and that there be no meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity and potency. Biosimilarity must be shown through analytical studies, animal studies and at least one clinical study, absent a waiver by the Secretary. A biosimilar product may be deemed interchangeable with a prior approved product if it meets the higher hurdle of demonstrating that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product and, for products administered multiple times, the biologic and the reference biologic may be switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. No biosimilar or interchangeable products have been approved under the BPCIA to date. Complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structures of biological products, as well as the process by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation which are still being evaluated by the FDA.
A reference biologic is granted 12 years of exclusivity from the time of first licensure of the reference product, and no application for a biosimilar can be submitted for four years from the date of licensure of the reference product. The first biologic product submitted under the abbreviated approval pathway that is determined to be interchangeable with the reference product has exclusivity against a finding of interchangeability for other biologics for the same condition of use for the lesser of (1) one year after first commercial marketing of the first interchangeable biosimilar, (2) 18 months after the first interchangeable biosimilar is approved if there is no patent challenge, (3) 18 months after resolution of a lawsuit over the patents of the reference biologic in favor of the first interchangeable biosimilar applicant, or (4) 42 months after the first interchangeable biosimilar's application has been approved if a patent lawsuit is ongoing within the 42-month period.
Patent Term Extension
After NDA approval, owners of relevant drug patents may apply for up to a five year patent extension. The allowable patent term extension is calculated as half of the drug's testing phase, the time between IND application and NDA submission, and all of the review phase, the time between NDA submission and approval, up to a maximum of five years. The time can be shortened if the FDA determines that the applicant did not pursue approval with due diligence. The total patent term after the extension may not exceed 14 years.
For patents that might expire during the application phase, the patent owner may request an interim patent extension. An interim patent extension increases the patent term by one year and may be renewed up to four times. For each interim patent extension granted, the post-approval patent extension is reduced by one year. The director of the USPTO must determine that approval of the drug covered by the patent for which a patent extension is being sought is likely. Interim patent extensions are not available for a drug for which an NDA has not been submitted.
140
Post-Approval Requirements
Once an NDA is approved, a product will be subject to certain post-approval requirements. For instance, the FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs, including standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet. Drugs may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling.
Adverse event reporting and submission of periodic reports is required following FDA approval of an NDA. The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, risk evaluation and mitigation strategies, or REMS, and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product, or the FDA may place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. In addition, quality-control, drug manufacture, packaging and labeling procedures must continue to conform to cGMPs after approval. Drug manufacturers and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies. Registration with the FDA subjects entities to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA, during which the agency inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMPs. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality-control to maintain compliance with cGMPs. Regulatory authorities may withdraw product approvals or request product recalls if a company fails to comply with regulatory standards, if it encounters problems following initial marketing, or if previously unrecognized problems are subsequently discovered.
Pediatric Information
Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, NDAs or supplements to NDAs must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective. The FDA may grant full or partial waivers, or deferrals, for submission of data.
The Best Pharmaceuticals for Children Act, or BPCA, provides NDA holders a six-month extension of any exclusivity, patent or non-patent, for a drug if certain conditions are met. Conditions for exclusivity include the FDA's determination that information relating to the use of a new drug in the pediatric population may produce health benefits in that population, the FDA making a written request for pediatric studies and the applicant agreeing to perform, and reporting on, the requested studies within the statutory timeframe. Applications under the BPCA are treated as priority applications, with all of the benefits that designation confers.
Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information
Sponsors of clinical trials of FDA-regulated products, including drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. Competitors may use this publicly-available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.
Regulation Outside of the United States
In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to regulations of other countries governing any clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our product candidates. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain approval by the comparable regulatory
141
authorities of countries outside of the United States before we can commence clinical trials in such countries and approval of the regulators of such countries or economic areas, such as the European Union, before we may market products in those countries or areas. Certain countries outside of the United States have a process similar to the FDA's that requires the submission of a clinical trial application, or CTA, much like the IND prior to the commencement of human clinical trials. In the European Union, for example, a CTA must be submitted to each country's national health authority and an independent ethics committee, much like the FDA and IRB, respectively. Once the CTA is approved in accordance with a country's requirements, clinical trial development may proceed. The approval process and requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary greatly from place to place, and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval.
Under European Union regulatory systems, a company may submit marketing authorization applications either under a centralized or decentralized procedure. The centralized procedure, which is compulsory for medicines produced by biotechnology or those medicines intended to treat AIDS, cancer, neurodegenerative disorders or diabetes and is optional for those medicines which are highly innovative, provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization that is valid for all European Union member states. The decentralized procedure provides for mutual recognition of national approval decisions. Under this procedure, the holder of a national marketing authorization may submit an application to the remaining member states. Within 90 days of receiving the applications and assessments report, each member state must decide whether to recognize approval. If a member state does not recognize the marketing authorization, the disputed points are eventually referred to the European Commission, whose decision is binding on all member states.
Anti-Kickback, False Claims Laws
In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing of pharmaceutical products, several other types of state and federal laws have been applied to restrict certain marketing practices in the pharmaceutical industry. These laws include, among others, anti-kickback statutes, false claims statutes and other statutes pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse. The federal healthcare program anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting or receiving remuneration to induce, or in return for, purchasing, leasing, ordering or arranging for the purchase, lease or order of any healthcare item or service reimbursable under Medicare, Medicaid or other federally financed healthcare programs. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or PPACA, as amended, amended the intent element of the federal anti-kickback statute so that a person or entity no longer needs to have actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it. This statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on the one hand and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers on the other. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution or other regulatory sanctions, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration intended to induce prescribing, purchases or recommendations may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for an exceptions or safe harbor.
Federal false claims laws prohibit any person or entity from, among other things, knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false claim for payment to the federal government, or knowingly making, or causing to be made, a false statement to have a false claim paid. This includes claims made to programs where the federal government reimburses, such as Medicaid, as well as programs where the federal government is a direct purchaser, such as when it purchases off the Federal Supply Schedule. Pharmaceutical and other healthcare companies have been prosecuted under these laws for, among other things, allegedly inflating drug prices they report to pricing services, which in turn were used by the government to set Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rates, and for allegedly providing free product to customers with the expectation that the customers would bill federal
142
programs for the product. In addition, certain marketing practices, including off-label promotion, may also violate federal false claims laws. Additionally, PPACA amended the federal healthcare program anti-kickback statute such that a violation of that statute can serve as a basis for liability under certain federal false claims laws.
The majority of states also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal anti-kickback law and false claims laws, which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor.
Other federal statutes pertaining to healthcare fraud and abuse include the civil monetary penalties statute, which prohibits, among other things, the offer or payment of remuneration to a Medicaid or Medicare beneficiary that the offerer or payor knows or should know is likely to influence the beneficiary to order a receive a reimbursable item or service from a particular supplier, and the healthcare fraud and false statements statutes, which prohibit, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing or attempting to execute a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or obtain by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises any money or property owned by or under the control of any healthcare benefit program in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items, or services.
Violations of these federal healthcare fraud and abuse laws are punishable by imprisonment, criminal fines, civil monetary penalties and exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs.
Other Federal and State Regulatory Requirements
The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, has issued a final rule pursuant to PPACA that requires certain manufacturers of prescription drugs to annually collect and report information on payments or transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members. Manufacturers were required to begin collecting information on August 1, 2013, with the first reports due March 31, 2014. The reported data is expected to be posted in searchable form on a public website beginning September 30, 2014. Failure to submit required information may result in civil monetary penalties.
In addition, several states now require prescription drug companies to report expenses relating to the marketing and promotion of drug products and to report gifts and payments to individual healthcare practitioners and entities in these states. Other states prohibit various other marketing-related activities. Still other states require the posting of information relating to clinical studies and their outcomes. In addition, California, Connecticut, Nevada and Massachusetts require pharmaceutical companies to implement compliance programs and marketing codes. Several additional states are considering similar proposals. Some of the state laws are broader in scope than federal laws. Compliance with these laws is difficult and time consuming, and companies that do not comply with these state laws face civil penalties.
Reimbursement
Sales of any of our product candidates that are approved will depend, in part, on the extent to which the costs of our approved products will be covered by third-party payors, such as government health programs, commercial insurance and managed healthcare organizations. These third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged for medical products and services. Additionally, the containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal and state governments and the prices of drugs have been a focus in this effort. The U.S. government, state legislatures and foreign governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit our net revenue and results. If any
143
of our products are approved and these third-party payors do not consider our approved products to be cost-effective compared to other therapies, they may not cover our approved products as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our approved products on a profitable basis.
The Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or MMA, imposed new requirements for the distribution and pricing of prescription drugs for Medicare beneficiaries. Under Part D, Medicare beneficiaries may enroll in prescription drug plans offered by private entities which will provide coverage of outpatient prescription drugs. Part D plans include both stand-alone prescription drug benefit plans and prescription drug coverage as a supplement to Medicare Advantage plans. Unlike Medicare Part A and B, Part D coverage is not standardized. Part D prescription drug plan sponsors are not required to pay for all covered Part D drugs, and each drug plan can develop its own drug formulary that identifies which drugs it will cover and at what tier or level. However, Part D prescription drug formularies must include drugs within each therapeutic category and class of covered Part D drugs, though not necessarily all the drugs in each category or class. Any formulary used by a Part D prescription drug plan must be developed and reviewed by a pharmacy and therapeutic committee. Government payment for some of the costs of prescription drugs may increase demand for our products for which we receive marketing approval. However, any negotiated prices for our approved products covered by a Part D prescription drug plan will likely be lower than the prices we might otherwise obtain. Moreover, while the MMA applies only to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment limitations in setting their own payment rates. Any reduction in payment that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from non-governmental payors.
The ARRA provides funding for the federal government to compare the effectiveness of different treatments for the same illness. A plan for the research will be developed by the Department of Health and Human Services, the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality and the National Institutes for Health, and periodic reports on the status of the research and related expenditures will be made to the U.S. Congress. Although the results of the comparative effectiveness studies are not intended to mandate coverage policies for public or private payors, it is not clear what effect, if any, the research will have on the sales of any approved product, if any such product or the condition that it is intended to treat is the subject of a study. It is also possible that comparative effectiveness research demonstrating benefits in a competitor's product could adversely affect the sales of our product candidates. If third-party payors do not consider our approved products to be cost-effective compared to other available therapies, they may not cover our approved products as a benefit under their plans or, if they do, the level of payment may not be sufficient to allow us to sell our approved products on a profitable basis.
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively referred to as the ACA, enacted in March 2010, is expected to have a significant impact on the health care industry. The ACA is expected to expand coverage for the uninsured while at the same time containing overall healthcare costs. With regard to pharmaceutical products, among other things, the ACA is expected to expand and increase industry rebates for drugs covered under Medicaid programs and make changes to the coverage requirements under the Medicare Part D program. We cannot predict the impact of the ACA on pharmaceutical companies, as many of the ACA reforms require the promulgation of detailed regulations implementing the statutory provisions, which has not yet occurred. In addition, although the U.S. Supreme Court upheld the constitutionality of most of the ACA, some states have indicated that they intend to not implement certain sections of the ACA, and some members of the U.S. Congress are still working to repeal parts of the ACA. These challenges add to the uncertainty of the legislative changes enacted as part of ACA.
144
In addition, in some non-U.S. jurisdictions, the proposed pricing for a product candidate must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. A member state may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our product candidates. Historically, product candidates launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the United States and generally tend to be significantly lower.
Manufacturing and Supply
We currently contract with third parties for the manufacture of our small-molecule drug substances and drug products for preclinical studies and clinical trials and intend to continue doing so in the future. All of our clinical drug product manufacturing activities are in compliance with cGMP. We have assembled a team of experienced employees and consultants to provide the necessary technical, quality and regulatory oversight over the contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, with which we contract. We rely on third-party cGMP manufacturers for scale-up and process development work and to produce sufficient quantities of development product candidates for use in clinical and preclinical trials. We currently have development contracts and quality agreements with four CMOs for the manufacturing of our four small-molecule drug substances and three additional CMOs for the manufacturing of our four topical drug products. We anticipate that these CMOs will have capacity to support commercial scale, but we do not have any formal agreements at this time with any of these CMOs to cover commercial production. We also may elect to pursue other CMOs for manufacturing supplies for later-stage trials and for commercialization. We currently have no plans to establish a manufacturing capability, but rather plan to continue to rely on third-party cGMP manufacturers for any future trials and commercialization of the small-molecule compounds for which we retain manufacturing responsibility. Under the UCB agreement, UCB retains all responsibilities for the manufacture of Cimzia.
Employees
As of June 30, 2014, we had 25 regular full-time employees, including 17 in research and development. We had one employee located outside of the United States as of June 30, 2014. From time to time, we also retain independent contractors to support our organization. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters are located in Redwood City, California, where we occupy facilities totaling approximately 14,700 square feet, consisting of approximately 8,500 square feet under lease agreements that expire in November 2014 and approximately 6,200 square feet under a month-to-month lease. We entered into a lease agreement in July 2014 and an amendment in September 2014 for a facility totaling approximately 18,651 square feet in Menlo Park, California. We intend to relocate our corporate headquarters to this facility in the fourth quarter of 2014. The term of the lease commences December 2014 and terminates November 2019, with an option to renew for an additional three-year term. We use our current facilities and intend to use our future facility for our research and development and general and administrative personnel. We believe that our current and future facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.
145
The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of August 18, 2014:
Name
|
Age | Position | |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Executive Officers: |
|||||
Thomas G. Wiggans |
62 | Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board | |||
Eugene A. Bauer, M.D. |
72 | Chief Medical Officer and Director | |||
Christopher M. Griffith |
38 | Vice President, Corporate Development & Strategy | |||
Andrew L. Guggenhime |
46 | Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer | |||
Luis C. Peña |
52 | Executive Vice President, Product Development | |||
Non-Employee Directors: |
|||||
David E. Cohen, M.D., M.P.H.(1)(4) |
49 | Director | |||
Fred B. Craves, Ph.D.(2)(4) |
68 | Director | |||
Matthew K. Fust(1)(3) |
50 | Director | |||
Wende S. Hutton(3) |
54 | Director | |||
Mark D. McDade |
59 | Director | |||
Jake R. Nunn(4) |
44 | Director | |||
William R. Ringo(1)(3) |
68 | Director |
Executive Officers
Thomas G. Wiggans founded our company in August 2010, has served as our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors since August 2010 and has served as the Chairman of our board of directors since April 2014. Mr. Wiggans has served on the boards of various industry organizations, educational institutions and private and public companies, including service on the boards of directors of Onyx Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from March 2005 until its acquisition by Amgen Inc. in October 2013, Sangamo Biosciences, Inc. from June 2008 until June 2012, Somaxon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from June 2008 until May 2012 and as chairman of the board of directors of Excaliard Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from October 2010 until its acquisition by Pfizer Inc. in December 2011. From October 2007, Mr. Wiggans served as Chairman of the board of directors of Peplin, Inc., a biotechnology company, and in August 2008, he became its Chief Executive Officer, and he served in these positions until Peplin's acquisition by LEO Pharma A/S in November 2009. Previously, Mr. Wiggans served as Chief Executive Officer of Connetics Corporation, a biotechnology company, from 1994, and as Chairman of the board of directors of Connetics from January 2006, and he served in these positions until December 2006 when Connetics was acquired by Stiefel Laboratories, Inc. From 1992 to 1994, Mr. Wiggans served as President and Chief Operating Officer of CytoTherapeutics Inc., a biotechnology company. From 1980 to 1992, Mr. Wiggans served at Ares-Serono S.A. in various management positions including President of its U.S. pharmaceutical operations and Managing Director of its U.K. pharmaceutical operations. Mr. Wiggans began his career with Eli Lilly and Company, a pharmaceutical company. In addition, Mr. Wiggans is Chairman of the Biotechnology Institute, a non-profit educational organization, and is a member of the board of trustees of the University of Kansas Endowment Association. Mr. Wiggans holds a B.S. in pharmacy from the University of Kansas and an M.B.A. from Southern Methodist University. Our board of directors
146
believes that Mr. Wiggans' depth of senior management experience and his track record of new product development and commercialization as well as his experience serving on the boards of directors of public and private companies in the life sciences industry, qualify him to serve as the Chairman of our board of directors.
Eugene A. Bauer, M.D. founded our company in August 2010, has served as a member of our board of directors since August 2010 and has served as our Chief Medical Officer since October 2011. Dr. Bauer has served on the boards of directors of a number of public and private companies, including the boards of directors of Patient Safety Technologies, Inc. from January 2010 until June 2010 and Vyteris, Inc. from February 2010 until June 2012. From June 2006, Dr. Bauer served as a member of Peplin's board of directors, and in October 2008, he became its President and Chief Medical Officer, and he served in these positions until Peplin's acquisition by LEO Pharma in November 2009. From November 2004 to October 2008, Dr. Bauer was Chief Executive Officer of Neosil Inc., a dermatology company that was acquired by Peplin in October 2008. In 1993, Dr. Bauer co-founded Connetics, where he served as a member of the board of directors until October 2005. Dr. Bauer served as Dean of the Stanford University School of Medicine from 1995 to 2001 and as Chair of the Department of Dermatology at the Stanford University School of Medicine from 1988 to 1995. Dr. Bauer is a Lucy Becker Professor, Emeritus, in the School of Medicine at Stanford University, a position he has held since 2002. In addition, he is a member of the boards of directors of Medgenics, Inc., Dr. Tattoff, Inc., First Wave Technologies, Inc., Cerecor, Inc., and Kadmon Corporation, LLC. Dr. Bauer previously served as a member of the boards of directors of Protalex, Inc., Vyteris, Peplin, PetDRx, Inc., Arbor Vita Corp., Patient Safety Technologies, Inc., MediSync Bioservices and Modigene Inc. (now PROLOR Biotech, Inc.). Dr. Bauer was a U.S. National Institutes of Health, or NIH, funded investigator for 25 years and has served on review groups for the NIH. Dr. Bauer has been elected to several societies, including the Institute of Medicine of the National Academy of Sciences. Dr. Bauer received a B.S. in medicine and an M.D. from Northwestern University. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Bauer's educational and scientific background and his product development and management experience at a number of dermatology companies, as well as his experience serving on the boards of directors of public and private companies in the life sciences industry, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Christopher M. Griffith founded our company in August 2010 and has served as our Vice President of Corporate Development and Strategy since August 2011, after previously serving as our Head of Corporate Development and Strategy since September 2010. From July 2005 to September 2010, Mr. Griffith worked in corporate development at Gilead Sciences, Inc., most recently as Associate Director of Corporate Development. From May 2004 to August 2004, Mr. Griffith worked in the bio-oncology strategy group at Genentech, Inc., a biotechnology company. From 2001 to 2003, Mr. Griffith worked at Bay City Capital. Mr. Griffith received B.S. and M.S. degrees in biological sciences from Stanford University and an M.B.A. degree from Harvard Business School.
Andrew L. Guggenhime has served as our Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer since April 2014. From September 2011 to April 2014, Mr. Guggenhime served as Chief Financial Officer for CardioDx, Inc., a molecular diagnostics life sciences company, where he currently serves as a director. From September 2010 to April 2011, Mr. Guggenhime served as Chief Financial Officer for Calistoga Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biotechnology company acquired in April 2011 by Gilead. From December 2008 to June 2010, Mr. Guggenhime served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Facet Biotech Corporation, a biotechnology company acquired in April 2010 by Abbott Laboratories. Facet Biotech Corporation was spun off from PDL BioPharma, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, at which Mr. Guggenhime served as Chief Financial Officer from April 2006 to December 2008. From October 2000 to March 2006, Mr. Guggenhime served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Neoforma, Inc., a provider of supply-chain management solutions for the healthcare industry, and from January to October 2000 he served as its Vice President, Corporate Development.
147
Mr. Guggenhime began his career in financial services at Merrill Lynch & Co. and Wells Fargo & Company. Mr. Guggenhime holds an M.B.A. from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University and a B.A. in international politics and economics from Middlebury College.
Luis C. Peña is a co-founder and has served as our Executive Vice President of Product Development since July 2013, after previously serving as our Vice President of Product Development since June 2011. From November 2010 to June 2011, Mr. Peña served as a consultant to our company. Mr. Peña served as Vice President, Head of Global Prescription Development at Stiefel, a GSK company, from January 2010 to March 2011 and, from January 2007 to December 2009, Mr. Peña served as Senior Vice President Portfolio Planning and Management at Stiefel Laboratories, prior to its acquisition by GlaxoSmithKline LLC. From 2005 to 2007, Mr. Peña served as Vice President of Portfolio Planning and Management of Connetics. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Peña served as Vice President of Product Development of Nuvelo, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. Previously, Mr. Peña served as Senior Director of Project Planning and Management for Theravance, Incorporated, a pharmaceutical company, and held various positions in manufacturing, research and development at Genentech, Inc., a biotechnology company. Mr. Peña currently serves as an advisor to the SPARK program for the Stanford University School of Medicine where he has been an advisor since 2012. Mr. Peña holds a B.S. in biochemistry from San Francisco State University.
Non-Employee Directors
David E. Cohen, M.D., M.P.H. has been a director of our Company since June 2014. Dr. Cohen previously served us as a scientific advisor from July 2010 to June 2014. Since 1993, Dr. Cohen has held positions at the New York University School of Medicine, including as Chief of Allergy and Contact Dermatitis since 1994, Director of Occupational and Environmental Dermatology since 1994, Associate Professor of Dermatology since 2005, Vice Chairman of Clinical Affairs since 2008, and the Charles C. and Dorothea E. Harris Professor of Dermatology since May 2013. Dr. Cohen has also served as a lecturer of Environmental Sciences at the Columbia University School of Public Health since 1993. In addition, he has been an attending physician at the Ronald O. Perelman Department of Dermatology at the Tisch Hospital at New York University Medical Center and at Bellevue Hospital Center since 1994. Dr. Cohen served on the boards of directors of Vyteris from June 2011 to January 2012 and Connetics from December 2005 until its sale to Stiefel Laboratories in December 2006. Dr. Cohen has served as a clinical consultant to numerous companies. Dr. Cohen has also served on the boards and committees of a number of professional organizations, including as President of the American Contact Dermatitis Society, as a founding board member of the American Acne and Rosacea society, as President of the Dermatology Section for the New York Academy of Medicine and on several committees of the American Academy of Dermatology and the American College of Allergy, Asthma, and Immunology. Dr. Cohen is also a member of the editorial board of Journal of Drugs in Dermatology and the editorial advisory boards of Dermatitis and Skin and Allergy News. Dr. Cohen earned a B.S. in biomedical science from the City University of New York, an M.D. from State University of New York at Stony Brook School of Medicine and an M.P.H. in environmental science from Columbia University School of Public Health. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Cohen's extensive experience in dermatology research and treatment as well as his understanding of dermatology from the physician's perspective qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Fred B. Craves, Ph.D. has been a director of our company since August 2010. Dr. Craves is an investment partner, a Managing Director and a co-founder of Bay City Capital, or BCC, and has served as a member of the board of directors and Chairman of the executive committee of BCC since June 1997. Prior to founding BCC in 1996, Dr. Craves founded Burrill & Craves, a merchant bank focused on biotechnology and emerging pharmaceutical companies, in 1994. Dr. Craves served as Executive Vice President of Schering Berlin, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, and Chief Executive Officer and President of Berlex Laboratories, Inc., a research, development and manufacturing organization, from
148
1990 to 1993. Dr. Craves was also the founding Chairman of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer of Codon, Inc. and co-founder of Creative Biomolecules, both biotechnology companies. Dr. Craves is a member of the boards of directors of several privately held companies. Dr. Craves previously served as a member of the board of directors of VIA Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from August 2004 to September 2011 and Poniard Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from June 1993 to September 2013. He also serves as a member of The J. David Gladstone Institutes' Advisory Council and is a member of the board of trustees of Loyola Marymount University in Los Angeles. Dr. Craves earned a B.S. degree in biology from Georgetown University, an M.S. in biochemical pharmacology from Wayne State University and a Ph.D. in pharmacology and experimental toxicology from the University of California, San Francisco. Our board of directors believes that Dr. Craves' investment experience and extensive knowledge of the life sciences industry qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Matthew K. Fust has been a director of our company since April 2014. Mr. Fust was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Onyx from January 2009 until its acquisition by Amgen in October 2013. Mr. Fust continued as an employee of Amgen until January 2014. Prior to joining Onyx, Mr. Fust was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Jazz Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from May 2003 to December 2008. From May 2002 to May 2003, Mr. Fust was Chief Financial Officer at Perlegen Sciences, Inc., a pharmacogenomics company. Previously, he was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at ALZA Corporation, a biopharmaceutical company, where he was an executive from June 1996 to January 2002. From 1991 until 1996, Mr. Fust was a manager in the healthcare strategy practice at Andersen Consulting. Mr. Fust serves as a member of the board of directors of MacroGenics, Inc., Sunesis Pharmaceuticals, Inc., and Ultragenyx Pharmaceutical, Inc., each of which are publicly-traded biotechnology companies. Mr. Fust holds a B.A. in accounting from the University of Minnesota and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Fust's financial expertise, with its focus on the pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical industries, qualifies him to serve on our board of directors.
Wende S. Hutton has been a director of our company since August 2011. Ms. Hutton has been a Partner at Canaan Partners, a global venture capital firm, since 2004, and is currently a General Partner. Ms. Hutton served on the board of directors of Chimerix, Inc. from February 2012 until June 2014 and currently sits on the boards of directors of a number of private companies. From 2002 to 2003, Ms. Hutton was a General Partner at Spring Ridge Partners and from 1994 to 2001, Ms. Hutton was a General Partner at Mayfield Fund after having served as a venture partner from 1993 to 1994. Her prior experience includes general management at GenPharm International and business development and marketing positions at Nellcor Inc. Ms. Hutton earned an A.B. in human biology from Stanford University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Our board of directors believes that Ms. Hutton's experience in finance and expertise in the drug development, medical device, pharmaceutical and diagnostics fields qualify her to serve on our board of directors.
Mark D. McDade has been a director of our company since August 2014. Mr. McDade has been the Executive Vice President, Global Operations of UCB S.A., a biopharmaceutical company, since February 2013 after previously serving as UCB's Executive Vice President, Established Brands from April 2008 to February 2013. From November 2002 until October 2007, Mr. McDade served as Chief Executive Officer and on the board of directors of PDL BioPharma, Inc. From December 2000 until November 2002, Mr. McDade served as Chief Executive Officer of Signature BioScience Inc., a drug discovery company. Prior to that, he co-founded and served as Chief Operating Officer at Corixa Corporation, a biopharmaceutical company, from September 1994 until December 1998, and as President and Chief Operating Officer from January 1999 to November 2000. Previously, Mr. McDade was Chief Operating Officer of Boehringer Mannheim Therapeutics, the biopharmaceutical division of Corange Limited, and held numerous business development and general management positions at Sandoz Ltd. He has been a director of Five Prime Therapeutics, Inc., a biotechnology company, since July 2006. From April 2005 to July 2009, he served on the board of directors of Cytokinetics,
149
Incorporated, a biotechnology company. Mr. McDade received a B.A. from Dartmouth College and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School. Pursuant to our development and commercialization agreement with UCB, or the UCB agreement, UCB is entitled to designate one member of our board of directors and has designated Mr. McDade. In addition, our board of directors believes that Mr. McDade's executive leadership experience, extensive business development and operations experience, and service on the boards of directors of companies in the biopharmaceutical industry qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Jake R. Nunn has been a director of our company since May 2011. Mr. Nunn has been a Partner at New Enterprise Associates, Inc., a venture capital firm, since June 2006. From January 2001 to June 2006, Mr. Nunn served as a Partner and an analyst for the MPM BioEquities Fund, a life sciences fund at MPM Capital, L.P., a private equity firm. Previously, Mr. Nunn was a healthcare research analyst and portfolio manager at Franklin Templeton Investments and an investment banker with Alex, Brown & Sons. Mr. Nunn currently serves on the boards of directors of Hyperion Therapeutics, Inc., Transcept Pharmaceuticals, Inc., Trevena, Inc. and TriVascular Technologies, Inc. and on the board of directors of one private company. Mr. Nunn received his A.B. in economics from Dartmouth College and his M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business. Mr. Nunn also holds the Chartered Financial Analyst designation, and is a member of the C.F.A. Society of San Francisco. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Nunn's experience investing in life sciences, specialty pharmaceuticals, biotechnology and medical device companies, as well as his business and financial background, qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
William R. Ringo has been a director of our company since July 2014. Mr. Ringo has served as a senior advisor to Barclays Healthcare Group and as a strategic advisor to Sofinnova Ventures, a venture capital firm, since June 2010. From April 2008 until his retirement in April 2010, Mr. Ringo was Senior Vice President of Business Development and Corporate Strategy at Pfizer Inc., a pharmaceutical company. Prior to joining Pfizer, he served as an executive in residence at Warburg Pincus and Sofinnova Ventures. From August 2004 to April 2006, Mr. Ringo was President and Chief Executive Officer of Abgenix, Inc., a biotechnology firm. Previously, Mr. Ringo held a number of senior positions in the oncology and critical care, internal medicine, infection disease and sales and marketing divisions at Eli Lilly & Company from 1973 until 2001. Mr. Ringo is currently a member of the boards of directors of Assembly Biosciences, Inc., Immune Design Corp., Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. and Sangamo Biosciences, Inc. Mr. Ringo previously served as a member of the boards of directors of Onyx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 2011 to 2013. Mr. Ringo received a B.S. in industrial management and an M.B.A. from the University of Dayton. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Ringo's extensive senior executive experience and service on the boards of directors of a number of private and public biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies in the life sciences industry qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Election of Officers
Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Board of Directors
Our board of directors may establish the authorized number of directors from time to time by resolution. Our board of directors currently consists of nine members. Our current certificate of incorporation and voting agreement among certain investors provide for two directors to be elected by holders of our common stock, three directors to be elected by holders of our Series A convertible preferred stock and all other directors to be elected by the holders of our common stock and preferred stock voting together as a single class on an as-converted to common stock basis. Ms. Hutton, Dr. Craves and Mr. Nunn are the designees of our Series A convertible preferred stock, Mr. Wiggans
150
and Dr. Bauer are the designees of our common stock and Dr. Cohen and Messrs. Fust, McDade and Ringo are designees of our common stock and preferred stock voting together.
The voting agreement and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation by which Ms. Hutton, Drs. Bauer and Craves and Messrs. McDade, Nunn and Wiggans were elected will terminate in connection with our initial public offering. Pursuant to the UCB agreement, UCB is entitled to designate one member of our board of directors, currently Mr. McDade, and we have agreed not to remove the UCB designee prior to, and to renominate the UCB designee for election at each annual meeting of stockholders taking place prior to the earliest of the date that (1) Dermira has terminated the UCB agreement for certain breaches of UCB, (2) UCB has terminated the UCB agreement for certain breaches of Dermira, (3) UCB ceases to own 50% of the shares of Dermira that it has purchased directly from Dermira, (4) Dermira consummates a change of control, (5) specified time periods after the termination of the UCB agreement other than for a breach and (6) the later of the date on which (a) all valid claims under a patent relevant to the UCB agreement have expired or the last unexpired valid claim of this patent is declared invalid and (b) the net sales of Cimzia to dermatologists in a calendar year during the term of the UCB agreement are less than a specified percentage of the net sales of Cimzia to dermatologists in any prior calendar year during the term of the UCB agreement. Other than the foregoing provisions of the UCB agreement, there will be no contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Each of our current directors will continue to serve until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
Classified Board of Directors
Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provide for a classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms. As a result, one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows.
Each director's term continues until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering authorize only our board of directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.
The classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. See "Description of Capital StockAnti-Takeover ProvisionsRestated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws Provisions."
Director Independence
Our common stock will be listed on The NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ. Under NASDAQ rules, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company's board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, NASDAQ rules
151
require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under NASDAQ rules, a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of that company's board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.
Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We intend to satisfy the audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 within the one year transition period provided by Rule 10A-3 and current NASDAQ rules.
Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Ms. Hutton, Drs. Cohen and Craves and Messrs. Fust, Nunn and Ringo, representing six of our nine directors, are "independent directors" as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the listing requirements and rules of NASDAQ. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director's business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and the transactions involving them described in the section titled "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions." In particular, our board of directors considered each of the following:
Board Leadership Structure
Our board of directors believes that it should maintain flexibility to select the Chairman of our board of directors and adjust our board leadership structure from time to time. In April 2014, our board determined that appointing Mr. Wiggans, our Chief Executive Officer, as the Chairman of our board and establishing a Lead Independent Director was in our best interests and those of our stockholders. Our board of directors determined that having our Chief Executive Officer also serve as the Chairman of our board provides us with optimally effective leadership. Mr. Wiggans founded and has led our company since its inception. Our board believes that Mr. Wiggans' strategic vision for our business, his in-depth knowledge of our products and operations, the dermatology field and life sciences industry, and his experience serving as the Chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer of other successful public companies make him well qualified to serve as both chairman of our board and Chief Executive Officer.
The role given to the Lead Independent Director helps ensure a strong independent and active board of directors. Our Lead Independent Director's duties include, among other things, presiding at all meetings of our board of directors in the absence of the Chairman of our board, presiding at all
152
executive sessions of the independent directors, serving as a liaison between the Chairman of our board and the independent directors of our board, consulting with the Chairman of our board regarding the agenda for meetings of our board and the information sent to our board in connection with its meetings, having authority to call meetings of our board and meetings of the independent directors and such other duties and responsibilities as our board may from time to time authorize. In April 2014, our board selected Dr. Craves to serve as lead independent director.
Committees of Our Board of Directors
Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below as of the closing of our initial public offering. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors. Each committee will operate under a charter approved by our board of directors. Following this offering, copies of each committee's charter will be posted on the investor relations section of our website.
Audit Committee
Our audit committee is comprised of Matthew K. Fust, David E. Cohen and William R. Ringo. Mr. Fust is the chairperson of our audit committee. Messrs. Fust and Ringo and Dr. Cohen each meet the requirements for independence under the current NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Fust is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. This designation does not impose any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than are generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our board of directors. Our audit committee is directly responsible for, among other things:
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee is comprised of Wende S. Hutton, Matthew K. Fust and William R. Ringo. Ms. Hutton is the chairperson of our compensation committee. The composition of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of this committee is (1) an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code,
153
and (2) a non-employee director, as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee is comprised of Jake R. Nunn, David E. Cohen and Fred B. Craves. Mr. Nunn is the chairperson of our nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. Our nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who served on our board of directors or compensation committee during the year ended December 31, 2013.
In August 2011 and August 2012, we sold shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock to Mr. Wiggans, Dr. Bauer and entities affiliated with each of Ms. Hutton, Dr. Craves and Mr. Nunn. We have described the amounts of these sales and purchases in more detail under the section entitled "Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsSeries A Convertible Preferred Stock Financing." In March 2013, we sold shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock to entities affiliated with each of Ms. Hutton, Dr. Craves and Mr. Nunn and in April 2014, we sold shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock to entities affiliated with Dr. Craves and Mr. McDade. We have described the amounts of these sales and purchases in more detail under the section entitled "Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsSeries B Convertible Preferred Stock Financing." In August 2014, we sold shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock to entities affiliated with each of Ms. Hutton, Dr. Craves and Messrs. McDade, Nunn and Wiggans. We have described the amounts of these sales and purchases in more detail under the section entitled "Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsSeries C Convertible Preferred Stock Financing."
154
In connection with the sales of our preferred stock, we entered into agreements that grant customary preferred stock rights to all of our major preferred stock investors. These rights include registration rights, rights of first refusal, co-sale rights with respect to certain stock transfers, information rights and other similar rights. All of these rights, other than the registration rights, will terminate upon the closing of this offering. For a description of the registration rights, see "Description of Capital StockRegistration Rights."
Mr. Fust served as an executive officer of Onyx from January 2009 until Onyx's acquisition by Amgen Inc. in October 2013, during which time Mr. Wiggans served as a member of Onyx's board of directors and as a member of its compensation committee.
Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics
Our board of directors has adopted codes of business conduct and ethics that apply to all of our employees, officers and directors. The full text of our codes of conduct will be posted on the investor relations section of our website. The reference to our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our codes of conduct, or waivers of these provisions, on our website or in public filings.
Non-Employee Director Compensation
We did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expenses (other than customary expenses in connection with the attendance of meetings of our board of directors) or grant any equity awards in the year ended December 31, 2013 to any non-employee member of our board of directors.
In August 2014, our board of directors adopted a compensation program for non-employee directors to apply following the closing of this offering.
Each of our non-employee directors will receive an annual cash retainer of $35,000 and our Lead Independent Director will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $15,000. The chairs of our audit committee, our compensation committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee will receive annual cash retainers of $15,000, $10,000 and $7,500, respectively. Each member of our audit committee, our compensation committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee will receive annual cash retainers of $7,500, $5,000 and $3,500, respectively. We do not pay fees to directors for attendance at meetings of our board of directors and its committees.
Each non-employee director who becomes a member of our board of directors after this offering will be granted an initial option to purchase 120,000 shares of our common stock upon election to our board of directors vesting and becoming exercisable as to one-third of the shares each anniversary of the grant date over three years. On the date of each annual stockholder meeting subsequent to this offering, each non-employee director who continues to serve on our board of directors immediately following such meeting will automatically be granted an option to purchase 60,000 shares of our common stock, subject to proration on a monthly basis in the event the non-employee director has not served an entire year on our board of directors since his or her last stock option grant, vesting and becoming exercisable as to 100% of the shares on the first anniversary following the grant date. Each option will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, will have a ten-year term and will accelerate as to all then-unvested shares immediately prior to the effectiveness of a change of control.
155
The following tables and accompanying narrative disclosure set forth information about the compensation provided to our executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2013. These executive officers, who include our principal executive officer and the two most highly-compensated executive officers (other than our principal executive officer) who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2013, the end of our last completed fiscal year, were:
We refer to these individuals in this section as our "Named Executive Officers."
Summary Compensation Table
The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation that was awarded to, earned by or paid to our Named Executive Officers for services rendered in all capacities during the year ended December 31, 2013.
Name and
Principal Position |
Salary
($) |
Option
Awards ($)(1) |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(2) |
All Other
Compensation ($)(3) |
Total
($) |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Thomas G. Wiggans |
$ | 360,062 | $ | 263,156 | $ | 103,013 | | $ | 726,231 | |||||||
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board |
||||||||||||||||
Eugene A. Bauer |
325,000 | 117,929 | 77,391 | $ | 3,684 | 524,004 | ||||||||||
Chief Medical Officer |
||||||||||||||||
Luis C. Peña |
267,475 | 124,482 | 74,000 | | 465,957 | |||||||||||
Executive Vice President, Product Development |
156
Employment Agreements and Offer Letters
We have entered into employment agreements or offer letters with each of our Named Executive Officers. The employment agreements or offer letters generally provide for at-will employment, the initial terms and conditions of employment of each Named Executive Officer, including base salary, annual bonus opportunity, eligibility to participate in our employee benefit plans and, in certain cases, an initial equity award. Each of these arrangements was approved by our then current Chief Executive Officer or our board of directors. The material terms of these employment agreements and offer letters are summarized below. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the actual text of the employment agreements and offer letters, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. In addition, each of our Named Executive Officers has executed a form of our standard employee intellectual property protection agreement.
Mr. Wiggans' Employment Agreement
On August 18, 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Wiggans in connection with his appointment as our Chief Executive Officer, which we subsequently amended and restated on August 4, 2011. The terms and conditions of his amended employment agreement provided for an annual base salary of $350,000, subject to adjustment from time to time, and eligibility for an annual bonus, health insurance and other employee benefits as we establish for our employees from time to time. His original employment agreement provided for the opportunity to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our common stock, with a purchase price of $0.001 per share. In satisfaction of the terms of the employment agreement, Mr. Wiggans purchased 1,000,000 shares of our common stock in August 2010.
Dr. Bauer's Employment Agreement
On November 1, 2010, we entered into an employment agreement with Dr. Bauer in connection with his appointment as our Chief Medical Officer, which we subsequently amended and restated on August 4, 2011. The terms and conditions of his amended employment agreement provided for an annual base salary of $162,500 based on Dr. Bauer devoting 50% of his business time, attention and effort to the affairs of our company, subject to adjustment from time to time, and eligibility for an annual bonus, reimbursement for health insurance coverage and other employee benefits as we establish for our employees from time to time. Dr. Bauer currently devotes 100% of his business time, attention and effort to the affairs of our company, and in connection with his transition to full-time service to our company, his base salary was increased to $325,000.
Mr. Peña's Employment Offer Letter
On June 1, 2011, we entered into an employment offer letter with Mr. Peña in connection with his appointment as our Vice President of Product Development, which we subsequently amended and restated on August 3, 2011 and July 17, 2012. The terms and conditions of his amended and restated employment offer letter provided for an annual base salary of $260,000, subject to adjustment from time to time, and eligibility for an annual bonus, health insurance and other employee benefits as we establish for our employees from time to time. His original employment offer letter provided for the grant of an option to purchase 550,000 shares of our common stock, with a purchase price to be established following our initial equity financing, and his 2012 amended and restated employment offer letter provided for an additional option grant to purchase a number of shares to be determined following the closing of the second tranche of our Series A convertible preferred stock financing. In satisfaction of the terms of the offer letter, Mr. Peña received an option grant to purchase 550,000 shares of our common stock in October 2011 and an additional option grant to purchase 188,538 shares in January 2013.
157
Potential Payments upon Termination or Change of Control
If we terminate the employment of any of our Named Executive Officers without cause (as defined in the applicable employment agreement or offer letter), or such Named Executive Officer resigns for good reason (as defined in the applicable employment agreement or offer letter), and such Named Executive Officer returns all of our property and delivers a release of claims agreement in a form satisfactory to us, such Named Executive Officer would be entitled to severance in the amount of six months of his then current annual base salary. For Mr. Peña, such amount would be paid on a monthly basis and, for Mr. Wiggans and Dr. Bauer, such amount would be paid either in a lump sum or on a monthly basis for six months at the option of the applicable Named Executive Officer.
If, (1) within 12 months following a change of control, we terminate a Named Executive Officer's employment without cause or (2) such Named Executive Officer voluntarily resigns for good reason, where such good reason occurs within 12 months following a change of control and such resignation occurs within 90 days following such good reason, then, in addition to the severance benefits described above, such Named Executive Officer would be entitled to accelerated vesting of any then-unvested shares subject to equity awards granted to him after the date of the applicable agreement (or, in the case of Mr. Peña, any equity awards) and the release of such shares from any repurchase option, right of forfeiture or similar right. In the event of a Named Executive Officer's death or disability (as defined in the applicable employment agreement or offer letter), for any outstanding equity grant that is not at least 25% vested at such time, any shares subject to such equity awards granted to such Named Executive Officer after the date of the applicable agreement (or, in the case of Mr. Peña, any equity awards) shall become vested such that, after such acceleration, the total number of shares subject to such outstanding equity grants shall be 25% vested and released from any repurchase option, right of forfeiture or similar right, as applicable. In addition, in the event of a change of control in which the successor or acquiring entity (if any) or its parent does not assume, convert, replace or substitute a Named Executive Officer's outstanding equity awards as provided in the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2010 Plan, or any comparable term of any similar equity incentive plan, in a manner that preserves the material terms and conditions of such equity awards, then, notwithstanding the terms of the applicable plan, all of such Named Executive Officer's outstanding equity awards will, prior to the effectiveness of the change of control, immediately become fully vested and released from any repurchase option, right of forfeiture or similar right.
158
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table
The following table presents, for each of the Named Executive Officers, information regarding outstanding stock options held as of December 31, 2013.
|
Option Awards | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name
|
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable |
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable |
Option
Exercise Price ($) |
Option
Expiration Date |
|||||||||
Mr. Wiggans |
796,859 | (1) | 674,267 | $ | 0.17 | 10/3/2021 | |||||||
|
| (2) | 1,069,227 | 0.21 | 1/3/2023 | ||||||||
|
| (2) | 570,897 | 0.30 | 7/10/2023 | ||||||||
Dr. Bauer |
346,948 | (1) | 293,572 | 0.17 | 10/3/2021 | ||||||||
|
87,083 | (2) | 102,917 | 0.17 | 2/8/2022 | ||||||||
|
| (2) | 848,159 | 0.21 | 1/3/2023 | ||||||||
Mr. Peña |
18,500 | (1) | 5,500 | 0.001 | 11/15/2020 | ||||||||
|
343,750 | (2) | 206,250 | 0.17 | 10/3/2021 | ||||||||
|
| (2) | 188,538 | 0.21 | 1/3/2023 | ||||||||
|
| (2) | 488,712 | 0.30 | 7/10/2023 |
Employee Benefit and Stock Plans
2010 Equity Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted the 2010 Plan in October 2010 and our stockholders subsequently approved it in October 2010. We subsequently amended the 2010 Plan in August 2011, March 2013, July 2013, April 2014 and August 2014. Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors, administers the 2010 Plan and the awards granted under it. The plan administrator has the authority to modify outstanding awards under the 2010 Plan. The 2010 Plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options, which qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under Section 422 of the Code, and nonstatutory stock options, as well as for the issuance of shares of restricted stock awards, or RSAs, restricted stock units, or RSUs, and stock appreciation rights, or SARs. We may grant incentive stock options only to our employees and employees of our majority-owned subsidiaries. We may grant nonstatutory stock options, RSAs, RSUs and SARs to our employees, directors and consultants and employees, directors and consultants of our majority-owned subsidiaries. The exercise price of each stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, unless expressly determined in writing by the plan administrator. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum permitted term of options granted under the 2010 Plan is 10 years, except that the maximum permitted term of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders is five years. In the event of an acquisition (as defined in the 2010 Plan), the 2010 Plan provides that, unless the applicable option agreement provides otherwise or our board of directors or compensation committee takes certain actions, such as
159
accelerating the vesting of the awards or providing for the assumption, conversion or replacement of the option by an acquirer, awards held by current employees, directors and consultants will terminate if not vested or exercised prior to the effective time of the acquisition.
As of August 31, 2014, we had reserved 14,249,356 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2010 Plan and 1,074,373 shares remained available for future grant. We will cease issuing awards under the 2010 Plan upon the implementation of the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan will be effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus. As a result, we will not grant any additional options under the 2010 Plan following that date, and the 2010 Plan will terminate at that time. However, any outstanding options granted under the 2010 Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of the 2010 Plan and stock option agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Options granted under the 2010 Plan have terms similar to those described below with respect to options to be granted under the 2014 Plan.
2014 Equity Incentive Plan
We have adopted the 2014 Plan that will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus and will serve as the successor to the 2010 Plan. We reserved 11,000,000 shares of our common stock to be issued under the 2014 Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan will increase automatically on January 1 of each of our fiscal years beginning 2015 and continuing through 2024 by the number of shares equal to 4% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31. However, our board of directors may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. In addition, the following shares of our common stock will be available for grant and issuance under the 2014 Plan:
The 2014 Plan authorizes the award of stock options, RSAs, SARs, RSUs, performance awards and stock bonuses. No person will be eligible to receive more than 30,000,000 shares in any calendar year under the 2014 Plan other than a new employee of ours, who will be eligible to receive no more than
160
60,000,000 shares under the plan in the calendar year in which the employee commences employment. No participant will be eligible to receive more than $10,000,000 in performance awards in any calendar year. No more than 250,000,000 shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options. The aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be subject to awards granted to any one non-employee director pursuant to the 2014 Plan in any calendar year shall not exceed 1,000,000.
The 2014 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee, all of the members of which are outside directors as defined under applicable federal tax laws, or by our board of directors acting in place of our compensation committee. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret the 2014 Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan.
The 2014 Plan will provide for the grant of awards to our employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors, provided the consultants, independent contractors, directors and advisors render services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. The exercise price of stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The compensation committee has the authority to reprice any outstanding stock option or SAR (by reducing the exercise price of any outstanding option or SAR, canceling an option or SAR in exchange for cash or another equity award) under the 2014 Plan without the approval of our stockholders.
We anticipate that, in general, options will vest over a four-year period. Options may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. Our compensation committee may provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. The maximum term of options granted under the 2014 Plan is 10 years.
An RSA is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions, which may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The price, if any, of an RSA will be determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the holder no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us.
SARs provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price at grant up to a maximum amount of cash or number of shares. SARs may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions.
RSUs represent the right to receive shares of our common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of termination of employment or failure to achieve certain performance conditions. If an RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the RSU shares of our common stock (which may be subject to additional restrictions), cash or a combination of our common stock and cash. We anticipate that, in general, RSUs will vest over a four-year period.
Performance awards cover a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon achievement of the pre-established performance conditions as provided in the 2014 Plan in cash or by issuance of the underlying shares. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement due to termination of employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.
Stock bonuses may be granted as additional compensation for past or future service or performance, and therefore, no payment will be required for any shares awarded under a stock bonus. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease
161
on the date the holder no longer provides services to us and unvested shares (if any) will be forfeited to us.
The 2014 Plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on income tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. Our compensation committee may structure awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid only following the achievement of certain pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.
Our compensation committee may establish performance goals by selecting from one or more of the following performance criteria: (1) profit before tax; (2) billings; (3) revenue; (4) net revenue; (5) earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, and net earnings); (6) operating income; (7) operating margin; (8) operating profit; (9) controllable operating profit or net operating profit; (10) net profit; (11) gross margin; (12) operating expenses or operating expenses as a percentage of revenue; (13) net income; (14) earnings per share; (15) total stockholder return; (16) market share; (17) return on assets or net assets; (18) our stock price; (19) growth in stockholder value relative to a pre-determined index; (20) return on equity; (21) return on invested capital; (22) cash flow (including free cash flow or operating cash flows); (23) cash conversion cycle; (24) economic value added; (25) individual confidential business objectives; (26) contract awards or backlog; (27) overhead or other expense reduction; (28) credit rating; (29) strategic plan development and implementation; (30) succession plan development and implementation; (31) improvement in workforce diversity; (32) customer indicators; (33) new product invention or innovation; (34) attainment of research and development milestones; (35) improvements in productivity; (36) bookings; (37) attainment of objective operating goals and employee metrics; and (38) any other metric that is capable of measurement as determined by our compensation committee.
Awards granted under the 2014 Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by our compensation committee. Unless otherwise permitted by our compensation committee, stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee's guardian or legal representative. Options granted under the 2014 Plan generally may be exercised for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee's service to us, for a period of 12 months in the case of death or for a period of six months in the case of disability, or such longer period as our compensation committee may provide. Options generally terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.
If we are party to a merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all assets or similar change in control transaction, outstanding awards, including any vesting provisions, may be assumed or substituted by the successor company. In the alternative, outstanding awards may be cancelled in connection with a cash payment. Outstanding awards that are not assumed, substituted or cashed out will accelerate in full and expire upon the closing of the transaction. Awards held by non-employee directors will immediately vest as to all or any portion of the shares subject to the stock award and will become exercisable at such times and on such conditions as the compensation committee determines.
The 2014 Plan will terminate 10 years from the date our board of directors approved it, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our board of directors may amend or terminate the 2014 Plan at any time. If our board of directors amends the 2014 Plan, it does not need to ask for stockholder approval of the amendment unless required by applicable law.
2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
We have adopted a 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the 2014 ESPP, in order to enable eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock at a discount following the date of this offering. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. The 2014 ESPP is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. We
162
initially reserved 1,750,000 shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2014 ESPP. The number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2014 ESPP will increase automatically on January 1 of each of our fiscal years beginning 2015 and continuing through 2024 by the number of shares equal to the greater of 1% of the total outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31. However, our board of directors or compensation committee may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. The aggregate number of shares issued over the term of the 2014 ESPP will not exceed 35,000,000 shares of our common stock.
Our compensation committee will administer the 2014 ESPP. Our employees generally are eligible to participate in the 2014 ESPP. Our compensation committee may in its discretion elect to exclude employees who work fewer than 20 hours per week or five months in a calendar year. Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in the 2014 ESPP, are ineligible to participate in the 2014 ESPP. We may impose additional restrictions on eligibility. Under the 2014 ESPP, eligible employees will be able to acquire shares of our common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible employees will be able to select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their eligible cash compensation. We will also have the right to amend or terminate the 2014 ESPP at any time. The 2014 ESPP will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the effective date of this offering, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors.
The 2014 ESPP is implemented through a series of offering periods with durations of not more than 27 months under which our employees who meet the eligibility requirements for participation in that offering period will automatically be granted a nontransferable option to purchase shares in that offering period. For subsequent offering periods, new participants will be required to enroll in a timely manner. Once an employee is enrolled, participation will be automatic in subsequent offering periods. Except for the first offering period, each offering period will run for 24 months, with purchase periods occurring every six months. The first offering period will begin upon the effective date of this offering and will end on November 15, 2016, or another date selected by our compensation committee. Except for the first purchase period, each purchase period will be for six months, commencing each May 15 and November 15. The purchase periods under the first offering period will end on May 15, 2015, November 15, 2015, May 15, 2016 and November 15, 2016. An employee's participation automatically ends upon termination of employment for any reason.
No participant will have the right to purchase shares of our common stock in an amount, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also in effect in the same calendar year, that have a fair market value of more than $25,000, determined as of the first day of the applicable purchase period, for each calendar year in which that right is outstanding. In addition, no participant will be permitted to purchase more than 9,000 shares during any one purchase period or a lesser amount determined by our compensation committee. The purchase price for shares of our common stock purchased under the 2014 ESPP will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on (1) the first trading day of the applicable offering period and (2) the last trading day of each purchase period in the applicable offering period. The fair market value of our common stock for purposes of our first offering period under the 2014 ESPP will be the price at which shares are first sold to the public under this offering.
If we experience a change in control transaction, any offering period that commenced prior to the closing of the proposed change in control transaction will be shortened and terminated on a new purchase date. The new purchase date will occur prior to the closing of the proposed change in control transaction and the 2014 ESPP will then terminate on the closing of the proposed change in control.
163
401(k) Plan
We sponsor a retirement plan intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code, containing a cash or deferred feature that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code. U.S. employees who have attained at least 21 years of age are generally eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of the calendar month following the employees' date of hire, subject to certain eligibility requirements. Participants may make pre-tax contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions under the Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. Pre-tax contributions by participants and the income earned on those contributions are generally not taxable to participants until withdrawn. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. No minimum benefit is provided under the plan. An employee's interest in his or her pre-tax deferrals is 100% vested when contributed. Although the plan provides for a discretionary employer matching contribution, to date we have not made such a contribution on behalf of employees. The Plan permits all eligible Plan participants to contribute between 1% and 100% of eligible compensation, on a pre-tax basis, into their accounts.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent not prohibited by the DGCL and allow us to indemnify other employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL. Subject to certain limitations, our restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.
We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and certain of our key employees, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors, officers and key employees for certain expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts actually incurred by these individuals in any action or proceeding arising out of their service to us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which these individuals provide services at our request. Subject to certain limitations, our indemnification agreements also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors, officers and key employees for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.
164
We believe that provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors, officers and key employees. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.
At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
165
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
In addition to the executive officer and director compensation arrangements discussed above under "ManagementNon-Employee Director Compensation" and "Executive Compensation," below we describe transactions since January 1, 2011 to which we have been or will be a participant, in which the amount involved in the transaction exceeds or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing the household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock Financing
In August 2014, we sold an aggregate of 30,722,886 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.66 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $51.0 million. Each share of our Series C convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.
The purchasers of our Series C convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see "Description of Capital StockRegistration Rights." The following table summarizes the Series C convertible preferred stock purchased by our directors, executive officers and beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. The terms of these purchases were the same for all purchasers of our Series C convertible preferred stock. Please refer to the section titled "Principal Stockholders" for more details regarding the shares held by these entities.
Name of Stockholder
|
Shares of
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock |
Total
Purchase Price |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Apple Tree Partners IV, L.P. |
6,024,096 | $ | 9,999,999 | ||||
Entities affiliated with Fidelity Investments |
6,024,096 | 9,999,999 | |||||
UCB S.A.(1) |
4,518,072 | 7,500,000 | |||||
Entities affiliated with Bay City Capital(2) |
2,220,477 | 3,685,992 | |||||
New Enterprise Associates 13, Limited Partnership(3) |
2,220,477 | 3,685,992 | |||||
Canaan VIII L.P.(4) |
1,583,141 | 2,628,014 | |||||
Wiggans Living Trust dated 5/14/02(5) |
150,602 | 249,999 |
166
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Financing
In two closings in March 2013 and April 2014, we sold an aggregate of 20,654,046 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $1.4525 per share for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $30.0 million. Each share of our Series B convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.
The purchasers of our Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see "Description of Capital StockRegistration Rights." The following table summarizes the Series B convertible preferred stock purchased by our directors, executive officers and beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. The terms of these purchases were the same for all purchasers of our Series B convertible preferred stock. Please refer to the section titled "Principal Stockholders" for more details regarding the shares held by these entities.
Name of Stockholder
|
Shares of
Series B Convertible Preferred Stock |
Total
Purchase Price |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Maruho Co., Ltd. |
6,884,682 | $ | 10,000,001 | ||||
Entities affiliated with Bay City Capital(1) |
3,800,864 | 5,520,755 | |||||
New Enterprise Associates 13, Limited Partnership(2) |
3,800,863 | 5,520,754 | |||||
UCB S.A. |
3,442,341 | 5,000,000 | |||||
Canaan VIII L.P.(3) |
2,725,296 | 3,958,492 |
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Financing
In two closings in August 2011 and August 2012, we sold an aggregate of 38,121,253 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $34.0 million, consisting of (1) 33,597,207 shares purchased in cash for a price of $0.9250 per share and (2) 4,524,046 shares purchased pursuant to the conversion of secured convertible promissory notes at a price of $0.6475 per share, a 30% discount on the cash price per share of the Series A convertible preferred stock. Each share of our Series A convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering.
The purchasers of our Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see "Description of Capital StockRegistration Rights." The following table summarizes the Series A convertible preferred stock purchased by our directors, executive officers and beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. Other than with respect to the discounted price per share for shares purchased upon conversion of promissory notes, as set forth in the preceding paragraph, the terms of these purchases were the same for all purchasers of our
167
Series A convertible preferred stock. Please refer to the section titled "Principal Stockholders" for more details regarding the shares held by these entities.
Name of Stockholder
|
Shares of
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock |
Total
Purchase Price |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(1) |
13,816,392 | $ | 12,218,181 | ||||
Entities affiliated with Bay City Capital(2) |
13,816,391 | 12,218,181 | |||||
Canaan VIII L.P.(3) |
9,906,634 | 9,163,636 | |||||
Thomas G. Wiggans(4) |
475,855 | 330,616 | |||||
Eugene A. Bauer(5) |
105,981 | 76,123 |
Convertible Note Financing
In September 2010, we entered into a Note Purchase Agreement pursuant to which we issued and sold to investors secured convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $1.0 million. In May 2011, we amended the Note Purchase Agreement to, among other things, issue and sell to investors additional secured convertible promissory notes with an aggregate principal amount of $1.8 million. These notes were secured by our assets and accrued interest at an annual rate of 10%, compounded monthly. The aggregate principal amount of these notes, together with unpaid accrued interest thereon, was converted into shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock in August 2011 at a price per share of $0.6475, a 30% discount on the cash price per share of the Series A convertible preferred stock. None of these notes remain outstanding.
168
The following table summarizes the secured convertible promissory notes purchased by our directors, executive officers and beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock. The terms of these purchases were the same for all purchasers of our secured convertible promissory notes.
Name of Note Purchaser
|
Principal
Amount |
Shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock Received Upon Conversion |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Entities affiliated with Bay City Capital(1) |
$ | 1,216,028 | 2,025,159 | ||
New Enterprise Associates 13, Limited Partnership(2) |
1,283,972 | 2,025,159 | |||
Thomas G. Wiggans(3) |
250,000 | 394,774 | |||
Eugene A. Bauer(4) |
50,000 | 78,954 |
Agreement with UCB
In March 2014, we entered into a development and commercialization agreement with UCB Pharma S.A., or UCB, pursuant to which we will develop Cimzia in order for UCB to seek regulatory approval from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, the European Medicines Agency and the Canadian federal department for health for the treatment of psoriasis, and upon the grant of regulatory approval in the United States and Canada, for us to promote sales of Cimzia to dermatologists and conduct related medical affairs activities in the United States and Canada.
In April 2014, UCB purchased 3,442,341 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $5.0 million. In August 2014, UCB purchased 4,518,072 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $7.5 million. As of August 18, 2014 and prior to this offering and the concurrent private placement, UCB owned approximately 8.4% of our outstanding capital stock.
For more information regarding this agreement, see "BusinessCollaborations and License AgreementsCollaboration with UCB."
Concurrent Private Placement
We have entered into a purchase agreement whereby entities affiliated with UCB have agreed to purchase an aggregate of $7.5 million of shares of our common stock in the concurrent private placement at the same price as the price offered to the public in this offering, or shares based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. As of August 18, 2014, entities affiliated with UCB beneficially owned approximately 8.4% of our outstanding capital stock and immediately following this offering and the concurrent private placement, entities affiliated with UCB will
169
beneficially own approximately % of our common stock, which is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The sale of these shares to entities affiliated with UCB will not be registered in this offering.
UCB agreed to enter into the purchase agreement providing for the concurrent private placement pursuant to the terms of the Development and Commercialisation Agreement with UCB, discussed more fully in "BusinessCollaborations and License AgreementsCollaboration with UCB."
Agreement with Maruho
In March 2013, we entered into a Right of First Negotiation Agreement with Maruho, pursuant to which we will provide Maruho with certain information and the right to negotiate an exclusive license to develop and commercialize certain of our products in specified territories. In connection with the entry into this agreement, Maruho paid us $10.0 million, which will be credited against certain payments payable by Maruho to us if we enter into an exclusive license for any of our products.
In March 2013, Maruho purchased 6,884,682 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million. As of August 18, 2014 and prior to this offering and the concurrent private placement, Maruho owned approximately 7.3% of our outstanding capital stock.
Other than Maruho's status as a stockholder and our contractual relationship pursuant to the Right of First Negotiation Agreement, we have no other relationship with Maruho.
Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement
We have entered into an amended and restated investors' rights agreement with certain holders of our common stock and holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. These stockholders are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following our initial public offering under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital StockRegistration Rights."
Indemnification Agreements
We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws will require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware law. Subject to certain limitations, our restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see "Executive CompensationLimitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters."
Review, Approval or Ratification of Transactions with Related Parties
Our written related party transactions policy and the charters of our audit committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee require that any transaction with a related party that must be reported under applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (other than compensation-related matters) must be reviewed and approved or ratified by the audit committee, unless the related party is, or is associated with, a member of that committee, in which event the transaction must be reviewed and approved by the nominating and corporate governance committee. These committees have not adopted policies or procedures for review of, or standards for approval of, related party transactions but intend to do so in the future.
170
The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of August 18, 2014, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock by us in this offering and the concurrent private placement, for:
We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.
Applicable percentage ownership is based on 94,761,872 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of August 18, 2014 and assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 89,498,185 shares of our common stock. For purposes of computing the applicable percentage of shares beneficially owned by a person after this offering in the table below, we have assumed that shares of common stock will be issued by us in our initial public offering and the concurrent private placement based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or that will become exercisable within 60 days of August 18, 2014. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table on the following page is c/o Dermira, Inc., 2055 Woodside Road, Redwood City, California 94061.
171
|
Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to this Offering and the Concurrent Private Placement |
Shares Beneficially
Owned After this Offering and the Concurrent Private Placement |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
Number | Percentage | Number | Percentage | |||||||||
5% Stockholders: |
|||||||||||||
Entities affiliated with Bay City Capital(1) |
19,937,732 | 21.0 | % | ||||||||||
Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates(2) |
19,937,732 | 21.0 | |||||||||||
Canaan VIII L.P.(3) |
14,215,071 | 15.0 | |||||||||||
UCB S.A.(4) |
7,960,413 | 8.4 | |||||||||||
Maruho Co., Ltd.(5) |
6,884,682 | 7.3 | |||||||||||
Apple Tree Partners IV, L.P.(6) |
6,024,096 | 6.4 | |||||||||||
Entities affiliated with Fidelity Investments(7) |
6,024,096 | 6.4 | |||||||||||
Directors and Named Executive Officers: |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Thomas G. Wiggans(8) |
3,375,992 | 3.5 | |||||||||||
Eugene A. Bauer(9) |
1,584,106 | 1.7 | |||||||||||
Luis C. Peña(10) |
717,040 | * | |||||||||||
David E. Cohen (11) |
311,249 | * | |||||||||||
Fred B. Craves (1) |
19,937,732 | 21.0 | |||||||||||
Matthew K. Fust(12) |
18,750 | * | |||||||||||
Wende S. Hutton(13) |
| * | |||||||||||
Mark D. McDade(14) |
| * | |||||||||||
Jake R. Nunn(15) |
| * | |||||||||||
William R. Ringo |
| * | |||||||||||
All executive officers and directors as a group (12 persons)(16) |
40,936,633 | 41.4 |
172
address of NEA 13 and NEA Ventures 2011 is 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, MD 21093.
173
174
Upon the closing of this offering and the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.
Pursuant to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock effective immediately upon the completion of this offering. Assuming (1) the issuance of 30,722,886 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock that were issued after June 30, 2014 and (2) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, as of June 30, 2014, there were 94,761,872 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding, held by approximately 55 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.
Common Stock
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See "Dividend Policy" above.
Voting Rights
Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our restated certificate of incorporation. Accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock will be able to elect all of our directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.
No Preemptive or Similar Rights
Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.
175
Preferred Stock
Pursuant to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation, each currently-outstanding share of convertible preferred stock will automatically be converted into one share of common stock effective immediately upon the completion of this offering. Following this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding.
Following this offering, pursuant to our restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of their qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Stock Options
As of June 30, 2014, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 13,138,983 shares of our common stock, with a weighted-average exercise price of $0.37. In September 2014, our compensation committee approved equity awards for an aggregate of 1,420,070 shares of our common stock that will be issuable upon the exercise of options to purchase common stock with an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price, all of which were granted on the day that the registration statement for this offering was declared effective.
Warrant
We have one outstanding warrant, which was issued to Square 1 Bank in connection with our credit facility. The number of shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock issuable pursuant to the warrant at any date is 51,635 shares plus 1% of the amount of borrowings under our credit facility as of such date divided by 1.4525. The warrant is exercisable for up to a maximum of 103,270 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock, with an exercise price of $1.4525 per share, and upon the closing of this offering the warrant will become exercisable for the same number of shares of our common stock. As of June 30, 2014, this warrant was exercisable for 65,404 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock. The exercise price of this warrant may be paid either in cash or by surrendering the right to receive shares of common stock having a value equal to the exercise price.
Registration Rights
Following the completion of this offering, the holders of certain outstanding shares of our common stock and the holders of shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our convertible preferred stock, or their permitted transferees, will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. These shares are referred to as registrable securities. Immediately following this offering, there will be approximately 90,998,185 registrable securities outstanding. These rights are provided under the terms of an amended and restated investors' rights agreement between us and the holders of these shares, which was entered into in connection with our preferred stock financings, and include demand registration rights, short-form registration rights and
176
piggyback registration rights. In any registration made pursuant to such amended and restated investors' rights agreement, all fees, costs and expenses of underwritten registrations, including fees and disbursements of one special counsel to the selling stockholders not to exceed $50,000, will be borne by us and all selling expenses, including estimated underwriting discounts and selling commissions, will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered.
The registration rights terminate five years following the completion of this offering or, with respect to any particular stockholder, at such time as that stockholder holds less than one percent of our outstanding stock, we have completed this offering and such stockholder can sell all of its shares during any three-month period pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
Demand Registration Rights
Under the terms of the amended and restated investors' rights agreement, if we receive a written request, at any time after 180 days following the effective date of this offering, from the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the registrable securities then outstanding that we file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of outstanding registrable securities, then we will be required to use our reasonable best efforts to register, within 90 days of such written request, all of the shares requested to be registered for public resale, if the amount of registrable securities to be registered will have aggregate gross proceeds (before underwriting discounts and commissions) of at least $10.0 million. We are required to effect only two registrations pursuant to this provision of the amended and restated investors' rights agreement. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement no more than once during any 12-month period for up to 120 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be detrimental to us and our stockholders. We are not required to effect a demand registration under certain additional circumstances specified in the amended and restated investors' rights agreement.
Form S-3 Registration Rights
The holders of at least 30% of the registrable securities then outstanding can request that we register all or part of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $5.0 million. The stockholders may require us to effect at most two registration statements on Form S-3 in any 12-month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 no more than once during any 12-month period for up to 120 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be detrimental to us and our stockholders. We are not required to effect a registration on Form S-3 under certain additional circumstances specified in the amended and restated investors' rights agreement.
Piggyback Registration Rights
In connection with this offering, holders of our registrable securities were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their registrable securities in this offering. If we register any of our securities for public sale in another offering, holders of registrable securities will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. However, this right does not apply to a demand registration, a registration relating to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization, or a registration on any registration form which does not permit secondary sales or does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of registrable securities. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders if they determine in good faith that marketing factors require limitation, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned, first, to us for our own account and, second, pro rata among the holders of registrable securities requesting inclusion of their registrable securities in such registration statement, according to the total number of
177
registrable securities held by each such holder. However, the number of shares to be registered by these holders cannot be reduced below 30% of the total shares covered by the registration statement, other than in the initial public offering.
Anti-Takeover Provisions
The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Delaware Law
We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, regulating corporate takeovers. In general, DGCL Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless:
Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction or series of transactions together resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that DGCL Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.
178
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws Provisions
Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, as we expect they will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our company, including the following:
179
Exchange Listing
We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "DERM."
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC. The transfer agent's address is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219, and its telephone number is (800) 937-5449.
180
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market following this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.
Upon the closing of this offering and the concurrent private placement, we will have a total of shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming (1) the issuance of 30,722,886 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock that were issued after June 30, 2014 and (2) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock, as of June 30, 2014 and based on (x) the 64,038,986 shares of our capital stock outstanding as of June 30, 2014 and (y) an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Of these outstanding shares, all of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, could only be sold in compliance with the Rule 144 limitations described below.
The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock, including the shares issued in the concurrent private placement, will be deemed "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, substantially all of our security holders have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our amended and restated investors' rights agreement described above under "Description of Capital StockRegistration Rights," subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
Lock-Up/Market Standoff Agreements
All of our directors and officers and all of our security holders are subject to lock-up agreements or market standoff provisions that, subject to exceptions described in the section entitled "Underwriting" below, prohibit them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock, options to acquire shares of our common stock or any security or instrument related to our common stock, or entering into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, without
181
the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Leerink Partners LLC. These agreements are subject to certain exceptions. See "Underwriting."
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.
Stock Options
In connection with this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding options and the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our stock plans. In addition, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 or such other form as may be required under the Securities Act for the resale of shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options that were not granted under Rule 701. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 may be subject to the volume limitations and the manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will
182
not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements to which they are subject.
Registration Rights
We have granted demand, piggyback and Form S-3 registration rights to certain of our stockholders to sell our common stock. Registration of the sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. For a further description of these rights, see "Description of Capital StockRegistration Rights."
183
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by "non-U.S. holders" (as defined below) pursuant to this offering. This summary does not provide a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax considerations relating thereto. The information provided below is based upon provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions currently in effect. These authorities may change at any time, possibly retroactively, or the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, might interpret the existing authorities differently. In either case, the tax considerations of owning or disposing of our common stock could differ from those described below. As a result, we cannot assure you that the tax consequences described in this discussion will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS.
This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent provided below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor's particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including:
In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership or an owner of the entity will depend upon the status of the partner or other owner and the activities of the partnership or other entity. Accordingly, this summary does not address tax considerations
184
applicable to partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.
INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF FOREIGN, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS, AND TAX TREATIES
Non-U.S. Holder Defined
For purposes of this summary, a "non-U.S. holder" is any holder of our common stock, other than a partnership, that is not:
If you are a non-U.S. citizen that is an individual, you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.
Dividends
We do not expect to declare or make any distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future and the terms of our credit facility currently restrict our ability to pay dividends. If we do pay dividends on shares of our common stock, however, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in shares of our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock. See "Sale of Common Stock."
Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder on our common stock that is not effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate. The withholding tax might not apply, however, or might apply at a reduced rate, under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence. You should consult your tax advisors regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. Generally, in order for us or our paying agent to withhold tax at a lower treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must certify its entitlement to treaty benefits. A non-U.S. holder generally can meet this certification requirement by providing a Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or any successor form) or appropriate substitute form to us or our paying agent. If
185
the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder's behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holder's agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. For payments made to a partnership or other pass-through entity, the certification requirements generally apply to the partners or other owners rather than to the partnership or other entity, and the partnership or other entity must provide the partners' or other owners' documentation to us or our paying agent. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS in a timely manner.
Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder, and if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States, are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide us or our paying agent with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition to being taxed at graduated tax rates, dividends received by corporate non-U.S. holders that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the corporate non-U.S. holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.
Sale of Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below regarding the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, non-U.S. holders will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gains realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:
The FIRPTA rules may apply to a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock if we are, or were within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder's holding period, a "U.S. real property holding corporation," or USRPHC. In general, we would be a USRPHC if interests in U.S. real estate comprised at least half of the value of our business assets. We do not believe that we are a USRPHC and we do not anticipate becoming one in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if beneficially owned by a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock at some time within the five-year period preceding the disposition.
186
If any gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, (1) is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder and (2) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individuals, a fixed base) maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, then the gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, under certain circumstances, that portion of its earnings and profits that is effectively connected with its U.S. trade or business, subject to certain adjustments, generally would be subject also to a "branch profits tax." The branch profits tax rate is 30%, although an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence might provide for a lower rate.
U.S. Federal Estate Tax
The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent's country of residence provides otherwise.
Backup Withholding and Information Reporting
The Code and the Treasury regulations require those who make specified payments to report the payments to the IRS. Among the specified payments are dividends and proceeds paid by brokers to their customers. The required information returns enable the IRS to determine whether the recipient properly included the payments in income. This reporting regime is reinforced by "backup withholding" rules. These rules require the payors to withhold tax from payments subject to information reporting if the recipient fails to cooperate with the reporting regime by failing to provide his taxpayer identification number to the payor, furnishing an incorrect identification number, or failing to report interest or dividends on his returns. The backup withholding tax rate is currently 28%. The backup withholding rules do not apply to payments to corporations, whether domestic or foreign, provided they establish such exemption.
Payments to non-U.S. holders of dividends on common stock generally will not be subject to backup withholding, and payments of proceeds made to non-U.S. holders by a broker upon a sale of common stock will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding, in each case so long as the non-U.S. holder certifies its nonresident status (and we or our paying agent do not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The certification procedures to claim treaty benefits described under "Dividends" will generally satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax. We must report annually to the IRS any dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to these dividends. Copies of these reports may be made available to tax authorities in the country where the non-U.S. holder resides.
Under the Treasury regulations, the payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the beneficial owner certifies, under penalties of perjury, among other things, its status as a non-U.S. holder (and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, except as noted below. Information reporting, but not backup withholding,
187
will apply to a payment of proceeds, even if that payment is made outside of the United States, if you sell our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is:
unless the broker has documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary).
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to a holder of common stock under the backup withholding rules can be credited against any U.S. federal income tax liability of the holder and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, or FATCA, will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain "withholdable payments" (including U.S. source dividends and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of U.S. stock) to foreign financial institutions and other non-U.S. entities that fail to comply with certain certification and information reporting requirements. The obligation to withhold under FATCA is currently expected to apply to, among other items, (1) dividends on our common stock that are paid after June 30, 2014 and (2) gross proceeds from the disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2016.
THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.
188
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Leerink Partners LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of this offering and as representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares set forth opposite the underwriter's name in the following table.
Underwriters
|
Number of
Shares |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. |
||||
Leerink Partners LLC |
||||
Guggenheim Securities, LLC |
||||
Needham & Company, LLC |
||||
| | | | |
Total |
||||
| | | | |
| | | | |
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the shares.
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount from the initial public offering price not to exceed $ per share. If all the shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts.
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, we have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter's initial purchase commitment. Any shares issued or sold under the option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions as the other shares that are the subject of this offering.
We, our officers, directors and holders of all of our securities have agreed that, subject to specified limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of the representatives, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock. The representatives, in their sole discretion, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time, which, in the case of officers and directors, shall be with notice.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price will be our results of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot ensure however, that the price at which the shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be
189
lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our shares will develop and continue after this offering.
We have applied to have our shares listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "DERM."
The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.
|
Paid by Dermira, Inc. | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
No Exercise | Full Exercise | |||||
Per share |
$ | $ | |||||
Total |
$ | $ |
We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this offering will be $ . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses as set forth in the underwriting agreement.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares in the open market. Purchases and sales in the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the over-allotment option, and stabilizing purchases.
Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the shares. They may also cause the price of the shares to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on The NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
190
Relationships
The underwriters are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business for which they may receive customary fees and reimbursement of expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (which may include bank loans and credit default swaps) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers and may at any time hold long and short positions in such securities and instruments. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and short positions in such securities and instruments.
In August 2014, Leerink Holdings LLC and Leerink Swann Co-Investment Fund, LLC, each of which is an affiliate of Leerink Partners LLC, purchased an aggregate of 602,409 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock at a purchase price per share of $1.66 in our Series C convertible preferred stock financing. All such shares are subject to the 180-day lock-up restrictions described above.
We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant member state), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant implementation date), an offer of shares described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:
provided that no such offer of shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of securities to the public" in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the expression may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the relevant member state) and includes any relevant implementing measure in the relevant member state. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.
191
The sellers of the shares have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary on their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares as contemplated in this prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of the sellers or the underwriters.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive that are also (1) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or the Order, or (2) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (each such person being referred to as a "relevant person"). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
Notice to Prospective Investors in France
Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the shares has been or will be:
Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:
The shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier .
Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong
The shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (1) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), (2) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (3) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the
192
meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong) and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan
The shares offered in this prospectus have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan. The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any resident of Japan (including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), except (1) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and (2) in compliance with any other applicable requirements of Japanese law.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or the SFA, (2) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (3) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set forth in the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
193
Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia
No prospectus or other disclosure document (as defined in the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) of Australia, or the Corporations Act) in relation to the common stock has been or will be lodged with the Australian Securities & Investments Commission, or ASIC. This document has not been lodged with ASIC and is only directed to certain categories of exempt persons. Accordingly, if you receive this document in Australia:
194
Concurrently with this offering, entities affiliated with UCB Pharma S.A. will purchase from us in a private placement an aggregate of $7.5 million of shares of our common stock at the same price as the price offered to the public in this offering, or shares based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The sale of these shares to entities affiliated with UCB Pharma S.A. will not be registered in this offering.
The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Fenwick & West LLP, San Francisco, California, which beneficially owns an aggregate of 250,000 shares of our common stock, representing approximately 0.39% of our outstanding shares of capital stock as of June 30, 2014. Certain legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cooley LLP, San Francisco, California.
The consolidated financial statements of Dermira, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013 appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report (which contains an explanatory paragraph describing conditions that raise substantial doubt about the ability of Dermira, Inc. to continue as a going concern as described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements) appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon the closing of our initial public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.
195
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The
Board of Directors and Stockholders
Dermira, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dermira, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Dermira, Inc. at December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that Dermira, Inc. will continue as a going concern. As more fully described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has incurred recurring operating losses and negative cash flows since inception and expects to continue to generate operating losses and consume significant cash resources in the foreseeable future. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company's ability to continue as a going concern. Management's plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The 2013 consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the recoverability and classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Redwood
City, California
June 26, 2014
F-2
DERMIRA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
December 31, |
|
|
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
June 30,
2014 |
Pro Forma as
of June 30, 2014 |
|||||||||||
|
2012 | 2013 | |||||||||||
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
(Unaudited)
|
|||||||||
Assets |
|||||||||||||
Current assets: |
|||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 7,872 | $ | 22,144 | $ | 9,774 | |||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
160 | 344 | 693 | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total current assets |
8,032 | 22,488 | 10,467 | ||||||||||
Property and equipment, net |
35 | 61 | 79 | ||||||||||
Intangible assets |
3,520 | 3,520 | 3,520 | ||||||||||
Goodwill |
771 | 771 | 771 | ||||||||||
Other assets |
156 | 31 | 1,693 | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total assets |
$ | 12,514 | $ | 26,871 | $ | 16,530 | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity |
|||||||||||||
Current liabilities: |
|||||||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 1,984 | $ | 2,322 | $ | 2,263 | |||||||
Accrued liabilities |
2,401 | 1,999 | 3,690 | ||||||||||
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability |
| 61 | 60 | | |||||||||
Bank term loan, current portion |
| 133 | 533 | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total current liabilities |
4,385 | 4,515 | 6,546 | ||||||||||
Long-term liabilities: |
|||||||||||||
Deferred revenue |
| 10,000 | 10,000 | ||||||||||
Bank term loan, net of current portion |
| 1,786 | 1,398 | ||||||||||
Deferred tax liability |
785 | 785 | 785 | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total liabilities |
5,170 | 17,086 | 18,729 | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Commitments and contingencies |
|||||||||||||
Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; 47,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2012 and 58,621,253 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013; 38,121,253 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012, 55,332,957 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 58,775,299 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited); (aggregate liquidation value of $35,262 as of December 31, 2012 and $60,262 as of December 31, 2013); no shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2014, pro forma (unaudited) |
35,089 |
59,588 |
64,588 |
|
|||||||||
Stockholders' (deficit) equity: |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Common stock: $0.001 par value per share; 135,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2013; 5,227,687 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and 5,263,687 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited); 94,761,872 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2014, pro forma (unaudited) |
5 | 5 | 5 | $ | 94 | ||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
674 | 966 | 1,283 | 114,655 | |||||||||
Accumulated deficit |
(28,424 | ) | (50,774 | ) | (68,075 | ) | (68,075 | ) | |||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total stockholders' (deficit) equity |
(27,745 | ) | (49,803 | ) | (66,787 | ) | 46,674 | ||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity |
$ | 12,514 | $ | 26,871 | $ | 16,530 | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3
DERMIRA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
Year Ended
December 31, |
Six Months Ended
June 30, |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2012 | 2013 | 2013 | 2014 | |||||||||
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||
Research and development |
$ | 17,055 | $ | 17,937 | $ | 8,778 | $ | 13,648 | |||||
General and administrative |
3,148 | 4,366 | 2,205 | 3,552 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total operating expenses |
20,203 | 22,303 | 10,983 | 17,200 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Loss from operations |
(20,203 | ) | (22,303 | ) | (10,983 | ) | (17,200 | ) | |||||
Interest and other income (expense), net |
(51 | ) | (38 | ) | 12 | (34 | ) | ||||||
Interest expense |
| (9 | ) | | (67 | ) | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net loss and comprehensive loss |
$ | (20,254 | ) | $ | (22,350 | ) | $ | (10,971 | ) | $ | (17,301 | ) | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net loss per share, basic and diluted |
$ | (4.83 | ) | $ | (4.66 | ) | $ | (2.39 | ) | $ | (3.32 | ) | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Weighted-average common shares used to compute net loss per share, basic and diluted |
4,197,016 | 4,795,289 | 4,585,069 | 5,204,769 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted (unaudited) |
$ | (0.40 | ) | $ | (0.28 | ) | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Weighted-average common shares used to compute pro forma net loss per share, basic and diluted, (unaudited) |
56,072,886 | 62,097,240 | |||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
DERMIRA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS'
(DEFICIT) EQUITY
(in thousands, except share amounts)
|
Convertible
Preferred Stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Additional
Paid-In Capital |
Accumulated
Deficit |
Total
Stockholders' Deficit |
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Shares | Amount |
|
Shares | Amount | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2011 |
25,040,172 | $ | 23,025 | 5,227,687 | $ | 5 | $ | 508 | $ | (8,170 | ) | $ | (7,657 | ) | ||||||||||
Issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock, net of issuance cost of $36 |
13,081,081 | 12,064 | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | 166 | 166 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | | | (20,254 | ) | (20,254 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2012 |
38,121,253 | 35,089 | 5,227,687 | 5 | 674 | (28,424 | ) | (27,745 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock, net of issuance cost of $500 |
17,211,704 | 24,499 | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
| | | | 292 | | 292 | |||||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | | | | (22,350 | ) | (22,350 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2013 |
55,332,957 | 59,588 | 5,227,687 | 5 | 966 | (50,774 | ) | (49,803 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Issuance of Series B convertible preferred stock (unaudited) |
3,442,342 | 5,000 | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options (unaudited) |
| | 36,000 | | 7 | | 7 | |||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation (unaudited) |
| | | | 310 | | 310 | |||||||||||||||||
Net loss (unaudited) |
| | | | | (17,301 | ) | (17,301 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Balance at June 30, 2014 (unaudited) |
58,775,299 | $ | 64,588 | 5,263,687 | $ | 5 | $ | 1,283 | $ | (68,075 | ) | $ | (66,787 | ) | ||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
DERMIRA, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands)
|
Year Ended
December 31, |
Six Months Ended
June 30, |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2012 | 2013 | 2013 | 2014 | |||||||||
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities |
|||||||||||||
Net loss |
$ | (20,254 | ) | $ | (22,350 | ) | $ | (10,971 | ) | $ | (17,301 | ) | |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: |
|||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
12 | 22 | 10 | 19 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation |
166 | 292 | 120 | 310 | |||||||||
Loss on disposal of property and equipment |
| 2 | 1 | | |||||||||
Amortization of bank term loan issuance costs |
| | | 12 | |||||||||
Revaluation of convertible preferred stock warrant liability |
| | | (1 | ) | ||||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities: |
|||||||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
119 | (184 | ) | (190 | ) | (349 | ) | ||||||
Other assets |
(11 | ) | 125 | 124 | (393 | ) | |||||||
Accounts payable |
1,199 | 338 | (1,012 | ) | (561 | ) | |||||||
Accrued liabilities |
1,516 | (402 | ) | (470 | ) | 924 | |||||||
Deferred revenue |
| 10,000 | 10,000 | | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash used in operating activities |
(17,253 | ) | (12,157 | ) | (2,388 | ) | (17,340 | ) | |||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash flows from investing activities |
|||||||||||||
Purchase of property and equipment |
(36 | ) | (50 | ) | (24 | ) | (37 | ) | |||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash used in investing activities |
(36 | ) | (50 | ) | (24 | ) | (37 | ) | |||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash flows from financing activities |
|||||||||||||
Net proceeds from issuance of convertible preferred stock |
12,064 | 24,499 | 24,499 | 5,000 | |||||||||
Proceeds from common stock option exercise |
| | | 7 | |||||||||
Net borrowings from bank term loan |
| 1,980 | | | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net cash provided by financing activities |
12,064 | 26,479 | 24,499 | 5,007 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
(5,225 | ) | 14,272 | 22,087 | (12,370 | ) | |||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
13,097 | 7,872 | 7,872 | 22,144 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
$ | 7,872 | $ | 22,144 | $ | 29,959 | $ | 9,774 | |||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information |
|||||||||||||
Cash paid for interest |
| | | $ | 58 | ||||||||
Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activities |
|||||||||||||
Issuance of warrants in connection with bank term loan |
| $ | 61 | | | ||||||||
Unpaid deferred offering costs |
| | | $ | 1,269 |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1. Organization
Dermira, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated in the State of Delaware in August 2010 under the name Skintelligence, Inc. The Company changed its name to Dermira, Inc. in September 2011. In August 2010, the Company acquired Valocor Therapeutics, Inc., which was subsequently renamed Dermira (Canada), Inc. ("Dermira Canada") and is the Company's wholly owned subsidiary. The Company is a biopharmaceutical company focused on bringing medical dermatology products to dermatologists and their patients. The Company's management team has experience in product development and commercialization, having served in leadership roles at several dermatology companies. The Company's portfolio of five product candidates includes two late-stage product candidates, Cimzia (certolizumab pegol), which the Company is developing in collaboration with UCB Pharma S.A. for the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, and DRM04, which the Company is developing for the treatment of hyperhidrosis, or excessive sweating. The Company also has three earlier-stage programs in development for the treatment of acne and inflammatory skin diseases. The Company's corporate headquarters are located in Redwood City, California, where it occupies facilities totaling approximately 14,700 square feet.
Need for Additional Capital
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. In the course of its development activities, the Company has sustained significant operating losses and expects such losses to continue over the next several years. The Company's success depends on the outcome of its research and development activities. Through June 30, 2014, the Company has incurred cumulative net losses of $68.1 million (unaudited). Management expects to incur substantial losses in the future to conduct product research and development and pre-commercialization activities. Additional capital will be needed to undertake these activities and meet the operating requirements of the Company through 2014 and beyond. The Company may raise such capital through the issuance of additional equity, borrowings or strategic alliances with other companies. However, if such financing is not available at adequate levels or on acceptable terms, the Company could be required to significantly reduce operating expenses and delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate some of its development programs or its commercialization efforts, enter into a collaboration or other similar arrangement with respect to commercialization rights to any of its product candidates, out-license intellectual property rights to its product candidates or sell unsecured assets, or any combination of the above, any of which may have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations, financial condition or its ability to fund its scheduled obligations on a timely basis or at all.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and Dermira Canada and have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP"). All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated during consolidation. Certain 2012 balances have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation. The 2012 reclassifications were primarily made to reclassify legal expenses from research and development expense to general and administration expense in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.
F-7
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and reported amounts of expenses during the reporting periods. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates, including those related to accrued research and development expenses, long-lived assets, fair value of common stock, convertible preferred stock and related warrants, stock-based compensation, and the valuation of deferred tax assets. The Company bases its estimates on its historical experience and also on assumptions that it believes are reasonable; however, actual results could significantly differ from those estimates.
Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements
The interim consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2014 and the interim consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company's consolidated financial position as of June 30, 2014 and its consolidated results of operations and comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014. The financial data and the other financial information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 are also unaudited. The consolidated results of operations and comprehensive loss for the six months ended June 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014 or for any other future annual or interim period.
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information
The unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared assuming immediately upon the closing of the Company's initial public offering ("IPO"): (1) the issuance of 30,722,886 shares of our Series C convertible preferred stock that were issued after June 30, 2014; (2) the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock and (3) the related reclassification of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not assume any proceeds from the proposed IPO.
Risks and Uncertainties
The product candidates developed by the Company require approvals from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") and foreign regulatory agencies prior to commercial sales in the United States or foreign jurisdictions, respectively. There can be no assurance that the Company's current and future product candidates will receive the necessary approvals. If the Company is denied approval or approval is delayed, it may have a material adverse impact on the Company's business and its financial condition.
The Company is subject to risks common to early-stage companies in the pharmaceutical industry, including dependence on the clinical and commercial success of its product candidates, ability to obtain
F-8
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
regulatory approval of its product candidates, compliance with regulatory requirements, the need for substantial additional financing to achieve its goals, uncertainty of broad adoption of its approved products, if any, by physicians and patients, significant competition and ability to manage third party manufacturers, suppliers and contract research organizations ("CROs").
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investment securities with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents include deposits, money market accounts and obligations of U.S. government agencies. Cash and cash equivalents are recorded at face value or cost, which approximates fair value.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company invests its excess cash in money market funds and obligations of U.S. government agencies. Bank deposits are held by a single financial institution with a strong credit rating and these deposits may at times be in excess of insured limits. The Company is exposed to credit risk in the event of a default by the financial institution holding its cash and cash equivalents and issuers of investments to the extent recorded on the balance sheets. The Company's investment policy limits investments to certain types of debt securities issued by the U.S. government and its agencies and places restrictions on maturities and concentration by type and issuer.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company primarily applies the market approach for recurring fair value measurements.
The Company measures certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value based on the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. The carrying amount of the Company's cash and cash equivalents, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and convertible preferred stock warrant liability approximate fair value due to their short maturities. Based on borrowing rates currently available to the Company for bank term loans with similar terms, the carrying value of the Company's bank term loan approximates its fair value.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, subject to adjustments for impairments, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Property and equipment consist of computer equipment and furniture. Depreciation and amortization is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives for the related assets. The Company has determined the estimated life of assets in property and equipment to be three years. Maintenance and repairs that do not extend the life of or improve an asset are expensed in the period incurred.
F-9
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company assesses changes in the performance of its product candidates in relation to its expectations, and industry, economic and regulatory conditions and makes assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows in evaluating the value of its property and equipment, goodwill and in-process research and development ("IPR&D").
The Company periodically evaluates whether current facts or circumstances indicate that the carrying values of its long-lived assets to be held and used may not be recoverable. If such circumstances are determined to exist, an estimate of the undiscounted future cash flows of these assets is compared to the carrying value to determine whether impairment exists. If the asset is determined to be impaired, the loss is measured based on the difference between the asset's fair value and its carrying value. If quoted market prices are not available, the Company will estimate fair value using a discounted value of estimated future cash flows approach.
Goodwill represents the excess of the consideration transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired in connection with the acquisition of Valocor. The Company tests goodwill for impairment on at least an annual basis, or more frequently if impairment indicators exist, by first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the goodwill is less than its carrying amount. Some of the factors considered by the Company in its assessment include general macro-economic conditions, conditions specific to the industry and market, and the successful development of its product candidates. If the Company concludes it is more likely than not that the fair value of the goodwill is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative fair value test is performed.
IPR&D represents the fair value assigned to incomplete research projects that the Company acquired through the acquisition of Valocor which, at the time of acquisition, had not reached technological feasibility. The amount was capitalized and accounted for as indefinite-lived intangible assets, subject to impairment testing until completion or abandonment of the project. The Company tests IPR&D for impairment at least annually, or more frequently, if impairment indicators exist, by first assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the IPR&D intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If the Company concludes it is more likely than not that the fair value is less than the carrying amount, a quantitative test that compares the fair value of the IPR&D intangible asset with its carrying value is performed.
Deferred Offering Costs (unaudited)
Deferred offering costs, consisting of legal, accounting, filing and other fees related to the Series C convertible preferred stock financing and IPO, are capitalized. The deferred offering costs will be offset against proceeds from the Series C convertible preferred stock financing and IPO upon the closing of the Series C convertible preferred stock financing and the effectiveness of the IPO, respectively. In the event the IPO was terminated, all capitalized deferred offering costs would be expensed. As of June 30, 2014, $1.7 million of deferred offering costs were capitalized, which are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. No amounts were deferred as of December 31, 2013.
Research and Development Expenses
The Company expenses both internal and external research and development expenses to operations as they are incurred. The Company's research and development expenses consist primarily
F-10
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
of costs incurred for the development of its product candidates and include: (1) expenses incurred under agreements with CROs, investigative sites and consultants to conduct clinical trials and preclinical and non-clinical studies; (2) costs to acquire, develop and manufacture supplies for clinical trials and other studies, including fees paid to contract manufacturing organizations ("CMOs"); (3) salaries and related costs, including stock-based compensation and travel expenses, for personnel in research and development functions; (4) costs related to compliance with drug development regulatory requirements; (5) depreciation and other allocated facility-related and overhead expenses; and (6) licensing fees and milestone payments incurred under product license agreements.
Accrued Research and Development Expenses
The Company records accruals for estimated costs of research, preclinical and clinical studies, and manufacturing development, which are a significant component of research and development expenses. A substantial portion of the Company's ongoing research and development activities is conducted by third-party service providers, including CROs. The Company's contracts with CROs generally include pass-through fees such as regulatory expenses, investigator fees, travel costs and other miscellaneous costs, including shipping and printing fees. The financial terms of these contracts are subject to negotiations, which vary from contract to contract and may result in payment flows that do not match the periods over which materials or services are provided to the Company under such contracts. The Company accrues the costs incurred under agreements with these third parties based on actual work completed in accordance with the respective agreements. In the event the Company makes advance payments, the payments are recorded as a prepaid asset and recognized as the services are performed. The Company determines the estimated costs through discussions with internal personnel and external service providers as to the progress or stage of completion of the services and the agreed-upon fees to be paid for such services.
The Company makes significant judgments and estimates in determining the accrual balance in each reporting period. As actual costs become known, the Company adjusts its accruals. Although the Company does not expect its estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, the Company's understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and could result in the Company reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. The Company's accrual is dependent, in part, upon the receipt of timely and accurate reporting from CROs and other third-party vendors. To date, there have been no material differences from the Company's accrued estimated expenses to the actual clinical trial expenses. However, variations in the assumptions used to estimate accruals, including, but not limited to the number of patients enrolled, the rate of patient enrollment, and the actual services performed may vary from the Company's estimates, resulting in adjustments to clinical trial expense in future periods. Changes in these estimates that result in material changes to the Company's accruals could materially affect its financial condition and results of operations.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the liability method to account for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applied to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is established when necessary
F-11
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Financial statement effects of uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is more-likely-than-not, based on the technical merits of the position, that it will be sustained upon examination. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included within the provision for income tax. The Company has not been subject to any interest and penalties through December 31, 2013.
Stock-Based Compensation
The Company maintains an equity incentive plan under which incentive stock options may be granted to employees and nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and stock appreciation rights may be granted to employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors.
For stock options granted to employees and directors, the Company recognizes compensation expense for all stock-based awards based on the grant-date estimated fair values, net of an estimated forfeiture rate. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company estimates its forfeiture rate based on an analysis of its actual forfeitures and the experience of other companies in the same industry, and will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate assumption based on actual forfeitures, analysis of employee turnover, and other related factors.
Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to nonemployees is recognized based on the fair value of the stock options, determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, as they are earned. The awards vest over the time period during which the nonemployee provides services to the Company.
Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability
The freestanding warrant for shares that are puttable is classified as a liability on the balance sheet and is carried at estimated fair value. At the end of each reporting period, changes in the estimated fair value during the period are recorded in interest and other income (expense), net, in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company will continue to adjust the carrying value of the warrant until the earlier of the exercise of the warrant or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an IPO, at which time the liability will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital in the consolidated statement of stockholders' (deficit) equity.
Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited), comprehensive loss was equal to net loss.
Net Loss and Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share
Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without consideration for dilutive potential
F-12
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
shares of common stock. Diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share, since the effects of potentially dilutive securities are antidilutive.
The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 were computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding, including the pro forma effect of the conversion of all then-outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock. Also, the numerator in the pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share calculation has been adjusted to remove gains and losses resulting from remeasurements of the outstanding convertible preferred stock warrant liability through June 30, 2014, as it is assumed that these warrants will either be converted to potentially dilutive shares or be net exercised prior to an IPO and will no longer require periodic revaluation.
A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted net loss per share follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
F-13
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
The following outstanding dilutive potential shares of common stock were excluded from the computations of diluted net loss per share for the periods presented as the effect of including such securities would be antidilutive:
|
As of December 31, | As of June 30, | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2012 | 2013 | 2013 | 2014 | |||||||||
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
||||||||||
Convertible preferred stock, as converted to common stock |
38,121,253 | 55,332,957 | 55,332,957 | 58,775,299 | |||||||||
Warrant to purchase convertible preferred stock, as converted to a common stock warrant |
| 65,404 | | 65,404 | |||||||||
Options to purchase common stock |
5,337,985 | 10,113,004 | 8,284,763 | 13,138,983 | |||||||||
Common stock subject to repurchase |
675,522 | 56,772 | 597,397 | 16,147 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|
44,134,760 | 65,568,137 | 64,215,117 | 71,995,833 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Unaudited pro forma net loss per share is computed using the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all the outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock as of the date of issuance.
The following table sets forth the computation of the Company's unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
F-14
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists ("ASU 2013-11") that provides for disclosure requirements related to unrecognized tax benefits in certain situations. The Company adopted ASU 2013-11 in the first quarter of 2014 and adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on its results of operations or financial position.
In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASU 2014-09"), which converges the FASB and the International Accounting Standards Board standards on revenue recognition. Areas of revenue recognition that will be affected include, but are not limited to, transfer of control, variable consideration, allocation of transfer pricing, licenses, time value of money, contract costs and disclosures. This guidance is effective for the fiscal years and interim reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that the adoption of ASU 2014-09 will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2014-10, Elimination of Certain Financial Reporting Requirements, Including an Amendment to Variable Interest Entities Guidance in Topic 810, Consolidation ("ASU 2014-10"), which eliminates the definition of a development stage entity, eliminates the development stage presentation and disclosure requirements under Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") 915, Development Stage Entities ("ASC 915"), and amends provisions of existing variable interest entity guidance under ASC 810, Consolidation . As a result of the changes, entities which meet the former definition of a development stage entity will no longer be required to: (1) present inception-to-date information in the statements of income, cash flows, and shareholder equity; (2) label the financial statements as those of a development stage entity; (3) disclose a description of the development stage activities in which the entity is engaged; and (4) disclose in the first year in which the entity is no longer a development stage entity that in prior years it had been in the development stage. Furthermore, ASU 2014-10 clarifies disclosures about risks and uncertainties under ASC Topic 275, Risks and Uncertainties, that apply to companies that have not commenced planned principal operations. Finally, variable interest entity rules no longer contain an exception for development stage entities and, as a result, development stage entities will have to be evaluated for consolidation in the same manner as non-development stage entities.
Under ASU 2014-10, entities are no longer required to apply the presentation and disclosure provisions of ASC 915 during annual periods beginning after December 15, 2014. In addition, the revisions to the consolidation standards are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 for public entities and are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 for nonpublic entities. Early adoption is permitted for any annual reporting period or interim period for which the entity's financial statements have not yet been issued (public business entities) or made available for issuance (other entities).
The Company has adopted ASU 2014-10 effective as of its issuance date. Adoption of this standard had no impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations, or cash flows; however, the presentation of the consolidated financial statements has been changed to eliminate the disclosures that are no longer required.
F-15
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
The Company has reviewed other recent accounting pronouncements and concluded they are either not applicable to the business or no material effect is expected on the consolidated financial statements as a result of future adoption.
3. Fair Value Measurements
Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value should maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The accounting guidance for fair value establishes a three-level hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements, as follows:
Level 1Inputs are unadjusted, quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities at the measurement date.
Level 2Inputs (other than quoted market prices included in Level 1) that are either directly or indirectly observable, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the instrument's anticipated life.
Level 3Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and reflect management's best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.
A financial instrument's categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
The following tables set forth the fair value of the Company's financial instruments that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (in thousands):
|
As of December 31, 2012 | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |||||||||
Financial assets: |
|||||||||||||
Money market funds |
$ | 7,362 | $ | | $ | | $ | 7,362 | |||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
F-16
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
3. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)
|
As of June 30, 2014 | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total | |||||||||
|
(Unaudited)
|
||||||||||||
Financial assets: |
|||||||||||||
Money market funds |
$ | 1,874 | $ | | $ | | $ | 1,874 | |||||
U.S. government agencies |
7,000 | | 7,000 | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total financial assets |
$ | 1,874 | $ | 7,000 | $ | | $ | 8,874 | |||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Financial liabilities: |
|||||||||||||
Preferred stock warrant liability |
$ | | $ | | $ | 60 | $ | 60 | |||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Level 3 liabilities comprise convertible preferred stock warrant liability (see Note 10). The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the estimated fair value of the Company's convertible preferred stock warrant, which were measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):
Balance as of December 31, 2012 |
$ | | ||
Issuance of preferred stock warrant |
61 | |||
| | | | |
Balance as of December 31, 2013 |
61 | |||
Decrease in fair value included in other income (expense), net (unaudited) |
(1 | ) | ||
| | | | |
Balance as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited) |
$ | 60 | ||
| | | | |
| | | | |
Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified as Level 1. The Company classifies money market funds as Level 1. When quoted market prices are not available for the specific security, then the Company estimates fair value by using quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant inputs are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets. Where applicable, these models project future cash flows and discount the future amounts to a present value using market-based observable inputs obtained from various third-party data providers, including but not limited to benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes. The Company classifies obligations of U.S. government agencies as Level 2. In certain cases where there is limited activity or less transparency around inputs to valuation, securities are classified as Level 3. Level 3 liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of convertible preferred stock warrant liability.
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the periods presented.
F-17
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
4. Property and Equipment
The following table is a summary of property and equipment (in thousands):
|
December 31, |
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
June 30,
2014 |
|||||||||
|
2012 | 2013 | ||||||||
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|||||||
Computer equipment |
$ | 28 | $ | 55 | $ | 83 | ||||
Office furniture |
21 | 41 | 50 | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
Total property and equipment |
49 | 96 | 133 | |||||||
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
(14 | ) | (35 | ) | (54 | ) | ||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
Property and equipment, net |
$ | 35 | $ | 61 | $ | 79 | ||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Property and equipment depreciation and amortization expense was $12,000, $22,000, $10,000, and $19,000 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited), respectively.
5. Accrued Liabilities
Accrued liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
December 31, |
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
June 30,
2014 |
|||||||||
|
2012 | 2013 | ||||||||
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|||||||
Accrued compensation |
$ | 677 | $ | 949 | $ | 930 | ||||
Accrued outside research and development services |
1,600 | 596 | 1,623 | |||||||
Accrued professional and consulting services |
118 | 400 | 1,062 | |||||||
Other |
6 | 54 | 75 | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
|
$ | 2,401 | $ | 1,999 | $ | 3,690 | ||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
6. Intangible Assets
In-Process Research and Development
In connection with the acquisition of Valocor in 2011, the Company acquired intangible assets that were associated with IPR&D projects relating to preclinical product candidates. The acquisition-date fair value of these intangible assets was $3.5 million. The Company estimated the fair value of each product candidate using the income approach, which discounts expected future cash flows to present value using discount rates ranging from 15.70% to 26.74% which were based on the estimated weighted-average cost of capital for companies with profiles substantially similar to that of Valocor. As of all periods presented, these assets are considered to be indefinite-lived and will not be amortized, but will be tested for impairment on an annual basis, as well as between annual tests if changes in circumstances indicate a reduction in the fair value of the IPR&D projects below their respective carrying amounts. If and when development is complete, the associated assets would be deemed finite-lived and would then be amortized based on their respective estimated useful lives.
F-18
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
6. Intangible Assets (Continued)
Goodwill
The Company recorded the goodwill resulting from the Valocor acquisition separately on its consolidated balance sheet as of the acquisition date. Goodwill is tested for impairment on an annual basis, as well as between annual tests if there are changes in circumstances that would indicate a reduction in the fair value of the goodwill below its carrying amount.
The net book value of intangible assets and goodwill as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited) was as follows (in thousands):
|
Net Book
Value |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Intangible assetsIPR&D |
$ | 3,520 | ||
Goodwill |
771 | |||
| | | | |
Total intangible assets with indefinite lives |
$ | 4,291 | ||
| | | | |
| | | | |
7. Loan Agreement
In December 2013, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement (the "Loan Agreement") with Square 1 Bank (the "Bank") that provides for two term loans available to the Company of $2.0 million and $5.5 million, respectively. Borrowings under the term loans bear interest at the greater of: (1) 5.10% above the treasury rate in effect on the date that a term loan is funded; or (2) 5.50%, which rate will be fixed on the date of funding of the term loan. Upon final repayment of the amounts borrowed, the Company is required to pay the Bank a fee equal to 2.75% of the original principal amount borrowed. The Company may prepay borrowings without paying a penalty or premium.
On the closing date of the Loan Agreement, the Company borrowed $2.0 million under the first term loan ("Term Loan A"). The amount borrowed under Term Loan A matures in April 2017 and is secured by all assets of the Company other than the Company's intellectual property, subject to certain limited exceptions, and bears interest at a rate of 5.77% per annum. The amount borrowed under Term Loan A is to be repaid over a period of 40 months as follows: (1) commencing on January 11, 2014, 10 monthly payments of interest only; and (2) commencing on November 1, 2014, 30 equal monthly payments of $66,666.67, plus interest. Upon final repayment of Term Loan A, the Company is required to pay the Bank a fee of $55,000. The Company is accruing this fee monthly over the loan term on a straight-line basis and is recording it as interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations.
The second term loan ("Term Loan B") of $5.5 million is available to the Company any time between the date the Company achieves certain positive top-line Phase 2 clinical trial results and October 31, 2014. As of June 30, 2014 (unaudited), the Company had no borrowings under Term Loan B and was not entitled to borrow funds under Term Loan B. Borrowings, if any, under Term Loan B would be repaid over a period of months as follows: (1) commencing on the 11 th day following the date of Term Loan B, monthly payments of interest only to the earlier of (a) December 31, 2014 or (b) six months following the date of Term Loan B; and (2) commencing on the last day of the month immediately following the interest only end date, equal monthly payments of principal, plus interest, to the maturity date of June 30, 2017. Upon final repayment of Term Loan B, the Company would be
F-19
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
7. Loan Agreement (Continued)
required to pay the Bank a fee equal to 2.75% of the original principal amount borrowed under Term Loan B.
The Loan Agreement is subject to certain representations and warranties, certain affirmative and negative covenants, certain conditions and events of default that are customarily required for similar financings. The affirmative covenants include, among other things, that the Company delivers timely financial statements and reports to the Bank, timely files taxes, maintains certain operating accounts subject to control agreements in favor of the Bank, maintains liability and other insurance, maintains at least two active and ongoing drug development programs and pledges security interests in any ownership interest of a future subsidiary. The negative covenants preclude, among other things, disposing of certain assets, engaging in certain mergers or acquisitions, incurring additional indebtedness, encumbering any collateral, paying dividends or making prohibited investments, in each case, without the prior consent of the Bank. As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, the Company was in compliance with all of the covenants.
In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company agreed to issue the Bank a warrant to purchase up to 103,270 shares of the Company's Series B convertible preferred stock, with an exercise price of $1.4525 per share. The number of shares issuable pursuant to the warrant at any date is 51,635 shares plus 1% of the amount of borrowings under the Loan Agreement as of such date divided by 1.4525. Following the entry into the Loan Agreement and the concurrent funding of Term Loan A, and as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), the warrant was exercisable for 65,404 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock, consisting of the 51,635 initial shares related to the Loan Agreement and an additional 13,769 shares related to Term Loan A. The fair value of the warrant of approximately $61,000 was recorded as a debt discount and amortized to interest expense using the straight-line method over the loan term. The Company recognized interest expense of $0 and $9,000 from the amortization of the warrant-related debt discount for the years ended December 31, 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively. The unamortized debt discount balance was $61,000 and $52,000 as of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), respectively.
As of December 31, 2013, future principal and interest payments under Term Loan A are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Year Ending December 31, |
||||
2014 |
$ | 256 | ||
2015 |
888 | |||
2016 |
841 | |||
2017 |
325 | |||
| | | | |
Total payments |
2,310 | |||
Less: |
||||
Cash interest payments and balloon payment accretion |
(310 | ) | ||
Unamortized bank fees and warrant value issued |
(81 | ) | ||
| | | | |
Total principal payments |
1,919 | |||
Less: current portion |
(133 | ) | ||
| | | | |
Long-term portion of bank term loan |
$ | 1,786 | ||
| | | | |
| | | | |
F-20
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
7. Loan Agreement (Continued)
The Company incurred interest expense in connection with Term Loan A to the Bank totaling $67,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited).
8. Commitments and Contingencies
Facility Lease
The Company leases its corporate headquarters facility in Redwood City, California under a noncancelable operating lease agreement. The lease agreement was entered into in September 2011, and amended in November 2011 for additional space in the same facility. The lease terminates in November 2014. As of December 31, 2013, the future minimum lease payments for this facility were $168,000.
In December 2013, the Company entered into a lease agreement with respect to additional space in the same facility. The lease commenced January 2014 and is on a month-to-month basis at a rate of $10,000 per month. Monthly rent payments under the lease agreement increase $1,000 per month in each subsequent month the Company rents the space. The Company is required to provide the landlord a 30-day notice of its plan to terminate the lease agreement.
In March 2014 and May 2014 (unaudited), the Company entered into sublease agreements for additional office space in the same facility. The subleases commenced in May 2014 and terminate in November 2014, and the total cost for this space is approximately $165,000 over the full term of the subleases.
Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited) was $183,000, $257,000, $112,000 and $224,000, respectively. The terms of the facility leases provide for rental payments on a monthly basis on a graduated scale. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.
Contingencies
From time to time, the Company may have certain contingent liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of business activities. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when it is probable that future expenditures will be made and such expenditures can be reasonably estimated. The Company is not subject to any current pending legal matters or claims.
Indemnification
The Company enters into standard indemnification agreements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Company indemnifies, holds harmless and agrees to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third party with respect to its technology. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual after the execution of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these agreements is not determinable because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future, but have not yet been made. The Company has not incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements.
F-21
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
8. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)
The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of the individual.
No amounts associated with such indemnifications have been recorded to date.
9. Technology Agreements
QLT Agreement
In May 2010, Valocor entered into an asset purchase agreement and an exclusive license agreement with QLT, Inc., a Canadian company, and acquired rights to certain dermatological product candidates, as defined therein. Upon the Company's acquisition of Valocor in August 2011, Valocor became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and subsequently the name of the subsidiary was changed to Dermira (Canada), Inc.
Subsequently, the license agreement with QLT was assigned to Valeant Pharmaceuticals International, Inc. ("VPII") and subsequently to VPII's affiliate, Valeant Pharmaceuticals Luxembourg S.a.r.l. ("Valeant") in connection with VPII's acquisition of QLT's Visudyne business. In December 2012, Dermira Canada and Valeant entered into an amendment to the license agreement under which Dermira Canada agreed to pay Valeant $400,000 upon execution of the amendment and $600,000 on July 31, 2013, in return for certain modifications to the license agreement, including the elimination of any further payment obligations to Valeant, VPII or QLT. Both of these amounts were recorded as research and development expenses in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012. In conjunction with this amendment, in February 2013, Dermira Canada and Valeant obtained the consent of the University of British Columbia ("UBC") to the amendment of obligations of Valeant and Dermira to UBC. As consideration for UBC's consent, and as outlined in a May 2012 agreement with UBC, Dermira Canada paid UBC $50,000 and agreed to pay UBC an additional amount upon the achievement of a specified activity under the May 2012 letter agreement. The Company recorded the $50,000 as research and development expenses in its statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Maruho Agreement
In March 2013, the Company entered into a Right of First Negotiation Agreement with Maruho Co., Ltd. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company provided Maruho with certain information and the right to negotiate an exclusive license to develop and commercialize certain of the Company's product candidates in specified territories. In connection with the entry into this agreement, Maruho paid the Company a nonrefundable upfront payment of $10.0 million, which will be credited against certain payments payable by Maruho to the Company if the two parties enter into an exclusive license for any of the Company's products. If the parties do not enter into such an arrangement, the Company will be entitled to keep the funds without further obligation. As of December 31, 2013, the Company recorded the $10.0 million as deferred revenue on its consolidated balance sheet. The revenue will be recognized in connection with and pursuant to a future license arrangement, if any, or at the time the parties decide not to enter into such a license, at which point the entire amount would be recognized as revenue.
F-22
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
9. Technology Agreements (Continued)
In connection with the execution of the Right of First Negotiation Agreement, Maruho purchased 6,884,682 shares of the Company's Series B convertible preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $10.0 million.
Rose U Agreement
In April 2013, the Company entered into an exclusive license agreement with Rose U, LLC to license certain patents, patent applications and know-how. This agreement includes a sublicense and assignment of certain know-how licensed and assigned to Rose U by Stiefel Laboratories, Inc., a GSK Company, the prior licensee of such patents. In connection with this agreement, the Company also entered into a letter agreement with Stiefel. The Company paid fees of $0.3 million to Rose U in connection with execution of these agreements and is required to pay additional amounts totaling up to $4.6 million upon the achievement of specified development, commercialization and other milestones under these agreements. In addition, the Company is also obligated to pay Rose U low-to-mid single-digit royalties on net product sales and low double-digit royalties on sublicense fees and certain milestone, royalty and other contingent payments received from sublicensees, to the extent such amounts are in excess of the milestone and royalty payments the Company is obligated to pay Rose U directly upon the events or sales triggering such payments. The initial fee of $0.2 million was recorded to research and development expense in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013.
UCB Agreement
In March 2014, the Company entered into a development and commercialization agreement with UCB (the "UCB agreement"), for the Company to develop Cimzia in order for UCB to seek regulatory approval from the FDA, European Medicines Agency ("EMA") and the Canadian federal department for health ("Health Canada") for the treatment of psoriasis, and upon the grant of regulatory approval in the United States and Canada, for the Company to promote sales of Cimzia to dermatologists and conduct related medical affairs activities in the United States and Canada. Unless earlier terminated, the term of the UCB agreement is 12.5 years following the first commercial launch following regulatory approval of Cimzia for the treatment of psoriasis in the United States or Canada.
The Company has agreed with UCB on a development plan to obtain regulatory approval from the FDA, the EMA and Health Canada, which may be amended as necessary to meet the requirements of these regulatory authorities for approval. The Company is responsible for development costs under the development plan up to a specified cap greater than $75.0 million and less than $95.0 million, plus its internal development costs. Any development costs in excess of this cap or for any required clinical trials in pediatric patients will be shared equally. Development costs for any EMA-specific post-approval studies will be borne solely by UCB. UCB is obligated to pay the Company up to an aggregate of $36.0 million if certain development milestones are met, and up to an additional aggregate of $13.5 million upon the grant of regulatory approval, including pricing and reimbursement approval, in certain European countries.
Under the terms of the UCB agreement, the Company will have the exclusive rights upon regulatory approval of the psoriasis indication to promote Cimzia to dermatologists in the United States and Canada. Following such regulatory approval, UCB will book sales and is obligated to pay the Company royalties representing a percentage of the annual gross profits (after subtracting the costs of
F-23
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
9. Technology Agreements (Continued)
certain commercialization support services to be provided by UCB) from Cimzia sales attributed to dermatologists in all indications in the United States and Canada. In each year, the royalties payable to the Company are tiered based upon increasing levels of annual net sales attributed to dermatologists in such year, with UCB retaining between 10% and, above $150.0 million of such annual net sales in such year, 50%, and the Company receiving the balance, of such annual gross profits. In addition, UCB is obligated to pay the Company up to an aggregate of $40.0 million upon the achievement of tiered milestones based on annual net sales of Cimzia attributed to dermatologists in the United States and Canada.
In connection with the UCB agreement, UCB purchased $5.0 million of the Company's Series B preferred stock at $1.4525 per share in April 2014. Concurrently with the IPO, entities affiliated with UCB will purchase from the Company in a private placement shares of the Company's common stock with an aggregate purchase price of $7.5 million, at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. The sale of these shares to entities affiliated with UCB will not be registered in the IPO.
10. Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant
On December 11, 2013, in connection with the Square 1 Bank Term Loan A (see Note 7), the Company issued the Bank a warrant to purchase up to 103,270 shares of the Company's Series B convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.4525 per share and a contractual term of seven years from issuance. The number of shares issuable pursuant to the warrant at any date is 51,635 shares plus 1% of the amount drawn through that date under the Loan Agreement divided by 1.4525. Following the entry into the Loan Agreement and the concurrent funding of Term Loan A, the warrant was exercisable for 65,404 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock. The fair value of the warrant of approximately $61,000 was recorded as debt discount and warrant liability upon issuance. The fair value of the warrant on the date of issue was determined using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: (1) seven-year contractual term; (2) 66.0% expected volatility; (3) 1.6% risk-free interest rate; and (4) no expected dividend.
The fair value of the outstanding convertible preferred stock warrant was remeasured as of December 31, 2013 using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:
Expected term (in years) |
7.0 | |||
Expected volatility |
66.0 | % | ||
Risk-free interest rate |
1.6 | % | ||
Expected dividend rate |
0.0 | % |
Fair Value of Convertible Preferred Stock. The fair value of the shares of the convertible preferred stock underlying the preferred stock warrant has historically been determined by the Company's Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company's convertible preferred stock, the Board of Directors has determined fair value of the Company's convertible preferred stock at each balance sheet date by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuation of comparable companies, sales of the Company's convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, the Company's operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of the Company's convertible preferred stock, and general and industry-specific economic outlooks, among other factors.
F-24
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
10. Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant (Continued)
Remaining Contractual Term. The Company derived the remaining contractual term based on the time from the consolidated balance sheet date until the preferred stock warrant's expiration date.
Expected Volatility. Since the Company was a private entity with no historical data regarding the volatility of its preferred stock, the expected volatility used is based on volatility of a group of similar entities. In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the remaining contractual term of the warrants.
Expected Dividend Rate. The Company has never paid any dividends and does not plan to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, used an expected dividend rate of zero in the valuation model.
As of June 30, 2014 (unaudited), the Company revalued the Series B convertible preferred stock warrant using a hybrid of the option-pricing method and the probability-weighted expected return method. The hybrid method was applied to various exit scenarios and each scenario was weighted based on the Company's estimate of the probability of the scenario occurring. The fair value of the warrant using the hybrid method was $60,000.
11. Common Stock
As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, the Company was authorized to issue up to 135,000,000 shares and 139,000,000 shares (unaudited), respectively, of common stock, par value $0.001 per share. The Company had reserved shares of common stock, on an as converted basis, for issuance as follows:
|
As of December 31, |
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
As of
June 30, 2014 |
|||||||||
|
2012 | 2013 | ||||||||
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|||||||
Share-based payments outstanding under stock incentive plans |
5,337,985 | 10,113,004 | 13,138,983 | |||||||
Conversion of convertible preferred stock |
38,121,253 | 55,332,957 | 58,775,299 | |||||||
Issuances upon exercise of convertible preferred stock warrant |
| 65,404 | 65,404 | |||||||
Shares available for future stock option grants |
7,844,494 | 826,352 | 324,373 | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
|
51,303,732 | 66,337,717 | 72,304,059 | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
From August 2010 to October 2010, the Company issued 2,325,000 shares of restricted common stock at $0.001 per share to service providers of the Company under common stock purchase agreements. The shares purchased under the stock purchase agreements vest over time. The unvested shares of common stock are subject to a right of repurchase by the Company in the event of cessation of services. Included in common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited) were 675,522, 56,772 and 16,147 shares, respectively, which were subject to the Company's right to repurchase relating to these common stock purchase agreements.
F-25
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
12. Convertible Preferred Stock
As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014, the Company was authorized to issue up to 58,621,253 shares and 62,063,595 shares (unaudited), respectively, of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.
As of December 31, 2012, outstanding convertible preferred stock was comprised of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
|
Shares
Authorized |
Shares
Issued and Outstanding |
Carrying
Value |
Liquidation
Value per Share |
Liquidation
Value |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Series A |
47,000,000 | 38,121,253 | $ | 35,089 | $ | 0.925 | $ | 35,262 |
As of December 31, 2013, outstanding convertible preferred stock was comprised of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
|
Shares
Authorized |
Shares
Issued and Outstanding |
Carrying
Value |
Liquidation
Value per Share |
Liquidation
Value |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Series A |
38,121,253 | 38,121,253 | $ | 35,089 | $ | 0.925 | $ | 35,262 | ||||||||
Series B |
20,500,000 | 17,211,704 | 24,499 | 1.4525 | 25,000 | |||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|
58,621,253 | 55,332,957 | $ | 59,588 | $ | 60,262 | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
As of June 30, 2014 (unaudited), outstanding convertible preferred stock was comprised of the following (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
|
Shares
Authorized |
Shares
Issued and Outstanding |
Carrying
Value |
Liquidation
Value per Share |
Liquidation
Value |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Series A |
38,121,253 | 38,121,253 | $ | 35,089 | $ | 0.925 | $ | 35,262 | ||||||||
Series B |
23,942,342 | 20,654,046 | 29,499 | 1.4525 | 30,000 | |||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
|
62,063,595 | 58,775,299 | $ | 64,588 | $ | 65,262 | ||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
The Company recorded the convertible preferred stock at fair value, net of issuance costs, on the dates of issuance. The Company classifies the convertible preferred stock outside of stockholders' (deficit) equity because the shares contain liquidation features that are not solely within the Company's control. For the six months ended June 30, 2014, the Company did not adjust the carrying values of the convertible preferred stock to the deemed redemption values of such shares since a liquidation event was not probable. Subsequent adjustments to the carrying values to the ultimate redemption values will be made only if and when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.
The rights, preferences and privileges of the convertible preferred stock are as follows:
Conversion
Each share of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock is convertible into shares of common stock at an initial conversion price of $0.925 per share and $1.4525 per share, respectively. Each share of convertible preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, at any time into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock. Conversion of all shares of convertible preferred stock is automatic upon: (1) affirmative election of the holders of a majority of the shares of
F-26
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
12. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)
convertible preferred stock outstanding; or (2) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of common stock with a price per share of not less than the conversion price of the Series B convertible preferred stock then in effect and gross cash proceeds to the Company of at least $50.0 million (before deduction of underwriters' commissions and expenses).
The number of shares of common stock to which a convertible preferred stockholder is entitled upon conversion of such stockholder's convertible preferred stock is the product obtained by multiplying the convertible preferred stock conversion rate by the number of shares of convertible preferred stock being converted, subject to adjustments as provided in the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), all shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock were convertible into common stock on a one-for-one basis.
The Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock conversion prices are subject to adjustment upon any future stock splits or stock combinations, reclassifications or exchanges of similar shares, or upon a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company. In addition, the conversion prices are subject to adjustment upon any issuance of stock below the stated conversion prices for each series of convertible preferred stock, subject to certain exceptions.
Special Mandatory Conversion
At any time prior to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock or conversion of the convertible preferred stock pursuant to a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or a deemed liquidation event, if certain investors do not participate in a qualified financing by purchasing their pro rata amount (based upon designated commitment percentages) up to a threshold amount, on the terms generally applicable to other investors in the qualified financing, then each share of convertible preferred stock held by those investors will be automatically converted into the number of shares of common stock equal to 50% of the shares of common stock that such investors would be entitled to receive upon an optional conversion at the applicable conversion price for the series of preferred stock in question that is in effect immediately prior to the consummation of such qualified financing. Once each such investor has purchased preferred stock in an amount equal to the threshold amount, such automatic special mandatory conversion provision is no longer applicable as to such investor.
Voting
Stockholders of the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which such shares of convertible preferred stock are convertible on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on such matters or, if no such record date is established, the date such vote is taken or written consent is solicited. Holders of convertible preferred stock vote together as one class with the common stock, and have voting rights and powers that differ from the common stock as specified in the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. For so long as at least 25% of the shares of convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the approval of convertible preferred stockholders is required for a number of significant changes to the Company, including the creation of a new class or series of shares of capital stock and amendments to the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws.
F-27
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
12. Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)
So long as at least 25% of the shares of Series A convertible preferred stock remain outstanding, the holders of Series A convertible preferred stock, voting as a separate series, will be allowed to elect three directors of the Company, the holders of the common stock, voting as a separate class, are allowed to elect two directors of the Company.
Liquidation
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, and upon certain other defined events, the holders of the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock are also entitled to receive liquidation preferences in amounts per share equal to the original issue price of $0.925 and $1.4525, respectively, plus the amount of any declared and unpaid dividends on such shares of convertible preferred stock. Liquidation payments are made in preference to any payments to the holders of common stock. If the funds or assets from the liquidation event are insufficient to permit the payment of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock holders their full liquidation preferences, then all the funds or assets will be distributed among the holders Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock pro rata, on a pari passu basis, according to their respective liquidation preferences. If there are any funds remaining after the payment of the liquidation preference of $0.925 per share and $1.4525 per share to the holders of the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock, respectively, then all remaining funds shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock and common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder (on an as-converted to common stock basis), provided, however, that if the aggregate amount the holders of Series A and Series B preferred stock are entitled to receive exceeds $2.775 per share and $4.3575 per share, respectively, then each holder of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock shall only be entitled to receive the greater of (1) $2.775 per share and $4.3575 per share, respectively, or (2) the amount such holder would have received if all shares of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock had been converted into common stock immediately prior to a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.
Dividends
Holders of Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends out of any assets legally available only when, as, and if declared by the Board of Directors, prior to and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock. Such dividends shall be noncumulative. The dividend rate for the Series A and Series B convertible preferred stock per share per annum is $0.0740 and $0.1162, respectively. To date, the Board of Directors has not declared any dividends.
Redemption
The convertible preferred stock is not redeemable as it does not have a set redemption date or a date after which the shares may be redeemed by the holders.
13. Stock Option Plan
The Company adopted the 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2010 Plan"), as amended, which provides for the granting of stock options to employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company. Options granted under the 2010 Plan may be either incentive stock options or
F-28
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
13. Stock Option Plan (Continued)
nonqualified stock options. Incentive stock options ("ISOs") may be granted only to Company employees, including officers and directors who are also employees. Nonqualified stock options ("NSOs") may be granted to Company employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors. As of December 31, 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), the Company had reserved 10,939,356 and 13,499,356 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2010 Plan, respectively.
Options to purchase the Company's common stock may be granted at a price not less than the fair value in the case of both NSOs and ISOs, except that an ISO granted to an employee who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company shall have an exercise price of no less than 110% of the fair value per share on the grant date and expire five years from the date of grant. The fair value and vesting terms of options issued are determined by the Board of Directors. Options under the 2010 Plan may be granted for periods of up to 10 years, unless subject to the provisions regarding 10% stockholders. Employee options granted by the Company generally vest over four years at a rate of 25% upon the first anniversary of the issuance date and monthly thereafter.
The following summary of stock option activity for the periods presented is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
|
Shares
Available for Grant |
Shares
Subject to Outstanding Options |
Weighted-
Average Exercise Price Per Share |
Weighted-
Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years) |
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Options outstanding at December 31, 2011 |
7,624,338 | 5,558,141 | $ | 0.17 | ||||||||||||
Additional shares reserved under plan |
| | | |||||||||||||
Options granted |
(730,000 | ) | 730,000 | 0.17 | ||||||||||||
Options exercised |
| | | |||||||||||||
Options forfeited |
950,156 | (950,156 | ) | 0.17 | ||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Options outstanding at December 31, 2012 |
7,844,494 | 5,337,985 | 0.17 | |||||||||||||
Reduction in shares reserved under plan |
(4,897,716 | ) | | | ||||||||||||
Additional shares reserved under plan |
2,654,593 | | | |||||||||||||
Options granted |
(4,775,019 | ) | 4,775,019 | 0.24 | ||||||||||||
Options exercised |
| | | |||||||||||||
Options forfeited |
| | | |||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Options outstanding at December 31, 2013 |
826,352 | 10,113,004 | 0.20 | |||||||||||||
Additional shares reserved under plan (unaudited) |
2,560,000 | | | |||||||||||||
Options granted (unaudited) |
(3,096,979 | ) | 3,096,979 | 0.91 | ||||||||||||
Options exercised (unaudited) |
| (36,000 | ) | 0.19 | ||||||||||||
Options forfeited (unaudited) |
35,000 | (35,000 | ) | 0.30 | ||||||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Options outstanding at June 30, 2014 (unaudited) |
324,373 | 13,138,983 | $ | 0.37 | 8.4 | $ | 11,297 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2012 |
4,941,997 | 0.17 | 8.8 | 222 | ||||||||||||
Exercisable as of December 31, 2012 |
1,733,868 | 0.16 | 8.7 | 83 | ||||||||||||
Vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2013 |
9,185,214 | 0.20 | 8.5 | 905 | ||||||||||||
Exercisable as of December 31, 2013 |
3,126,048 | 0.17 | 7.8 | 420 | ||||||||||||
Vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited) |
12,004,178 | 0.36 | 8.4 | 10,401 | ||||||||||||
Exercisable as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited) |
4,878,908 | 0.18 | 7.6 | 5,126 |
F-29
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
13. Stock Option Plan (Continued)
The following table summarizes information with respect to stock options outstanding and currently exercisable as of December 31, 2013:
|
Options Outstanding | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Exercise Price
|
Number of
Options |
Weighted-
Average Remaining Contractual Life (In Years) |
Options
Exercisable |
|||||||
$0.001 |
146,000 | 6.9 | 115,583 | |||||||
$0.17 |
5,191,985 | 7.8 | 2,962,757 | |||||||
$0.21 |
2,946,778 | 9.0 | | |||||||
$0.30 |
1,828,241 | 9.6 | 47,708 | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
|
10,113,004 | 3,126,048 | ||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
The following table summarizes information with respect to stock options outstanding and currently exercisable as of June 30, 2014 (unaudited):
|
Options Outstanding | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Exercise Price
|
Number of
Options |
Weighted-
Average Remaining Contractual Life (In Years) |
Options
Exercisable |
|||||||
$0.001 |
146,000 | 6.4 | 133,833 | |||||||
$0.17 |
5,161,985 | 7.3 | 3,536,743 | |||||||
$0.21 |
2,946,778 | 8.5 | 1,043,646 | |||||||
$0.30 |
1,957,241 | 9.1 | 157,186 | |||||||
$0.95 |
2,926,979 | 9.9 | 7,500 | |||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
|
13,138,983 | 4,878,908 | ||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | |
Stock Options Granted to Employees
During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited), the Company granted stock options to employees and nonemployee directors to purchase shares of common stock with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $0.11, $0.16 and $0.62 per share, respectively, and a weighted-average exercise price of $0.17, $0.24 and $0.91 per share, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013 and June 30, 2014 (unaudited), there was total unrecognized compensation expense of $0.3 million, $0.7 million and $2.2 million, respectively, to be recognized over a period of approximately 2.77 years, 2.48 years and 2.43 years, respectively.
The Company estimated the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of employee stock options is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the
F-30
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
13. Stock Option Plan (Continued)
requisite service period of the awards. The fair value of the employee stock options was estimated using the following weighted-average assumptions:
|
Year Ended
December 31, |
Six Months
Ended June 30, |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2012 | 2013 | 2013 | 2014 | |||||||||
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
||||||||||
Expected term (years) |
6.0 | 6.1 | 6.1 | 6.0 | |||||||||
Expected volatility |
71.0 | % | 76.0 | % | 76.0 | % | 76.0 | % | |||||
Risk-free interest rate |
1.1 | % | 1.3 | % | 1.1 | % | 1.9 | % | |||||
Expected dividend rate |
0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % |
Fair Value of Common Stock. The fair value of the shares of the Company's common stock underlying the stock options has historically been determined by the Company's Board of Directors. Because there has been no public market for the Company's common stock, its Board of Directors has determined the fair value of the Company's common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuations of comparable companies, sales of the Company's convertible preferred stock, the Company's operating and financial performance, the lack of liquidity of the Company's capital stock, and the general and industry-specific economic outlooks.
Expected Term. The expected term of stock options represents the weighted-average period that the stock options are expected to remain outstanding. Since the Company has insufficient historical information regarding its stock options to provide a basis for estimate of expected term, the Company uses the simplified method, which is the average of the weighted-average vesting period and contractual term of the option, to estimate the expected life of its stock option awards.
Expected Volatility. Since there has been no public market for the Company's common stock and lack of specific historical volatility, the Company has determined the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of the volatility of a peer group of publicly traded companies. In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the options.
Expected Dividend Rate. The Company has never paid any dividends and does not plan to pay dividends in the foreseeable future, and, therefore, used an expected dividend rate of zero in the valuation model.
Estimated Forfeitures. The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Company uses its historical forfeiture experience and the experience of other companies in the same industry to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference is recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period that the estimates are revised.
F-31
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
13. Stock Option Plan (Continued)
Stock Options Granted to Nonemployees
Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted to nonemployees is recognized as the stock options are earned. During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company granted options to purchase 20,000 shares of common stock to a nonemployee with an exercise price of $0.17 per share. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company granted options to purchase 209,000 shares of common stock to nonemployees with an exercise price of $0.30 per share. During the six months ended June 30, 2014 (unaudited), the Company did not grant any options to purchase shares of common stock to nonemployees.
Compensation expense related to these options during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited) was approximately $23,000, $38,000, $13,000 and $106,000, respectively.
The Company believes that the fair value of the stock options is more reliably measurable than the fair value of services received. The fair value of the stock options granted is calculated at each reporting date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:
|
Year Ended
December 31, |
Six Months Ended
June 30, |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2012 | 2013 | 2013 | 2014 | |||||||||
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
||||||||||
Expected term (in years) |
9.1 | 8.3 | 8.2 | 7.9 | |||||||||
Expected volatility |
67.0 | % | 72.0 | % | 73.0 | % | 73.0 | % | |||||
Risk-free interest rate |
1.6 | % | 2.4 | % | 1.5 | % | 2.3 | % | |||||
Expected dividend rate |
0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | 0.0 | % |
Total Stock-Based Compensation
Total stock-based compensation expense related to options granted to employees and nonemployees was allocated as follows (in thousands):
|
Year Ended
December 31, |
Six Months Ended
June 30, |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2012 | 2013 | 2013 | 2014 | |||||||||
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
||||||||||
Research and development: |
$ | 120 | $ | 196 | $ | 80 | $ | 227 | |||||
Sales, general and administrative: |
46 | 96 | 40 | 83 | |||||||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
Total stock-based compensation expense |
$ | 166 | $ | 292 | $ | 120 | $ | 310 | |||||
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | | | | | | | |
There were no capitalized stock-based compensation costs or recognized stock-based compensation tax benefits during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited).
F-32
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
14. Employee Benefit Plan
The Company sponsors a 401(k) defined contribution plan for its employees. This plan provides for tax-deferred salary deductions for all employees. Employee contributions are voluntary. Employees may contribute up to 100% of their annual compensation to this plan, as limited by an annual maximum amount as determined by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company may match employee contributions in amounts to be determined at the Company's sole discretion. The Company has made no contributions to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited).
15. Income Taxes
There is no provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2014 (unaudited) as the Company has only generated pretax losses since inception.
Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2012 | 2013 | |||||
Deferred tax assets: |
|||||||
Net operating loss carryforwards |
$ | 9,468 | $ | 18,192 | |||
Depreciation and amortization |
584 | 565 | |||||
Research and development tax credits |
601 | 921 | |||||
Accruals and stock-based compensation expense |
96 | 139 | |||||
Fixed assets |
1 | 2 | |||||
| | | | | | | |
Total deferred tax assets |
10,750 | 19,819 | |||||
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance |
(10,750 | ) | (19,819 | ) | |||
| | | | | | | |
Net deferred tax assets |
| | |||||
| | | | | | | |
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|||||||
Acquired IPR&D |
(785 | ) | (785 | ) | |||
| | | | | | | |
Net deferred tax assets prior to valuation allowance |
(785 | ) | (785 | ) | |||
| | | | | | | |
Net deferred tax liabilities |
$ | (785 | ) | $ | (785 | ) | |
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
F-33
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
15. Income Taxes (Continued)
Reconciliations of the statutory federal income tax (benefit) rate to the Company's effective tax for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 are as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2012 | 2013 | |||||
Tax (benefit) at statutory federal rate |
34.0 | % | 34.0 | % | |||
State tax (benefit), net of federal benefit |
5.8 | % | 5.8 | % | |||
Foreign tax, net of federal benefit |
(4.5 | )% | (1.1 | )% | |||
Permanent differences |
(0.2 | )% | (0.4 | )% | |||
Research and development credits |
0.4 | % | 0.9 | % | |||
Change in valuation allowance |
(35.5 | )% | (39.3 | )% | |||
| | | | | | | |
Provision for income taxes |
0.0 | % | 0.0 | % | |||
| | | | | | | |
| | | | | | | |
A valuation allowance is provided when it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company has established a valuation allowance to offset net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 due to the uncertainty of realizing future tax benefits from its net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets. The Company's valuation allowance increased by approximately $8.0 million and $9.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.
As of December 31, 2013, the Company had net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for federal, California and Canadian income tax purposes of $43.8 million, $43.8 million and $3.0 million, respectively. The federal and California NOL carryforwards will begin expiring during the year ended December 31, 2031 and the Canadian NOL carryforwards will begin expiring during the year ended December 31, 2029. The NOL carryforwards related to deferred tax assets do not include excess tax benefits from employee stock option exercises.
As of December 31, 2013, the Company also had research and development credit carryforwards of $0.2 million, $0.3 million and $0.5 million available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for federal, California and Canadian income tax purposes, respectively. The federal and Canadian credit carryforwards will begin expiring in 2032 and the California state credit carryforwards has no expiration date.
The Company recorded approximately $122,000 in tax refunds in connection with qualified research and development costs incurred in Canada. This amount is reflected in other assets on the Company's consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012. The tax refund was collected during the year ended December 31, 2013.
In general, if the Company experiences a greater than 50 percentage point aggregate change in ownership over a three-year period (a Section 382 ownership change), utilization of its pre-change NOL carryforwards is subject to an annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (California has similar laws). The annual limitation generally is determined by multiplying the value of the Company's stock at the time of such ownership change (subject to certain adjustments) by the applicable long-term tax-exempt rate. Such limitations may result in expiration of a portion of the NOL carryforwards before utilization. The ability of the Company to use its remaining NOL carryforwards
F-34
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
15. Income Taxes (Continued)
may be further limited if the Company experiences a Section 382 ownership change in connection with this offering or as a result of future changes in its stock ownership.
The Company recognizes uncertain tax positions when it is more likely than not, based on the technical merits, that the position will not be sustained upon examination. The guidance also clarifies the financial statement classification of tax-related penalties and interest and sets forth new disclosure regarding unrecognized tax benefits. The Company's policy is to include interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits within the Company's provision for income taxes.
As the Company has a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets, the unrecognized tax benefits will reduce the deferred tax assets and the valuation allowance in the same amount. The Company does not expect the amount of unrecognized tax benefits to change in the next 12 months. A reconciliation of the of the unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):
Balance as of December 31, 2011 |
$ | 72 | ||
Addition based on tax position related to current year |
50 | |||
| | | | |
Balance as of December 31, 2012 |
122 | |||
Addition based on tax position related to current year |
155 | |||
Increases related to tax positions taken during a prior period |
53 | |||
| | | | |
Balance as of December 31, 2013 |
$ | 330 | ||
| | | | |
| | | | |
The Company files income tax returns in the United States, California and Canada. The Company is not currently under examination by income tax authorities in federal, state, Canadian or other jurisdictions. All tax returns for 2010 and later will remain open for examination by the federal, state and Canadian authorities for three, four and four years, respectively, from the date of utilization of any net operating loss or credits.
16. Subsequent Events (unaudited)
For the purposes of the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2013 and the year then ended, the Company has evaluated subsequent events through June 26, 2014, the date the audited annual consolidated financial statements were confidentially submitted to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") in a registration statement on Form S-1. For the purposes of the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2014 and the six-month period then ended, such evaluation of subsequent events has been performed through September 12, 2014. Except as described below, the Company has concluded that no subsequent event has occurred that requires disclosure.
Lease Agreement
The Company entered into a lease agreement on July 24, 2014 and an amendment on September 10, 2014 for a facility totaling approximately 18,651 square feet in Menlo Park, California and intends to relocate its corporate headquarters to this facility in the fourth quarter of 2014. The term of the lease is five years, commencing December 2014 and terminating November 2019, with an option to renew for an additional three-year term. The base rent is approximately $97,918 per month during the first year of the lease and increases by three percent annually. Rent expenses include the
F-35
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
16. Subsequent Events (unaudited) (Continued)
base rent plus additional fees to cover the Company's share of certain facility expenses, including utilities, property taxes, insurance and maintenance. The estimated amount of these additional fees is approximately $22,381 per month during the first year of the lease. The total estimated lease payments for this facility over the five-year term of the lease are approximately $8 million.
In addition, the Company is required to issue the lessor of the building either a security deposit or a letter of credit of $500,000 that may be used by or drawn upon by the lessor in the event of default of certain terms under the lease agreement. If there is no event of default under the agreement after the 30 th month of the lease term, the letter of credit may be reduced to $250,000. On August 13, 2014, the Company provided a letter of credit to the lessor in the amount of $500,000, which is collateralized by a certificate of deposit. The collateralized certificate of deposit is restricted cash and recorded in the Company's consolidated balance sheet as other assets.
Increase in Shares of Common Stock under 2010 Equity Incentive Plan
On August 14, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors and stockholders approved an increase in the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the 2010 Plan from 13,499,356 shares to 14,249,356 shares.
Restated Certificate of Incorporation
On August 14, 2014, the Company restated its Restated Certificate of Incorporation to, among other things, (1) decrease its authorized shares of common stock from 139,000,000 to 126,000,000 shares, (2) increase its authorized shares of convertible preferred stock from 62,063,595 to 89,601,458 shares, of which 30,722,889 shares are designated as Series C convertible preferred stock, and (3) set forth the rights, preferences and privileges of the Series C convertible preferred stock.
Sales of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
On August 15, 2014, the Company issued 30,722,886 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock to seven new investors and five current investors at a purchase price of $1.66 per share for net proceeds of $48.8 million.
Approval of the Ability to Borrow Funds under Term Loan B
On August 26, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors determined that the Company achieved positive top-line Phase 2 clinical trial results from two of its Phase 2 programs, which satisfied the condition to the Company's ability to borrow funds under Term Loan B. As a result, the Company is now entitled to borrow funds under Term Loan B.
Approval of Restated Certificate of Incorporation
On September 9, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors approved a Restated Certificate of Incorporation that will become effective upon the filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, to occur immediately prior to the closing of the IPO. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation increases the authorized share capital to 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and reduces the authorized share capital to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.
F-36
DERMIRA, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
16. Subsequent Events (unaudited) (Continued)
Option Grants
On September 9, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors approved the grant of options to purchase 1,420,070 shares of the Company's common stock at an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price, all of which will be granted on the day that the registration statement for the IPO is declared effective.
2014 Equity Incentive Plan
On September 9, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors adopted and approved the 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2014 EIP") to become effective on the day prior to the effective date of the IPO. The 2014 EIP authorizes the reservation of 11,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock, plus any shares reserved or remaining for issuance, or that become available upon forfeiture or repurchase by the Company, under the 2010 Plan. On January 1 of each of the first ten years commencing after the effective date of the IPO, the number of shares of the Company's common stock reserved for issuance under the 2014 EIP will increase automatically by an amount equal to 4% of the number of shares of the Company's common stock outstanding on the preceding December 31, unless the Company's Board of Directors elects to authorize a lesser number of shares.
2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
On September 9, 2014, the Company's Board of Directors adopted and approved the 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "2014 ESPP") to become effective on the effective date of the IPO. The 2014 ESPP authorizes the reservation of 1,750,000 shares of the Company's common stock. On January 1 of each of the first ten years commencing after the effective date of the IPO, the number of shares of the Company's common stock reserved for issuance under the 2014 ESPP will increase automatically by an amount equal to 1% of the number of shares of the Company's common stock outstanding on the preceding December 31, unless the Company's Board of Directors elects to authorize a lesser number of shares.
F-37
Shares
Dermira, Inc.
Common Stock
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
, 2014
Citigroup Leerink Partners Guggenheim Securities Needham & Company |
Through and including , 2014 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, paid or payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and The NASDAQ Global Market listing fee:
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation's board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's restated certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except liability for the following:
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's restated bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that:
II-1
Prior to the closing of this offering, the Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant's restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the Registrant for which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to Section 8 of the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, which provides for the indemnification of executive officers, directors and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provisions in the Registrant's restated certificate of incorporation, restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant's directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
The Registrant currently carries liability insurance for its directors and officers.
Three of the Registrant's directors (Fred B. Craves, Wende S. Hutton and Jake R. Nunn) are also indemnified by their employers with regard to their service on the Registrant's board of directors.
Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:
Exhibit Document
|
Number | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
Form of Underwriting Agreement |
1.1 | |||
Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the closing of this offering |
3.2 | |||
Form of Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering |
3.4 | |||
Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement dated March 28, 2013, as amended, among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders |
4.2 | |||
Form of Indemnification Agreement |
10.1 |
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Since August 19, 2011 and through August 18, 2014, the Registrant has issued and sold the following securities:
II-2
price of approximately $12.1 million to six purchasers, each of whom represented to the Registrant that it was a sophisticated accredited investor or a qualified institutional buyer. This transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.
None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering, and the Registrant believes each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act as stated above. All recipients of the foregoing transactions either received adequate information about the Registrant or had access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to such information. Furthermore, the Registrant affixed appropriate legends to the share certificates and instruments issued in each foregoing transaction setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Exhibits.
II-3
|
|
Incorporated by Reference |
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Exhibit
Number |
Description of Document | Form |
File
No. |
Exhibit |
Filing
Date |
Filed
Herewith |
|||||||||
10.1 | * | Form of Indemnification Agreement. | |||||||||||||
10.2 | 2010 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements. | S-1 | 333-198410 | 10.2 | 8/27/2014 | ||||||||||
10.3 | 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, to become effective on the date immediately prior to the date the registration statement is declared effective, and forms of stock option award agreement, stock option exercise agreement, restricted stock agreement, stock appreciation right award agreement, restricted stock unit award agreement, performance shares award agreement and stock bonus agreement. | X | |||||||||||||
10.4 | 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, to become effective on the date the registration statement is declared effective, and form of subscription agreement. | X | |||||||||||||
10.5 | Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated August 4, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Thomas G. Wiggans. | S-1 | 333-198410 | 10.5 | 8/27/2014 | ||||||||||
10.6 | Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated August 4, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Eugene A. Bauer. | S-1 | 333-198410 | 10.6 | 8/27/2014 | ||||||||||
10.7 | Offer Letter, accepted and agreed to July 17, 2012, by and between the Registrant and Luis C. Peña. | S-1 | 333-198410 | 10.7 | 8/27/2014 | ||||||||||
10.8 | Lease, dated September 12, 2011, by and between the Registrant and Woodside Road Holdings, LLC, as amended to date. | S-1 | 333-198410 | 10.8 | 8/27/2014 | ||||||||||
10.9 | | Development and Commercialisation Agreement, dated March 21, 2014, by and between the Registrant and UCB Pharma S.A. | S-1 | 333-198410 | 10.9 | 8/27/2014 | |||||||||
10.10 | | Exclusive License Agreement, dated April 26, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Rose U LLC. | S-1 | 333-198410 | 10.10 | 8/27/2014 | |||||||||
10.11 | Loan and Security Agreement, dated December 11, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Square 1 Bank. | S-1 | 333-198410 | 10.11 | 8/27/2014 | ||||||||||
10.12 | | Right of First Negotiation Agreement, dated March 28, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Maruho Co., Ltd. | S-1 | 333-198410 | 10.12 | 8/27/2014 | |||||||||
10.13 | Lease Agreement, dated July 24, 2014, as amended, by and between the Registrant and Middlefield Park. | X | |||||||||||||
10.14 | Form of Severance and Change in Control Agreement. | X | |||||||||||||
21.1 | Subsidiaries of the Registrant. | S-1 | 333-198410 | 21.1 | 8/27/2014 | ||||||||||
23.1 | Consent of independent registered public accounting firm. | X | |||||||||||||
23.2 | * | Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1). | |||||||||||||
24.1 | Power of Attorney. | S-1 | 333-198410 | 24.1 | 8/27/2014 |
II-4
(b) Financial Statement Schedule.
No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the consolidated financial statements or notes.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:
(a) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(b) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Redwood City, State of California, on this 12th day of September, 2014.
DERMIRA, INC. | ||||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ THOMAS G. WIGGANS Thomas G. Wiggans Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ THOMAS G. WIGGANS
Thomas G. Wiggans |
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board (Principal Executive Officer) | September 12, 2014 | ||||
/s/ ANDREW L. GUGGENHIME Andrew L. Guggenhime |
|
Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) |
|
September 12, 2014 |
||
* Eugene A. Bauer |
|
Chief Medical Officer and Director |
|
September 12, 2014 |
||
* David E. Cohen |
|
Director |
|
September 12, 2014 |
||
* Fred B. Craves |
|
Director |
|
September 12, 2014 |
||
* Matthew K. Fust |
|
Director |
|
September 12, 2014 |
||
* Wende S. Hutton |
|
Director |
|
September 12, 2014 |
II-6
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Mark D. McDade |
Director | September 12, 2014 | ||||
* Jake R. Nunn |
|
Director |
|
September 12, 2014 |
||
* William R. Ringo |
|
Director |
|
September 12, 2014 |
||
*By: |
|
/s/ ANDREW L. GUGGENHIME Andrew L. Guggenhime |
|
Attorney-in-Fact |
|
September 12, 2014 |
II-7
Exhibit 3.2
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
DERMIRA, INC.
Dermira, Inc., a Delaware corporation, hereby certifies as follows.
1. The name of this corporation is Dermira, Inc. The date of filing its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State was August 18, 2010, under the name Skintelligence, Inc.
2. The Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation attached hereto as Exhibit A , which is incorporated herein by this reference, and which restates, integrates and further amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation as previously amended or supplemented, has been duly adopted by this corporations Board of Directors and by the stockholders in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, with the approval of this corporations stockholders having been given by written consent without a meeting in accordance with Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this corporation has caused this Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officer and the foregoing facts stated herein are true and correct.
Dated: |
|
|
DERMIRA, INC. |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|||
|
By: |
|
||
|
|
|||
|
Name: |
Thomas Wiggans |
||
|
|
|||
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer |
EXHIBIT A
RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
DERMIRA, INC.
ARTICLE I: NAME
The name of this corporation is Dermira, Inc. (the Corporation ).
ARTICLE II: AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS
The address of the Corporations registered office in the State of Delaware is 3500 South Dupont Highway, City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.
ARTICLE III: PURPOSE
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL ).
ARTICLE IV: AUTHORIZED STOCK
1. Total Authorized . The total number of shares of all classes of stock that the Corporation has authority to issue is Five Hundred Ten Million (510,000,000) shares, consisting of two classes: Five Hundred Million (500,000,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share ( Common Stock ), and Ten Million (10,000,000) shares of Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value per share ( Preferred Stock ).
2. Designation of Additional Shares .
2.1. The Corporations Board of Directors (the Board ) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by the law of the State of Delaware, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and, by filing a Certificate of Designation pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the designation, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, if any, of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and to increase (but not above the total number of authorized shares of the class) or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any such series. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may also be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of two-thirds of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, unless a vote of the holders of Preferred Stock is required pursuant to the terms of any Certificate of Designation designating any series of Preferred Stock.
2.2 Except as otherwise expressly provided in any Certificate of Designation designating any series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Article IV, any new series of Preferred Stock may be designated, fixed and determined as provided herein by the Board without approval of the holders of Common Stock or the holders of Preferred Stock, or any series thereof, and any such new series may have powers, preferences and rights, including, without limitation, voting rights, dividend rights, liquidation rights, redemption rights and conversion rights, senior to, junior to or
pari passu with the rights of the Common Stock, the Preferred Stock, or any future class or series of Preferred Stock or Common Stock.
3. Voting Power of Common Stock . Each outstanding share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter properly submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their vote; provided , however , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock) that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together as a class with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Certificate of Designation relating to any series of Preferred Stock).
ARTICLE V: AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS
The Board shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation (the Bylaws ). Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws by the Board shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the term Whole Board shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws; provided , however , that in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including any Preferred Stock issued pursuant to any Certificate of Designation), the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws; provided further, that if two-thirds of the Whole Board has approved such adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws, then only the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws.
ARTICLE VI: MATTERS RELATING TO THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
1. Director Powers . The conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board. In addition to the powers and authority expressly conferred upon them by statute or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, the directors are hereby empowered to exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.
2. Number of Directors . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board.
3. Classified Board . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the directors shall be divided, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into three classes designated as Class I, Class II and Class III, respectively (the Classified Board ). The Board may assign members of the Board already in office to the Classified Board, which assignments shall become effective at the same time the Classified Board becomes effective. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board, with the number of directors in each class to be divided as nearly equal as reasonably possible. The initial term of office of the Class I directors shall expire at the Corporations first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing of the Corporations initial public offering
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock to the public (the Initial Public Offering Closing ), the initial term of office of the Class II directors shall expire at the Corporations second annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing, and the initial term of office of the Class III directors shall expire at the Corporations third annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing. At each annual meeting of stockholders following the Initial Public Offering Closing, directors elected to succeed those directors of the class whose terms then expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing provisions of this Article VI, Section 3, each director shall hold office until such directors successor is elected and qualified, or until such directors earlier death, resignation or removal. In the event of any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors, (a) each director then serving as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which he or she is a member and (b) the newly created or eliminated directorships resulting from such increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board among the three classes of directors so as to ensure that no one class has more than one director more than any other class.
4. Term and Removal . Each director shall hold office until such directors successor is elected and qualified, or until such directors earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice to the Corporation given in writing or by any electronic transmission permitted by the Bylaws. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, no director may be removed from the Board except for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation then entitled to vote at an election of directors voting together as a single class. In the event of any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors, (a) each director then serving as such shall nevertheless continue as a director of the class of which he or she is a member and (b) the newly created or eliminated directorships resulting from such increase or decrease shall be apportioned by the Board among the classes of directors so as to ensure that no one class has more than one director more than any other class. To the extent possible, consistent with the foregoing rule, any newly created directorships shall be added to those classes whose terms of office are to expire at the latest dates following such allocation, and any newly eliminated directorships shall be subtracted from those classes whose terms of office are to expire at the earliest dates following such allocation, unless otherwise provided from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
5. Board Vacancies . Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancy occurring in the Board for any cause, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, shall, unless (a) the Board determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by the stockholders or (b) as otherwise provided by law, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and not by the stockholders. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which the director has been assigned expires or until such directors successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
6. Vote by Ballot . Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws shall so provide.
ARTICLE VII: DIRECTOR LIABILITY
1. Limitation of Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by law, no director of the Corporation shall be personally liable for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.
Without limiting the effect of the preceding sentence, if the DGCL is hereafter amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of a director, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
2. Change in Rights . Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate, reduce or otherwise adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or adoption of such an inconsistent provision.
ARTICLE VIII: MATTERS RELATING TO THE STOCKHOLDERS
1. No Action by Written Consent of the Stockholders . Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock, no action shall be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation except at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and no action shall be taken by the stockholders by written consent.
2. Special Meeting of Stockholders . Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Lead Independent Director (as defined in the Bylaws) or the Board acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board.
3. Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Business Transacted at Special Meetings . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors of the Corporation and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws. Business transacted at special meetings of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice of the meeting.
ARTICLE IX: CHOICE OF FORUM
Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (b) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrongdoing by, any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporations stockholders, (c) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, (d) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, or (e) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of this Article IX.
ARTICLE X: AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the manner prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation; provided , however , that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting
together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided, further, that if two-thirds of the Whole Board has approved such amendment or repeal of any provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation, then only the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal any provision of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
* * * * * * * * * * *
DERMIRA, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
RESTATED BYLAWS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
ARTICLE I: STOCKHOLDERS |
1 |
|
|
|
|
Section 1.1: |
Annual Meetings |
1 |
Section 1.2: |
Special Meetings |
1 |
Section 1.3: |
Notice of Meetings |
1 |
Section 1.4: |
Adjournments |
1 |
Section 1.5: |
Quorum |
1 |
Section 1.6: |
Organization |
2 |
Section 1.7: |
Voting; Proxies |
2 |
Section 1.8: |
Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record |
2 |
Section 1.9: |
List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote |
2 |
Section 1.10: |
Inspectors of Elections |
3 |
Section 1.11: |
Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations |
4 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE II: BOARD OF DIRECTORS |
7 |
|
|
|
|
Section 2.1: |
Number; Qualifications |
7 |
Section 2.2: |
Election; Vacancies; Resignation |
7 |
Section 2.3: |
Regular Meetings |
7 |
Section 2.4: |
Special Meetings |
7 |
Section 2.5: |
Remote Meetings Permitted |
7 |
Section 2.6: |
Quorum; Vote Required for Action |
7 |
Section 2.7: |
Organization |
8 |
Section 2.8: |
Written Action by Directors |
8 |
Section 2.9: |
Powers |
8 |
Section 2.10: |
Compensation of Directors |
8 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE III: COMMITTEES |
8 |
|
|
|
|
Section 3.1: |
Committees |
8 |
Section 3.2: |
Committee Rules |
8 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV: OFFICERS |
9 |
|
|
|
|
Section 4.1: |
Generally |
9 |
Section 4.2: |
Chief Executive Officer |
9 |
Section 4.3: |
Chairperson of the Board |
9 |
Section 4.4: |
Lead Independent Director |
9 |
Section 4.5: |
President |
10 |
Section 4.6: |
Vice President |
10 |
Section 4.7: |
Chief Financial Officer |
10 |
Section 4.8: |
Treasurer |
10 |
Section 4.9: |
Secretary |
10 |
Section 4.10: |
Delegation of Authority |
10 |
Section 4.11: |
Removal |
10 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE V: STOCK |
10 |
|
|
|
|
Section 5.1: |
Certificates; Uncertificated Shares |
10 |
Section 5.2: |
Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates |
11 |
Section 5.3: |
Other Regulations |
11 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI: INDEMNIFICATION |
11 |
|
|
|
|
Section 6.1: |
Indemnification of Officers and Directors |
11 |
Section 6.2: |
Advance of Expenses |
12 |
Section 6.3: |
Non-Exclusivity of Rights |
12 |
Section 6.4: |
Indemnification Contracts |
12 |
Section 6.5: |
Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit |
12 |
Section 6.6: |
Nature of Rights |
13 |
Section 6.7: |
Insurance |
13 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII: NOTICES |
13 |
|
|
|
|
Section 7.1: |
Notice |
13 |
Section 7.2: |
Waiver of Notice |
14 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII: INTERESTED DIRECTORS |
14 |
|
|
|
|
Section 8.1: |
Interested Directors |
14 |
Section 8.2: |
Quorum |
15 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX: MISCELLANEOUS |
15 |
|
|
|
|
Section 9.1: |
Fiscal Year |
15 |
Section 9.2: |
Seal |
15 |
Section 9.3: |
Form of Records |
15 |
Section 9.4: |
Reliance upon Books and Records |
15 |
Section 9.5: |
Certificate of Incorporation Governs |
15 |
Section 9.6: |
Severability |
15 |
Section 9.7: |
Time Periods |
15 |
|
|
|
ARTICLE X: AMENDMENT |
16 |
DERMIRA, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
RESTATED BYLAWS
As Adopted , 2014
ARTICLE I: STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1.1 : Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the Board ) shall each year fix. The meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware as permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL ), or by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine. Any proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.
Section 1.2 : Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes shall be called in the manner set forth in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time, the Certificate of Incorporation ). The special meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders.
Section 1.3 : Notice of Meetings . Notice of all meetings of stockholders shall be given in writing or by electronic transmission in the manner provided by law (including, without limitation, as set forth in Section 7.1.1 of these Restated Bylaws) stating the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, such notice shall be given not less than ten (10), nor more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.
Section 1.4 : Adjournments . The chairperson of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another time, date and place (if any). Any meeting of stockholders may adjourn from time to time, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, date and place (if any) thereof and the means of remote communications (if any) by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided , however , that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, then a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Board may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special or annual meeting of stockholders before it is to be held, in which case notice shall be provided to the stockholders of the new date, time and place, if any, of the meeting as provided in Section 1.3 above.
Section 1.5 : Quorum . At each meeting of stockholders, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, unless otherwise required by applicable law. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting may adjourn the meeting. Shares of the Corporations stock belonging to the Corporation (or to another corporation, if
a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation are held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation) shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any other corporation to vote any shares of the Corporations stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity and to count such shares for purposes of determining a quorum.
Section 1.6 : Organization . Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by (a) such person as the Board may designate, or, (b) in the absence of such a person, the Chairperson of the Board, or, (c) in the absence of such person, the Lead Independent Director, or, (d) in the absence of such person, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or, (e) in the absence of such person, the President, or the most senior officer of the Corporation present, in that order of priority, or, (f) in the absence of any such person, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting. Such person shall be chairperson of the meeting and, subject to Section 1.10 hereof, shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her to be in order. The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such persons absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
Section 1.7 : Voting; Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy. Such a proxy may be prepared, transmitted and delivered in any manner permitted by applicable law. Except as may be required in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors. Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the rules of any stock exchange upon which the Corporations securities are listed, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Restated Bylaws, every matter other than the election of directors shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote on such matter that are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and are voted for or against the matter.
Section 1.8 : Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, unless otherwise required by law, the Board may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which shall not be more than sixty (60), nor less than ten (10), days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action. If no record date is fixed by the Board, then the record date shall be as provided by applicable law. To the fullest extent permitted by law, a determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
Section 1.9 : List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either on a reasonably accessible electronic network as permitted by law ( provided that the information required to gain access to the list is provided with the notice of the meeting) or during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the meeting is held at a location where stockholders may attend in person, the list shall
also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present at the meeting. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access the list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
Section 1.10 : Inspectors of Elections .
1.10.1 Applicability . Unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation or by the DGCL, the following provisions of this Section 1.10 shall apply only if and when the Corporation has a class of voting stock that is: (a) listed on a national securities exchange; (b) authorized for quotation on an interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities association; or (c) held of record by more than two thousand (2,000) stockholders. In all other cases, observance of the provisions of this Section 1.10 shall be optional, and at the discretion of the Board.
1.10.2 Appointment . The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.
1.10.3 Inspectors Oath . Each inspector of election, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspectors ability.
1.10.4 Duties of Inspectors . At a meeting of stockholders, the inspectors of election shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each share, (b) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period of time a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.
1.10.5 Opening and Closing of Polls . The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced by the chairperson of the meeting at the meeting. No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.
1.10.6 Determinations . In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in connection with proxies in accordance with any information provided pursuant to Section 211(a)(2)(B)(i) of the DGCL, or Sections 211(e) or 212(c)(2) of the DGCL, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record. If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification of their determinations pursuant to this Section 1.10 shall specify the precise information considered by them, including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors belief that such information is accurate and reliable.
Section 1.11 : Notice of Stockholder Business; Nominations .
1.11.1 Annual Meeting of Stockholders .
(a) Nominations of persons for election to the Board and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders shall be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (i) pursuant to the Corporations notice of such meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of the notice provided for in this Section 1.11 (the Record Stockholder ), who is entitled to vote at such meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.11. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or propose business (other than business included in the Corporations proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (such act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the Exchange Act )), at an annual meeting of stockholders.
(b) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a Record Stockholder pursuant to Section 1.11.1(a):
(i) the Record Stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation;
(ii) such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action;
(iii) if the Record Stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the Corporation with a Solicitation Notice, as that term is defined in this Section 1.11, such Record Stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporations voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the Corporations voting shares reasonably believed by such Record Stockholder or beneficial holder to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such Record Stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice (as defined below); and
(iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this Section 1.11, the Record Stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 1.11.
To be timely, a Record Stockholders notice must be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the seventy-fifth (75th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and fifth (105th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting (except in the case of the Corporations first annual meeting following its initial public offering, for which such notice shall be timely if delivered in the same time period as if such meeting were a special meeting governed by Section 1.11.2); provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, notice by the Record Stockholder to be timely must be so delivered (A) no earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and fifth (105th) day prior to currently proposed annual meeting and (B) no later than the close of business on the later of the seventy-fifth (75th) day prior to such annual meeting or the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which Public Announcement (as defined below) of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no
event shall an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting for which notice has been given commence a new time period for providing the Record Stockholders notice. Such Record Stockholders notice shall set forth:
(x) as to each person whom the Record Stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or would be otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ), including such persons written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected;
(y) as to any other business that the Record Stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such Record Stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and
(z) as to the Record Stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (1) the name and address of such Record Stockholder, as they appear on the Corporations books, and of such beneficial owner, (2) the class, series, and number of shares of the Corporation that are directly or indirectly owned beneficially and held of record by such Record Stockholder and such beneficial owner, including any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or otherwise (a Derivative Instrument ) directly or indirectly owned beneficially by such Record Stockholder or beneficial owner, and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of the Corporation, (3) whether or not either such Record Stockholder or beneficial owner will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a proposal, at least the percentage of the Corporations voting power required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the Corporations voting power reasonably believed by such Record Stockholder or beneficial holder to be sufficient to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent being a Solicitation Notice ), (4) any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding, or relationship pursuant to which the Record Stockholder or beneficial owner has a right to vote, directly or indirectly, any shares of any security of the Corporation, (5) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, warrants, stock appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Record Stockholders notice by, or on behalf of, such Record Stockholder and such beneficial owners, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Record Stockholder or such beneficial owner, with respect to shares of stock of the Corporation, (6) a representation that the Record Stockholder is a holder of record of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nomination and (7) any other information relating to each such Record Stockholder or beneficial owner that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for, as applicable, the proposal and/or the election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act. If requested by the Corporation, the information required under clauses
(2)-(7) of this Section 1.11.1(b)(z) shall be supplemented by such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, not later than ten (10) days after the record date for the meeting to disclose such information as of the record date.
(c) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 1.11.1(b) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board is increased and there is no Public Announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board at least seventy-five (75) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting (or, if the annual meeting is held more than thirty (30) days before or sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, at least seventy-five (75) days prior to such annual meeting), a stockholders notice required by this Section 1.11 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation no later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such Public Announcement is first made by the Corporation.
1.11.2 Special Meetings of Stockholders . Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporations notice of such meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporations notice of such meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board or (b) provided that the Board has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice of the special meeting, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 1.11. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporations notice of meeting, if the stockholders notice required by Section 1.11.1(b) shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (i) no earlier than the one hundred fifth (105th) day prior to such special meeting and (ii) no later than the close of business on the later of the seventy-fifth (75th) day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which Public Announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board to be elected at such meeting.
1.11.3 General .
(a) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.11 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.11. Except as otherwise provided by law or these Restated Bylaws, the chairperson of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 1.11 and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance herewith, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.
(b) For purposes of this Section 1.11, the term Public Announcement shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Reuters or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 1.11, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth herein. Nothing in this Section 1.11 shall be deemed to
affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporations proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.
ARTICLE II: BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 2.1 : Number; Qualifications . The total number of directors constituting the Board (the Whole Board ) shall be fixed from time to time in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation. No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.
Section 2.2 : Election; Vacancies; Resignation . The directors shall be divided, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into classes as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, and vacancies occurring in the Board and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled, as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation. Any director may resign by delivering a resignation in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation at its principal office or to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary. Such resignation shall be effective upon delivery unless it is specified to be effective at a later time or upon the happening of an event. Subject to the special rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, directors may be removed only as provided by the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. All vacancies occurring in the Board and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled in the manner set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 2.3 : Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, and at such times as the Board may from time to time determine. Notice of regular meetings need not be given if the date, times and places thereof are fixed by resolution of the Board.
Section 2.4 : Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Lead Independent Director or a majority of the members of the Board then in office and may be held at any time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the person or persons calling the meeting shall fix. Notice of the time, date and place of such meeting shall be given, orally, in writing or by electronic transmission (including electronic mail), by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least four (4) days before the meeting if the notice is mailed, or at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such notice is given by telephone, hand delivery, telegram, telex, mailgram, facsimile, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.
Section 2.5 : Remote Meetings Permitted . Members of the Board, or any committee of the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 2.6 : Quorum; Vote Required for Action . Subject to the provisions in the Certificate of Incorporation regarding the ability of members of the Board to fill a vacancy occurring in the Board, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time without further notice thereof. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the
Certificate of Incorporation, or required by law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.
Section 2.7 : Organization . Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by (a) the Chairperson of the Board or (b) in the absence of such person, the Lead Independent Director, or (c) in the absence of such person, the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation, or, (d) in the absence of such person, by a chairperson chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such persons absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
Section 2.8 : Written Action by Directors . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, respectively, in the minute books of the Corporation. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.
Section 2.9 : Powers . The Board may, except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, exercise all such powers and manage and direct all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.
Section 2.10 : Compensation of Directors . Members of the Board, as such, may receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including without limitation their services as members of committees of the Board.
ARTICLE III: COMMITTEES
Section 3.1 : Committees . The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting of such committee who are not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving, adopting, or recommending to the stockholders any action or matter (other than the election or removal of members of the Board) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.
Section 3.2 : Committee Rules . Unless the Board otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business not in conflict with the provisions of this Article III. In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Restated Bylaws.
ARTICLE IV: OFFICERS
Section 4.1 : Generally . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer (who may be the Chairperson of the Board or the President), a Secretary and a Treasurer and may consist of such other officers, including a Chief Financial Officer and one or more Vice Presidents, as may from time to time be appointed by the Board. All officers shall be elected by the Board; provided , however , that the Board may empower the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint any officer other than the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer. Each officer shall hold office until such persons successor is appointed or until such persons earlier resignation, death or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board.
Section 4.2 : Chief Executive Officer . Subject to the control of the Board and such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board, the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation are:
(a) To act as the general manager and, subject to the control of the Board, to have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation;
(b) Subject to Article I, Section 1.6, to preside at all meetings of the stockholders;
(c) Subject to Article I, Section 1.2, to call special meetings of the stockholders to be held at such times and, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Restated Bylaws, at such places as he or she shall deem proper; and
(d) To affix the signature of the Corporation to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages, guarantees, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in writing which have been authorized by the Board or which, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer, should be executed on behalf of the Corporation; to sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation; and, subject to the direction of the Board, to have general charge of the property of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.
The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board shall designate another officer to be the Chief Executive Officer. If there is no President, and the Board has not designated any other officer to be the Chief Executive Officer, then the Chairperson of the Board shall be the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 4.3 : Chairperson of the Board . Subject to the provisions of Section 2.7, the Chairperson of the Board shall have the power to preside at all meetings of the Board and shall have such other powers and duties as provided in these Restated Bylaws and as the Board may from time to time prescribe.
Section 4.4 : Lead Independent Director . The Board may, in its discretion, elect a lead independent director from among its members that are Independent Directors (as defined below) (such director, the Lead Independent Director). He or she shall preside at all meetings at which the Chairperson of the Board is not present and shall exercise such other powers and duties as may from time to time be assigned to him or her by the Board or as prescribed by these Restated Bylaws. For purposes of these Restated Bylaws, Independent Director has the meaning ascribed to such term under the rules of
The NASDAQ Stock Market or other stock exchange upon which the Corporations common stock is primarily traded.
Section 4.5 : President . The Chief Executive Officer shall be the President of the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated one individual as the President and a different individual as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. Subject to the provisions of these Restated Bylaws and to the direction of the Board, and subject to the supervisory powers of the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President), and subject to such supervisory powers and authority as may be given by the Board to the Chairperson of the Board, and/or to any other officer, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and the general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (other than the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President) and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of President or that are delegated to the President by the Board.
Section 4.6 : Vice President . Each Vice President shall have all such powers and duties as are commonly incident to the office of Vice President, or that are delegated to him or her by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer. A Vice President may be designated by the Board to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer in the event of the Chief Executive Officers absence or disability.
Section 4.7 : Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated another officer as the Treasurer of the Corporation. Subject to the direction of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer, or as the Board may from time to time prescribe.
Section 4.8 : Treasurer . The Treasurer shall have custody of all monies and securities of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions. The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Treasurer, or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.
Section 4.9 : Secretary . The Secretary shall issue or cause to be issued all authorized notices for, and shall keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board. The Secretary shall have charge of the corporate minute books and similar records and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Secretary, or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.
Section 4.10 : Delegation of Authority . The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.
Section 4.11 : Removal . Any officer of the Corporation shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board; provided that if the Board has empowered the Chief Executive Officer to appoint any Vice Presidents of the Corporation, then such Vice Presidents may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer. Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation.
ARTICLE V: STOCK
Section 5.1 : Certificates; Uncertificated Shares . The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided , however , that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock may be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation (or the transfer agent or registrar, as the case may be). Notwithstanding the adoption of such resolution by the Board, every holder of stock that is a certificated security shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. If any holder of uncertificated shares elects to receive a certificate, the Corporation (or the transfer agent or registrar, as the case may be) shall, to the extent permitted under applicable law and rules, regulations and listing requirements of any stock exchange or stock market on which the Corporations shares are listed or traded, cease to provide annual statements indicating such holders holdings of shares in the Corporation.
Section 5.2 : Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates . The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock, or uncertificated shares, in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, , upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owners legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation and/or to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it, against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.
Section 5.3 : Other Regulations . The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of stock certificates and uncertificated securities shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board may establish.
ARTICLE VI: INDEMNIFICATION
Section 6.1 : Indemnification of Officers and Directors . Each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, legislative or any other type whatsoever (a Proceeding ), by reason of the fact that such person (or a person of whom such person is the legal representative), is or was a member of the Board or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a member of the board of directors, officer or trustee of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (for purposes of this Article VI, an Indemnitee ), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith, provided such
Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitees conduct was unlawful. Such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of such Indemnitees heirs, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee seeking indemnity in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board.
Section 6.2 : Advance of Expenses . Except as otherwise provided in a written indemnification agreement between the Corporation and an Indemnitee, the Corporation shall pay all expenses (including attorneys fees) incurred by such an Indemnitee in defending any such Proceeding as they are incurred in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that (a) if the DGCL then so requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by such an Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no appeal that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise; and (b) the Corporation shall not be required to advance any expenses to a person against whom the Corporation directly brings a claim, in a Proceeding, alleging that such person has breached such persons duty of loyalty to the Corporation, committed an act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or derived an improper personal benefit from a transaction.
Section 6.3 : Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Restated Bylaws, agreement, vote or consent of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. Additionally, nothing in this Article VI shall limit the ability of the Corporation, in its discretion, to indemnify or advance expenses to persons whom the Corporation is not obligated to indemnify or advance expenses pursuant to this Article VI.
Section 6.4 : Indemnification Contracts . The Board is authorized to cause the Corporation to enter into indemnification contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing indemnification or advancement rights to such person. Such rights may be greater than those provided in this Article VI.
Section 6.5 : Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit . The following shall apply to the extent not in conflict with any indemnification contract provided for in Section 6.4 above.
6.5.1 Right to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article VI is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (a) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (b) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such
expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in applicable law.
6.5.2 Effect of Determination . Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.
6.5.3 Burden of Proof . In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VI, or otherwise, shall be on the Corporation.
Section 6.6 : Nature of Rights . The rights conferred upon Indemnitees in this Article VI shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitees heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI that adversely affects any right of an Indemnitee or an Indemnitees successors shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right or protection conferred on a person pursuant to this Article VI with respect to any Proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment, repeal or modification.
Section 6.7 : Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.
ARTICLE VII: NOTICES
Section 7.1 : Notice .
7.1.1 Form and Delivery . Except as otherwise specifically permitted or required in these Restated Bylaws (including, without limitation, Section 7.1.2 below) or required by law, all notices required to be given pursuant to these Restated Bylaws shall be in writing and may, (a) in every instance in connection with any delivery to a member of the Board, be effectively given by hand delivery (including use of a delivery service), by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram, cablegram, overnight express courier, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission and (b) be effectively be delivered to a stockholder when given by hand delivery, by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid or, if specifically consented to by the stockholder as described in Section 7.1.2 of this Article VII by sending such notice by telegram, cablegram, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission. Any such notice shall be addressed to the person to whom notice is to be given at such persons address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. The notice shall be deemed given (a) in the case of hand delivery, when received by the person to whom notice is to be given or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, (b) in the case of delivery by mail, upon deposit in the mail, (c) in the case of delivery by overnight
express courier, when dispatched, and (d) in the case of delivery via telegram, cablegram, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission, when dispatched.
7.1.2 Electronic Transmission . Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Restated Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given in accordance with Section 232 of the DGCL. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided , however , the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given pursuant to this Section 7.1.2 shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.
7.1.3 Affidavit of Giving Notice . An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given in writing or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.
Section 7.2 : Waiver of Notice . Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Restated Bylaws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any waiver of notice.
ARTICLE VIII: INTERESTED DIRECTORS
Section 8.1 : Interested Directors . No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its members of the Board or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are members of the board of directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (b) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as
to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.
Section 8.2 : Quorum . Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.
ARTICLE IX: MISCELLANEOUS
Section 9.1 : Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board.
Section 9.2 : Seal . The Board may provide for a corporate seal, which may have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board.
Section 9.3 : Form of Records . Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on or by means of, or be in the form of any other information storage device or method, electronic or otherwise, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the DGCL.
Section 9.4 : Reliance upon Books and Records . A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such persons duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporations officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to matters the member reasonably believes are within such other persons professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
Section 9.5 : Certificate of Incorporation Governs . In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these Restated Bylaws, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern and prevail.
Section 9.6 : Severability . If any provision of these Restated Bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible consistent with such holding and the remaining provisions of these Restated Bylaws (including without limitation, all portions of any section of these Restated Bylaws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation, that are not themselves invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation) shall remain in full force and effect.
Section 9.7 : Time Periods . In applying any provision of these Restated Bylaws which requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.
ARTICLE X: AMENDMENT
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Restated Bylaws, any amendment or repeal of these Restated Bylaws shall require the approval of the Board or the stockholders of the Corporation as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation.
CERTIFICATION OF RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
DERMIRA, INC.
(a Delaware Corporation)
I, Thomas G. Wiggans, certify that I am Secretary of Dermira, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Corporation ), that I am duly authorized to make and deliver this certification, that the attached Bylaws are a true and complete copy of the Restated Bylaws of the Corporation in effect as of the date of this certificate.
Dated: , 2014 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas G. Wiggans, Secretary |
Exhibit 10.3
DERMIRA, INC.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
1. PURPOSE . The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, and any Parents and Subsidiaries that exist now or in the future, by offering them an opportunity to participate in the Companys future performance through the grant of Awards. Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in the text are defined in Section 28.
2. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN .
2.1. Number of Shares Available . Subject to Sections 2.6 and 21 and any other applicable provisions hereof, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan as of the date of adoption of the Plan by the Board, is 11,000,000 Shares plus (a) any reserved shares not issued or subject to outstanding grants under the Companys 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the Prior Plan ) on the Effective Date (as defined below), (b) shares that are subject to stock options or other awards granted under the Prior Plan that cease to be subject to such stock options or other awards by forfeiture or otherwise after the Effective Date, (c) shares issued under the Prior Plan before or after the Effective Date pursuant to the exercise of stock options that are, after the Effective Date, forfeited, (d) shares issued under the Prior Plan that are repurchased by the Company at the original issue price, and (e) shares that are subject to stock options or other awards under the Prior Plan that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award.
2.2. Lapsed, Returned Awards . Shares subject to Awards, and Shares issued under the Plan under any Award, will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with subsequent Awards under this Plan to the extent such Shares: (a) are subject to issuance upon exercise of an Option or SAR granted under this Plan but which cease to be subject to the Option or SAR for any reason other than exercise of the Option or SAR; (b) are subject to Awards granted under this Plan that are forfeited or are repurchased by the Company at the original issue price; (c) are subject to Awards granted under this Plan that otherwise terminate without such Shares being issued; or (d) are surrendered pursuant to an Exchange Program. To the extent an Award under the Plan is paid out in cash rather than Shares, such cash payment will not result in reducing the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan. Shares used to pay the exercise price of an Award or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to an Award will become available for future grant or sale under the Plan.
2.3. Minimum Share Reserve . At all times the Company shall reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as shall be required to satisfy the requirements of all outstanding Awards granted under this Plan.
2.4. Automatic Share Reserve Increase . The number of Shares available for grant and issuance under the Plan shall be increased on January 1, of each calendar year, by the lesser of (a) four percent (4%) of the number of Shares issued and outstanding on each December 31 immediately prior to the date of increase or (b) such number of Shares determined by the Board.
2.5. Limitations . No more than two hundred fifty million (250,000,000) Shares shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of ISOs.
2.6. Adjustment of Shares . If the number of outstanding Shares is changed by a stock dividend, extraordinary dividends or distributions (whether in cash, shares or other property, other than a regular cash dividend) recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification, spin-off or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, without consideration,
then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance and future grant under the Plan set forth in Section 2.1, including shares reserved under sub-clauses (a)-(e) of Section 2.1, (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and SARs, (c) the number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards, (d) the maximum number of shares that may be issued as ISOs set forth in Section 2.5, (e) the maximum number of Shares that may be issued to an individual or to a new Employee in any one calendar year set forth in Section 3 and (f) the number of Shares that may be granted as Awards to Non-Employee Directors as set forth in Section 12, shall be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and in compliance with applicable securities laws; provided that fractions of a Share will not be issued.
3. ELIGIBILITY . ISOs may be granted only to Employees. All other Awards may be granted to Employees, Consultants, Directors and Non-Employee Directors; provided such Consultants, Directors and Non-Employee Directors render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. No Participant will be eligible to receive an Award or Awards for more than thirty million (30,000,000) Shares in any calendar year under this Plan except that new Employees of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company are eligible to be granted up to a maximum of an Award or Awards for sixty million (60,000,000) Shares in the calendar year in which they commence their employment.
4. ADMINISTRATION .
4.1. Committee Composition; Authority . This Plan will be administered by the Committee or by the Board acting as the Committee. Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan, except, however, the Board shall establish the terms for the grant of an Award to Non-Employee Directors. The Committee will have the authority to:
(a) construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;
(b) prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan or any Award;
(c) select persons to receive Awards;
(d) determine the form and terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award granted hereunder. Such terms and conditions include, but are not limited to, the exercise price, the time or times when Awards may vest and be exercised (which may be based on performance criteria) or settled, any vesting acceleration or waiver of forfeiture restrictions, the method to satisfy tax withholding obligations or any other tax liability legally due and any restriction or limitation regarding any Award or the Shares relating thereto, based in each case on such factors as the Committee will determine;
(e) determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards;
(f) determine the Fair Market Value in good faith and interpret the applicable provisions of this Plan and the definition of Fair Market Value in connection with circumstances that impact the Fair Market Value, if necessary;
(g) determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;
(h) grant waivers of Plan or Award conditions;
(i) determine the vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards;
(j) correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement;
(k) determine whether an Award has been earned;
(l) determine the terms and conditions of any, and to institute any Exchange Program;
(m) reduce or waive any criteria with respect to Performance Factors;
(n) adjust Performance Factors to take into account changes in law and accounting or tax rules as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships provided that such adjustments are consistent with the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to persons whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code;
(o) adopt terms and conditions, rules and/or procedures (including the adoption of any subplan under this Plan) relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate requirements of local law and procedures outside of the United States;
(p) make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of this Plan; and
(q) delegate any of the foregoing to a subcommittee consisting of one or more executive officers pursuant to a specific delegation as permitted by applicable law, including Section 157(c) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.
4.2. Committee Interpretation and Discretion . Any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award shall be made in its sole discretion at the time of grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan or Award, at any later time, and such determination shall be final and binding on the Company and all persons having an interest in any Award under the Plan. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be submitted by the Participant or Company to the Committee for review. The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participant. The Committee may delegate to one or more executive officers the authority to review and resolve disputes with respect to Awards held by Participants who are not Insiders, and such resolution shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participant.
4.3. Section 162(m) of the Code and Section 16 of the Exchange Act . When necessary or desirable for an Award to qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code the Committee shall include at least two persons who are outside directors (as defined under Section 162(m) of the Code) and at least two (or a majority if more than two then serve on the Committee) such outside directors shall approve the grant of such Award and timely determine (as applicable) the Performance Period and any Performance Factors upon which vesting or settlement of any portion of such Award is to be subject. When required by Section 162(m) of the Code, prior to settlement of any such Award at least two (or a majority if more than two then serve on the Committee) such outside directors then serving on the Committee shall determine and certify in writing the extent to which such Performance Factors have been timely achieved and the extent to which the Shares subject to such Award have thereby been earned. Awards granted to Participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act must be approved by two or more non-employee directors (as defined in the regulations promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act). With respect to Participants whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, and provided that such adjustments are consistent with the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may adjust the
performance goals to account for changes in law and accounting and to make such adjustments as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships, including without limitation (a) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring charges, (b) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Company or not within the reasonable control of the Companys management, or (c) a change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles.
4.4. Documentation . The Award Agreement for a given Award, the Plan and any other documents may be delivered to, and accepted by, a Participant or any other person in any manner (including electronic distribution or posting) that meets applicable legal requirements.
4.5. Foreign Award Recipients . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws and practices in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (a) determine which Subsidiaries and Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan; (b) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan, which may include individuals who provide services to the Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate under an agreement with a foreign nation or agency; (c) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States or foreign nationals to comply with applicable foreign laws, policies, customs and practices; (d) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Committee determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 2.1 hereof; and (e) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law.
5. OPTIONS . An Option is the right but not the obligation to purchase a Share, subject to certain conditions, if applicable. The Committee may grant Options to eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors and will determine whether such Options will be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code ( ISOs ) or Nonqualified Stock Options ( NSOs ), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may vest and be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following terms of this section.
5.1. Option Grant . Each Option granted under this Plan will identify the Option as an ISO or an NSO. An Option may be, but need not be, awarded upon satisfaction of such Performance Factors during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participants individual Award Agreement. If the Option is being earned upon the satisfaction of Performance Factors, then the Committee will: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for each Option; and (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the performance, if any. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to Options that are subject to different performance goals and other criteria.
5.2. Date of Grant . The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, or a specified future date. The Award Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.
5.3. Exercise Period . Options may be vested and exercisable within the times or upon the conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement governing such Option; provided , however , that no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and
provided further that no ISO granted to a person who, at the time the ISO is granted, directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company ( Ten Percent Stockholder ) will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted. The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.
5.4. Exercise Price . The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted; provided that: (a) the Exercise Price of an Option will be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant and (b) the Exercise Price of any ISO granted to a Ten Percent Stockholder will not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant. Payment for the Shares purchased may be made in accordance with Section 11 and the Award Agreement and in accordance with any procedures established by the Company.
5.5. Method of Exercise . Any Option granted hereunder will be vested and exercisable according to the terms of the Plan and at such times and under such conditions as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. An Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share. An Option will be deemed exercised when the Company receives: (a) notice of exercise (in such form as the Committee may specify from time to time) from the person entitled to exercise the Option (and/or via electronic execution through the authorized third party administrator), and (b) full payment for the Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised (together with applicable withholding taxes). Full payment may consist of any consideration and method of payment authorized by the Committee and permitted by the Award Agreement and the Plan. Shares issued upon exercise of an Option will be issued in the name of the Participant. Until the Shares are issued (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights as a stockholder will exist with respect to the Shares, notwithstanding the exercise of the Option. The Company will issue (or cause to be issued) such Shares promptly after the Option is exercised. No adjustment will be made for a dividend or other right for which the record date is prior to the date the Shares are issued, except as provided in Section 2.6 of the Plan. Exercising an Option in any manner will decrease the number of Shares thereafter available, both for purposes of the Plan and for sale under the Option, by the number of Shares as to which the Option is exercised.
5.6. Termination of Service . If the Participants Service terminates for any reason except for Cause or the Participants death or Disability, then the Participant may exercise such Participants Options only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the date Participants Service terminates no later than three (3) months after the date Participants Service terminates (or such shorter or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond three (3) months after the date Participants Service terminates deemed to be the exercise of an NSO), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.
(a) Death . If the Participants Service terminates because of the Participants death (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after Participants Service terminates other than for Cause or because of the Participants Disability), then the Participants Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the date Participants Service terminates and must be exercised by the Participants legal representative, or authorized assignee, no later than twelve (12) months after the date Participants Service terminates (or such shorter time period or longer time periodas may be determined by the Committee), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.
(b) Disability . If the Participants Service terminates because of the Participants Disability, then the Participants Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options would have been exercisable by the Participant on the date Participants Service terminates and must be exercised by the Participant (or the Participants legal representative or authorized assignee) no later than
twelve (12) months after the date Participants Service terminates (or such shorter or longer time period as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond (a) three (3) months after the date Participants Service terminates when the termination of Service is for a Disability that is not a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or (b) twelve (12) months after the date Participants Service terminates when the termination of Service is for a Disability that is a permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, deemed to be exercise of an NSO), but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.
(c) Cause . If the Participant is terminated for Cause, then Participants Options shall expire on such Participants date of termination of Service, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee, but in any no event later than the expiration date of the Options. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, Cause shall have the meaning set forth in the Plan.
5.7. Limitations on Exercise . The Committee may specify a minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent any Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.
5.8. Limitations on ISOs . With respect to Awards granted as ISOs, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares with respect to which such ISOs are exercisable for the first time by the Participant during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Parent or Subsidiary) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such Options will be treated as NSOs. For purposes of this Section 5.8, ISOs will be taken into account in the order in which they were granted. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Shares is granted. In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.
5.9. Modification, Extension or Renewal . The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participants rights under any Option previously granted. Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code. Subject to Section 18 of this Plan, by written notice to affected Participants, the Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of such Participants; provided , however , that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the Fair Market Value on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price.
5.10. No Disqualification . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant affected, to disqualify any ISO under Section 422 of the Code.
6. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS . A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director Shares that are subject to restrictions ( Restricted Stock ). The Committee will determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the Participant may purchase, the Purchase Price, the restrictions under which the Shares will be subject and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the Plan.
6.1. Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement . All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award will be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided in an Award Agreement, a Participant accepts a Restricted Stock Award by signing and delivering to the Company an Award Agreement with full payment of the Purchase Price, within thirty (30) days from the date the Award Agreement was delivered to the Participant. If the Participant does not accept such Award within
thirty (30) days, then the offer of such Restricted Stock Award will terminate, unless the Committee determines otherwise.
6.2. Purchase Price . The Purchase Price for a Restricted Stock Award will be determined by the Committee and may be less than Fair Market Value on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted. Payment of the Purchase Price must be made in accordance with Section 11 of the Plan, and the Award Agreement and in accordance with any procedures established by the Company.
6.3. Terms of Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted Stock Awards will be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose or are required by law. These restrictions may be based on completion of a specified number of years of service with the Company or upon completion of Performance Factors, if any, during any Performance Period as set out in advance in the Participants Award Agreement. Prior to the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Committee shall: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the Restricted Stock Award; (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure performance goals, if any; and (c) determine the number of Shares that may be awarded to the Participant. Performance Periods may overlap and a Participant may participate simultaneously with respect to Restricted Stock Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and having different performance goals and other criteria.
6.4. Termination of Service . Except as may be set forth in the Participants Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participants Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).
7. STOCK BONUS AWARDS . A Stock Bonus Award is an award to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director of Shares for Services to be rendered or for past Services already rendered to the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary. All Stock Bonus Awards shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement. No payment from the Participant will be required for Shares awarded pursuant to a Stock Bonus Award.
7.1. Terms of Stock Bonus Awards . The Committee will determine the number of Shares to be awarded to the Participant under a Stock Bonus Award and any restrictions thereon. These restrictions may be based upon completion of a specified number of years of service with the Company or upon satisfaction of performance goals based on Performance Factors during any Performance Period as set out in advance in the Participants Stock Bonus Agreement. Prior to the grant of any Stock Bonus Award the Committee shall: (a) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the Stock Bonus Award; (b) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure performance goals; and (c) determine the number of Shares that may be awarded to the Participant. Performance Periods may overlap and a Participant may participate simultaneously with respect to Stock Bonus Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria.
7.2. Form of Payment to Participant . Payment may be made in the form of cash, whole Shares, or a combination thereof, based on the Fair Market Value of the Shares earned under a Stock Bonus Award on the date of payment, as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.
7.3. Termination of Service . Except as may be set forth in the Participants Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participants Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).
8. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS . A Stock Appreciation Right ( SAR ) is an award to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director that may be settled in cash, or Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock), having a value equal to (a) the difference between the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price multiplied by (b) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is
being settled (subject to any maximum number of Shares that may be issuable as specified in an Award Agreement). All SARs shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.
8.1. Terms of SARs . The Committee will determine the terms of each SAR including, without limitation: (a) the number of Shares subject to the SAR; (b) the Exercise Price and the time or times during which the SAR may be settled; (c) the consideration to be distributed on settlement of the SAR; and (d) the effect of the Participants termination of Service on each SAR. The Exercise Price of the SAR will be determined by the Committee when the SAR is granted, and may not be less than Fair Market Value. A SAR may be awarded upon satisfaction of Performance Factors, if any, during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participants individual Award Agreement. If the SAR is being earned upon the satisfaction of Performance Factors, then the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for each SAR; and (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the performance, if any. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to SARs that are subject to different Performance Factors and other criteria.
8.2. Exercise Period and Expiration Date . A SAR will be exercisable within the times or upon the occurrence of events determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement governing such SAR. The SAR Agreement shall set forth the expiration date; provided that no SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the SAR is granted. The Committee may also provide for SARs to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise (including, without limitation, upon the attainment during a Performance Period of performance goals based on Performance Factors), in such number of Shares or percentage of the Shares subject to the SAR as the Committee determines. Except as may be set forth in the Participants Award Agreement, vesting ceases on the date Participants Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rules of Section 5.6 also will apply to SARs.
8.3. Form of Settlement . Upon exercise of a SAR, a Participant will be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying (a) the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price; times (b) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. At the discretion of the Committee, the payment from the Company for the SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof. The portion of a SAR being settled may be paid currently or on a deferred basis with such interest or dividend equivalent, if any, as the Committee determines, provided that the terms of the SAR and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
8.4. Termination of Service . Except as may be set forth in the Participants Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participants Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).
9. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS . A Restricted Stock Unit ( RSU ) is an award to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director covering a number of Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock). All RSUs shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.
9.1. Terms of RSUs . The Committee will determine the terms of an RSU including, without limitation: (a) the number of Shares subject to the RSU; (b) the time or times during which the RSU may be settled; (c) the consideration to be distributed on settlement; and (d) the effect of the Participants termination of Service on each RSU. An RSU may be awarded upon satisfaction of such performance goals based on Performance Factors during any Performance Period as are set out in advance in the Participants Award Agreement. If the RSU is being earned upon satisfaction of Performance Factors, then the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period for the RSU; (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used to measure the performance, if any; and (z) determine the number of Shares deemed subject to the RSU. Performance Periods may overlap
and participants may participate simultaneously with respect to RSUs that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria.
9.2. Form and Timing of Settlement . Payment of earned RSUs shall be made as soon as practicable after the date(s) determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may settle earned RSUs in cash, Shares, or a combination of both. The Committee may also permit a Participant to defer payment under a RSU to a date or dates after the RSU is earned provided that the terms of the RSU and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
9.3. Termination of Service . Except as may be set forth in the Participants Award Agreement, vesting ceases on such date Participants Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).
10. PERFORMANCE AWARDS . A Performance Award is an award to an eligible Employee, Consultant, or Director of a cash bonus or an award of Performance Shares denominated in Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock). Grants of Performance Awards shall be made pursuant to an Award Agreement.
10.1. Terms of Performance Shares . The Committee will determine, and each Award Agreement shall set forth, the terms of each Performance Award including, without limitation: (a) the amount of any cash bonus, (b) the number of Shares deemed subject to an award of Performance Shares; (c) the Performance Factors and Performance Period that shall determine the time and extent to which each award of Performance Shares shall be settled; (d) the consideration to be distributed on settlement, and (e) the effect of the Participants termination of Service on each Performance Award. In establishing Performance Factors and the Performance Period the Committee will: (x) determine the nature, length and starting date of any Performance Period; (y) select from among the Performance Factors to be used; and (z) determine the number of Shares deemed subject to the award of Performance Shares. Prior to settlement the Committee shall determine the extent to which Performance Awards have been earned. Performance Periods may overlap and Participants may participate simultaneously with respect to Performance Awards that are subject to different Performance Periods and different performance goals and other criteria. No Participant will be eligible to receive more than $10,000,000 in Performance Awards in any calendar year under this Plan.
10.2. Value, Earning and Timing of Performance Shares . Each Performance Share will have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Shares will be entitled to receive a payout of the number of Performance Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding Performance Factors or other vesting provisions have been achieved. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Shares in the form of cash, in Shares (which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period) or in a combination thereof.
10.3. Termination of Service . Except as may be set forth in the Participants Award Agreement, vesting ceases on the date Participants Service terminates (unless determined otherwise by the Committee).
11. PAYMENT FOR SHARE PURCHASES . Payment from a Participant for Shares purchased pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash or by check or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law (and to the extent not otherwise set forth in the applicable Award Agreement):
(a) by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company to the Participant;
(b) by surrender of shares of the Company held by the Participant that have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Shares as to which said Award will be exercised or settled;
(c) by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant for services rendered or to be rendered to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;
(d) by consideration received by the Company pursuant to a broker-assisted or other form of cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan;
(e) by any combination of the foregoing; or
(f) by any other method of payment as is permitted by applicable law.
12. GRANTS TO NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS . Non-Employee Directors are eligible to receive any type of Award offered under this Plan except ISOs. Awards pursuant to this Section 12 may be automatically made pursuant to policy adopted by the Board, or made from time to time as determined in the discretion of the Board. The aggregate number of Shares subject to Awards granted to a Non-Employee Director pursuant to this Section 12 in any calendar year shall not exceed one million (1,000,000); provided, however, that this maximum number can later be increased by the Board effective for the calendar year next commencing thereafter without further stockholder approval.
12.1. Eligibility . Awards pursuant to this Section 12 shall be granted only to Non-Employee Directors. A Non-Employee Director who is elected or re-elected as a member of the Board will be eligible to receive an Award under this Section 12.
12.2. Vesting, Exercisability and Settlement . Except as set forth in Section 21, Awards shall vest, become exercisable and be settled as determined by the Board. With respect to Options and SARs, the exercise price granted to Non-Employee Directors shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Shares at the time that such Option or SAR is granted.
12.3. Election to receive Awards in Lieu of Cash . A Non-Employee Director may elect to receive his or her annual retainer payments and/or meeting fees from the Company in the form of cash or Awards or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee. Such Awards shall be issued under the Plan. An election under this Section 12.3 shall be filed with the Company on the form prescribed by the Company.
13. WITHHOLDING TAXES .
13.1. Withholding Generally . Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan or the applicable tax event occurs, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company, or to the Parent or Subsidiary employing the Participant, an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable U.S. federal, state, local and international withholding tax requirements or any other tax or social insurance liability legally due from the Participant prior to the delivery of Shares pursuant to exercise or settlement of any Award. Whenever payments in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan are to be made in cash, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable U.S. federal, state, local and international withholding tax or social insurance requirements or any other tax liability legally due from the Participant. The Fair Market Value of the Shares will be determined as of the date that the taxes are required to be withheld and such Shares will be valued based on the value of the actual trade or, if there is none, the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the previous trading day.
13.2. Stock Withholding . The Committee, or its delegate(s), as permitted by applicable law, in its sole discretion and pursuant to such procedures as it may specify from time to time and to limitations of local law, may require or permit a Participant to satisfy such tax withholding obligation or any other
tax liability legally due from the Participant, in whole or in part by (without limitation) (a) paying cash, (b) electing to have the Company withhold otherwise deliverable cash or Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required to be withheld, (c) delivering to the Company already-owned Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount required to be withheld or (d) withholding from the proceeds of the sale of otherwise deliverable Shares acquired pursuant to an Award either through a voluntary sale or through a mandatory sale arranged by the Company.
14. TRANSFERABILITY .
14.1. Transfer Generally . Unless determined otherwise by the Committee or pursuant to Section 14.2, an Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned, hypothecated, transferred, or disposed of in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. If the Committee makes an Award transferable, including, without limitation, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the Awards are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or by gift or by domestic relations order to a Permitted Transferee, such Award will contain such additional terms and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate. All Awards shall be exercisable: (a) during the Participants lifetime only by (i) the Participant, or (ii) the Participants guardian or legal representative; (b) after the Participants death, by the legal representative of the Participants heirs or legatees; and (c) in the case of all awards except ISOs, by a Permitted Transferee.
14.2. Award Transfer Program . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee shall have all discretion and authority to determine and implement the terms and conditions of any Award Transfer Program instituted pursuant to this Section 14.2 and shall have the authority to amend the terms of any Award participating, or otherwise eligible to participate in, the Award Transfer Program, including (but not limited to) the authority to (a) amend (including to extend) the expiration date, post-termination exercise period and/or forfeiture conditions of any such Award, (b) amend or remove any provisions of the Award relating to the Award holders continued service to the Company or its Parent or any Subsidiary, (c) amend the permissible payment methods with respect to the exercise or purchase of any such Award, (d) amend the adjustments to be implemented in the event of changes in the capitalization and other similar events with respect to such Award, and (e) make such other changes to the terms of such Award as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate in its sole discretion.
15. PRIVILEGES OF STOCK OWNERSHIP; RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES .
15.1. Voting and Dividends . No Participant will have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until the Shares are issued to the Participant, except for any Dividend Equivalent Rights permitted by an applicable Award Agreement. Any Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be subject to the same vesting or performance conditions as the underlying Award. In addition, the Committee may provide that any Dividend Equivalent Rights permitted by an applicable Award Agreement shall be deemed to have been reinvested in additional Shares or otherwise reinvested. After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided , that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock; provided , further , that the Participant will have no right to retain such stock dividends or stock distributions with respect to Shares that are repurchased at the Participants Purchase Price or Exercise Price, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 15.2.
15.2. Restrictions on Shares . At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) a right to repurchase (a Right of Repurchase ) a portion of any or all Unvested Shares held by a Participant following such Participants termination of Service at any time within ninety (90) days (or such longer or shorter time determined by the Committee) after the later of the date Participants Service terminates and the date the Participant purchases Shares under this Plan, for
cash and/or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness, at the Participants Purchase Price or Exercise Price, as the case may be.
16. CERTIFICATES . All Shares or other securities whether or not certificated, delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable U.S. federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted and any non-U.S. exchange controls or securities law restrictions to which the Shares are subject.
17. ESCROW; PLEDGE OF SHARES . To enforce any restrictions on a Participants Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions have lapsed or terminated, and the Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificates. Any Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of the Participants obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided , however , that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participants Shares or other collateral. In connection with any pledge of the Shares, the Participant will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve. The Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.
18. REPRICING; EXCHANGE AND BUYOUT OF AWARDS . Without prior stockholder approval the Committee may (a) reprice Options or SARs (and where such repricing is a reduction in the Exercise Price of outstanding Options or SARs, the consent of the affected Participants is not required provided written notice is provided to them, notwithstanding any adverse tax consequences to them arising from the repricing), and (b) with the consent of the respective Participants (unless not required pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Plan), pay cash or issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any, or all, outstanding Awards.
19. SECURITIES LAW AND OTHER REGULATORY COMPLIANCE . An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable U.S. and foreign federal and state securities and exchange control laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to: (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable; and/or (b) completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal or foreign law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable. The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any foreign or state securities laws, exchange control laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so.
20. NO OBLIGATION TO EMPLOY . Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate Participants employment or other relationship at any time.
21. CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS .
21.1. Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor . In the event of a Corporate Transaction, any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor corporation, which assumption or replacement shall be binding on all Participants. In the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants as was provided to stockholders (after taking into account the existing provisions of the Awards). The successor corporation may also issue, in place of outstanding Shares of the Company held by the Participant, substantially similar shares or other property subject to repurchase restrictions no less favorable to the Participant. In the event such successor or acquiring corporation (if any) refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a Corporate Transaction, then notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, such Awards shall have their vesting accelerate as to all shares subject to such Award (and any applicable right of repurchase fully lapse) immediately prior to the Corporate Transaction. In addition, in the event such successor or acquiring corporation (if any) refuses to assume, convert, replace or substitute Awards, as provided above, pursuant to a Corporate Transaction, the Committee will notify the Participant in writing or electronically that such Award will be exercisable for a period of time determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and such Award will terminate upon the expiration of such period. Awards need not be treated similarly in a Corporate Transaction.
21.2. Assumption of Awards by the Company . The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another company, whether in connection with an acquisition of such other company or otherwise, by either; (a) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other companys award; or (b) assuming such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan. Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other company had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant. In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another company, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged ( except that the Purchase Price or the Exercise Price, as the case may be, and the number and nature of Shares issuable upon exercise or settlement of any such Award will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code). In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option in substitution rather than assuming an existing option, such new Option may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.
21.3. Non-Employee Directors Awards . Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, in the event of a Corporate Transaction, the vesting of all Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors shall accelerate and such Awards shall become exercisable (as applicable) in full prior to the consummation of such event at such times and on such conditions as the Committee determines.
22. ADOPTION AND STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL . This Plan shall be submitted for the approval of the Companys stockholders, consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.
23. TERM OF PLAN/GOVERNING LAW . Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will become effective on the Effective Date and will terminate ten (10) years from the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. This Plan and all Awards granted hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California (excluding its conflict of law rules).
24. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN . The Board may at any time terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including, without limitation, amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan; provided , however , that the Board will not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any manner that requires
such stockholder approval; provided further , that a Participants Award shall be governed by the version of this Plan then in effect at the time such Award was granted.
25. NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN . Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock awards and bonuses otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.
26. INSIDER TRADING POLICY . Each Participant who receives an Award shall comply with any policy adopted by the Company from time to time covering transactions in the Companys securities by Employees, officers and/or directors of the Company.
27. ALL AWARDS SUBJECT TO COMPANY CLAWBACK OR RECOUPMENT POLICY . All Awards, subject to applicable law, shall be subject to clawback or recoupment pursuant to any compensation clawback or recoupment policy adopted by the Board or required by law during the term of Participants employment or other service with the Company that is applicable to executive officers, employees, directors or other service providers of the Company, and in addition to any other remedies available under such policy and applicable law, may require the cancellation of outstanding Awards and the recoupment of any gains realized with respect to Awards.
28. DEFINITIONS . As used in this Plan, and except as elsewhere defined herein, the following terms will have the following meanings:
28.1. Affiliate means (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee, whether now or hereafter existing.
28.2. Award means any award under the Plan, including any Option, Restricted Stock, Stock Bonus, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock Unit or award of Performance Shares.
28.3. Award Agreement means, with respect to each Award, the written or electronic agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award, and country-specific appendix thereto for grants to non-U.S. Participants, which shall be in substantially a form (which need not be the same for each Participant) that the Committee (or in the case of Award agreements that are not used for Insiders, the Committees delegate(s)) has from time to time approved, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.
28.4. Award Transfer Program means any program instituted by the Committee which would permit Participants the opportunity to transfer any outstanding Awards to a financial institution or other person or entity approved by the Committee.
28.5. Board means the Board of Directors of the Company.
28.6. Cause means termination of Service because of (a) any willful, material violation by the Participant of any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, the Participants conviction for, or guilty plea to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, or any willful perpetration by the Participant of a common law fraud, (b) the Participants commission of an act of personal dishonesty which involves personal profit in connection with the Company or any other entity having a business relationship with the Company, (c) any material breach by the Participant of any provision of any agreement or understanding between the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company and the Participant regarding the terms of the Participants Service, including without limitation, the willful and continued failure or refusal of the
Participant to perform the material duties required of such Participant as an Employee, Officer, Director, Non-Employee Director or Consultant of the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, other than as a result of having a Disability, or a breach of any applicable invention assignment and confidentiality agreement or similar agreement between the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company and the Participant, (d) Participants disregard of the policies of the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company so as to cause loss, damage or injury to the property, reputation or employees of the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, or (e) any other misconduct by the Participant which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company. The determination as to whether a Participant is being terminated for Cause shall be made in good faith by the Company and shall be final and binding on the Participant. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Companys ability to terminate a Participants employment or consulting relationship at any time as provided in Section 20 above, and the term Company will be interpreted to include any Affiliate, Subsidiary or Parent, as appropriate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the foregoing definition of Cause may, in part or in whole, be modified or replaced in each individual employment agreement or Award Agreement with any Participant, provided that such document supersedes the definition provided in this Section 28.6.
28.7. Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
28.8. Committee means the Compensation Committee of the Board or those persons to whom administration of the Plan, or part of the Plan, has been delegated as permitted by law.
28.9. Common Stock means the common stock of the Company.
28.10. Company means Dermira, Inc., or any successor corporation.
28.11. Consultant means any natural person, including an advisor or independent contractor, engaged by the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate to render services to such entity.
28.12. Corporate Transaction means the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) any Person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the Companys then-outstanding voting securities; provided, however, that for purposes of this subclause (a) the acquisition of additional securities by any one Person who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the securities of the Company will not be considered a Corporate Transaction; (b) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Companys assets; (c) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; (d) any other transaction which qualifies as a corporate transaction under Section 424(a) of the Code wherein the stockholders of the Company give up all of their equity interest in the Company (except for the acquisition, sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the outstanding shares of the Company) or (e) a change in the effective control of the Company that occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by member of the Board whose appointment or election is not endorsed by as majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purpose of this subclause (e), if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Corporate Transaction. For purposes of this definition, Persons will be considered to be acting as a
group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any amount constituting deferred compensation (as defined in Section 409A of the Code) would become payable under this Plan by reason of a Corporate Transaction, such amount shall become payable only if the event constituting a Corporate Transaction would also qualify as a change in ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company, each as defined within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and IRS guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.
28.13. Director means a member of the Board.
28.14. Disability means in the case of incentive stock options, total and permanent disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code and in the case of other Awards, that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.
28.15. Dividend Equivalent Right means the right of a Participant, granted at the discretion of the Committee or as otherwise provided by the Plan, to receive a credit for the account of such Participant in an amount equal to the cash, stock or other property dividends in amounts equal equivalent to cash, stock or other property dividends for each Share represented by an Award held by such Participant.
28.16. Effective Date means the day immediately prior to the date of the IPO.
28.17. Employee means any person, including Officers and Directors, providing services as an employee to the Company or any Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate. Neither service as a Director nor payment of a directors fee by the Company will be sufficient to constitute employment by the Company.
28.18. Exchange Act means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
28.19. Exchange Program means a program pursuant to which (a) outstanding Awards are surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash, the same type of Award or a different Award (or combination thereof) or (b) the exercise price of an outstanding Award is increased or reduced.
28.20. Exercise Price means, with respect to an Option, the price at which a holder may purchase the Shares issuable upon exercise of an Option and with respect to a SAR, the price at which the SAR is granted to the holder thereof.
28.21. Fair Market Value means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Companys Common Stock determined as follows:
(a) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;
(b) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is neither listed nor admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;
(c) in the case of an Option or SAR grant made on the Effective Date, the price per share at which shares of the Companys Common Stock are initially offered for sale to the public by the Companys underwriters in the initial public offering of the Companys Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC under the Securities Act; or
(d) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Board or the Committee in good faith.
28.22. Insider means an officer or director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in the Companys Common Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
28.23. IPO means the underwritten initial public offering of the Companys Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement that is declared effective by the SEC
28.24. IRS means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
28.25. Non-Employee Director means a Director who is not an Employee of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary.
28.26. Option means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 5.
28.27. Parent means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of such corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
28.28. Participant means a person who holds an Award under this Plan.
28.29. Performance Award means cash or stock granted pursuant to Section 10 or Section 12 of the Plan.
28.30. Performance Factors means any of the factors selected by the Committee and specified in an Award Agreement, from among the following objective measures, either individually, alternatively or in any combination, applied to the Company as a whole or any business unit or Subsidiary, either individually, alternatively, or in any combination, on a GAAP or non-GAAP basis, and measured, to the extent applicable on an absolute basis or relative to a pre-established target, to determine whether the performance goals established by the Committee with respect to applicable Awards have been satisfied:
(a) Profit before tax;
(b) Billings;
(c) Revenue;
(d) Net revenue;
(e) Earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, and net earnings);
(f) Operating income;
(g) Operating margin;
(h) Operating profit;
(i) Controllable operating profit, or net operating profit;
(j) Net profit;
(k) Gross margin;
(l) Operating expenses or operating expenses as a percentage of revenue;
(m) Net income;
(n) Earnings per share;
(o) Total stockholder return;
(p) Market share;
(q) Return on assets or net assets;
(r) The Companys stock price;
(s) Growth in stockholder value relative to a pre-determined index;
(t) Return on equity;
(u) Return on invested capital;
(v) Cash Flow (including free cash flow or operating cash flows)
(w) Cash conversion cycle;
(x) Economic value added;
(y) Individual confidential business objectives;
(z) Contract awards or backlog;
(aa) Overhead or other expense reduction;
(bb) Credit rating;
(cc) Strategic plan development and implementation;
(dd) Succession plan development and implementation;
(ee) Improvement in workforce diversity;
(ff) Customer indicators;
(gg) New product invention or innovation;
(hh) Attainment of research and development milestones;
(ii) Improvements in productivity;
(jj) Bookings;
(kk) Attainment of objective operating goals and employee metrics; and
(ll) (Any other metric that is capable of measurement as determined by the Committee.
The Committee may, in recognition of unusual or non-recurring items such as acquisition-related activities or changes in applicable accounting rules, provide for one or more equitable adjustments (based on objective standards) to the Performance Factors to preserve the Committees original intent regarding the Performance Factors at the time of the initial award grant. It is within the sole discretion of the Committee to make or not make any such equitable adjustments.
28.31. Performance Period means the period of service determined by the Committee, not to exceed five (5) years, during which years of service or performance is to be measured for the Award.
28.32. Performance Share means an Award granted pursuant to Section 10 or Section 12 of the Plan.
28.33. Permitted Transferee means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (including adoptive relationships) of the Employee, any person sharing the Employees household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons (or the Employee) have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Employee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Employee) own more than 50% of the voting interests.
28.34. Plan means this Dermira, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.
28.35. Purchase Price means the price to be paid for Shares acquired under the Plan, other than Shares acquired upon exercise of an Option or SAR.
28.36. Restricted Stock Award means an award of Shares pursuant to Section 6 or Section 12 of the Plan, or issued pursuant to the early exercise of an Option.
28.37. Restricted Stock Unit means an Award granted pursuant to Section 9 or Section 12 of the Plan.
28.38. SEC means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
28.39. Securities Act means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
28.40. Service shall mean service as an Employee, Consultant, Director or Non-Employee Director, to the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate, subject to such further limitations as may be set forth in the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement. An Employee will not be deemed to have ceased to provide Service in the case of (a) sick leave, (b) military leave, or (c) any other leave of absence approved by the Company; provided , that such leave is for a period of not more than 90 days (x) unless reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or (y) unless provided otherwise pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company and issued and promulgated to employees in writing. In the case of any Employee on an approved leave of absence or a reduction in hours worked (for illustrative purposes only, a change in schedule from that of full-time to
part-time), the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension of or modification of vesting of the Award while on leave from the employ of the Company or a Parent, Subsidiary or Affiliate or during such change in working hours as it may deem appropriate, except that in no event may an Award be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In the event of military leave, if required by applicable laws, vesting shall continue for the longest period that vesting continues under any other statutory or Company approved leave of absence and, upon a Participants returning from military leave (under conditions that would entitle him or her to protection upon such return under the Uniform Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act), he or she shall be given vesting credit with respect to Awards to the same extent as would have applied had the Participant continued to provide services to the Company throughout the leave on the same terms as he or she was providing services immediately prior to such leave. An employee shall have terminated employment as of the date he or she ceases provide services (regardless of whether the termination is in breach of local employment laws or is later found to be invalid) and employment shall not be extended by any notice period or garden leave mandated by local law, provided however , that a change in status from an employee to a consultant or advisor shall not terminate the service providers Service, unless determined by the Committee, in its discretion. The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide Services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide Services.
28.41. Shares means shares of the Companys Common Stock and the common stock of any successor entity.
28.42. Stock Appreciation Right means an Award granted pursuant to Section 8 or Section 12 of the Plan.
28.43. Stock Bonus means an Award granted pursuant to Section 7 or Section 12 of the Plan.
28.44. Subsidiary means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the unbroken chain owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.
28.45. Treasury Regulations means regulations promulgated by the United States Treasury Department.
28.46. Unvested Shares means Shares that have not yet vested or are subject to a right of repurchase in favor of the Company (or any successor thereto).
Exhibit 10.4
DERMIRA, INC.
2014 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
1. Purpose . Dermira, Inc. adopted this Plan effective as of the date of the IPO. The purpose of this Plan is to provide eligible employees of the Company and the Participating Corporations with a means of acquiring an equity interest in the Company through payroll deductions, to enhance such employees sense of participation in the affairs of the Company and Participating Corporations, and to provide an incentive for continued employment. Capitalized terms not defined elsewhere in the text are defined in Section 28.
2. Establishment of Plan . Dermira, Inc. proposes to grant rights to purchase shares of Common Stock to eligible employees of the Company and its Participating Corporations pursuant to this Plan. The Company intends this Plan to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Code Section 423 (including any amendments to or replacements of such Section), and this Plan shall be so construed. Any term not expressly defined in this Plan but defined for purposes of Code Section 423 shall have the same definition herein. In addition, with regard to offers of options to purchase shares of the Common Stock under the Plan to employees outside the United States working for a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of the Company that is not a Subsidiary, the Board may offer a subplan or an option that is not intended to meet the Code Section 423 requirements, provided, if necessary under Code Section 423, that the other terms and conditions of the Plan are met. Subject to Section 14, a total of one million seven hundred fifty thousand (1,750,000) Shares is reserved for issuance under this Plan. In addition, on each January 1 of each calendar year, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan shall be increased automatically by the number of shares equal to one percent (1%) of the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock on the immediately preceding December 31 ( rounded down to the nearest whole share ); provided, that the Board or the Committee may in its sole discretion reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. Subject to Section 14, no more than thirty five million (35,000,000) shares of Common Stock may be issued over the term of this Plan. The number of shares initially reserved for issuance under this Plan and the maximum number of shares that may be issued under this Plan shall be subject to adjustments effected in accordance with Section 14 of this Plan.
3. Administration . The Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board or by the Board (either referred to herein as the Committee ). Subject to the provisions of this Plan and the limitations of Code Section 423 or any successor provision in the Code, all questions of interpretation or application of this Plan shall be determined by the Committee and its decisions shall be final and binding upon all Participants. The Committee will have full and exclusive discretionary authority to construe, interpret and apply the terms of the Plan, to designate the Participating Corporations, to determine when to grant options that are not intended to meet Code Section 423 requirements and to determine eligibility and decide upon any and all claims filed under the Plan. Every finding, decision and determination made by the Committee will, to the full extent permitted by law, be final and binding upon all parties. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Plan, the Committee may adopt rules, sub-plans and/or procedures relating to the operation and administration of the Plan to accommodate requirements of local law and procedures outside of the United States. The Committee will have the authority to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock (which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes) in accordance with Section 8 below and to interpret Section 8 of the Plan in connection with circumstances that impact the Fair Market Value. Members of the Committee shall receive no compensation for their services in connection with the administration of this Plan, other than standard fees as established from time to time by the Board for services rendered by Board members serving on the Board or its committees. All expenses incurred in
connection with the administration of this Plan shall be paid by the Company. For purposes of this Plan, the Committee may designate separate offerings under the Plan (the terms of which need not be identical) in which eligible employees of one or more Participating Corporations will participate, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Periods of each such offering are identical.
4. Eligibility . Any employee of the Company or the Participating Corporations is eligible to participate in an Offering Period under this Plan, except that one or more of the following categories of employees may be excluded from coverage under the Plan by the Committee (other than where prohibited by applicable law):
(a) employees who are not employed by the Company or a Participating Corporation prior to the beginning of such Offering Period or prior to such other time period as specified by the Committee;
(b) employees who are customarily employed for twenty (20) hours or less per week;
(c) employees who are customarily employed for five (5) months or less in a calendar year;
(d) employees who, together with any other person whose stock would be attributed to such employee pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code, own stock or hold options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Participating Corporations or who, as a result of being granted an option under this Plan with respect to such Offering Period, would own stock or hold options to purchase stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company or any of its Participating Corporations;
(e) employees who do not meet any other eligibility requirements that the Committee may choose to impose (within the limits permitted by the Code); and
(f) individuals who provide services to the Company or any of its Participating Corporations as independent contractors who are reclassified as common law employees for any reason except for federal income and employment tax purposes.
The foregoing notwithstanding, an individual shall not be eligible if his or her participation in the Plan is prohibited by the law of any country that has jurisdiction over him or her, if complying with the laws of the applicable country would cause the Plan to violate Code Section 423, or if he or she is subject to a collective bargaining agreement that does not provide for participation in the Plan.
5. Offering Dates .
(a) While the Plan is in effect, the Committee shall determine the duration and commencement date of each Offering Period, provided that an Offering Period shall in no event be longer than twenty-seven (27) months, except as otherwise provided by an applicable subplan. Each Offering Period may consist of one or more Purchase Periods during which payroll deductions of Participants are accumulated under this Plan. While the Plan is in effect, the Committee shall determine the duration and commencement date of each Purchase Period, provided that a Purchase Period shall in no event end later than the close of the Offering Period in which it begins. Purchase Periods shall be consecutive.
(b) The initial Offering Period shall commence on the Effective Date, and shall end with the Purchase Date that occurs on November 15, 2016, or another date selected by the Committee which is approximately twenty four months after the Effective Date, but no more than twenty-seven (27) months after the Effective Date. The initial Offering Period shall consist of four Purchase Periods. The initial Purchase Period shall end on the May 15 or November 15 that first occurs six (6) months or more after the Effective Date, and subsequent six-month Purchase Periods shall occur until the end of the initial Offering Period. Thereafter, a twenty-four month Offering Period shall commence on each May 15 and November 15, with each such Offering Period consisting of four six-month Purchase Periods, except as otherwise provided by an applicable subplan, or on such other date determined by the Committee. The Committee may at any time establish a different duration for an Offering Period or Purchase Period to be effective after the next scheduled Purchase Date.
6. Participation in this Plan .
(a) Any employee who is an eligible employee determined in accordance with Section 4 immediately prior to the initial Offering Period will be automatically enrolled in the initial Offering Period under this Plan at a contribution level equal to fifteen percent (15%). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an eligible employee may elect to decrease his or her contribution rate for the initial Offering Period under the Plan by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company and/or by affecting such decrease through an authorized third party administrator (the Third Party Administrator ), within thirty (30) days after the filing of an effective registration statement pursuant to Form S-8, or such longer time as may be determined by the Committee.
(b) With respect to Offering Periods after the initial Offering Period, an eligible employee determined in accordance with Section 4 may elect to become a Participant by submitting a subscription agreement, or electronic representation thereof, to the Company and/or via the Third Party Administrators standard process, prior to the commencement of the Offering Period to which such agreement relates in accordance with such rules as the Committee may determine.
(c) Once an employee becomes a Participant in an Offering Period, then such Participant will automatically participate in each subsequent Offering Period commencing immediately following the last day of the prior Offering Period at the same contribution level unless the Participant withdraws or is deemed to withdraw from this Plan or terminates further participation in an Offering Period as set forth in Section 11 below or otherwise notifies the Company of a change in the Participants contribution letter by filing an additional subscription agreement or electronic representation thereof with the Company and/or the Third Party Administrator, prior to the next Offering Period. A Participant that is automatically enrolled in a subsequent Offering Period pursuant to this section is not required to file any additional subscription agreement in order to continue participation in this Plan. A Participant who is not automatically enrolled pursuant to this section is required to file a subscription agreement prior to the commencement of an Offering Period (or such earlier date as the Committee may determine) to which such agreement relates.
7. Grant of Option on Enrollment . Becoming a Participant with respect to an Offering Period will constitute the grant (as of the Offering Date) by the Company to such Participant of an option to purchase on the Purchase Date up to that number of shares of Common Stock of the Company determined by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the contribution level for such Participant multiplied by such Participants Compensation (as defined in Section 9 below) during such Purchase Period and the denominator of which is the lower of (i) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock on the Offering Date (but in no event less than the par
value of a share of the Common Stock), or (ii) eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of the Common Stock on the Purchase Date (but in no event less than the par value of a share of the Common Stock); provided, however , that for the Purchase Period within the initial Offering Period the numerator shall be fifteen percent (15%) of the Participants Compensation for such Purchase Period, or such lower percentage as determined by the Committee prior to the Effective Date or pursuant to a Participants election to lower the amount as set forth in Section 6(a) above, and provided , further , that the number of shares of Common Stock subject to any option granted pursuant to this Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (x) the maximum number of shares set by the Committee pursuant to Section 10(b) below with respect to the applicable Purchase Date, or (y) the maximum number of shares which may be purchased pursuant to Section 10(a) below with respect to the applicable Purchase Date.
8. Purchase Price . The Purchase Price per share at which a share of Common Stock will be sold in any Offering Period shall be eighty-five percent (85%) of the lesser of:
(a) The Fair Market Value on the Offering Date; or
(b) The Fair Market Value on the Purchase Date.
9. Payment of Purchase Price; Payroll Deduction Changes; Share Issuances .
(a) The Purchase Price of the shares is accumulated by regular payroll deductions made during each Offering Period, unless the Committee determines with respect to categories of Participants outside the United States that contributions may be made in another form (including payment by check at the end of a Purchase Period) due to local legal requirements. The deductions are made as a percentage of the Participants Compensation in one percent (1%) increments not less than one percent (1%), nor greater than fifteen percent (15%) or such lower limit set by the Committee. Compensation shall mean base salary and regular hourly wages (or in foreign jurisdictions, equivalent cash compensation); however, the Committee may at any time prior to the beginning of an Offering Period determine that for that and future Offering Periods, Compensation shall mean all W-2 cash compensation, including without limitation base salary or regular hourly wages, bonuses, incentive compensation, commissions, overtime, shift premiums, plus draws against commissions (or in foreign jurisdictions, equivalent cash compensation). For purposes of determining a Participants Compensation, any election by such Participant to reduce his or her regular cash remuneration under Sections 125 or 401(k) of the Code (or in foreign jurisdictions, equivalent salary deductions) shall be treated as if the Participant did not make such election. Payroll deductions shall commence on the first payday following the last Purchase Date (with respect to the initial Offering Period, as soon as practicable following the effective date of filing with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission a securities registration statement for the Plan) and shall continue to the end of the Offering Period unless sooner altered or terminated as provided in this Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms of any subplan may permit matching shares without the payment of any purchase price.
(b) Subject to Section 25 below and to the rules of the Committee, a Participant may decrease the rate of payroll deductions during an Offering Period by filing with the Company a new authorization for payroll deductions, with the new rate to become effective no later than the second payroll period commencing after the Companys receipt of the authorization and continuing for the remainder of the Offering Period unless changed as described below. A decrease in the rate of payroll deductions may be made twice during an Offering Period or more frequently under rules determined by the Committee. A Participant may increase or decrease the rate of payroll deductions for any subsequent Offering Period by filing with the Company a new authorization for payroll deductions, prior to the beginning of such Offering Period, or such other time period as specified by the Committee.
(c) Subject to Section 25 below and to the rules of the Committee, a Participant may reduce his or her payroll deduction percentage to zero during an Offering Period by filing with the Company a request for cessation of payroll deductions. Such reduction shall be effective beginning no later than the second payroll period after the Companys receipt of the request and no further payroll deductions will be made for the duration of the Offering Period. Payroll deductions credited to the Participants account prior to the effective date of the request shall be used to purchase shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section (e) below. A reduction of the payroll deduction percentage to zero shall be treated as such Participants withdrawal from such Offering Period, and the Plan, effective as of the day after the next Purchase Date following the filing date of such request with the Company.
(d) All payroll deductions made for a Participant are credited to his or her account under this Plan and are deposited with the general funds of the Company, except to the extent required to be segregated due to local legal restrictions outside the United States. No interest accrues on the payroll deductions, except to the extent required due to local legal requirements. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions, except to the extent necessary to comply with local legal requirements outside the United States.
(e) On each Purchase Date, so long as this Plan remains in effect and provided that the Participant has not submitted a signed and completed withdrawal form before that date which notifies the Company and/or the Third Party Administrator that the Participant wishes to withdraw from that Offering Period under this Plan and have all payroll deductions accumulated in the account maintained on behalf of the Participant as of that date returned to the Participant, the Company shall apply the funds then in the Participants account to the purchase of whole shares of Common Stock reserved under the option granted to such Participant with respect to the Offering Period to the extent that such option is exercisable on the Purchase Date. The Purchase Price per share shall be as specified in Section 8 of this Plan. Any fractional share, as calculated under this Section (e), shall be rounded down to the next lower whole share, unless the Committee determines with respect to all Participants that any fractional share shall be credited as a fractional share. Any amount remaining in a Participants account on a Purchase Date which is less than the amount necessary to purchase a full share of Common Stock shall be carried forward into the next Purchase Period or Offering Period, as the case may be (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States), as otherwise determined by the Committee. In the event that this Plan has been oversubscribed, all funds not used to purchase shares on the Purchase Date shall be returned to the Participant, without interest (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States). No Common Stock shall be purchased on a Purchase Date on behalf of any employee whose participation in this Plan has terminated prior to such Purchase Date, except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States.
(f) As promptly as practicable after the Purchase Date, the Company shall issue shares for the Participants benefit representing the shares purchased upon exercise of his or her option.
(g) During a Participants lifetime, his or her option to purchase shares hereunder is exercisable only by him or her. The Participant will have no interest or voting right in shares covered by his or her option until such option has been exercised.
(h) To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, a Participant shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the satisfaction of any withholding tax obligations that arise in connection with the Plan. The Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, may withhold, by any method permissible under the applicable law, the amount necessary for
the Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company or Subsidiary or Affiliate, as applicable, any tax deductions or benefits attributable to the sale or early disposition of shares of Common Stock by a Participant. The Company shall not be required to issue any shares of Common Stock under the Plan until such obligations are satisfied.
10. Limitations on Shares to be Purchased .
(a) No Participant shall be entitled to purchase stock under any Offering Period at a rate which, when aggregated with such Participants rights to purchase stock, that are also outstanding in the same calendar year(s) (whether under other Offering Periods or other employee stock purchase plans of the Company, its Parent and its Subsidiaries), exceeds $25,000 in Fair Market Value, determined as of the Offering Date, (or such other limit as may be imposed by the Code) for each calendar year in which such Offering Period is in effect (hereinafter the Maximum Share Amount ). The Company may automatically suspend the payroll deductions of any Participant as necessary to enforce such limit provided that when the Company automatically resumes such payroll deductions, the Company must apply the rate in effect immediately prior to such suspension.
(b) The Committee may, in its sole discretion, set a lower maximum number of shares which may be purchased by any Participant during any Offering Period than that determined under Section 10(a) above, which shall then be the Maximum Share Amount for subsequent Offering Periods; provided, however, in no event shall a Participant be permitted to purchase more than nine thousand (9,000) Shares during any one Purchase Period, irrespective of the Maximum Share Amount set forth in (a) and (b) hereof. If a new Maximum Share Amount is set, then all Participants will be notified of such Maximum Share Amount prior to the commencement of the next Offering Period for which it is to be effective. The Maximum Share Amount shall continue to apply with respect to all succeeding Offering Periods unless revised by the Committee as set forth above.
(c) If the number of shares to be purchased on a Purchase Date by all Participants exceeds the number of shares then available for issuance under this Plan, then the Company will make a pro rata allocation of the remaining shares in as uniform a manner as shall be reasonably practicable and as the Committee shall determine to be equitable. In such event, the Company will give written notice of such reduction of the number of shares to be purchased under a Participants option to each Participant affected.
(d) Any payroll deductions accumulated in a Participants account which are not used to purchase stock due to the limitations in this Section 10, and not covered by Section 9(e), shall be returned to the Participant as soon as administratively practicable after the end of the applicable Purchase Period, without interest (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States).
11. Withdrawal .
(a) Each Participant may withdraw from an Offering Period under this Plan pursuant to a method specified for such purpose by the Company. Such withdrawal may be elected at any time prior to the end of an Offering Period, or such other time period as specified by the Committee.
(b) Upon withdrawal from this Plan, the accumulated payroll deductions shall be returned to the withdrawn Participant, without interest (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States), and his or her interest in this Plan shall terminate. In the event a
Participant voluntarily elects to withdraw from this Plan, he or she may not resume his or her participation in this Plan during the same Offering Period, but he or she may participate in any Offering Period under this Plan which commences on a date subsequent to such withdrawal by filing a new authorization for payroll deductions in the same manner as set forth in Section 6 above for initial participation in this Plan.
(c) To the extent applicable, if the Fair Market Value on the first day of the current Offering Period in which a Participant is enrolled is higher than the Fair Market Value on the first day of any subsequent Purchase Period, the current Offering Period shall end, a new Offering Period shall begin and the Company will automatically enroll such Participant in the subsequent Offering Period. Any funds accumulated in a Participants account prior to the first day of such subsequent Offering Period will be applied to the purchase of shares on the Purchase Date immediately prior to the first day of such subsequent Offering Period, if any.
12. Termination of Employment . Termination of a Participants employment for any reason, including retirement, death, disability, or the failure of a Participant to remain an eligible employee of the Company or of a Participating Corporation, immediately terminates his or her participation in this Plan. In such event, accumulated payroll deductions credited to the Participants account will be returned to him or her or, in the case of his or her death, to his or her legal representative, without interest (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States). For purposes of this Section 12, an employee will not be deemed to have terminated employment or failed to remain in the continuous employ of the Company or of a Participating Corporation in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Company; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days or reemployment upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute. The Company will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has terminated employment and the effective date on which the Participant terminated employment, regardless of any notice period or garden leave required under local law.
13. Return of Payroll Deductions . In the event a Participants interest in this Plan is terminated by withdrawal, termination of employment or otherwise, or in the event this Plan is terminated by the Board, the Company shall deliver to the Participant all accumulated payroll deductions credited to such Participants account. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions of a Participant in this Plan (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States).
14. Capital Changes . If the number of outstanding shares is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, without consideration, then the Committee shall adjust the number and class of Common Stock that may be delivered under the Plan, the Purchase Price per share and the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each option under the Plan which has not yet been exercised, and the numerical limits of Sections 2 and 10 shall be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and in compliance with applicable securities laws; provided that fractions of a share will not be issued.
15. Nonassignability . Neither payroll deductions credited to a Participants account nor any rights with regard to the exercise of an option or to receive shares under this Plan may be assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise disposed of in any way (other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or as provided in Section 22 below) by the Participant. Any such attempt at assignment, transfer, pledge or other disposition shall be void and without effect.
16. Use of Participant Funds and Reports . The Company may use all payroll deductions received or held by it under the Plan for any corporate purpose, and the Company will not be required to
segregate Participant payroll deductions (except to the extent required due to local legal requirements outside the United States). Until shares are issued, Participants will only have the rights of an unsecured creditor unless otherwise required under local law. Each Participant shall receive, or have access to, promptly after the end of each Purchase Period a report of his or her account setting forth the total payroll deductions accumulated, the number of shares purchased, the Purchase Price thereof and the remaining cash balance, if any, carried forward or refunded, as determined by the Committee, to the next Purchase Period or Offering Period, as the case may be.
17. Notice of Disposition . Each U.S. taxpayer Participant shall notify the Company in writing if the Participant disposes of any of the shares purchased in any Offering Period pursuant to this Plan if such disposition occurs within two (2) years from the Offering Date or within one (1) year from the Purchase Date on which such shares were purchased (the Notice Period ). The Company may, at any time during the Notice Period, place a legend or legends on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to this Plan requesting the Companys transfer agent to notify the Company of any transfer of the shares. The obligation of the Participant to provide such notice shall continue notwithstanding the placement of any such legend on the certificates.
18. No Rights to Continued Employment . Neither this Plan nor the grant of any option hereunder shall confer any right on any employee to remain in the employ of the Company or any Participating Corporation, or restrict the right of the Company or any Participating Corporation to terminate such employees employment.
19. Equal Rights And Privileges . All eligible employees granted an option under this Plan that is intended to meet the Code Section 423 requirements shall have equal rights and privileges with respect to this Plan or within any separate offering under the Plan so that this Plan qualifies as an employee stock purchase plan within the meaning of Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code and the related regulations. Any provision of this Plan which is inconsistent with Section 423 or any successor provision of the Code shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Committee, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 423. This Section 19 shall take precedence over all other provisions in this Plan.
20. Notices . All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with this Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.
21. Term; Stockholder Approval . This Plan will become effective on the Effective Date. This Plan shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company, in any manner permitted by applicable corporate law, within twelve (12) months before or after the date this Plan is adopted by the Board. No purchase of shares that are subject to such stockholder approval before becoming available under this Plan shall occur prior to stockholder approval of such shares and the Committee may delay any Purchase Date and postpone the commencement of any Offering Period subsequent to such Purchase Date as deemed necessary or desirable to obtain such approval (provided that if a Purchase Date would occur more than twenty-four (24) months after commencement of the Offering Period to which it relates, then such Purchase Date shall not occur and instead such Offering Period shall terminate without the purchase of such shares and Participants in such Offering Period shall be refunded their contributions without interest). This Plan shall continue until the earlier to occur of (a) termination of this Plan by the Board (which termination may be effected by the Board at any time pursuant to Section 25 below), (b) issuance of all of the shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under this Plan, or (c) the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date under the Plan.
22. Designation of Beneficiary.
(a) If provided in the subscription agreement, a Participant may file a written or electronic designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any shares and cash, if any, from the Participants account under this Plan in the event of such Participants death subsequent to the end of a Purchase Period but prior to delivery to him of such shares and cash. In addition, a Participant may file a written or electronic designation of a beneficiary who is to receive any cash from the Participants account under this Plan in the event of such Participants death prior to a Purchase Date. Such form shall be valid only if it was filed with the Company and/or the Third Party Administrator at the prescribed location before the Participants death.
(b) Such designation of beneficiary may be changed by the Participant at any time by written notice filed with the Company at the prescribed location before the Participants death. In the event of the death of a Participant and in the absence of a beneficiary validly designated under this Plan who is living at the time of such Participants death, the Company shall deliver such cash to the executor or administrator of the estate of the Participant, or if no such executor or administrator has been appointed (to the knowledge of the Company), the Company, in its discretion, may deliver such shares or cash to the spouse or, if no spouse is known to the Company, then to any one or more dependents or relatives of the Participant, or if no spouse, dependent or relative is known to the Company, then to such other person as the Company may designate.
23. Conditions Upon Issuance of Shares; Limitation on Sale of Shares . Shares shall not be issued with respect to an option unless the exercise of such option and the issuance and delivery of such shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all applicable provisions of law, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the shares may then be listed, exchange control restrictions and/or securities law restrictions outside the United States, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the Company with respect to such compliance. Shares may be held in trust or subject to further restrictions as permitted by any subplan.
24. Applicable Law . The Plan shall be governed by the substantive laws (excluding the conflict of laws rules) of the State of Delaware.
25. Amendment or Termination . The Committee, in its sole discretion, may amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. If the Plan is terminated, the Committee, in its discretion, may elect to terminate all outstanding Offering Periods either immediately or upon completion of the purchase of shares of Common Stock on the next Purchase Date (which may be sooner than originally scheduled, if determined by the Committee in its discretion), or may elect to permit Offering Periods to expire in accordance with their terms (and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 14). If an Offering Period is terminated prior to its previously-scheduled expiration, all amounts then credited to Participants accounts for such Offering Period, which have not been used to purchase shares of Common Stock, shall be returned to those Participants (without interest thereon, except as otherwise required under local laws) as soon as administratively practicable. Further, the Committee will be entitled to establish rules to change the Purchase Periods and Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld during a Purchase Period or an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld or contributed in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the administration of the Plan, establish reasonable waiting and
adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Common Stock for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participants base salary, regular hourly wages or other eligible compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Committee determines in its sole discretion advisable which are consistent with the Plan. Such actions will not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participants. However, no amendment shall be made without approval of the stockholders of the Company (obtained in accordance with Section 21 above) within twelve (12) months of the adoption of such amendment (or earlier if required by Section 21) if such amendment would: (a) increase the number of shares that may be issued under this Plan; or (b) change the designation of the employees (or class of employees) eligible for participation in this Plan. In addition, in the event the Committee determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Committee may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify, amend or terminate the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequences including, but not limited to: (i) amending the definition of compensation, including with respect to an Offering Period underway at the time; (ii) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price; (iii) shortening any Offering Period by setting a Purchase Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Committee action; (iv) reducing the maximum percentage of compensation a participant may elect to set aside as payroll deductions; and (v) reducing the maximum number of shares of Common Stock a Participant may purchase during any Offering Period. Such modifications or amendments will not require approval of the stockholders of the Company or the consent of any Participants.
26. Corporate Transactions . In the event of a Corporate Transaction (as defined below), each outstanding right to purchase Common Stock will be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or a subsidiary of the successor corporation. In the event that the successor corporation refuses to assume or substitute for the purchase right, the Offering Period with respect to which such purchase right relates will be shortened by setting a new Purchase Date (the New Purchase Date ) and will end on the New Purchase Date. No new Purchase Period shall commence following the execution of a definitive agreement whereby the Company will consummate a Corporate Transaction if such transaction is consummated. The New Purchase Date shall occur on or prior to the consummation of the Corporate Transaction, as determined by the Committee and the Plan shall terminate on the consummation of the Corporate Transaction.
27. Code Section 409A; Tax Qualification.
(a) Options granted under the Plan generally are exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code. However, options granted to U.S. taxpayers which are not intended to meet the Code Section 423 requirements are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code under the short-term deferral exception and any ambiguities shall be construed and interpreted in accordance with such intent. Subject to Section (b), options granted to U.S. taxpayers outside of the Code Section 423 requirements shall be subject to such terms and conditions that will permit such options to satisfy the requirements of the short-term deferral exception available under Section 409A of the Code, including the requirement that the shares of Common Stock subject to an option be delivered within the short-term deferral period. Subject to Section (b), in the case of a Participant who would otherwise be subject to Section 409A of the Code, to the extent the Committee determines that an option or the exercise, payment, settlement or deferral thereof is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the option shall be granted, exercised, paid, settled or deferred in a manner that will comply with Section 409A of the Code, including Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to a Participant or any other party if the option that is intended to be exempt from or compliant with Section 409A of the Code is not so exempt or compliant or for any action taken by the Committee with respect thereto.
(b) Although the Company may endeavor to (i) qualify an option for favorable tax treatment under the laws of the United States or jurisdictions outside of the United States or (ii) avoid adverse tax treatment (e.g., under Section 409A of the Code), the Company makes no representation to that effect and expressly disavows any covenant to maintain favorable or avoid unfavorable tax treatment, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, including Section (a). The Company shall be unconstrained in its corporate activities without regard to the potential negative tax impact on Participants under the Plan.
28. Definitions.
(a) Affiliate means (i) any entity that, directly or indirectly, is controlled by, controls or is under common control with, the Company and (ii) any entity in which the Company has a significant equity interest, in either case as determined by the Committee, whether now or hereafter existing.
(b) Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
(c) Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(d) Common Stock shall mean the common stock of the Company.
(e) Company shall mean Dermira, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
(f) Corporate Transaction means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Companys then outstanding voting securities; or (ii) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Companys assets; or (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation.
(g) Effective Date shall mean the date on which the Registration Statement covering the initial public offering of the shares of Common Stock is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
(h) Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(i) Fair Market Value shall mean, as of any date, the value of a share of Common Stock determined as follows:
(i) if such Common Stock is publicly traded and is then listed on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or
(ii) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is neither listed nor admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or
(iii) if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is neither quoted on the Nasdaq Market nor listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or
(iv) with respect to the initial Offering Period, Fair Market Value on the Offering Date shall be the price at which shares of Common Stock are offered to the public pursuant to the Registration Statement covering the initial public offering of shares of Common Stock; and
(v) if none of the foregoing is applicable, by the Committee in good faith.
(j) IPO shall mean the initial public offering of Common Stock.
(k) Offering Date shall mean the first business day of each Offering Period. However, for the initial Offering Period the Offering Date shall be the Effective Date.
(l) Offering Period shall mean a period with respect to which the right to purchase Common Stock may be granted under the Plan, as determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5(a).
(m) Parent shall have the same meaning as parent corporation in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code.
(n) Participant shall mean an eligible employee who meets the eligibility requirements set forth in Section 4 and who is either automatically enrolled in the initial Offering Period or who elects to participate in this Plan pursuant to Section 6(b).
(o) Participating Corporation shall mean any Parents or Subsidiary or Affiliate that the Board designates from time to time as a corporation that shall be eligible to participate in this Plan, provided, however, that employees of Affiliates that are designated for participation may be granted only options that do not intend to comply with the Code Section 423 requirements.
(p) Plan shall mean this Dermira, Inc. 2014 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(q) Purchase Date shall mean the last U.S. business day of each Purchase Period.
(r) Purchase Period shall mean a period during which contributions may be made toward the purchase of Common Stock under the Plan, as determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5(b).
(s) Purchase Price shall mean the price at which Participants may purchase a share of Common Stock under the Plan, as determined pursuant to Section 8.
(t) Subsidiary shall have the same meaning as subsidiary corporation in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code.
Exhibit 10.13
LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS LEASE , made this 24th day of July, 2014 between Middlefield Park, California General Partnership hereinafter called Landlord, and Dermira, Inc., a Delaware Corporation, hereinafter called Tenant.
WITNESSETH:
Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires and takes from Landlord those certain premises (the Premises) outlined in red on Exhibit B-1, attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference thereto more particularly described as follows:
· Approximately 18,833 gross square feet of space, including Tenants proportionate share of the building common areas, located on the 2nd floor of Building A located at 275 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, Santa Mateo County, California. Tenants suite number in the building shall be Suite 150.
· As used herein the Complex shall mean and include all of the land outlined in red and described in Exhibit A, attached hereto, and all of the buildings, improvements, fixtures and equipment now or hereafter situated on said land. The gross area of the Complex is approximately 146,388 square feet.
· Said letting and hiring is upon and subject to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth and Tenant covenants as a material part of the consideration for this Lease to perform and observe each and all of said terms, covenants and conditions. This Lease is made upon the conditions of such performance and observance.
1. USE. Tenant shall use the Premises only in conformance with applicable governmental laws, regulations, rules and ordinances for the purpose of conducting a commercial general office business, research and development and all related purposes, and for no other purpose. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done in or about the Premises or the Complex nor bring or keep or permit to be brought or kept in or about the Premises or the Complex anything which is prohibited by or will in any way increase the existing rate of (or otherwise affect) fire or any insurance covering the Complex or any part thereof, or any of its contents, or will cause a cancellation of any insurance covering the Complex or any part thereof, or any of its contents. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything in, on or about the Premises or the Complex which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Complex or injure or annoy them, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance in, on or about the Premises or the Complex. No sale by auction shall be permitted on the Premises. Tenant shall not place any loads upon the floors, walls, or ceiling, which endanger the structure, or place any harmful fluids or other materials in the drainage system of the building, or overload existing electrical or other mechanical systems. No waste materials or refuse shall be dumped upon or permitted to remain upon any part of the Premises or outside of the building in which the Premises are a part, except in trash containers placed inside exterior enclosures designated by Landlord for that purpose or inside of the building proper where
designated by Landlord. No materials, supplies, equipment, finished products or semi-finished products, raw materials or articles of any nature shall be stored upon or permitted to remain outside the Premises or on any portion of common area of the Complex. No loudspeaker or other device, system or apparatus which can be heard outside the Premises shall be used in or at the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless against any loss, expense, damage, attorneys fees, or liability arising out of failure of Tenant to comply with any applicable law. The provisions of this Paragraph 1 are for the benefit of Landlord only and shall not be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant or occupant of the Complex.
2. TERM. A. The term of this Lease shall commence on December 1, 2014 (Lease Commencement Date). The Lease termination date shall be November 30, 2019 (Lease Termination Date).
Tenant shall be provided at least 20 business days early access (Early Access Period) to set up its furniture, fixtures and equipment with no obligation to pay Basic Rent. Tenant shall pay Additional Rent pursuant to Paragraph 4(D) during this 20 day early access period.
B. Tenant may occupy the Premises prior to the Lease Commencement Date (Early Occupancy Period). The monthly Basic Rent shall be $18,833.00 during the Early Occupancy Period. Tenant shall pay Additional Rent pursuant to Paragraph 4(D) during the Early Occupancy Period. Tenants Early Occupancy shall not interfere with the construction work to be performed by Landlord as set forth in Paragraph 48.
3. POSSESSION. If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver access to said Premises to Tenant for the full Early Access Period or possession of said Premises to Tenant at the commencement of the said term, as hereinbefore specified, this Lease shall not be void or voidable; no obligation of Tenant shall be affected thereby; nor shall Landlord or Landlords agents be liable to Tenant for any loss or damage resulting therefrom; but in that event the commencement and termination dates of the Lease, and all other dates affected thereby shall be revised to conform to the date of Landlords delivery of possession, as specified in Paragraph 2(A), above. The above is, however, subject to the provision that the period of delay or delivery of the Premises shall not exceed 150 days from the execution of this Lease by both parties (except those delays caused by Acts of God, strikes, war, utilities, governmental bodies, extreme weather, unavailable materials, and delays beyond Landlords control shall be excluded in calculating such period) in which instance Tenant, at its option, may, by written notice to Landlord, terminate this Lease in which event Landlord shall immediately repay the security deposit and any prepaid Rent.
4. RENT. A. Basic Rent . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord at such place as Landlord may designate without deduction, offset, prior notice, or demand, and Landlord agrees to accept as Basic Rent for the Premises the sums set forth below, payable in lawful money of the United States of America:
· $98,873.25 shall be due and payable upon execution of this Lease and shall represent payment of the 1 st months Basic Rent.
· $98,873.25 shall be due and payable on or before the first day of the 2 nd month of the Lease term with a like sum to be due and payable on or before the first day of each month thereafter through November 30, 2015.
· $101,839.45 shall be due and payable on or before December 1, 2015 with a like sum to be due and payable on or before the first day of each month thereafter through November 30, 2016.
· $104,894.63 shall be due and payable on or before December 1, 2016 with a like sum to be due and payable on or before the first day of each month thereafter through November 30, 2017.
· $108,041.47 shall be due and payable on or before December 1, 2017 with a like sum to be due and payable on or before the first day of each month thereafter through November 30, 2018.
· $111,282.71 shall be due and payable on or before December 1, 2018 with a like sum to be due and payable on or before the first day of each month thereafter through November 30, 2019.
B. Time for Payment . In the event that the term of this Lease commences on a date other than the first day of a calendar month, on the date of commencement of the term hereof, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent for the period from such date of commencement to the first day of the next succeeding calendar month that proportion of the monthly rent hereunder which the number of days between such date of commencement and the first day of the next succeeding calendar month bears to thirty (30). If such rent is less than the amount paid above as 1 st months Basic Rent, then the difference between the 1 st months Basic Rent and the rent due shall be credited against the 2 nd months Basic Rent. In the event that the term of this Lease for any reason ends on a date other than the last day of a calendar month, on the first day of the last calendar month of the term hereof Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent for the period from said first day of said last calendar month to and including the last day of the term hereof that proportion of the monthly rent hereunder which the number of days between said first day of said last calendar month and the last day of the term hereof bears to thirty (30).
C. Late Charge . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, if Tenant is in default in the payment of rent as set forth in this Paragraph 4 when due, or any part thereof, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord, in addition to the delinquent rental due, a late charge for each rental payment in default five (5) days. Said late charge shall equal five (5%) percent of each rental payment so in default.
D. Additional Rent . Beginning with the commencement date of the term of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord in addition to the Basic Rent and as Additional Rent the following:
(1) Tenants proportionate share of all utilities relating to the Complex as set forth in Paragraph 11, and
(2) Tenants proportionate share of all Taxes relating to the Complex as set forth in Paragraph 12, and
(3) Tenants proportionate share of all insurance premiums relating to the Complex, as set forth in Paragraph 15 , including reasonable deductibles and the pre-payment of premiums for coverage of up to one year. The amount of earthquake insurance deductibles actually paid shall be amortized ( including interest at the rate of 8% per year on the unamortized cost) over a period of ten (10) years and only the amortized portion during the Term of this Lease shall be included as Additional Rent; and
(4) Tenants proportionate share of expenses for the operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Building (including common areas of the Building) and Common Areas of the Complex in which the Premises are located as set forth in Paragraph 7, and
(5) All charges, costs and expenses, which Tenant is required to pay hereunder, together with all interest and penalties, costs and expenses including attorneys fees and legal expenses, that may accrue thereto in the event of Tenants failure to pay such amounts, and all damages, reasonable costs and expenses which Landlord may incur by reason of default of Tenant or failure on Tenants part to comply with the terms of this Lease. In the event of nonpayment by Tenant of Additional Rent, Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies with respect thereto as Landlord has for nonpayment of rent.
Tenant shall pay to Landlord monthly, in advance, Tenants proportionate share of an amount estimated by Landlord to be Landlords approximate average monthly expenditure for such Additional Rent items, which estimated amount shall be reconciled at the end of each calendar year as compared to Landlords actual expenditure for said Additional Rent items, with Tenant paying to Landlord, upon demand, any amount of actual expenses expended by Landlord in excess of said estimated amount, or Landlord refunding to Tenant (providing Tenant is not in default in the performance of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease) any amount of estimated payments made by Tenant in excess of Landlords actual expenditures for said Additional Rent items.
Tenants payment for such estimated Additional Rent for the Early Access Period as well as in the first twelve (12) months of this Lease shall be $22,600.00 per month. Prior to execution and delivery of this Lease by both parties, Landlord shall provide to Tenant complete and accurate figures setting forth the Additional Rent for each of the two (2) full calendar years preceding the calendar year in which the Lease Commencement Date occurs.
The respective obligations of Landlord and Tenant under this Paragraph 4 shall survive the expiration or other termination of the term of this Lease, and if the term hereof shall expire or shall otherwise terminate on a day other than the last day of a calendar year, the actual Additional Rent incurred for the calendar year in which the term hereof expires or otherwise terminates shall be determined and settled on the basis of the statement of actual Additional Rent for such calendar year and shall be prorated in the proportion which the number of days in such calendar year preceding such expiration or termination bears to 365.
E. Place of Payment of Rent and Additional Rent . All Basic Rent hereunder and all payments hereunder for Additional Rent shall be paid to Landlord at the office of Landlord c/o Willis & Company at 3130 Alpine Road, Suite 190, Portola Valley, CA 94028, or to such other person or to such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing.
F. Security Deposit. Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the sum of Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) or a Letter of Credit pursuant to the terms of Paragraph 4 (F)(1) below. Said sum shall be held by Landlord as a Security Deposit for the faithful performance by Tenant of all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant during the term hereof. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease, including, but not limited to, the provisions relating to the payment of rent and any of the monetary sums due herewith, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) use, apply or retain all or any part of this Security Deposit for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend by reason of Tenants default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenants default. If any portion of said Deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor accompanied by a reasonably detailed written explanation of the basis for Landlords use of such funds, deposit cash with Landlord in the amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Tenants failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. Landlord shall not be required to keep this Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such Deposit. If the Tenant fully and faithfully performs every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant (or at Landlords option, to the last assignee of Tenants interest hereunder) at the expiration of the Lease term and after Tenant has vacated the Premises less amounts retained to cover uncured defaults. In the event of termination of Landlords interest in this lease, Landlord shall transfer said Deposit to Landlords successor in interest whereupon Tenant agrees to release Landlord from liability for the return of such Deposit or the accounting therefor.
(1) Tenant shall have the right to provide within 10 days upon the execution of this Lease Agreement, a Letter of Credit in lieu of a Security Deposit, provided the Letter of Credit is to be issued by a financial institution with a Standard & Poors rating of A or better with offices in either San Francisco, San Mateo or Santa Clara County, and in the Stated Amount, to be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease. Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining the Letter of Credit. In the event the issuer of the Letter of Credit no longer maintains a Standard & Poors rating of A or better, Landlord shall notify Tenant and Tenant shall within fifteen (15) business days thereafter issue a new Letter of Credit with a financial institution with a Standard & Poors rating of A or better. If Tenant fails to issue a replacement Letter of Credit with such 15-business day period, Landlord shall be entitled to draw upon the Letter of Credit if the credit rating or financial condition of the issuer of the Letter of Credit is no longer compliant with the requirements of this Paragraph 4(F). Following any such draw by Landlord on the Letter of Credit solely because of the deterioration of the creditworthiness of the issuer of the Letter of Credit, Landlord will disburse such Letter of Credit proceeds to Tenant provided (i) Tenant delivers to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit from a financial institution with a Standard & Poors rating of A or better with offices in either San Francisco, San Mateo or Santa Clara County, and in favor of Landlord in a form, containing terms, issued by a lending institution, and
drawable in a location all reasonably preapproved by Landlord within sixty (60) days after Landlords draw thereon, (ii) at the time of Tenants delivery of the replacement Letter of Credit, there exists no default with respect to any provisions of this Lease, and (iii) Tenant pays all of the fees and expenses charged by the issuer of the Letter of Credit in connection with such disbursement; provided, further, that if any of the three (3) foregoing conditions are not satisfied within such sixty (60) day period, the proceeds received from such draw shall constitute Landlords property (and not Tenants property or the property of the bankruptcy estate of Tenant) and Landlord shall then use, apply or retain all or any part of the proceeds for the purposes set forth in clauses (1) through (4) of the next paragraph. Tenant shall have the right to replace the Letter of Credit at any time provided it is with a financial institution that meets the qualifications set forth above. The Stated Amount shall be Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00).
The Letter of Credit shall state that an authorized officer or other representative of Landlord may make demand on Landlords behalf for the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, and that the issuing bank must immediately honor such demand, without qualification or satisfaction of any conditions, except the proper identification of the party making such demand. In addition, the Letter of Credit shall indicate that it is transferable in its entirety by Landlord as beneficiary and that upon receiving written notice of transfer, and upon presentation to the issuing bank of the original Letter of Credit, the issuer or confirming bank will reissue the Letter of Credit naming such transferee as the beneficiary. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment to the issuing bank of any transfer costs imposed by the issuing bank in connection with any such transfer. If (A) the term of the Letter of Credit held by Landlord will expire prior to the date which is sixty (60) days after the last day of the Lease Term and the Letter of Credit is not extended, or a new Letter of Credit for an extended period of time is not substituted, in either case at least (30) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit, or (B) a default beyond applicable notice and cure periods occurs, or, without regard to notice and cure periods, there occurs a filing of a voluntary petition under Title 11 of the United States Code (i.e., the Bankruptcy Code), or Tenant otherwise becomes a debtor in any case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, as now existing or hereinafter amended, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) draw upon all or any portion of the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit to the extent reasonably required to cure such default (provided, however that the entire amount of the Letter of Credit may be drawn upon following any occurrence described in item (B) above), and the proceeds received from such draw shall constitute Landlords property (and not Tenants property or the property of the bankruptcy estate of Tenant) and Landlord shall, at its election, then use, apply or retain all or any part of the proceeds (1) for the payment of any sum which is in default, (2) for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of the default, (3) to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenants default or (4) as prepaid rent to be applied against Tenants next Rent obligations as they become due until the remaining proceeds are exhausted. If any portion of the Letter of Credit proceeds is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, post an additional Letter of Credit in an amount to cause the aggregate amount of the unused proceeds and such new Letter of Credit to equal the then-applicable Stated Amount required in this Paragraph 4(F). Landlord shall not be required to keep any proceeds from the Letter of Credit separate from its general funds. Should Landlord sell its interest in the Premises during the Lease Term and if Landlord deposits with the purchaser thereof the Letter of Credit or any proceeds of the Letter of Credit, thereupon Landlord
shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to the Letter of Credit and said proceeds and Tenant shall look solely to such transferee for the return of the Letter of Credit or any proceeds therefrom. The Letter of Credit or any remaining proceeds of the Letter of Credit held by Landlord after expiration of the Lease Term, after any deductions described in this Paragraph 4(F), shall be returned to Tenant or, at Landlords option, to the last assignee of Tenants interest hereunder, within sixty (60) days following the expiration of the Lease Term.
The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, the proceeds or any portion thereof, shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights or remedies provided under this Lease, it being intended that Landlord shall not be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and such use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. No trust relationship is created herein between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Letter of Credit.
Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit, any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or the proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a security deposit within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a security deposit within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (Security Deposit Laws) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent California Civil Code Section 1950.7 in any way: (a) is applicable to the Letter of Credit (or any proceeds thereof); or (b) controls Landlords rights to draw on the Letter of Credit or apply the proceeds of the Letter of Credit to any amounts due under this Lease or any damages Landlord may suffer following termination of this Lease, then Tenant fully and irrevocably waives the benefits and protections of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code (except for subsection (b) of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code) as it relates to the Letter of Credit, it being agreed that Landlord may recover from the Letter of Credit (or its proceeds) all of Landlords damages under this Lease and California law including, but not limited to, any damages accruing upon the termination of this Lease in accordance with this Lease and Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.
Provided that no monetary Event of Default (as defined in Paragraph 22 below) has occurred during the Term and then exists and no other Event of Default then exists, Landlord agrees that Tenant may reduce the Security Deposit or the Letter of Credit to the sum of $250,000 after the 30 th month of the Lease Term,
5. RULES AND REGULATIONS AND COMMON AREA . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and such Rules and Regulations as Landlord may from time to time prescribe, Tenant and Tenants employees, invitees and customers shall, in common with other occupants of the Complex in which the Premises are located, and their respective employees, invitees and customers, and others entitled to the use thereof, have the non-exclusive right to use the access roads, parking areas, and facilities provided and designated by Landlord for the general use and convenience of the occupants of the Complex in which the Premises are
located, which areas and facilities are referred to herein as Common Area. This right shall terminate upon the termination of this Lease. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to make changes in the shape, size, location, amount and extent of Common Area. Landlord further reserves the right to promulgate such reasonable rules and regulations relating to the use of the Common Area, and any part or parts thereof, as Landlord may deem appropriate for the best interests of the occupants of the Complex. The Rules and Regulations shall be binding upon Tenant upon delivery of a copy of them to Tenant, and Tenant shall abide by them and cooperate in their observance. Such Rules and Regulations may be amended by Landlord from time to time, with or without advance notice, and all amendments shall be effective upon delivery of a copy to Tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the nonperformance by any other tenant or occupant of the Complex of any of said Rules and Regulations provided that Landlord shall enforce the Rules and Regulations in a fair and equitable manner with respect to all tenants of the Complex.
Landlord shall operate, manage and maintain the Common Area. The manner in which the Common Area shall be maintained and the expenditures for such maintenance shall be at the discretion of Landlord provided that maintenance and expenditures shall be done in a fair and equitable manner with respect to all tenants of the Complex.
6. PARKING. Tenant shall have the right to use with other tenants or occupants of the Complex the parking spaces in the common parking areas of the Complex, of which the Tenants share is 75 parking spaces. Tenant agrees that Tenant, Tenants employees, agents, representatives and/or invitees shall not use parking spaces in excess of said 75 spaces allocated to Tenant hereunder. Landlord shall have the right, at Landlords sole discretion, to specifically designate the location of Tenants parking spaces within the common parking areas of the Complex in the event of a dispute among the tenants occupying the building and/or Complex referred to herein, in which event Tenant agrees that Tenant, Tenants employees, agents, representatives and/or invitees shall not use any parking spaces other than those parking spaces specifically designated by Landlord for Tenants use. Said parking spaces, if specifically designated by Landlord to Tenant, may be relocated by Landlord at any time, and from time to time. Landlord reserves the right, at Landlords sole discretion, to rescind any specific designation of parking spaces, thereby returning Tenants parking spaces to the common parking area. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of any change in Tenants parking spaces. Tenant shall not, at any time, park, or permit to be parked, any trucks or vehicles adjacent to the loading areas so as to interfere in any way with the use of such areas, nor shall Tenant at any time park, or permit the parking of Tenants trucks or other vehicles or the trucks and vehicles of Tenants suppliers or others, in any portion of the common area not designated by Landlord for such use by Tenant. Tenant shall not park nor permit to be parked, any inoperative vehicles or equipment on any portion of the common parking area or other common areas of the Complex. Tenant agrees to assume responsibility for compliance by its employees with the parking provision contained herein. If Tenant or its employees park in other than such designated parking areas, then Landlord may charge Tenant, as an additional charge, and Tenant agrees to pay, Ten Dollars ($10.00) per day for each day or partial day each such vehicle is parked in any area other than that designated. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to attach violation stickers or notices to any vehicle belonging to Tenant or Tenants employees parked in violation of these provisions. If after notice of violation, a vehicle belonging to Tenant or a Tenants employee remains in violation of these provisions, Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord,
at Tenants sole expense, to tow away such vehicle from the Complex. Tenant shall use the parking areas for vehicle parking only, and shall not use the parking areas for storage.
7. EXPENSES OF OPERATION, MANAGEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF THE COMMON AREAS OF THE COMPLEX, PREMISES AND BUILDING IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED . As Additional Rent and in accordance with Paragraph 4(D) of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenants proportionate share (calculated on a square footage or other equitable basis as calculated by Landlord) of all expenses of operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Common Areas of the Complex including, but not limited to, license, permit, management fees (not to exceed 3.0% of the gross rental income of the Complex) and inspection fees; security; utility charges associated with exterior landscaping and lighting (including water and sewer charges); all charges incurred in the maintenance of landscaped areas, lakes, parking lots, sidewalks, driveways; maintenance, repair and replacement of all fixtures and electrical, mechanical and plumbing systems; structural elements and exterior surfaces of the buildings; salaries and employee benefits of personnel and payroll taxes applicable thereto; supplies, materials, equipment and tools; the cost of capital expenditures which have the effect of reducing operating expenses, provided, however, that in the event Landlord makes such capital improvements which exceed Seventy Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000.00), Landlord shall amortize its investment in said improvements (together with interest at the rate of eight (8%) percent per annum on the unamortized balance) as an operating expense over the useful life of the capital improvement in a manner consistent with industry practice.
As Additional Rent and in accordance with Paragraph 4(D) of this Lease, Tenant shall pay its proportionate share (calculated on a square footage , or other equitable basis as calculated by Landlord) of the cost of operation (including common utilities), management, maintenance and repair of the Premises and the building (including common areas such as lobbies, restrooms, janitors closets, hallways, elevators, mechanical and telephone rooms, stairwells, entrances, spaces above the ceilings) in which the Premises are located. The maintenance items herein referred to include, but are not limited to, janitorization, electrical systems (such as outlets, lighting fixtures, lamps, bulbs, tubes, ballasts), heating and air conditioning controls (such as mixing boxes, thermostats, time clocks, supply and return grills), all interior improvements within the Premises including but not limited to: wall coverings, window coverings, acoustical ceilings, vinyl tile, carpeting, partitioning, doors (both interior and exterior, including closing mechanisms, latches, locks), and all other interior improvements of any nature whatsoever, all windows, window frames, plate glass, glazing, truck doors, main plumbing systems of the building (such as water and drain lines, sinks, toilets, faucets, drains, showers and water fountains), main electrical systems (such as panels and conduits), heating and air conditioning systems (such as compressors, fans, air handlers, ducts, boilers, heaters), store fronts, roofs, downspouts, building common area interiors (such as wall coverings, window coverings, floor coverings and partitioning), ceilings, building exterior doors, skylights (if any), automatic fire extinguishing systems and elevators; license, permit, and inspection fees; security; salaries and employee benefits of personnel and payroll taxes applicable thereto; supplies, materials, equipment and tools; the cost of capital expenditures which have the effect of reducing operating expenses, provided, however, that in the event Landlord makes such capital improvements which exceed Seventy Five Thousand ($75,000.00), Landlord shall amortize its investment in said improvements (together with interest at the rate of eight (8%) percent per annum on the
unamortized balance) as an operating expense over the useful life of the capital improvement in a manner consistent with industry practice. Tenant hereby waives all rights under, and benefits of, subsection I of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and under any similar law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect. Should Tenant replace the carpet in the Premise office spaces during the Lease term, Tenant agrees to provide carpet shields under all rolling chairs or to otherwise be responsible for wear and tear of the carpet caused by such rolling chairs if such wear and tear exceeds that caused by normal foot traffic in surrounding areas (Areas of Excessive Wear). Such Areas of Excessive Wear shall be replaced at Tenants sole expense upon Lease termination.
Additional Rent as used herein shall not include: Landlords debt repayments; interest on charges; capital expense reserves; fines and penalties; expenses to maintain structural elements of the Complex; expenses to correct construction defects of the Complex; expenses directly or indirectly incurred by Landlord and reimbursed from insurance proceeds; expenses directly or indirectly incurred by Landlord for the benefit of any other tenant, including any leasing or tenant improvements; cost for the installation of partitioning or any other tenant improvements; cost of attracting tenants; depreciation; interest, or executive salaries.
Landlord agrees to provide five-day janitorial service for the leased Premises and to maintain the Complex in a first-class manner.
8. ACCEPTANCE AND SURRENDER OF PREMISES . Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall deliver the leased Premises with all building systems and components in good condition and good working order including all electrical, plumbing, fire sprinkler, lighting, water and gas systems, ceiling system, heating, ventilating and air condition systems. Any exceptions to the foregoing must be by written agreement executed by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant agrees on the last day of the Lease term, or on the sooner termination of this Lease, to surrender the Premises promptly and peaceably to Landlord in good condition and repair (damage by Acts of God, fire or normal wear and tear excepted), with all interior walls painted, or cleaned so that they appear freshly painted, and repaired and replaced, if damaged; and all floors cleaned and waxed; all carpets cleaned and shampooed; the server room air conditioning and heating equipment serviced by a reputable and licensed service firm and in good operating condition (provided the maintenance of such equipment has been Tenants responsibility during the term of this Lease) (damage by Acts of God, fire or normal wear and tear excepted) together with all alterations, additions and improvements which may have been made in, to, or on the Premises (except movable trade fixtures installed at the expense of Tenant) except that Tenant shall ascertain from Landlord within thirty (30) days before the end of the term of this Lease whether Landlord desires to have the Premises or any part or parts thereof restored to their condition and configuration as when the Premises were delivered to Tenant and if Landlord shall so desire, then Tenant shall restore said Premises or such part or parts thereof before the end of this Lease at Tenants sole cost and expense, provided that Tenant shall not be held responsible for restoration of any Tenant Improvements made pursuant to Paragraph 48. Tenant, on or before the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease, shall remove all of Tenants personal property and trade fixtures from the Premises, and all property not so removed on or before the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant and title to same shall thereupon pass to Landlord without compensation to Tenant. Landlord may, upon termination of this Lease, remove all moveable furniture and
equipment so abandoned by Tenant, at Tenants sole cost, and repair any damage caused by such removal of wall-mounted furniture and equipment at Tenants sole cost, provided that such damage was not caused by negligence of Landlord, its agents, servants, employees, invitees, or contractors. If the Premises are not surrendered at the end of the term or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against loss or liability resulting from the delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises including, without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded on such delay. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as an extension of the term hereof or as a consent of Landlord to any holding over by Tenant. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease or the Premises by Tenant or a mutual cancellation of this Lease shall not work as a merger and at the option of Landlord shall either terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies or operate as an assignment to Landlord of all or any such subleases and subtenancies.
Subject to the Tenant Improvements provided for in Paragraph 48, Tenant agrees to lease the Premises in their AS IS condition, and the construction of any alterations or improvements by Tenant shall not delay the Lease commencement date nor the obligation to pay Rent under the terms of this Lease.
9. ALTERATIONS AND ADDITIONS . Tenant shall not make, or suffer to be made, any alteration or addition to the Premises, or any part thereof, without the written consent of Landlord first had and obtained by Tenant, but at the cost of Tenant, and any addition to, or alteration of, the Premises, except moveable furniture and trade fixtures, shall at once become a part of the Premises and belong to Landlord. If Landlord consents to the making of any alteration, addition, or improvement to or of the Premises by Tenant, the same shall be made by Landlord at Tenants sole cost and expense. Any modifications to the building or building systems required by governmental code or otherwise as a result of Tenants alterations, additions or improvements shall be made at Tenants sole cost and expense. Tenant shall retain title to all moveable furniture and trade fixtures placed in the Premises. All heating, lighting, electrical, air conditioning, partitioning, drapery, carpeting and floor installations made by Tenant, together with all property that has become an integral part of the Premises, shall not be deemed trade fixtures. Tenant agrees that it will not proceed to make any alterations or additions, without having obtained consent from Landlord to do so, and until five (5) days from the receipt of such consent, in order that Landlord may post appropriate notices to avoid any liability to contractors or material suppliers for payment for Tenants improvements. Tenant will at all times permit such notices to be posted and to remain posted until the completion of work. Tenant shall, if required by Landlord, secure at Tenants own cost and expense, a completion and lien indemnity bond, satisfactory to Landlord, for such work. Tenant further covenants and agrees that any mechanics lien filed against the Premises or against the Complex for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to Tenant, will be discharged by Tenant, by bond or otherwise, within ten (10) days after the filing thereof, at the cost and expense of Tenant. Any exceptions to the foregoing must be made in writing and executed by both Landlord and Tenant.
Pursuant to California Civil Code Section 1938, Landlord hereby notifies Tenant that as of the Effective Date, the Premises and Building have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist to determine whether the Premises meets all applicable construction related accessibility standards under California Civil Code Section 55.53
10. BUILDING PLANNING . Omitted.
11. UTILITIES OF THE BUILDING IN WHICH THE PREMISES ARE LOCATED . As Additional Rent and in accordance with Paragraph 4(D) of this Lease, Tenant shall pay its proportionate share (calculated on a square footage or other equitable basis as calculated by Landlord) of the cost of all utility charges such as water, gas, electricity, telephone, telex, facsimile and other electronic communications service, sewer service, waste pick-up and any other utilities, materials or services furnished directly to the building in which the Premises are located, including, without limitation, any temporary or permanent utility surcharge or other exactions whether or not hereinafter imposed.
Landlord shall not be liable for and Tenant shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason of any interruption or failure of utility services to the Premises when such interruption or failure is caused by accident, breakage, repair, strikes, lockouts or other labor disturbances or labor disputes of any nature, or by any other cause, similar or dissimilar, beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.
Provided that Tenant is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease to be performed or observed by it, and subject to the rules and regulations of the Complex hereinbefore referred to, Landlord shall furnish to the Premises: (i) at all times, reasonable quantities of water, gas and electricity suitable for the intended use of the Premises and (ii) between the hours of 8:00 A.M. and 6:00 P.M., Mondays through Fridays (holidays excepted) (Standard Business Hours) heating, ventilation and air conditioning required in Landlords reasonable judgment for the comfortable use and occupation of the Premises. Landlord shall furnish additional heating, ventilation and air conditioning outside of Standard Business Hours upon Tenants written notice provided that Tenant reimburses Landlord for its actual costs for the additional operation of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems. Tenant agrees that at all times it will cooperate fully with Landlord and abide by all regulations and requirements that Landlord may reasonably prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the building heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems. Whenever heat generating machines, equipment, or any other devices (including exhaust fans) are used in the Premises by Tenant which affect the temperature or otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system, Landlord shall have the right to install supplementary air conditioning units in the Premises and the costs thereof, including the cost of installation and the cost of operation and maintenance thereof, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord. Tenant will not, without the written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in the Premises (including, without limitation), electronic data processing machines or machines using current in excess of 110 Volts which will in any way increase the amount of electricity, gas, water or air conditioning usually furnished or supplied to premises being used as general office space, or connect with electric current (except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises), or with gas or water pipes any apparatus or device for the purposes of using electric current, gas or water. If Tenant shall require water, gas or electric current in excess of that usually furnished or supplied to premises being used as general office space, Tenant shall first obtain the written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and Landlord may cause an electric current, gas, or water meter to be installed in the Premises in order to measure the amount of electric current, gas or water consumed for any such excess use. The cost of any such meter and of the installation, maintenance and repair thereof, all charges for
such excess water, gas and electric current consumed (as shown by such meters and at the rates then charged by the furnishing public utility); and any additional expense incurred by Landlord in keeping account of electric current, gas, or water so consumed shall be paid by Tenant, and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord therefor promptly upon demand by Landlord.
12. TAXES. A. As Additional Rent and in accordance with Paragraph 4(D) of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenants proportionate share of all Real Property Taxes, which proportionate share shall be allocated to the leased Premises by square footage or other equitable basis, as calculated by Landlord. The term Real Property Taxes, as used herein, shall mean (i) all taxes, assessments, levies and other charges of any kind or nature whatsoever, general and special, foreseen and unforeseen (including all installments of principal and interest required to pay any general or special assessments for public improvements and any increases resulting from reassessments caused by any change in ownership of the Complex) now or hereafter imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or special district having the direct or indirect power to tax or levy assessments, which are levied or assessed against, or with respect to the value, occupancy or use of, all or any portion of the Complex (as now constructed or as may at any time hereafter be constructed, altered, or otherwise changed) or Landlords interest therein; any improvements located within the Complex (regardless of ownership); the fixtures, equipment and other property of Landlord, real or personal, that are an integral part of and located in the Complex; or parking areas, public utilities, or energy within the Complex; (ii) all charges, levies or fees imposed by reason of environmental regulation or other governmental control of the Complex; and (iii) all costs and fees (including attorneys fees) incurred by Landlord in contesting any Real Property Tax and in negotiating with public authorities as to any Real Property Tax provided that such contest in the Landlords business judgment has a reasonable basis in fact and law and if a successful outcome were achieved, would result in a direct financial benefit to Tenant. If at any time during the term of this Lease the taxation or assessment of the Complex prevailing as of the commencement date of this Lease shall be altered so that in lieu of or in addition to any Real Property Tax described above there shall be levied, assessed or imposed (whether by reason of a change in the method of taxation or assessment, creation of a new tax or charge, or any other cause) an alternate or additional tax or charge (i) on the value, use or occupancy of the Complex or Landlords interest therein or (ii) on or measured by the gross receipts, income or rentals from the Complex, on Landlords business of leasing the Complex, or computed in any manner with respect to the operation of the Complex, then any such tax or charge, however designated, shall be included within the meaning of the term Real Property Taxes for purposes of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Real Property Taxes shall not include estate, inheritance, gift or franchise taxes of Landlord or the federal or state net income tax imposed on Landlords income from all sources.
B. Taxes on Tenants Property. (1) Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay ten (10) days before delinquency, taxes levied against any personal property or trade fixtures placed by Tenant in or about the Premises. If any such taxes on Tenants personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlords property or if the assessed value of the Premises is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such personal property or trade fixtures of Tenant and if Landlord, after written notice to Tenant, pays the taxes based on such increased assessment, which Landlord shall have the right to do regardless of the validity thereof, but only under proper protest if requested by Tenant, Tenant shall upon demand, as the
case may be, repay to Landlord the taxes so levied against Landlord, or the proportion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment; provided that in any such event Tenant shall have the right, in the name of Landlord and with Landlords full cooperation, to bring suit in any court of competent jurisdiction to recover the amount of any such taxes so paid under protest, and any amount so recovered shall belong to Tenant.
(2) If the Tenant improvements in the Premises, whether installed, and/or paid for by Landlord or Tenant and whether or not affixed to the real property so as to become a part thereof, are assessed for Real Property Tax purposes at a valuation higher than the valuation at which standard office improvements in other space in the Complex are assessed, then the Real Property Taxes and assessments levied against Landlord or the Complex by reason of such excess assessed valuation shall be deemed to be taxes levied against personal property of Tenant and shall be governed by the provisions of 12A(i), above. If the records of the County Assessor are available and sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for determining whether said Tenant improvements are assessed at a higher valuation than standard office improvements in other space in the Complex, such records shall be binding on both the Landlord and the Tenant. If the records of the County Assessor are not available or sufficiently detailed to serve as a basis for making said determination, the actual cost of construction shall be used.
13. LIABILITY INSURANCE . Tenant, at Tenants expense, agrees to keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy of comprehensive public liability insurance with limits in the amount of $2,000,000/$3,000,000 for injuries to or death of persons occurring in, on or about the Premises or the Complex, and property damage insurance with limits of $500,000. The policy or policies affecting such insurance, certificates of which shall be furnished to Landlord, shall name Landlord as additional insured, and shall insure any liability of Landlord, contingent or otherwise, as respects acts or omissions of Tenant, its agents, employees or invitees or otherwise by any conduct or transactions of any of said persons in or about or concerning the Premises, including any failure of Tenant to observe or perform any of its obligations hereunder; and shall be issued by an insurance company admitted to transact business in the State of California and shall provide that the insurance effected thereby shall not be canceled, except upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord. Tenant shall provide Landlord with an endorsement evidencing that Landlord has been named as an additional insured and is covered as an additional insured under the terms of Tenants insurance policy. If, during the term of this Lease, in the considered opinion of Landlords Lender, insurance advisor or counsel, the amount of insurance described in this Paragraph 13 is not adequate, Tenant agrees to increase said coverage to such reasonable amount as Landlords Lender, insurance advisor or counsel shall deem adequate.
14. TENANTS PERSONAL PROPERTY INSURANCE, WORKERS COMPENSATION INSURANCE AND AUTO INSURANCE . Tenant shall maintain a policy or policies of fire and property damage insurance in Special form with a sprinkler leakage endorsement insuring the personal property, inventory, trade fixtures and leasehold improvements within the leased Premises for the full replacement value thereof. The proceeds from any of such policies shall be used for the repair or replacement of such items so insured.
Tenant shall also maintain a policy or policies of workers compensation insurance and any other employee benefit insurance sufficient to comply with all laws but not less than
$1,000,000 per accident limit for bodily injury and disease. Tenant shall also maintain an auto liability policy or policies for all owned, non-owned, and hired vehicles with a $1,000,000 per accident limit of bodily injury and property damage.
15. PROPERTY INSURANCE . Landlord shall purchase and keep in force and, as Additional Rent and in accordance with Paragraph 4(D) of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Tenants proportionate share (calculated on a square footage or other equitable basis as calculated by Landlord) of the cost of policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage to the Premises and Complex in the amount of the full replacement value thereof, providing protection against those perils included within the classification of Special insurance and flood and/or earthquake insurance, if available, plus a policy of rental income insurance in the amount of one hundred (100)%) percent of twelve (12) months Basic Rent, plus sums paid as Additional Rent. If such insurance cost is increased due to Tenants use of the Premises or the Complex, Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the full cost of such increase. Tenant shall have no interest in nor any right to the proceeds of any insurance procured by Landlord for the Complex.
Landlord and Tenant do each hereby respectively release the other, to the extent of insurance coverage of the releasing party, from any liability for loss or damage caused by fire or any of the extended coverage casualties included in the releasing partys insurance policies, irrespective of the cause of such fire or casualty; provided, however, that if the insurance policy of either releasing party prohibits such waiver, then this waiver shall not take effect until consent to such waiver is obtained. If such waiver is so prohibited, the insured party affected shall promptly notify the other party thereof.
16. INDEMNIFICATION Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord for any injury to or death of any person or damage to or destruction of property in or about the Premises or the Complex by or from any cause whatsoever, including, without limitation, gas, fire, oil, electricity or leakage of any character from the roof, walls, basement or other portion of the Premises or the Complex but excluding, however, the willful misconduct and negligence of Landlord, its agents, servants, employees, invitees, or contractors of which negligence Landlord has knowledge and reasonable time to correct. Except as to injury to persons or damage to property the cause of which is the willful misconduct or negligence of Landlord, Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from and defend Landlord against any and all expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, in connection therewith, arising out of any injury to or death of any person or damage to or destruction of property occurring in, on or about the Premises, or any part thereof, from any cause whatsoever.
17. COMPLIANCE. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or requirements now or hereafter in effect; with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted; and with any direction or occupancy certificate issued pursuant to law by any public officer provided however, that no such failure shall be deemed a breach of the provisions if Tenant, immediately upon notification, commences to remedy or rectify said failure. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any action against Tenant, whether Landlord be a party thereto or not, that Tenant has violated any such law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule, regulation, requirement, direction or provision, shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant. This Paragraph 17
shall not be interpreted as requiring Tenant to make structural changes or improvements, except to the extent such changes or improvements are required as a result of Tenants use of the Premises. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with any and all requirements pertaining to said Premises, of any insurance organization or company, necessary for the maintenance of reasonable fire and public liability insurance covering the Premises.
18. LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Complex free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligation incurred by Tenant. In the event that Tenant shall not, within ten (10) days the imposition of such lien, cause the same to be released of record, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other remedies provided herein and by law, the right, but no obligation, to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All sums paid by Landlord for such purpose, and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith, shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant on demand with interest at the prime rate of interest as quoted by the Bank of America.
19. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING . Tenant shall not assign, transfer or hypothecate the leasehold estate under this Lease, or any interest therein, and shall not sublet the Premises, or any part thereof, or any right or privilege appurtenant thereto, or suffer any other person or entity to occupy or use the Premises, or any portion thereof, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Landlord which consent will not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as additional rent, 50% of amounts received by Tenant from its assignees, transferees or subtenants in excess of: (i) the Basic and Additional Rents payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder and (ii) reasonable costs incurred by Tenant from the sublease including brokers fees, legal fees, and rent inducements. Tenant shall provide Landlord sixty (60) days written notice, advising Landlord of its intent to assign or transfer Tenants interest in the Lease or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof for any part of the term hereof. If Landlord provides its consent and Tenant is allowed to assign, transfer or sublet the whole or any part of the Premises, Tenant shall provide Landlord thirty (30) days written notice of its intended assignee, transferee or subleasee for Landlords consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any assignee, transferee or subtenant shall not assign or transfer this Lease, either in whole or in part, or sublet the whole or any part of the Premises, without also having obtained the prior written consent of Landlord. A consent of Landlord to one assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use by any other person shall not release Tenant from any of Tenants obligations hereunder or be deemed to be a consent to any subsequent similar or dissimilar assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use by any other person. Any such assignment, transfer, hypothecation, subletting, occupation or use without such consent shall be void and shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant and shall, at the option of Landlord exercised by written notice to Tenant, terminate this Lease. The leasehold estate under this Lease shall not, nor shall any interest therein, be assignable for any purpose by operation of law without the written consent of Landlord. As a condition to its consent, Landlord may require Tenant to pay all expenses in connection with the assignment, and Landlord may require Tenants assignee or transferee (or other assignees or transferees) to assume in writing all of the obligations under this Lease and for Tenant to remain liable to Landlord under the Lease.
Nothwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease in the case of a sublease of more than 50% of the Leased Premises. Tenant may void Landlords election to terminate by withdrawing the requested consent within two (2) business days of Landlords election to terminate.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant may, without Landlords prior written consent, sublet the Premises or assign the Lease to a subsidiary or affiliate of Tenant (Permitted Assignee), provided the Permitted Assignee assumes in writing all of the obligations under this Lease and for Tenant to remain liable to Landlord under the Lease.
20. SUBORDINATION AND MORTGAGES . In the event Landlords title or leasehold interest is now or hereafter encumbered by a deed of trust, upon the interest of Landlord in the land and buildings in which the demised Premises are located, to secure a loan from a lender (hereinafter referred to as Lender) to Landlord, Tenant shall, at the request of Landlord or Lender, execute in writing an agreement subordinating its rights under this Lease to the lien of such deed of trust, or, if so requested, agreeing that the lien of Lenders deed of trust shall be or remain subject and subordinate to the rights of Tenant under this Lease. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord the attorney in fact of Tenant to execute, deliver and record any such instrument or instruments for and in the name and on behalf of Tenant. Notwithstanding any such subordination, Tenants possession under this Lease shall not be disturbed if Tenant is not in default and so long as Tenant shall pay all rent and observe and perform all of the provisions set forth in this Lease. Tenant agrees to send to any mortgagees and/or deed of trust holders, by registered mail, a copy of any notice of default served by Tenant upon the Landlord, provided that prior to such notice, Tenant has been notified, in writing (by way of notice of assignment of rents or otherwise) of the addresses of such mortgagees and/or deed of trust holders. Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default within the time provided for in this Lease, any such mortgagees and/or deed of trust holders shall have an additional thirty (30) days within which to cure such default, or if such default is not reasonably susceptible of cure within that time, then such additional time as may be reasonably necessary if within such (30) days, any mortgagee and/or deed of trust holder has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default, (including but not limited to commencement of foreclosure proceedings), in which event this Lease shall not be terminated when such remedies are being diligently pursued.
21. ENTRY BY LANDLORD . Landlord reserves, and shall at all reasonable times have, the right to enter the Premises to inspect them; to perform any services to be provided by Landlord hereunder; to submit the Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagors or tenants; to post notices of nonresponsibility; and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Complex, all without abatement of rent; and may erect scaffolding and other necessary structures in or through the Premises where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed; provided, however, that the business of Tenant shall be interfered with to the least extent that is reasonably practical. For each of the foregoing purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in an emergency in order to obtain entry to the Premises, and any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any of said means, or otherwise, shall not under any circumstances be construed or deemed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into or a detainer of the Premises or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from the Premises or any portion thereof. Landlord shall also have the right at any time
to change the arrangement or location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the Complex and to change the name, number or designation by which the Complex is commonly known, and none of the foregoing shall be deemed an actual or constructive eviction of Tenant, or shall entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder.
22. BANKRUPTCY AND DEFAULT . The commencement of a bankruptcy action or liquidation action or reorganization action or insolvency action or an assignment of or by Tenant for the benefit of creditors, or any similar action undertaken by Tenant, or the insolvency of Tenant, shall, at Landlords option, constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant. If the trustee or receiver appointed to serve during a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, insolvency or similar action elects to reject Tenants unexpired Lease, the trustee or receiver shall notify Landlord in writing of its election within thirty (30) days after an order for relief in a liquidation action or within thirty (30) days after the commencement of any action.
Within thirty (30) days after court approval of the assumption of this Lease, the trustee or receiver shall cure (or provide adequate assurance to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord that the trustee or receiver shall cure) any and all previous defaults under the unexpired Lease and shall compensate Landlord for all actual pecuniary loss and shall provide adequate assurance of future performance under said Lease to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. Adequate assurance of future performance, as used herein, includes, but shall not be limited to: (i) assurance of source and payment of rent, and other consideration due under this Lease; (ii) assurance that the assumption or assignment of this Lease will not breach substantially any provision, such as radius, location, use, or exclusivity provision, in any agreement relating to the above described Premises.
Nothing contained in this Paragraph 22 shall affect the existing right of Landlord to refuse to accept an assignment upon commencement of or in connection with a bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or insolvency action or an assignment of Tenant for the benefit of creditors or other similar act. Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed as giving or granting or creating an equity in the demised Premises to Tenant. In no event shall the leasehold estate under this Lease, or any interest therein, be assigned by voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding without the prior written consent of Landlord. In no event shall this Lease or any rights or privileges hereunder be an asset of Tenant under any bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization proceedings.
The failure to perform or honor any covenant, condition or representation made under this Lease shall constitute a default hereunder by Tenant upon expiration of the appropriate grace period hereinafter provided (Event of Default). Tenant shall have a period of 10 days for monetary default from the date of written notice from Landlord within which to cure any other default under this Lease. In the event Tenant is in non-monetary default under the terms of the Lease, Tenant shall have the time necessary to cure the default acting in good faith and a prudent manner. Upon an uncured default of this Lease by Tenant, Landlord shall have the following rights and remedies in addition to any other rights or remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity:
(a) The rights and remedies provided for by California Civil Code Section 1951.2, including but not limited to, recovery of the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of rental loss for the same period that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided, as computed pursuant to subsection (b) of said Section 1951.2. Any proof by Tenant under subsubsections (2) and (3) of Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code of the amount of rental loss that could be reasonably avoided shall be made in the following manner: Landlord and Tenant shall each select a licensed real estate broker in the business of renting property of the same type and use as the Premises and in the same geographic vicinity. Such two real estate brokers shall select a third licensed real estate broker, and the three licensed real estate brokers so selected shall determine the amount of the rental loss that could be reasonably avoided from the balance of the term of this Lease after the time of award. The decision of the majority of said licensed real estate brokers shall be final and binding upon the parties hereto.
(b) The rights and remedies provided by California Civil Code which allow Landlord to continue the Lease in effect and to enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover rent as it becomes due, for so long as Landlord does not terminate Tenants right to possession; acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlords initiative to protect its interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenants right to possession.
(c) The right to terminate this Lease by giving notice to Tenant in accordance with applicable law.
(d) The right and power, as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, to enter the Premises and remove therefrom all persons and property, to store such property in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant and to sell such property and apply such proceeds therefrom pursuant to applicable California law. Landlord, as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, may from time to time sublet the Premises or any part thereof for such term or terms (which may extend beyond the term of this Lease) and at such rent and such other terms as Landlord in its sole discretion may deem advisable, with the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises. Upon each subletting, (i) Tenant shall be immediately liable to pay Landlord, in addition to indebtedness other than rent due hereunder, the cost of such subletting, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees, and any real estate commissions actually paid, and the cost of such alterations and repairs incurred by Landlord and the amount, if any, by which the rent hereunder for the period of such subletting (to the extent such period does not exceed the term hereof) exceeds the amount to be paid as rent for the Premises for such period or (ii) at the option of Landlord, rents received from such subletting shall be applied first to payment of indebtedness other than rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second, to the payment of any costs of such subletting and of such alterations and repairs; third, to payment of rent due or unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied in payment of future rent as the same becomes due hereunder. If Tenant has been credited with any rent to be received by such subletting under option (i) and such rent shall not be promptly paid to Landlord by the subtenant(s), or if such rentals received from such subletting under option (ii) during any month be less than that to be paid during that month by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. For all purposes set forth in this subparagraph (d), Landlord is hereby irrevocably appointed attorney-in-
fact for Tenant, with power of substitution. No taking possession of the Premises by Landlord, as attorney-in-fact for Tenant, shall be construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention be given to Tenant. Notwithstanding any such subletting without termination, Landlord may at any time hereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous breach.
(e) The right to have a receiver appointed for Tenant upon application by Landlord, to take possession of the Premises and to apply any rental collected from the Premises and to exercise all other rights and remedies granted to Landlord as attorney-in-fact for Tenant pursuant to subparagraph (d) above.
23. ABANDONMENT. Tenant shall not abandon the Premises at any time during the term of this Lease; and if Tenant shall abandon said Premises, or be dispossessed by the process of law, or otherwise, any personal property belonging to Tenant and left on the Premises shall be deemed to be abandoned, at the option of Landlord, except such property as may be mortgaged to Landlord.
24. DESTRUCTION. In the event the Premises are destroyed in whole or in part from any cause, Landlord may, at its option:
(a) Rebuild or restore the Premises to their condition prior to the damage or destruction, or
(b) Terminate this Lease.
If Landlord does not give Tenant notice in writing within thirty (30) days from the destruction of the Premises of its election to either rebuild and restore them, or to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall be deemed to have elected to rebuild or restore them, in which event Landlord agrees, at its expense, promptly to rebuild or restore the Premises to their condition prior to the damage or destruction. Tenant shall be entitled to a reduction in rent while such repair is being made in the proportion that the area of the Premises rendered untenantable by such damage bears to the total area of the Premises. If Landlord does not complete the rebuilding or restoration within one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of destruction (such period of time to be extended for delays caused by the fault or neglect of Tenant or because of Acts of God, acts of public agencies, labor disputes, strikes, fires, freight embargoes, rainy or stormy weather, inability to obtain materials, supplies or fuels, acts of contractors or subcontractors, or delay of the contractors or subcontractors due to such causes or other contingencies beyond the control of Landlord), then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving fifteen (15) days prior written notice to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlords obligation to rebuild or restore shall be limited to the building and interior improvements constructed by Landlord as they existed as of the commencement date of the Lease and shall not include restoration of Tenants trade fixtures, equipment, merchandise or any improvements, alterations or additions made by Tenant to the Premises, which Tenant shall forthwith replace or fully repair at Tenants sole cost and expense provided this Lease is not canceled according to the provisions above.
Unless this Lease is terminated pursuant to the foregoing provisions, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. Tenant hereby expressly waives the provisions of Section 1932, Subdivision 2, and Section 1933, Subdivision 4 of the California Civil Code.
In the event that the building in which the Premises are situated is damaged or destroyed to the extent of not less than 33 1/3% of the replacement cost thereof, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease, whether the Premises be injured or not. In the event the destruction of the Premises is caused by Tenant, Tenant shall pay the deductible portion of Landlords insurance proceeds.
25. EMINENT DOMAIN . If all or any part of the Premises shall be taken by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof, this Lease shall terminate as to any portion of the Premises so taken or conveyed on the date when title vests in the condemnor, and Landlord shall be entitled to any and all payment, income, rent, award or any interest therein whatsoever which may be paid or made in connection with such taking or conveyance, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or otherwise for the value of any unexpired term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, any compensation specifically awarded Tenant for loss of business, Tenants personal property, moving cost or loss of goodwill, shall be and remain the property of Tenant.
If (i) any action or proceeding is commenced for such taking of the Premises or any part thereof, or if Landlord is advised in writing by any entity or body having the right or power of condemnation of its intention to condemn the Premises or any portion thereof, or (ii) any of the foregoing events occur with respect to the taking of any space in the Complex not leased hereby, or if any such spaces so taken or conveyed in lieu of such taking and Landlord shall decide to discontinue the use and operation of the Complex, or decide to demolish, alter or rebuild the Complex, then, in any of such events Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by giving Tenant written notice thereof within sixty (60) days of the date of receipt of said written advice, or commencement of said action or proceeding, or taking conveyance, which termination shall take place as of the first to occur: on the last day of the calendar month next following the month in which such notice is given or the date on which title to the Premises shall vest in the condemnor.
In the event of such a partial taking or conveyance of the Premises, if the portion of the Premises taken or conveyed is so substantial that the Tenant can no longer reasonably conduct its business, Tenant shall have the privilege of terminating this Lease within sixty (60) days from the date of such taking or conveyance, upon written notice to Landlord of its intention so to do, and upon giving of such notice this Lease shall terminate on the last day of the calendar month next following the month in which such notice is given, upon payment by Tenant of the rent from the date of such taking or conveyance to the date of termination.
If a portion of the Premises be taken by condemnation or conveyance in lieu thereof and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall terminate this Lease as provided herein, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as to the part of the Premises not so taken or conveyed, and the rent herein shall be apportioned as of the date of such taking or conveyance so that thereafter the rent to be paid by Tenant shall be in the ratio that the area of the portion of the Premises not so taken or conveyed bears to the total area of the Premises prior to such taking.
26. SALE OR CONVEYANCE BY LANDLORD . In the event of a sale or conveyance of the Complex or any interest therein, by any owner of the reversion then constituting Landlord, the transferor shall thereby be released from any further liability for events occurring after the effective date or the transfer upon any of the terms, covenants or conditions (expressed or implied) herein contained in favor of Tenant, and in such event, insofar as such transfer is concerned, Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor in interest of such transferor in and to the Complex and this Lease. This Lease shall not be affected by any such sale or conveyance, and Tenant agrees to attorn to the successor in interest of such transferor.
27. ATTORNMENT TO LENDER OR THIRD PARTY . In the event the interest of Landlord in the land and buildings in which the leased Premises are located (whether such interest of Landlord is a fee title interest or a leasehold interest) is encumbered by deed of trust, and such interest is acquired by the lender or any third party through judicial foreclosure or by exercise of a power of sale at private trustees foreclosure sale, Tenant hereby agrees to attorn to the purchaser at any such foreclosure sale and to recognize such purchaser as the Landlord under this Lease. In the event the lien of the deed of trust securing the loan from a Lender to Landlord is prior and paramount to the lease, this Lease shall nonetheless continue in full force and effect for the remainder of the unexpired term hereof, at the same rental herein reserved and upon all the other terms, conditions and covenants herein contained.
28. HOLDING OVER . Any holding over by Tenant after expiration or other termination of the term of this Lease with the written consent of Landlord delivered to Tenant shall not constitute a renewal or extension of the Lease or give Tenant any rights in or to the leased Premises except as expressly provided in this Lease. Any holding over after the expiration or other termination of the term of this Lease, with the consent of Landlord, shall be construed to be a tenancy from month to month, on the same terms and conditions herein specified insofar as applicable except that the monthly Basic Rent shall be increased to an amount equal to one hundred fifty (150%) percent of the monthly Basic Rent required during the last month of the Lease term.
29. CERTIFICATE OF ESTOPPEL . Tenant shall at any time upon not less than ten (10) business days prior written notice from Landlord execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the date to which the rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, and (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenants knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults, if any, are claimed. Any such statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the Premises. Tenants failure to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon Tenant that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord; that there are no uncured defaults in Landlords performance, and that not more than one months rent has been paid in advance.
30. CONSTRUCTION CHANGES . It is understood that the description of the Premises and the location of ductwork, plumbing and other facilities therein are subject to such minor changes as Landlord or Landlords architect determine to be desirable in the course of construction of the Premises, and no such changes, or any changes in plans for any other
portions of the Complex shall affect this Lease or entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder or result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant. Landlord does not guarantee the accuracy of any drawings supplied to Tenant and verification of the accuracy of such drawings rests with Tenant.
31. RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM . All terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed or observed by Tenant shall be performed or observed by Tenant at Tenants sole cost and expense and without any reduction of rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, or other rent, required to be paid by it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other term or covenant hereunder on its part to be performed, and such failure shall continue for five (5) days after written notice thereof by Landlord, Landlord, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligation of Tenant hereunder, may, but shall not be obligated to, make any such payment or perform any such other term or covenant on Tenants part to be performed. All sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary costs of such performance by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the rate of the prime rate of interest per annum as quoted by the Bank of America from the date of such payment of performance by Landlord, shall be paid (and Tenant covenants to make such payment) to Landlord on demand by Landlord, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of nonpayment by Tenant as in the case of failure by Tenant in the payment of rent hereunder.
32. ATTORNEYS FEES . A. In the event that Landlord should bring suit for the possession of the Premises, for the recovery of any sum due under this Lease, or because of the breach of any provision of this Lease, or for any other relief against Tenant hereunder, then all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by the prevailing party therein shall be paid by the other party, which obligation on the part of the other party shall be deemed to have accrued on the date of the commencement of such action and shall be enforceable whether or not the action is prosecuted to judgment.
B. Should Landlord be named as a defendant in any suit brought against Tenant in connection with or arising out of Tenants occupancy hereunder, Tenant shall pay to Landlord its costs and expenses incurred in such suit, including a reasonable attorneys fee.
33. WAIVER. The waiver by either party of the other partys failure to perform or observe any term, covenant or condition herein contained to be performed or observed by such waiving party shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or of any subsequent failure of the party failing to perform or observe the same or any other such term, covenant or condition therein contained, and no custom or practice which may develop between the parties hereto during the term hereof shall be deemed a waiver of, or in any way affect, the right of either party to insist upon performance and observance by the other party in strict accordance with the terms hereof.
34. NOTICES. All notices, demands, requests, advices or designations which may be or are required to be given by either party to the other hereunder shall be in writing. All notices, demands, requests, advices or designations by Landlord to Tenant shall be sufficiently given, made or delivered if personally served on Tenant by leaving the same at the Premises or if sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Tenant at the Premises. All notices, demands, requests, advices or designations by Tenant to Landlord shall
be sent by United States certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Landlord at its offices in care of Willis & Company, 3130 Alpine Road, Suite 190, Portola Valley, CA 94028. Each notice, request, demand, advice or designation referred to in this paragraph shall be deemed received on the date of the personal service or mailing thereof in the manner herein provided, as the case may be.
35. EXAMINATION OF LEASE . Submission of this instrument for examination or signature by Tenant does not constitute a reservation of or option for a lease, and this instrument is not effective as a lease or otherwise until its execution and delivery by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant mutually intend that neither shall have any binding contractual obligations to the other with respect to the matters referred to herein unless and until this instrument has been fully executed by both parties.
36. DEFAULT BY LANDLORD . Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event earlier than thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord and to the holder of any first mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises whose name and address shall have heretofore been furnished to Tenant in writing, specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform such obligations. ; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlords obligations is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for performance, then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.
37. CORPORATE AUTHORITY . If Tenant is a corporation (or a partnership) each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said corporation (or partnership) represents and warrants on behalf of said corporation that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said corporation (or partnership) in accordance with the by-laws of said corporation (or partnership in accordance with the partnership agreement) and that this Lease is binding upon said corporation (or partnership) in accordance with its terms. If Tenant is a corporation, Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days after execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord a certified copy of the resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation authorizing or ratifying the execution of this lease.
38. BASIC RENT ADJUSTMENT . Omitted.
39. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY . In consideration of the benefits accruing hereunder, Tenant and all successors and assigns covenant and agree that, in the event of any actual or alleged failure, breach or default hereunder by Landlord:
(i) the sole and exclusive remedy shall be against Landlord and Landlords assets;
(ii) no partner of Landlord shall be sued or named as a party in any suit or action (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the Partnership);
(iii) no service of process shall be made against any partner of Landlord (except as may be necessary to secure jurisdiction of the Partnership);
(iv) no partner of Landlord shall be required to answer or otherwise plead to any service of process;
(v) no judgment shall be taken against any partner of Landlord;
(vi) any judgment taken against any partner of Landlord may be vacated and set aside at any time without hearing;
(vii) no writ of execution will ever be levied against the assets of any partner of Landlord;
(viii) these covenants and agreements are enforceable both by Landlord and also by any partner of Landlord;
(ix) the term, Landlord, as used in this Paragraph 39, shall mean only the owner or owners from time to time of the fee title or the tenants interest under a ground lease of the land described in Exhibit B and in the event of any transfer or such title or interest, Landlord herein named (and in case of any subsequent transfers the then grantor) shall be relieved from and after the date of such transfer of all liability as respects Landlords obligations thereafter to be performed, provided that any funds in the hands of Landlord or the then grantor at the time of such transfer, in which Tenant has an interest, shall be delivered to the grantee. Similarly, the obligations contained in this Lease to be performed by Landlord shall be binding on Landlords successors and assigns only during their respective periods of ownership.
Tenant agrees that each of the foregoing covenants and agreements shall be applicable to any covenant or agreement either expressly contained in this Lease or imposed by statute or at common law.
40. BROKERS. Landlord agrees to pay a procuring brokerage commission of one dollar and fifty cents ($1.50) per rentable square foot per year to Cornish & Carey Commercial Newmark Knight Frank.
41. SIGNS. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be inscribed, displayed, printed or affixed on or to any part of the outside of the Premises or any exterior windows of the Premises without the written consent of Landlord first had and obtained and Landlord shall have the right to remove any such sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice without notice to and at the expense of Tenant. If Tenant is allowed to print or affix or in any way place a sign in, on, or about the Premises, then upon expiration or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant at Tenants sole cost and expense shall both remove such sign and repair all damage in such a manner as to restore all aspects of the appearance of the Premises to the condition prior to the placement of said sign.
All approved signs or lettering on outside doors shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by a person approved of by Landlord.
Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door partition or wall which may appear unsightly from outside the Premises.
Notwithstanding the above, Tenant shall have the right to place a directory sign in the lobby of the building in which the Premises are located and on the monument sign at the entry to the Complex. The size and design of the lobby and monument sign shall be at the reasonable discretion of the Landlord.
42. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS . In the event Tenant tenders to Landlord any information on the financial stability, creditworthiness or ability of the Tenant to pay the rent due and owing under the Lease, then Landlord shall be entitled to rely upon the information provided in determining whether or not to enter into this Lease Agreement with Tenant and Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord the following: (i) That all documents provided by Tenant to Landlord are true and correct copies of the original; and (ii) Tenant has not withheld any information from Landlord which is material to Tenants creditworthiness, financial condition or ability to pay the rent; and (iii) all information supplied by Tenant to Landlord is true, correct and accurate; and (iv) no part of the information supplied by Tenant to Landlord contains misleading or fraudulent statements. Landlord agrees to hold all such information data and financial details in strict confidence and not to divulge same to any third party without prior written consent which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned by Tenant.
A default under this Paragraph 42 shall be a non-curable default on behalf of Tenant and Landlord shall be entitled to pursue any right or remedy available to Landlord under the terms of this Lease or available to Landlord under the laws of the State of California.
43. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS . A. As used herein, the term Hazardous Material shall mean any substance or material which has been determined by any state, federal or local governmental authority to be capable of posing a risk of injury to health, safety or property including all of those materials and substances designated or defined as hazardous or toxic by (i) the Environmental Protection Agency, the California Water Quality Control Board, the Department of Labor, the California Department of Industrial Relations, the Department of Transportation, the Department of Agriculture, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Department of Health and Human Services, the Food and Drug Administration or any other governmental agency now or hereafter authorized to regulate materials and substances in the environment, or by (ii) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq., as amended; the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. 1801, et seq., as amended; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. 6901, et seq., as amended; the Hazardous Waste Control Law, California Health & Safety Code 25100 et seq., as amended; Sections 66680 through 66685 of Title 22 of the California Administration Code, Division 4, Chapter 30, as amended; and in the regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant to said laws.
B. Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material to be improperly or illegally used, stored, discharged, released or disposed of in, from, under or about the Premises or the Complex or any other land or improvement in the vicinity of the Premises or the Complex. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant, at its sole cost, shall comply with all laws relating to Hazardous Materials. If the presence of Hazardous Materials on the Premises or the Complex caused or permitted by Tenant results in contamination of the Premises or the Complex or any soil in or about the Premises or the Complex (Tenant Hazardous Materials),
Tenant, at its expense shall promptly take all actions necessary to return the Premises or the Complex to be in compliance with applicable Hazardous Material laws insofar as the Tenant Hazardous Materials are concerned. Tenant Hazardous Materials includes Hazardous Material that is or was attributable to the activities of Tenant, its agents or contractors during the Lease term, whether or not Tenant had knowledge of such Hazardous Material. The termination of this Lease shall not terminate or reduce the liability or obligations of Tenant under this Section, or as may be required by law, to clean up, monitor or remove any Tenant Hazardous Materials from the Premises or the Complex.
Tenant shall defend, hold harmless and indemnify Landlord and its agents and employees with respect to all claims, damages and liabilities arising out of or in connection with any Tenant Hazardous Material used, stored, discharged, released or disposed of in, from, under or about the Premises or the Complex, including, without limitation, any cost of monitoring or removal, any reduction in the fair market value or fair rental value of the Premises or the Complex and any loss, claim or demand by any third person or entity relating to bodily injury or damage to real or personal property
Tenant shall not suffer any lien to be recorded against the Premises or the Complex as a consequence of a Tenant Hazardous Material, including any so called state, federal or local super fund lien related to the clean up of a Tenant Hazardous Material in or about the Premises where said Hazardous Material is or was attributable to the activities of Tenant.
C. In the event Hazardous Materials are discovered in or about the Premises or the Complex, and Landlord has substantial reason to believe that Tenant was responsible for the presence of the Hazardous Material, then Landlord shall have the right to appoint a consultant to conduct an investigation to determine whether Hazardous Materials are located in or about the Premises or the Complex and to determine the corrective measures, if any, required to remove such Hazardous Materials. Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all recommendations of the consultant, as required by law. To the extent it is determined that Tenant was not responsible for the presence of the Hazardous Materials, then Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for any costs incurred by Landlord and paid by Tenant under the terms of this Paragraph 45(C).
Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord of any inquiry, test, investigation or enforcement proceeding by or against Tenant concerning a Hazardous Material on the Premises or the Complex. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord, as the owner of the Property, at its election, shall have the sole right, at Tenants expense, to negotiate, defend, approve and appeal any action taken or order issued with regard to a Hazardous Material by an applicable governmental authority. Provided Tenant is not in default under the terms of this Lease, Tenant shall likewise have the right to participate in any negotiations, approvals or appeals of any actions taken or orders issued with regard to Tenant Hazardous Material and Landlord shall not have the right to bind Tenant in said actions or orders.
D. It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed assignment or subletting if (i) the proposed assignees or subtenants anticipated use of the Premises involves the storage, use or disposal of Hazardous Material; (ii) if the proposed assignee or subtenant has been required by any prior landlord, lender or governmental authority to clean up Hazardous Material; (iii) or if the proposed assignee or subtenant is subject to
investigation or enforcement order or proceeding by any governmental authority in connection with the use, disposal or storage of a Hazardous Material.
E. Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord, upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, free of Tenant Hazardous Materials which are or were attributable to Tenant. If Tenant fails to so surrender the Premises, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all damages resulting from Tenants failure to surrender the Premises as required by this Paragraph 43(E), including, without limitation, any claims or damages in connection with the condition of the Premises including, without limitation, damages occasioned by the inability to relet the Premises or a reduction in the fair market and/or rental value of the Premises or the Complex by reason of the existence of any Tenant Hazardous Materials, which are or were attributable to the activities of Tenant, in or around the Premises of the Complex.
Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Lease, if any action is required to be taken by a governmental authority to clean up, monitor or remove any Tenant Hazardous Materials which are or were attributable to the activities of Tenant from the Premises or the Complex and such action is not completed prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, then at Landlords election (i) this Lease shall be deemed renewed for a term commencing on the expiration date of this Lease and ending on the date the clean-up, monitoring or removal procedure is completed (provided, however, that the total term of this Lease shall not be longer than 34 years and 11 months); or (ii) Tenant shall be deemed to have impermissibly held over and Landlord shall be entitled to all damages directly or indirectly incurred in connection with such holding over including, without limitation, damages occasioned by the inability to relet the Premises or a reduction in the fair market and/or fair rental value of the Premises or the Complex by reason of the existence of the Tenant Hazardous Material.
F. Upon the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a complete list of all chemicals, toxic waste or Hazardous Materials employed by Tenant within the Premises. Throughout the term of the Lease, Tenant shall continue to update this list of chemicals, contaminants and Hazardous Materials.
44. MISCELLANEOUS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS.
a. Tenant shall not, without the written consent of Landlord, use the name of the building for any purpose other than as the address of the business conducted by Tenant in the Premises.
b. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any provision of this Lease shall be invalid, unenforceable or ineffective for any reason whatsoever, all other provisions hereof shall be and remain in full force and effect.
c. The term Premises includes the space leased hereby and any improvements now or hereafter installed therein or attached thereto. The term Landlord or any pronoun used in place thereof includes the plural as well as the singular and the successors and assigns of Landlord. The term Tenant or any pronoun used in place thereof includes the plural as well as the singular and individuals, firms, associations, partnerships and corporations, and their and each of their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns, according to
the context hereof, and the provisions of this Lease shall inure to the benefit of and bind such heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns.
The term person includes the plural as well as the singular and individuals, firms, associations, partnerships and corporations. Words used in any gender include other genders. If there be more than one Tenant, the obligations of Tenant hereunder are joint and several. The paragraph headings of this Lease are for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of any provision hereof.
d. Time is of the essence of this Lease and of each and all of its provisions.
e. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) business days after written demand from Landlord to Tenant, any quitclaim deed or other document required by any reputable title company, licensed to operate in the State of California, to remove the cloud or encumbrance created by this Lease from the real property of which Tenants Premises are a part.
f. This instrument along with any exhibits and attachments hereto constitutes the entire agreement between Landlord and Tenant relative to the Premises and this agreement and the exhibits and attachments may be altered, amended or revoked only by an instrument in writing signed by both Landlord and Tenant. Landlord and Tenant hereby agree that all prior or contemporaneous oral agreements between and among themselves and their agents or representatives relative to the leasing of the Premises are merged in or revoked by this agreement.
g. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall record this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof without the consent of the other.
h. Tenant further agrees to execute any amendments required by a lender to enable Landlord to obtain financing, so long as Tenants rights hereunder are not substantially affected.
i. Paragraph. Omitted
j. Clauses, plats and riders, if any, signed by Landlord and Tenant and endorsed on or affixed to this Lease are a part hereof.
k. Tenant covenants and agrees that no diminution or shutting off of light, air or view by any structure which may be hereafter erected (whether or not by Landlord) shall in any way affect this Lease, entitle Tenant to any reduction of rent hereunder or result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant.
45. Energy And Resource Consumption. Landlord may voluntarily cooperate in a reasonable manner with the efforts of governmental agencies and/or utility suppliers in reducing energy or other resource consumption within the Property. Tenant shall not be entitled to terminate this Lease or to any reduction in or abatement of rent by reason of such cooperation. Tenant agrees at all times to cooperate fully with Landlord and to abide by all reasonable rules established by Landlord (i) in order to maximize the efficient operation of the electrical, heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and all other energy or other resource
consumption systems with the Property and/or (ii) in order to comply with the recommendations of utility suppliers and governmental agencies regulating the consumption of energy and/or other resources.
If Tenant (or any party claiming by, through or under Tenant) pays directly to the provider for any energy consumed at the Premises or Project, Tenant, promptly upon request, shall deliver to Landlord (or, at Landlords option, execute and deliver to Landlord an instrument enabling Landlord to obtain from such provider) any data about such consumption that Landlord, in its reasonable judgment, is required to disclose to a prospective buyer, tenant or security holder under California Public Resources Code § 25402.10 or any similar Law.
46. AS IS . Subject to Paragraphs 8 and 48 relating to Improvements Tenant agrees to lease the Premises in an as is condition.
47. Furniture : Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that during the Term of this Lease, Landlord shall lease to Tenant, at no additional cost or expense, all of the furniture listed in Exhibit C attached hereto and made a part hereof (Furniture). Such leasing of the Furniture to Tenant is on an AS-IS, WITH ALL FAULTS basis and subject to all of the terms of this Lease, without recourse, representation or warranty of any kind or nature, express or implied, including without limitation, habitability, merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose. At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, the Furniture shall be returned and surrendered to Landlord in good condition and repair, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Landlord shall have no obligation to repair, maintain or insure any of the Furniture. Tenant shall insure the Furniture for its full replacement value. Tenant shall not have the right to (i) remove or modify the furniture without Landlords prior consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, or (ii) assign or sublet any of the Furniture except in conjunction with this Lease and the Leased Premises. Tenant shall pay any taxes, assessments and insurance premiums attributable to the Furniture.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, prior to the Lease Commencement Date, Landlord shall at Landlords cost remove any existing furniture, fixtures and equipment not needed by Tenant.
48. Tenant Improvements . Landlord shall perform demolition work and reception area renovation work (Improvements) for the Premises as depicted in Exhibit F attached hereto. Landlords work shall include restoration of ceiling tiles, fire sprinklers, carpet/flooring in the common areas of the Premises, lighting and painting (color to be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant) as necessary in the areas where Improvement work will be completed and in no other spaces in the Premises. All finishes will be similar to existing finishes in the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for the purchase, installation and electrical wiring of the cubicles and purchase of any additional furniture.
49. Right of First Offer . Tenant shall have the Right of First Offer for additional space in the Complex upon the terms and conditions of Addendum One attached here to and incorporated here in.
50. Option. Tenant shall have an option to extend the lease upon the terms and conditions of Addendum Two attached hereto and incorporated here in.
51. Building Lobby Renovation . Landlord will endeavor to complete the building main lobby renovation work (Lobby Work) prior to the Lease Commencement Date, however the Lease Commencement Date shall not be affected should the Landlord require additional time to complete the Lobby Work.
52. Server Room . Landlord, at Landlords sole cost, shall relocate from the Premises, McDermott Will & Emerys server room equipment (MWE Equipment). Landlord shall use its best effort to remove the MWE Equipment prior to the Lease Commencement Date, however the Lease Commencement Date shall not be affected should Landlord require additional time to relocate the MWE Equipment.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Lease as of the day and year first above written.
LANDLORD: |
|
TENANT: |
||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Middlefield Park |
|
Dermira, Inc. |
||||||||
A California Partnership |
|
A Delaware Corporation |
||||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
By: |
/s/ Richard M. Jacobsen |
|
By: |
/s/ Tom Wiggans |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Print Name: |
Richard M. Jacobsen |
|
Print Name: |
Tom Wiggans |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Title: |
GENERAL PARTNER |
|
Title: |
CEO |
||||||
|
|
|
||||||||
Dated: |
July 24, 2014 |
|
Dated: |
July 24, 2014 |
||||||
EXHIBIT A
PROPERTY DEPICTION
EXHIBIT B-1
LEASED PREMISES DEPICTION
Second Floor 275 Middlefield Road, Building A, Suite 150
EXHIBIT C
FURNITURE
275 Middlefield Road, Building A, Suite 150 Furniture Inventory List
Office |
|
Desk |
|
Overhead
|
|
Tack board |
|
Bookcase(s) |
|
Desk Chair |
|
Side
|
|
Round
|
|
Miscellaneous |
40.1A |
|
Conference Room Desk |
|
1(8) cubed |
|
0 |
|
1(4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
0 |
|
0 |
|
One matching credenza |
38.1A |
|
1 Standard L-Shape |
|
1(6) cubed |
|
1 |
|
2 ( 4 Shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
1 |
|
1 side 2 drawer credenza, 3 shelf bookcase on top of credenza |
37.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1(4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
36.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
35.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8) cubed |
|
1 |
|
0 |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
34.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
3 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
3 |
|
1 |
|
|
33.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(6) cubed |
|
1 |
|
1(4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
|
32.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
64.1A |
|
1 Table U-Shape |
|
1(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (4 shelf) |
|
None |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
31.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
2 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
63.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (2 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
30.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
29.1A |
|
1 U Shaped Partial Desk |
|
1(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
1 |
|
0 |
|
|
28.1A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
|
No Furniture |
27.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1(4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
26.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8) cubed |
|
1 |
|
2 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
1 |
|
|
25.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
24.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(3)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
23.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8) cubed |
|
1 |
|
3 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
3 |
|
1 |
|
|
22.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
2 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
21.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
Plus 1 ( 2 shelf/ 2 drawer book shelf Dark Wood) |
20.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(3) cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
55.1A |
|
1 Non Standard |
|
1(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 Attorney |
|
1 |
|
0 |
|
|
67.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
3(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
50.1A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Copy Room |
19.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
18.1A |
|
1 Non standard dark wood desk |
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
1 Attorney |
|
4 |
|
|
|
Plus 1 ( 2 shelf/ 2 drawer book shelf Dark Wood) |
17.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 Attorney |
|
1 |
|
0 |
|
1 - 2 drawer metal file cabinet |
16.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1(4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
46.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(3)cubed |
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 Attorney |
|
4 |
|
0 |
|
|
15.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
14.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
13.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
3 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
12.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
11.1A |
|
1 Non-standard |
|
1(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
4 |
|
1 |
|
1 side credenza, 3 shelf bookcase on top of credenza |
10.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
09.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
1 |
|
|
08.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1 (4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
Plus 1 ( 2 shelf/ 2 drawer book shelf Dark Wood) |
07.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
1(4 shelf) |
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
06.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
05.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(8)cubed |
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 Attorney |
|
1 |
|
0 |
|
1 small credenza with 4 cubed bookcase on credenza |
04.1A |
|
Empty office |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
03.1A |
|
1 Standard U-Shape |
|
1(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
|
|
1. Attorney |
|
2 |
|
0 |
|
|
02.1A |
|
l Non-standard |
|
1(6)cubed |
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 Attorney |
|
2 |
|
1 |
|
with 2 file drawers |
OTHER ROOMS |
|
Tables |
|
Chairs |
|
Misc. Items |
Kitchen |
|
2 |
|
8 |
|
1 -46 inch Flat Screen TV, 1 Refrigerator, 1 large microwave, 1 ice maker |
Whitney Conference Room |
|
1 Large Conference Table |
|
28 |
|
1 - side chair and 1 wood podium |
Shasta Conference Room |
|
1 Conference Table |
|
10 |
|
1-Glass whiteboard |
Polemonium Conference RM |
|
1 Conference Table |
|
0 |
|
1 - Glass whiteboard |
5 shelf Cabinets in Hallway |
|
|
|
|
|
Total 37 existing cabinets of which 24 will stay and 13 in construction area will be removed |
EXHIBIT D
COMMENCEMENT DATE CERTIFICATE
Landlord: |
Middlefield Park, a California general partnership |
|
|
Tenant: |
Dermira, Inc., a Delaware Corporation |
|
|
Lease Date: |
July 24, 2014 |
|
|
Leased Premises: |
275 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, California |
The Commencement Date of the Lease is , .
The Expiration Date of the Lease is , .
Following is the Base Rent Schedule:
Base Rent for the initial term of the Lease shall be payable as follows:
Months |
|
Base Rent |
|
|||
- 12/1/14 through 11/30/15 |
|
$ |
98,873.25 |
|
NNN [$5.25 psf] |
|
- 12/1/15 through 11/30/16 |
|
$ |
101,839.45 |
|
NNN [$5.41 psf] |
|
- 12/1/16 through 11/30/17 |
|
$ |
104,894.63 |
|
NNN [$5.57 psf] |
|
- 12/1/17 through 11/30/18 |
|
$ |
108,041.47 |
|
NNN [$5.74 psf] |
|
- 12/1/18 through 11/30/19 |
|
$ |
111,282.71 |
|
NNN [$5.91 psf] |
|
|
|
LANDLORD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MIDDLEFIELD PARK, |
|
|
|
a California general partnership |
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Its: |
General Partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
|
|
|
TENANT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dermira, Inc. |
|
|
|
a Delaware Corporation |
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Its: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dated: |
|
EXHIBIT E
RULES AND REGULATIONS
This exhibit, entitled Rules and Regulations, is and shall constitute an exhibit to that certain Lease dated, for reference purposes only, July 24, 2014, by and between Middlefield Park, a California general partnership (Landlord) and Dermira Inc. a Delaware corporation (Tenant) for the leasing of certain premises located at 275 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, California (the Leased Premises). The terms, conditions and provisions of this exhibit are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms as set forth in the Lease.
1. No advertisement, picture or sign of any sort shall be displayed on or outside the Leased Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove any such unapproved item without notice and at Tenants expense.
2. Tenant shall not regularly park motor vehicles in designated parking areas after the conclusion of normal daily business activity.
3. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord without the prior written consent of Landlord.
4. All window coverings installed by Tenant and visible from the outside of the Building require the prior written approval of Landlord.
5. Tenant shall not use, keep or permit to be used or kept any foul or noxious gas or substance or any flammable or combustible materials on or around the Leased Premises, the Building or the Property.
6. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install any new locks or bolts on any door at the Leased Premises without the prior consent of Landlord.
7. Tenant shall park motor vehicles in those general parking areas as designated by Landlord except for loading and unloading. During those periods of loading and unloading, Tenant shall not unreasonably interfere with traffic flow within the Property and loading and unloading areas of other tenants.
8. Tenant shall not disturb, solicit or canvas any occupant of the Building or Property and shall cooperate to prevent same.
9. No person shall go on the roof without Landlords permission.
10. Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building, to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or other Tenants, shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenants expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate noise or vibration.
11. All goods, including material used to store goods, delivered to the Leased Premises of Tenant shall be immediately moved into the Leased Premises and shall not be left in parking or receiving areas overnight.
12. Except to the extent that Landlord has assumed or undertaken responsibility for the same, Tenant is responsible for the storage and removal of all trash and refuse. All trash and refuse shall be contained in suitable receptacles stored behind screened enclosures at locations approved by Landlord.
13. Tenant shall not permit any animals, including, but not limited to, any household pets, to be brought or kept in or about the Leased Premises, the Building, the Property or any of the Common Areas of the foregoing except for guide dogs and guide dogs in training.
14. Tenant shall not permit any motor vehicles to be washed on any portion of the Leased Premises or in the Common Areas of the Property, nor shall Tenant permit mechanical work or maintenance of motor vehicles to be performed on any portion of the Leased Premises or in the Common Areas of the Property.
EXHIBIT F
TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
Addendum One
Right of First Offer
This Addendum One (Addendum) is incorporated as part of that certain Lease Agreement dated for reference purposes as 24 July 2014 (the Lease), by and between Middlefield Park, a California general partnership (Landlord) and Dermira Inc., an Delaware Corporation (Tenant) for the leasing of certain premises located at 275 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, California, as more particularly described in Exhibit A to the Lease (the Leased Premises). The terms, conditions and provisions of this Addendum are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms as set forth in the Lease.
1. Right of First Offer . During the initial Term of the Lease, Tenant shall have a one-time right of first offer (First Offer Right) to lease the additional space in Building A of 275 Middlefield Road (First Offer Space), in the event that such space becomes available for lease, as provided hereinbelow and as determined by Landlord. For purposes hereof, the First Offer Space shall become available for lease to Tenant when Landlord decides to begin marketing such space for lease.
2. Terms and Conditions . Landlord shall give Tenant written notice (the First Offer Notice) that the First Offer Space will or has become available for lease as provided above (as such availability is determined by Landlord) pursuant to the terms of Tenants First Offer Right, as set forth in this Addendum. Any such Landlords First Offer Notice delivered by Landlord in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 1 above shall set forth, including, without limitation (i) the anticipated date upon which the First Offer Space will be available for lease by Tenant and the anticipated commencement date therefor, (ii) the Base Rent payable for the First Offer Space, and (iii) the term of the lease for the First Offer Space which shall in all events be coterminous with the Term of the Lease for the original Leased Premises (including remaining valid option periods). As of the commencement of the First Offer Space term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant possession of the First Offer Space in its then existing condition and state of repair, AS IS, without any obligation of Landlord to remodel, improve or alter the First Offer Space, to perform any other construction or work of improvement upon the First Offer Space, or to provide Tenant with any construction or refurbishment allowance. Tenant acknowledges that no representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, respecting the condition of the First Offer Space or the Building have been made by Landlord or any agent of Landlord to Tenant, except as expressly set forth herein. Tenant further acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any of Landlords agents, representatives or employees has made any representations as to the suitability or fitness of the First Offer Space for the conduct of Tenants business, or for any other purpose. Any exception to the foregoing provisions must be made by express written agreement signed by both parties.
3. Procedure for Acceptance . On or before the date which is ten (10) days after Tenants receipt of Landlords First Offer Notice (the Election Date), Tenant shall deliver written notice to Landlord (Tenants Election Notice) pursuant to which Tenant shall have the one-time right to elect to: (i) lease the entire First Offer Space described in the First Offer Notice upon the terms set forth in the First Offer Notice; (ii) refuse to lease such First Offer Space identified in the First Offer Notice; (iii) lease the entire First Offer Space upon the base monthly rent, but object to the
terms set forth in the First Office Notice, which Landlord and Tenant shall have ten (10) days to agree upon in their sole and absolute discretion. If Tenant does not respond in writing to Landlords First Offer Notice by the Election Date, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected not to lease the First Offer Space. If Tenant elects or is deemed to have elected not to lease the First Offer Space or the parties are unable to agree to mutually acceptable terms pursuant to subpart (iii) above, then Tenants First Offer Right set forth in this Addendum One shall terminate and Landlord shall thereafter have the right to lease all or any portion of such First Offer Space to anyone to whom Landlord desires on any terms Landlord desires.
4. Lease of First Offer Space . If Tenant timely exercises this First Offer Right as set forth herein, Tenant shall provide Landlord a non-refundable deposit, equivalent to twice the last months Base Rent for the First Offer Space, and the parties shall have thirty (30) days after Landlord receives Tenants Election Notice and deposit from Tenant in which to execute an amendment to the Lease adding such First Offer Space to the Leased Premises on all of the terms and conditions as applicable to the initial Leased Premises, as modified to reflect the terms and conditions as set forth in Landlords First Offer Notice. Upon full execution of an amendment for the First Offer Space, one half of the non-refundable deposit shall be credited toward Base Rent for the first complete month for which Rent shall be due therefore and the remaining portion shall be added to Tenants security deposit under the Lease (or if none exists, the same shall held as a security deposit under the Lease). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant must elect to exercise its First Offer Right provided herein, if at all, with respect to all of the space offered by Landlord to Tenant in Landlords First Offer Notice, and Tenant may not elect to lease only a portion thereof.
5. Limitations on, and Conditions to, First Offer Right . Notwithstanding anything in the foregoing to the contrary, at Landlords option, and in addition to all of Landlords remedies under the Lease, at law or in equity, the First Offer Right hereinabove granted to Tenant shall not be deemed to be properly exercised if any of the following events occur or any combination thereof occur: (i) at the time of Tenant Election Notice, Tenant is in default of the Lease; and/or (ii) Tenant has assigned its rights and obligations under all or part of the Lease or Tenant has subleased all or part of the Leased Premises, except to a Permitted Assignee pursuant to Paragraph 19 of the Lease; and/or (iii) Tenants financial condition is unacceptable to Landlord at the time Tenants Election Notice is delivered to Landlord; and/or (iv) Tenant has failed to exercise properly this First Offer Right in a timely manner in strict accordance with the provisions of this Addendum; and/or (v) the Lease has been terminated earlier, pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Lease; and/or (vi) Tenant has previously elected not to lease all or any portion of the First Offer Space following notice from Landlord as set forth above. In addition, Tenants First Offer Right to lease the First Offer Space is personal to the original Tenant executing the Lease, and may not be assigned or exercised, voluntarily or involuntarily, by or to, any person or entity other than the original Tenant, except to a Permitted Assignee pursuant to Paragraph 19 of the Lease.
Addendum Two
Options to Extend the Lease
This Addendum Two (Addendum) is incorporated as part of that certain Lease Agreement dated for reference purposes as July 24, 2014 (the Lease), by and between Middlefield Park, a California general partnership (Landlord), and Dermira, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (Tenant), for the leasing of certain premises located at 275 Middlefield Road, Menlo Park, California, as more particularly described in Exhibit A to the Lease (the Leased Premises). The terms, conditions and provisions of this Addendum are hereby incorporated into and are made a part of the Lease. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms as set forth in the Lease.
1. Option to Extend . Tenant is granted an option to extend the term of the Lease Agreement for one (1) additional three (3) year period. The extensions described in this Addendum are personal to Tenant and may not be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, separate from or as part of the Lease. Such extension shall be on the same terms and conditions as provided in the Lease Agreement with the exception of Base Monthly Rent. The initial Base Monthly Rent for the extension period shall be equal to the fair market rental for the Leased Premises as of the date six (6) months prior to the commencement of the applicable expiration period or on or about the date of the final determination by the arbitrators (set forth below), whichever is higher; however, the initial Base Monthly Rent for the applicable extension period shall not be less than the Base Monthly Rent plus three percent (3%) as of the expiration of the initial Lease Term. The fair market rental shall be determined (a) without consideration for the particular use of the Leased Premises by Tenant but shall be for the permitted use of the Lease Premises, (b) shall take into consideration all Leasehold Improvements that are the property of Landlord or that would become the property of Landlord upon expiration or termination of the Lease (upon Landlords election for the same), (c) shall take into consideration any concessions that may then be offered for similar properties (i.e. free rent, tenant improvement allowances, etc.), and (d) without discount for the fact that no leasing commissions shall be paid. The Base Monthly Rent for each extension period shall be subject to three percent (3%) annual increases.
It shall be a condition precedent to the exercise of this option that Tenant shall not be in default under the Lease Agreement at the time of exercise of the option for the applicable extension period. If Tenant elects to exercise this option, Tenant shall exercise said option only by written notice actually received by Landlord not less than three hundred sixty-five (365) days prior to the expiration date of the initial Lease Term. The burden of actual delivery of such notice is on the Tenant.
In the event Tenant exercises the option hereunder, Tenant shall, within a period of one hundred fifty (150) days and one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration date of the initial Lease Term, deliver to Landlord, Tenants opinion of the fair market rental value, as set forth above, and Tenants support for such figure (i.e. comparable lease information). Landlord shall thereafter promptly communicate with Tenant as to Landlords response to Tenants opinion as to the rental value and the parties shall thereafter promptly meet and endeavor to agree upon the fair market rental of the Leased Premises.
If the rental for the applicable extension period has not been agreed upon, as set forth above, at least One Hundred Twenty (120) days prior to the commencement of said extension period (Initial Meeting Period), then the determination of the rental shall be promptly submitted to arbitration. Tenant shall select, within fifteen (15) days of the expiration of the Initial Meeting Period, referred to above, a licensed real estate agent with at least five years commercial experience in the City in which the Leased Premises are located involving properties similar to the Property under this Lease. Tenant shall provide to Landlord (a) the name, address, company affiliation, and phone number of such agent (b) and a list of the agents qualifications, and (c) a statement that Landlord has fifteen (15) days to nominate Landlords own agent, in writing, within such fifteen (15) day period such that such information is actually received by Landlord within such time period. Landlord shall have a period of fifteen (15) days after actual receipt of Tenants information, as set forth above, to nominate its own agent. Thereafter, said agents shall meet for the purpose of determining the rental, as set forth above, for the applicable extension period. If Tenant fails to so nominate an agent and provide the notice, as set forth above, the Landlords reasonable opinion of value shall be the rental value for the applicable extension term. If Landlord fails to nominate an agent, as set forth above, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a written notice setting forth that Tenants agent shall determine the rental value if Landlord does not nominate an agent within fifteen (15) additional days. Such notice must be actually received by Landlord before the fifteen (15) days commences to run. If Landlord thereupon fails to so select an agent, the one agent retained by Tenant shall set the fair market rental. If the two agents do not agree upon the rent, as set forth above, within thirty (30) days of their selection, they shall, within fifteen (15) days thereafter, select a third agent with the qualifications, referred to above, and if they do not so agree on a third agent, the third arbitrator shall be appointed by the presiding judge of the Superior Court in the County in which the Leased Premises are located. Tenant shall be required to petition such Court within ten (10) days of the expiration date of the time for the selection of the third agent, as set forth above, requesting the earliest possible determination by the Court. At Landlords election, such petition shall be on an ex parte basis with notice and opportunity by Landlord to attend such hearing. The Tenants failure to so petition the Court, as set forth herein and within the time period set forth herein, shall void the Tenants option exercise. The three agents shall determine whether Landlords value or Tenants value is closest to the fair market rental, as set forth above, within a thirty (30) day period of the appointment of the third agent and if they cannot agree upon the same, as set forth above, the third agent shall select the fair market rental value as determined by either Landlords agent or Tenants agent which most closely reflects the fair market rental value as determined by the third agent.
Each party shall pay his own agent and the cost of the third agent, if necessary, shall be paid by the Tenant. The determination shall be signed by both parties and shall thereupon become a part of the Lease Agreement. If the Base Monthly Rent for the applicable extension period has not been determined as of the commencement of the applicable extension period, Tenant shall pay an estimated Base Monthly Rent of One Hundred Fifteen percent (115%) of the Base Monthly Rent due for the last month prior to commencement of the applicable extension period. Any deficiency shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days of the determination of the Base Monthly Rent for the applicable extension period. Any surplus shall be a credit for Base Monthly Rent to become thereafter due.
2. Condition of Premises for the Extended Terms . If Tenant timely and properly exercises this Option, in strict accordance with the terms contained herein: (1) Tenant shall accept the
Leased Premises in its then As-Is condition and, accordingly, (2) Landlord shall not be required to perform any additional improvements to the Leased Premises
3. Limitations On, and Conditions To, Extension Option . The Option described in this Addendum are personal to Tenant and may not be assigned, voluntarily or involuntarily, separate from or as part of the Lease. At Landlords option, all rights of Tenant under the Option described in this Addendum shall terminate and be of no force or effect if any of the following individual events occur or any combination thereof occur: (1) Tenant is in default of the Lease on the date Landlord receives the Option Notice and/or (2) Tenant has assigned its rights and obligations under all or part of the Lease or Tenant has subleased all or part of the Leased Premises, except to a Permitted Assignee; and/or (3) Tenant has failed to exercise properly the Option described in this Addendum in a timely manner in strict accordance with the provisions of this Addendum; and/or (4) the Lease has been terminated earlier, pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Lease.
4. Time is of the Essence . Time is of the essence with respect to each and every time period set forth in this Addendum.
FIRST AMENDMENT OF LEASE
This First Amendment of Lease (First Amendment) is made and entered into this 10 th day of September, 2014 by and between Middlefield Park, a California general partnership (Landlord) and Dermira, Inc. a Delaware corporation (Tenant).
R E C I T A L S
A. Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease agreement dated 24th day of July, 2014 for the lease of approximately 18,833 gross square feet of space located on the 2nd floor of Building A located at 275 Middlefield Road, Suite 150, Menlo Park, San Mateo County, California (Suite 150).
B. Tenant and Landlord now desire to reduce the Premises square footage by 182 S.F. as Landlord cannot relocate the McDermott Will & Emery server room. The revised leased square feet for Suite 150 shall be 18,651.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:
1. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms which are given a special definition by the Lease, that are used herein, are intended to be used with the definition given to them in the Lease. The provisions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect except as specifically amended hereby. In the event of any inconsistency between the Lease and this First Amendment, the terms of this First Amendment shall prevail.
2. Paragraph 52 of the Lease Agreement is deleted in its entirety as Landlord cannot relocate the McDermott Will and Emerys server room equipment and replaced with the following:
McDermott Will & Emery Server Room . Landlord, at the Landlords sole cost, shall fully insulate the McDermott Will & Emery Server Room (MWE Server Room) in a manner such that there is no noise transfer above normal office levels from the MWE Server Room to the reception area in the Premises. Any and all costs associated with the MWE Server Room are not costs which the Tenant is required to pay under the Lease.
3. A new Paragraph 53 is added as follows:
Dermira Server Room. Landlord agrees to create a new server room for Tenant as depicted on Exhibit F-3 attached hereto (Dermira Server Room). Landlord shall be responsible for all costs associated with the construction of the Dermira Server Room, including all cabling, HVAC installation and distribution and electrical distribution. In addition, Landlord shall construct the Dermira Server Room in a manner such that there is no noise transfer above normal office levels from the Dermira Server Room to the reception area in the Premises.
4. Paragraph 4A of the Lease Agreement is amended as follows:
· $97,917.75 shall be due and payable on or before the first day of the 1st month of the Lease term with a like sum to be due and payable on or before the first day of each month thereafter through November 30, 2015.
· $100,855.28 shall be due and payable on or before December 1, 2015 with a like sum to be due and payable on or before the first day of each month thereafter through November 30, 2016.
· $103,880.94 shall be due and payable on or before December 1, 2016 with a like sum to be due and payable on or before the first day of each month thereafter through November 30, 2017.
· $106,997.37 shall be due and payable on or before December 1, 2017 with a like sum to be due and payable on or before the first day of each month thereafter through November 30, 2018.
· $110,207.29 shall be due and payable on or before December 1, 2018 with a like sum to be due and payable on or before the first day of each month thereafter through November 30, 2019.
5. Tenants payment for Estimated Additional Rent under Paragraph 4D (5) shall be reduced to $22,381 per month.
6. Exhibit B-1 of Lease Agreement depicting the Premises is deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit B-2 attached hereto.
7. Exhibit F of Lease Agreement depicting the Tenant Improvement work as outlined in Paragraph 48 of the Lease Agreement is deleted in its entirety and replaced with Exhibit F-2 attached hereto.
8. Except as herein modified or amended, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Amendment, which, for reference purposes shall be deemed to have been dated as of the date set forth above.
LANDLORD: |
|
TENANT: |
||
|
|
|
||
Middlefield Park, |
|
Dermira, Inc. |
||
a California partnership |
|
a Delaware corporation |
||
|
|
|
||
By: |
/s/ Boyd C. Smith |
|
By: |
/s/ Tom Wiggans |
|
|
|
||
Print Name: Boyd C. Smith |
|
Print Name: Tom Wiggans |
||
|
|
|
||
Title: Managing Partner |
|
Title: CEO |
||
|
|
|
||
Dated: September 10, 2014 |
|
Dated: 9/10/14 |
||
EXHIBIT B-2
LEASED PREMISES DEPICTION
Second Floor 275 Middlefield Road, Building A, Suite 150
EXHIBIT F-2
TENANT IMPROVEMENTS
EXHIBIT F-3
DERMIRA SERVER ROOM
Exhibit 10.14
SEVERANCE AND CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
This Severance and Change in Control Agreement is entered into as of September , 2014 (the Effective Date ) by and between [Name] (the Executive ) and Dermira, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ).
1. TERM OF AGREEMENT.
Except to the extent renewed as set forth in this Section 1 , this Agreement shall terminate the earlier of December 31, 2017 (the Expiration Date ) or the date the Executives employment with the Company terminates for a reason other than a Qualifying Termination as described in Section 4(e) ; however, if a definitive agreement relating to a Change in Control has been signed by the Company on or before December 31, 2017, then this Agreement shall remain in effect through the earlier of:
(a) The date the Executives employment with the Company terminates for a reason other than a Qualifying Termination as described in Section 4(e) ; or
(b) The date the Company has met all of its obligations under this Agreement following a termination of the Executives employment with the Company for a reason described in Section 4(e) .
This Agreement shall renew automatically and continue in effect for three-year periods measured from the initial Expiration Date, unless the Company provides the Executive written notice of non-renewal at least three months prior to the date on which this Agreement would otherwise expire.
2. SEVERANCE BENEFIT.
(a) Other than During a Change in Control Period .
(i) Severance Payments . If the Executive is subject to a Qualifying Termination other than during a Change in Control Period, then, subject to Section 3 below, the Company shall pay the Executive [CEO: twelve (12)] [CMO/COO/EVP/Other C Suite: nine (9)] [SVP/VP: six (6)] months of his or her monthly base salary (at the rate in effect immediately prior to the actions that resulted in the Qualifying Termination). Such severance payment shall be paid in accordance with the Companys standard payroll procedures. The Executive will receive his or her severance payment pursuant this Section 2(a)(i) in a cash lump-sum which will be made on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Separation, provided that the following have already occurred:
(1) the Companys receipt of the Executives executed General Release (as described in Section 2(d) ); and
(2) the expiration of any rescission period applicable to the Executives executed General Release.
(ii) Health Care Benefit . If the Executive is subject to a Qualifying Termination other than during a Change in Control Period and satisfies both the conditions set forth in Section 2(a)(i)(1) and Section 2(a)(i)(2) above to receive cash severance payments, and if the Executive elects to continue his or her health insurance coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act ( COBRA ) following the termination of his or her employment, then the Company shall pay the Executives monthly premium under COBRA until the earliest of (1) the close of the [CEO: twelve (12)]
[CMO/COO/EVP/Other C Suite: nine (9)] [SVP/VP: six (6)] month period following cessation of his or her employment or (2) the expiration of the Executives continuation coverage under COBRA.
(b) During a Change in Control Period.
(i) Severance Payments . If the Executive is subject to a Qualifying Termination during a Change in Control Period, then, subject to Section 3 below, the Company shall pay the Executive (A) [CEO: eighteen (18)] [CMO/COO/EVP/Other C Suite: fifteen (15)] [SVP/VP: nine (9)] months of his or her monthly base salary (at the rate in effect immediately prior to the actions that resulted in the Qualifying Termination) and (B) an amount equal to [CEO: one hundred fifty percent (150%)] [CMO/COO/EVP/Other C Suite: one hundred twenty-five percent (125%)] [SVP/VP: seventy-five percent (75%)] of the Executives annual target bonus. Such severance payment shall be paid in accordance with the Companys standard payroll procedures. The Executive will receive his or her severance payment pursuant this Section 2(b)(i) in a cash lump-sum which will be made on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Separation, provided that the following have already occurred:
(1) the Companys receipt of the Executives executed General Release (as described in Section 2(d) ); and
(2) the expiration of any rescission period applicable to the Executives executed General Release.
(ii) Health Care Benefit . If the Executive is subject to a Qualifying Termination and satisfies both the conditions set forth in Subsection 2(b)(i)(1) and Subsection 2(b)(i)(2) above to receive cash severance payments, and if the Executive elects to continue his or her health insurance coverage under COBRA following the termination of his or her employment, then the Company shall pay the Executives monthly premium under COBRA until the earliest of (1) the close of the [CEO: eighteen (18)] [CMO/COO/EVP/Other C Suite: fifteen (15)] [SVP/VP: nine (9)] month period following cessation of his or her employment or (2) the expiration of the Executives continuation coverage under COBRA.
(iii) Equity . If the Executive is subject to a Qualifying Termination during a Change in Control Period and satisfies both the conditions set forth in Section 2(b)(i)(1) and Section 2(b)(i)(2) above, then, subject to Section 3 below, each of Executives then outstanding unvested Equity Awards, including awards that would otherwise vest only upon satisfaction of performance criteria, shall accelerate and become vested and exercisable with respect to one-hundred percent (100%) of the then unvested shares subject thereto. Equity Awards means all options to purchase shares of Company common stock as well as any and all other stock-based awards granted to the Executive, including but not limited to stock bonus awards, restricted stock, restricted stock units ( RSUs ) or stock appreciation rights. Subject to Section 3 , the accelerated vesting described above shall be effective as of the Separation. All RSUs vested at the date of the Change in Control shall be settled upon or within thirty (30) days following the Change in Control; all RSUs that vest after the Change in Control shall settle within thirty (30) days of vesting.
(c) Special Cash Payments in Lieu of COBRA Premiums. Notwithstanding Section 2(a)(ii) or Section 2(b)(ii) above, if the Executive is eligible for, and the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that it cannot pay, the COBRA premiums without a substantial risk of violating applicable law (including Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company instead shall pay to the Executive, on the first day of each calendar month, a fully taxable cash payment equal to the applicable COBRA premiums for that month (including premiums for the Executive and the Executives eligible dependents who have elected and remain enrolled in such COBRA coverage), subject to applicable tax
withholdings (such amount, the Special Cash Payment ), for the remainder of the period the Executive remains eligible for the benefit under Section 2(a)(ii) or Section 2(b)(ii) above. The Executive may, but is not obligated to, use such Special Cash Payments toward the cost of COBRA premiums. In the event the Company opts for the Special Cash Payments, then on the sixtieth (60 th ) day following the Separation, the Company will make the first payment to the Executive under this Section 2(c) , in a lump sum, equal to the aggregate Special Cash Payments that the Company would have paid through such date had the Special Cash Payments commenced on the first day of the first month following the Separation through such sixtieth (60 th ) day, with the balance of the Special Cash Payments paid monthly thereafter.
(d) General Release . Any other provision of this Agreement notwithstanding, Section 2(a) , Section 2(b) , and Section 2(c) above shall not apply unless the Executive (i) has executed a general release (in a form prescribed by the Company) of all known and unknown claims that he or she may then have against the Company or persons affiliated with the Company and such release has become effective and (ii) has agreed not to prosecute any legal action or other proceeding based upon any of such claims. The release must be in the form prescribed by the Company, without alterations. The Company will deliver the form to the Executive within thirty (30) days after the Executives Separation. The Executive must execute and return the release within the time period specified in the form.
(e) Accrued Compensation and Benefits . In connection with any termination of employment prior to, upon or following a Change in Control (whether or not a Qualifying Termination), the Company shall pay Executives earned but unpaid base salary and other vested but unpaid cash entitlements for the period through and including the termination of employment, including unused earned vacation pay and unreimbursed documented business expenses incurred by Executive prior to the date of termination (collectively Accrued Compensation and Expenses ), as required by law and the applicable Company plan or policy. In addition, Executive shall be entitled to any other vested benefits earned by Executive for the period through and including the termination date of Executives employment under any other employee benefit plans and arrangements maintained by the Company, in accordance with the terms of such plans and arrangements, except as modified herein (collectively Accrued Benefits ). Any Accrued Compensation and Expenses to which the Executive is entitled shall be paid to the Executive in cash as soon as administratively practicable after the termination, and, in any event, no later than two and one-half (2-1/2) months after the end of the taxable year of the Executive in which the termination occurs. Any Accrued Benefits to which the Executive is entitled shall be paid to the Executive as provided in the relevant plans and arrangement.
3. COVENANTS.
(a) Non-Competition . The Executive agrees that, during his or her employment with the Company, he or she shall not engage in any other employment, consulting or other business activity (whether full-time or part-time) that would create a conflict of interest with the Company.
(b) Cooperation and Non-Disparagement . The Executive agrees that, during the six-month period following his or her cessation of employment, he or she shall cooperate with the Company in every reasonable respect and shall use his or her best efforts to assist the Company with the transition of Executives duties to his or her successor. The Executive further agrees that, during this six-month period, he or she shall not in any way or by any means disparage the Company, the members of the Board or the Companys officers and employees.
4. DEFINITIONS.
(a) Board means the Companys Board of Directors.
(b) Cause means (i) Executive has been conviction of or pled guilty to any felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) Executive has committed one or more acts of fraud or embezzlement against the Company; (iii) Executive has falsified Company records; willfully destroyed Company property; or while an employee of the Company, engaged in conduct that constitutes harassment or discrimination prohibited by law; (iv) Executive has refused to perform his or her duties as reasonable directed by [the Companys Chief Executive Officer or](1) the Board, except in the event of a Disability; or (v) Executive has materially breached his or her obligations under an employment agreement or offer letter with the Company, his or her Employee Intellectual Property Protection Agreement, or any other agreement between Executive and the Company; provided , however , that if such action, inaction or breach is curable in the case of clause (iv) or (v) above, Executive shall have the opportunity to cure (to the extent curable) the facts and circumstances giving rise to such reason for a termination for Cause within thirty (30) days following written notice that specifies such action, inaction or breach from the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, no act or failure to act on part of Executive shall be considered willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by Executive intentionally, in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the action or omissions was in the best interest of the Company.
(c) Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(d) Change in Control means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power represented by the Companys then outstanding voting securities; or (ii) the consummation of the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Companys assets; or (iii) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity or its parent outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation; provided that the event also qualifies as a change in control under U.S. Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v) or 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii).
(e) Change in Control Period means the period commencing three (3) months prior to a Change in Control (only if after a Potential Change in Control) and ending twelve (12) months following a Change in Control.
(f) Disability means a physical or mental incapacity or disability as a result of which you become unable to perform the essential functions of your job at the Company (if appropriate, with reasonable accommodation) for a continuous period of ninety (90) days or for an aggregate of one-hundred twenty (120) days in any consecutive twelve (12) month period.
(g) Exchange Act means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(h) Good Reason means, without the Executives consent: (i) a material reduction in Executives total target annual compensation as an employee of the Company or a material reduction in Executives base salary as an employee of the Company, except (in either case) to the extent that the Company implements an equal percentage reduction applicable to all executive officers and management personnel; (ii) a material reduction in the Executives duties, responsibilities or authority at the Company;
(1) Not to be included in CEO Agreement.
or (iii) a change in the geographic location at which Executive must perform services which results in an increase in the one-way commute of Executive by more than 50 miles.
(i) Potential Change in Control means the date of execution of a definitive agreement whereby the Company will consummate a Change in Control if such transaction is consummated.
(j) Qualifying Termination means a Separation resulting from (i) a termination by the Company of the Executives employment for any reason other than Cause, or (ii) a voluntarily resignation by the Executive of his or her employment for Good Reason. In the case of a Qualifying Termination following a Potential Change in Control and before a Change in Control, solely for purposes of benefits under this Agreement, the date of Separation will be deemed the date the Change in Control is consummated.
(k) Separation means a separation from service , as defined in the regulations under Section 409A of the Code.
5. SUCCESSORS.
(a) Companys Successors . The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Companys business and/or assets, by an agreement in substance and form satisfactory to the Executive, to assume this Agreement and to agree expressly to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform it in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term Company shall include any successor to the Companys business and/or assets or which becomes bound by this Agreement by operation of law.
(b) Executives Successors . This Agreement and all rights of the Executive hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Executives personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.
6. GOLDEN PARACHUTE TAXES.
(a) Best After-Tax Result . In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received by Executive pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise ( Payments ) would (i) constitute a parachute payment within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and (ii) but for this subsection (a), be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, any successor provisions, or any comparable federal, state, local or foreign excise tax ( Excise Tax ), then, subject to the provisions of Section 6(b) hereof, such Payments shall be either (A) provided in full pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or any other applicable agreement, or (B) provided as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such Payments being subject to the Excise Tax ( Reduced Amount ), whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state, local and foreign income, employment and other taxes and the Excise Tax (including, without limitation, any interest or penalties on such taxes), results in the receipt by Executive, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of payments and benefits provided for hereunder or otherwise, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such Payments may be subject to the Excise Tax. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, any determination required under this Section shall be made by independent tax counsel designated by the Company and reasonably acceptable to Executive ( Independent Tax Counsel ), whose determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Executive and the Company for all purposes. For purposes of making the calculations required under this Section 6(a) , Independent Tax Counsel may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code;
provided that Independent Tax Counsel shall assume that Executive pays all taxes at the highest marginal rate. The Company and Executive shall furnish to Independent Tax Counsel such information and documents as Independent Tax Counsel may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Company shall bear all costs that Independent Tax Counsel may reasonably incur in connection with any calculations contemplated by this Section. In the event that Section 6(a)(ii)(B) above applies, then based on the information provided to Executive and the Company by Independent Tax Counsel, Executive may, in Executives sole discretion and within 30 days of the date on which Executive is provided with the information prepared by Independent Tax Counsel, determine which and how much of the Payments (including the accelerated vesting of equity compensation awards) to be otherwise received by Executive shall be eliminated or reduced (as long as after such determination the value (as calculated by Independent Tax Counsel in accordance with the provisions of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code) of the amounts payable or distributable to Executive equals the Reduced Amount). If the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS ) determines that any Payment is subject to the Excise Tax, then Section 6(b) hereof shall apply, and the enforcement of Section 6(b) shall be the exclusive remedy to the Company.
(b) Adjustments . If, notwithstanding any reduction described in Section 6(a) hereof (or in the absence of any such reduction), the IRS determines that Executive is liable for the Excise Tax as a result of the receipt of one or more Payments, then Executive shall be obligated to surrender or pay back to the Company, within 120 days after a final IRS determination, an amount of such payments or benefits equal to the Repayment Amount . The Repayment Amount with respect to such Payments shall be the smallest such amount, if any, as shall be required to be surrendered or paid to the Company so that Executives net proceeds with respect to such Payments (after taking into account the payment of the Excise Tax imposed on such Payments) shall be maximized. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Repayment Amount with respect to such Payments shall be zero if a Repayment Amount of more than zero would not eliminate the Excise Tax imposed on such Payments or if a Repayment Amount of more than zero would not maximize the net amount received by Executive from the Payments. If the Excise Tax is not eliminated pursuant to this Section 6(b) , Executive shall pay the Excise Tax.
7. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.
(a) Section 409A . For purposes of Section 409A of the Code, if the Company determines that Executive is a specified employee under Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) at the time of a Separation, then (i) the severance benefits under Section 2 , to the extent subject to Code Section 409A, will commence during the seventh month after the Executives Separation and (ii) will be paid in a lump sum on the earliest practicable date permitted by Section 409A(a)(2) of the Code. Any termination of Executives employment is intended to constitute a Separation from Service and will be determined consistent with the rules relating to a separation from service as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1. It is intended that each installment of the payments provided hereunder constitute separate payments for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i). It is further intended that payments hereunder satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemption from the application of Section 409A of the Code (and any state law of similar effect) provided under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) (as a short-term deferral ). To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section 409A of the Code, the provision will be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply with Section 409A of the Code. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to the extent any expense reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit under this Policy is determined to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the amount of any such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or the provision of any in-kind benefit, in one calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses), in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which Executive incurred
such expenses, and in no event shall any right to reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
(b) Other Severance Arrangements . This Agreement supersedes any and all cash severance arrangements and vesting acceleration arrangements on or following any change in control under any prior option agreement, restricted stock unit agreement, severance and salary continuation arrangements, programs and plans which were previously offered by the Company to the Executive, including change in control severance arrangements pursuant to an employment agreement or offer letter, and Executive hereby waives Executives rights to such other benefits. In no event shall any individual receive cash severance benefits under both this Agreement and any other severance pay or salary continuation program, plan or other arrangement with the Company.
(c) Dispute Resolution . To ensure rapid and economical resolution of any and all disputes that might arise in connection with this Agreement, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, claims, and causes of action, in law or equity, arising from or relating to this Agreement or its enforcement, performance, breach, or interpretation, will be resolved solely and exclusively by final, binding, and confidential arbitration, by a single arbitrator, in San Mateo County, and conducted by Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. ( JAMS ) under its then-existing employment rules and procedures. Nothing in this section, however, is intended to prevent either party from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration. Each party to an arbitration or litigation hereunder shall be responsible for the payment of its own attorneys fees.
(d) Notice . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or deposited with Federal Express Corporation, with shipping charges prepaid. In the case of the Executive, mailed notices shall be addressed to him or her at the home address which he or she most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, mailed notices shall be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices shall be directed to the attention of its Secretary.
(e) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement shall be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than the Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party shall be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.
(f) Withholding Taxes . All payments made under this Agreement shall be subject to reduction to reflect taxes or other charges required to be withheld by law.
(g) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect.
(h) No Retention Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall confer upon the Executive any right to continue in service for any period of specific duration or interfere with or otherwise restrict in any way the rights of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or of the Executive, which rights are hereby expressly reserved by each, to terminate his or her service at any time and for any reason, with or without Cause.
(i) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California (other than their choice-of-law provisions).
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the parties has executed this Severance and Change in Control Agreement , in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
DERMIRA, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Name] |
|
By: |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Executive Officer |
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated June 26, 2014 in Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-198410) and related Prospectus of Dermira, Inc. for the registration of its common stock.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Redwood City, California
September 12, 2014